Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas
J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas ISSN 1934-5259
Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, USA
817-332-7432; 817-332-4112 fax
Electronic mail: barney@brit.org; jbrit@brit.org
History and Dedication
1962— Lloyd H.Shinners
(left), a member of the
Southern Methodist University
(SMU) faculty and a prolific
researcher and writer, published the first issues of S/do,
Contributions to Botany (now J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas)
1971— William F. Mahler (right), professor of
botany at SMU and director emeritus of BRIT,
inherited editorship and copyright.
1993— BRIT becomes publisher/copyright holder.
2007— First issue of J. Bot Res. Inst. Texas.
Mission and Goals
The BRIT Press seeks innovation and excellence in
preparation, manufacture, and distribution
of botanical research and scientific discoveries
for the twenty-first century.
The BRIT Press— bringing out the best in botanical
science for plant conservation and education.
Direction and Coverage
The BRIT Press considers original research papers
concerned with classical and modern systematic
botany, sensu lato, for publication in J. Bot Res. Inst. Texas.
Guidelines for submissions are available
from the BRIT Press website, http://www.britpress.org.
Bibliographical
Citation abbreviation for the
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas is
J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas following the principles
of B.P.H. (informally JBRIT).
International Standard Serial No. (ISSN 1934-5259)
Frequency of Publication
J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas is published semiannually
(summer/fall) as one volume
by the Botanical Research Institute of Texas.
Felix Llamas (Universidad of Le6r
Editorial Board
Harold Keller (BRIT)
Robert J.O'Kennon (BRIT)
Richard Rabeler (MICH)
Subscription Prices (2013)
$48. Personal (Individual/Family)
$38. Student (with verification)
$115. USA (Institutional)
$125. Outside USA (Institutional)
Back issues upon request.
Email: orders@brit.org
www.britpress.org
Composition
rhorngraphics, Plano, Texas; rlrcf
Cover Illustration
Electronically tinted botanical ill
of Liatris aestivalis originally user
BRITs anniversary poster 2001.
Summer gayfeather flowers mic
Jul-Aug(-Sep) and is endemic t
Oklahoma and Texas.
Sida 19:768. 2001.
Press
Table of Contents
SYSTEMATICS
A new Sisyrinchium (Iridaceae) from cedar glades in northern Alabama
Bruce A. Sorrie, Wesley M. Knapp, L. Dwayne Estes, and Daniel D. Spaulding
Polemonium elusum (Polemoniaceae), a new species from east central Ida
Joshua J. Irwin, Rebecca Stubbs, and Ronald L. Hartman M ' S
ind James L. Reveal
Systematics of Lindleya (Rosaceae: Maloideae)
James Henrickson
Illustrations and studies in neotropical Orchidaceae. 5. The I
(Pleurothallidinae) with three new species from Costa Rica
Diego BogarIn, Christina M. Smith, and Daniel JimEnez
SSOURI BOTANICAL mi
DFK 0 4 7ni2 “9
GARDEN LIBRARY 341
Helen Kennedy
of the Colombian A
a new species of Gesneriaceae from the Cordillera Central
[ohn L. Clark and Laura Clavijo
\ new variety of Dedieuxia cacui
Joseph H. Kirkbride, Jr. and Piero G. Delprete
A previously unrecognized species of Senegalia (Fabaceae) from northeastern Brazil
David S. Seigler, John E. Ebinger, and Petala Gomes Ribeiro
391
397
403
Cytotypic variation in Phlox pilosa ssp. pilosa (Polemoniaceae) at the western edge
of its range in the central United States
Lindsey Worcester, Mark H. Mayfield, and Carolyn J. Ferguson
A new combination and a new species in Combretum (Combretaceae) from India
K.A. Sujana, M.K. Ratheesh Narayanan, and N. Anil Kumar
i, Mexico. I. Convolvulus, Cressa
443
453
Richard S. Felger, Daniel F. Austin, Thomas R. Van Devender, J. JesOs Sanchez-Escalante,
and Mihai Costea
id J. Jesus SAnchez-Escalante
~. Austin, Thomas R. Van Devender,
PALEOBOTANY
459
529
551
557
A new fossil species of Colpothrinax (Arecaceae) from Mid-Tertiary Mexican amber
Kenton L. Chambers, George 0. Poinar, Jr., and Alex E. Brown
Additional fossils in Dominican amber give evidence of anther abortion in Mid-Tertiary
Trichilia (Meliaceae)
Kenton L. Chambers and George O. Poinar ,Jr.
DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE
Limitations to natural production of Lophophora williamsii (Cactaceae) 11.
Effects of repeated harvesting at two-year intervals in a South Texas population
Martin Terry, Keeper Trout, Bennie Williams, Teodoso Herrera, and Norma Fowler
HERBARIUM METHODS AND TECHNIQUES
A cost-effective method for constructing magnetic fumicels for herbarium cabinets
FLORISTICS, ECOLOGY, AND CONSERVATION
Nuevos registros de Poaceas para el norte de Mexico
Y. Herrera Arrieta, C.A. Silva Salas, L. Ruacho Gonzalez y O. Rosales Carrillo
Distribution actual y potencial de Taxus globosa (Taxaceae) en Mexico
Mario A. GarcIa-Aranda, CEsar CantO-Ayala, Eduardo Estrada-CastillOn,
Marisela Pando-Moreno y Antonio Moreno-Talamantes
and A. nigrum (Viscaceae) in Mexico
Robert L. Mathiasen, Shawn C. Kenaley, and Brian P. Reif
Taxonomic history, rediscovery, and assessment of threat status of Streblus ilicifolius
(Moraceae) from India
Bikarma Singh, Arun Chettri, Dibyendu Adhikari, and Saroj K. Barik
Three noteworthy additions to the Alabama flora
Alvin R. Diamond and Brian R. Keener
A first spontaneous record of Actinidia chinensis var. deliciosa (Actinidiaceae)
in the United States flora
Brett E. Serves, David H. Mason, and Troy L. Bray
Pallenis maritima (Asteraceae)
of salt-tolerant ornamental plants
Richard E. Riefner, Jr. and Werner Greuter
Vascular flora and plant communities of Dead Horse Knob (Rucker’s Knob),
Madison County, Kentucky
Ralph L. Thompson, Derick B. Poindexter, and J. Richard Abbott
Vascular plants of the Ya 2
in Grenada County, Mississippi
Michael Wayne Morre and John R. MacDonald
ity, Pennsylvania
New Pennsylvania county occurrences for Beilis perennis. Hibiscus moscl
Lamiutn maculatum, and Robinia hispida
Jerky G. Chmielewski and David Krayesky
561
567
579
583
599
615
617
621
653
681
707
A NEW SISYRINCHIUM (IRIDACEAE) FROM CEDAR GLADES
IN NORTHERN ALABAMA
Bruce A. Sorrie
NC Natural Heritage Program and
University of North Carolina Herbarium
North Carolina Botanical Garden
Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-3280, U.S. A.
nruce.sorrie@ncdenr.gov
L. Dwayne Estes
Department of Biology &
Center for Field Biology
Austin Peay State University
Clarksville, Tennessee 37044, USA.
Wesley M. Knapp
Maryland Department of Natural Resources
Wildlife and Heritage Service
P.O. Box 68, Wye Mills, Maryland 21679, U.S.A
wknapp@dnr.state.md.us
Daniel D. Spaulding
Anniston Museum of Natural History
P.O. Box 1587
Anniston, Alabama 36202, U.S.A.
RESUMEN
Sisyrinchium L. is a taxonomically difficult genus with 37 species in North America north of Mexico. Of these,
only Sisyrinchium albidum Raf. and S. capillare Bicknell have paired inflorescences (Cholewa & Henderson
2002). Each of the inflorescences is subtended by two bracts or spathes, which terminate the unbranched
stems. Although this combination of characters is rare in North American Sisyrinchium, a third entity shares
these character states and is the subject of this paper. We propose Sisyrinchium calciphilum Sorrie for this spe-
cies, which is endemic to limestone glades in northwestern Alabama.
Plants: perennial, cespitose, 20-42 cm tall. Stems simple, clearly but narrowly winged, 0.7-1.3(-1.5) mm wide,
each wing wider than stem core, glabrous, margins entire, stem base purple to pinkish brown. Leaves: gla-
brous, bases not persistent as fibrous tufts. Inflorescences: paired one sided cymes, i.e., rhiphidia, each sub-
tended by a pair of spathes, these subtended by a bractlike leaf 41-82 mm long that often obscures inner inflo-
rescence; bractlike leaf and spathes purple tinged, spiculate, spathe keels denticulate, outer spathe of outer pair
12-18 mm, spathes of outer inflorescences averaging 4.4 mm longer than spathes of inner inflorescences,
spathe margins hyaline, translucent to purple. Flowers: tepals blue with yellow bases, 7-9 mm long, apex
weakly emarginate, aristate; filaments connate most of length, egandular; ovary green and glandular-hairy.
Capsules: fully mature capsules not seen; immature capsules more-or-less globose, 4-5 mm long and wide,
pale green, pedicels spreading to ascending, glabrous or with very sparse glandular hairs. Seeds: mature seeds
324
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Sorrie et al., A new Sisyrinchium from Alabama
325
27 Apr 1993, R. Whetstone, D. Spaulding, J. Ballard, & T. Dobson 16436 (JSU); N of Courtland, just S of Wheeler Station Sporting Clays, recent-
' 4 May 1996, R. Whetstone &S.Hruska 17457 (JSU); Prairie Grove Glades Preserve, abundant on thin clay
e, 19 Apr 2003, R. Krai 93898 (AMAL, APSC); 2 mi SE of Speake on Alabama 157, clearing in limestone woods,
1968, R. Krai 30489 (GA); 1.5 mi SW of Flat Rock, limestone cedar glade, tepals dark purple, 17 Apr 2006, B. Keener & D. Spaulding
2817 (AMAL, UNA); Bankhead National Forest, off FSR-264, limestone woods, 17 Apr 2005, D. Spaulding & B. Keener 12252 (AUA.UNA).
CR-55 near Emmanuel Road, disturbed limestone glade, 13 Apr 2003, D. Spaulding 11723
«d E of Massey, 16 Apr 2011, B. Sorrie, D. Estes, & W. Knapp 12746 (DUKE, GA, NCSC,
n slope in dryish woods, 16 Apr 2011, B. Sorrie, D. Estes, & W. Knapp 12747 (NCU, NY).
Sisyrinchium albidum was the first of the blue-eyed-grasses with paired inflorescences to be named (Rafinesque
1832). Much later, Bicknell split out S. capillare with its wiry, barely winged stems (Bicknell 1899). Since there
appeared to be overlapping characters between these two species, some authors declined to recognize S. capil-
lare (e.g., Radford et al. 1968) or confounded their habitats and ranges (Cholewa & Henderson 2002). Recent
herbarium and field work by the authors show that S. capillare occurs strictly in the Atlantic Coastal Plain
Physiographic Province whereas S. albidum occurs primarily in the Piedmont, Interior Low Plateau, and Inte-
rior Highlands Physiographic Provinces, northward to the Great Lakes states; and with populations southward
to the Gulf Coastal Plain (Fig. 6). In addition, there are strong morphological differences, notably the slender
and nearly wingless stem of S. capillare (vs. clearly winged in S. albidum), stem with dense fibrous remains of
leaves (vs glabrous to only moderately dense), nearly equal spathes (vs. very unequal), and short outermost
spathe (vs. long) (Table 1). Note that Table 1 divides S. albidum into two groups, east and west of the Appala-
chian Mountains. These groups appear to differ from each other, notably in stem width and the difference be-
tween inner and outer spathe length, but there is much overlap. At this time we are reluctant to recognize any
infraspecific taxa and treat S. albidum as a widespread, variable species.
Specimens of S. calciphilum are quite different from S. capillare, where they had been placed due to their
slender stems. Stems of S. calciphilum are definitely (albeit narrowly) winged, the fibrous remains of leaf bases
are absent, the two outer spathes exceed the two inner by a mean of 4.4 mm, spathes and leaflike bracts are
strongly purple tinged and spiculate. Corolla color of S. calciphilum is medium blue, unlike the pale blue to
whitish color of S. capillare (Figs. 2 & 3). Moreover, S. calciphilum is restricted to high pH limestone glades,
whereas S. capillare to acidic, fire-maintained longleaf pine savannas (Table 1).
calciphilum is less strikingly distinct. While a single morphological charac-
em populations of S. albidum, the suite of characters distinguishes 5. calci-
philum (Table 1). Critical differences are: stem width of S. calciphilum is similar to that of many plants from east
of the Appalachians, but only half as wide as sympatric plants from west of the Appalachians. Stem margins of
S. calciphilum are smooth, but denticulate (often strongly so) in S. albidum. The difference between the two in-
um blue, unlike the pale blue to whitish color of S. albidum (Figs. 2 & 4). Coupled with the restricted range and
habitat preference, these morphological differences are significant at the species level.
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT
: counties in northwestern Alabama (Fig. 5), a region underlair
.. Heller) Bameby, Forestiera ligustri
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
j Sisyrinchium from Alabama
327
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Table 1. Co
U 9 2-)1.5-2.5(-2.8)
330 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6 ( 2 )
BOOK REVIEW
Noel H. Holmgren, Patricia K. Holmgren, James L. Reveal, and Collaborators. 2012. Intermountain Flora,
Vascular Plants of the Intermountain West, U.S.A. Volume Two, Part A: Subclasses Magnoliidae-
CaryophylUdae. (ISBN: 978-0-89327-520-4, hbk.). New York Botanical Garden Press, 2900 Southern
Blvd., Bronx, New York 10458-5126, U.S.A. (Orders: http://www.nybgpress.org, 718-817-8721, fax 718-
817-8842). $150.00, 731 pp, color frontispiece, grayscale epilogue, line drawings throughout, Th n x
Volume 2A, the Intermountain Flora Team brings to a successful close a decades-long, j
multigenerational effort to document the plant life of the colder drylands occupying the large region in the
western United States more or less bounded by the Sierra Nevada to the west, the Rocky Mountains to the east, j
and stretching from central Idaho south to northwestern Arizona. Originally conceived by Bassett Maguire j
around 1940, the ensuing research became a driving force in the careers of Arthur Holmgren and Arthur Cron- |
quist, as well as the botanists who authored this final volume. Publication of the six volumes in eight big books
(most floristicians have difficulty estimating space requirements for their works) took forty years, but time
alone is a poor estimate of the scope of the exploration and research that went into the project. The full series j
treats 3,847 species in 898 genera. For those who do not own these wonderful books, the publisher is cur- ;
rently offering the whole set for $520 (a $640 value). There also are rumors of a planned ninth volume with a
Volume 2A of the work, which includes the beginning of the dicots in the Cronquistian classification -j
system, treats 147 genera, 611 species, and 301 additional infrataxa in 31 families, including such regionally j
diverse important groups as the Papaveraceae, Ranunculaceae, Polygonaceae, Caryophyllaceae, Chenopodia-
ceae, Amaranthaceae, Nyctaginaceae, Montiaceae, and Cactaceae. The presentation is identical to that in ear-
lier volumes, with indented keys and detailed descriptions followed by range/ecology statements and very j
useful critical notes on taxonomic and other issues (along with copious literature citations). The treatments j
also include extensive synonyms, with complete citations of types. The numerous plates of line drawings (by ;
several artists), which cover varying numbers of taxa per genus, are uniformly excellent in composition and ;
detail. The drawings of Cactaceae are particularly beautiful. A useful addendum summaries the 6 new combi- J
nations, 34 new typifications, and 1 new cytological report included in the volume. Throughout, the contents
are encyclopedic and the treatment of any family or genus provides a marvelous introduction to the taxonomy,
nomenclature, ecology, and uses for that group.
There is little to criticize in this enormous work. Perhaps some of the more recent volumes are a bit pricey,
but sadly that has become the nature of the printed page. The lack of a comprehensive key to dicot families
(such keys exist for the remaining major plant groups in other volumes) might be addressed in the proposed
follow-up volume, as might a more detailed taxonomic summary of the plants in the series or a discussion of
plants of conservation concern in the region (a 70-year study surely can offer a unique perspective on regional
patterns of plant endangerment). However, such potential additions in no way diminish the present utility of
the volumes. Between the burnt-orange covers of these volumes lies a treasure-trove of information and in-
sights on the vascular plants unequaled for most other regions of the country. The authors, past and present,
are to be congratulated on their persistence in seeing this project through to successful completion . — George
Yatskievych, Missouri Botanical Garden, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166-0299, USA.
POLEMONIUM ELUSUM (POLEMONIACEAE),
A NEW SPECIES FROM EAST CENTRAL IDAHO, U.S.A.
Ronald L. Hartman
mm
Perennial herbs, caespitose, glabrous to pubescent with trichomes sparse to moderately dense, minute, flaccid
to erect, often glandular trichomes, not odiferous; branches subterranean, 3-15. Stems 20-50 cm tall. Leaves
mostly basal and the bases sheathing to scattered along stem, 5-20, 10-30 cm long proximally to 2 cm distally,
1.5-3(-4) wide; petioles 2— 7(— 11) cm long; pinnae 12-24, mostly 2-parted, alternate or paired and thus appear-
ing whorled, narrowly to broadly elliptic or spatulate, occasionally obovate, 4-28 mm long, 1-3.5 mm wide.
Inflorescences a thyrse, often diffuse; branches 2-5, 5-11 cm long, strict; flowers 15-60, congested distally;
pedicels 5-6 mm long. Flowers 5-merous; perianth regular; calyx fused at base, campanulate; lobes lanceo-
late, green to purplish in part, 4.4-8 mm long, diverging at a 35-40 degree angle; connective membrane in bud,
flower, and fruits translucent, whitish, oblong to spatulate, 0.4-0.7 mm wide; sinuses rounded; corolla Ught
blue to white, campanulate, 10-13 mm long, tube 4-5.2 mm long; lobes 5-7.8 mm long, spatulate to obovate;
apex rounded, minutely apiculate; stamens usually exserted; filaments attached 2-3 mm above base, at which
point minutely and densely tomentose for 0.8-1 mm; anthers basifixed, narrowly to broadly sagittate, broadly
elliptic to orbicular following dehiscence, 1.4-1.8 mm long; ovary greenish, broadly ovoid, 2 mm long, with 5
raised nerves at least in part; placentation axile, chambers 3; styles 6.5-8 mm long; branches flattened, 2.5-3.2
mm long; stigma glandular over adaxial surface. Fruit globose, tricarpellate, 4.5-5 mm long, split for 60-70
percent of length. Seeds brown, trigonous, the abaxial surface rounded, the edges acute, 24—2.8 mm long;
Etymology.— The epithet was chosen as this species has eluded discovery for well over a century, this despite
sporadic botanical forays to the region.
Distribution and ecology. — Polemonium elusum is known from the mountains and foothills surrounding
the town of Ellis, in east central Idaho (Fig. 2). Populations occur from 1440 to 2560 m in elevation, where
vegetation transitions from sagebrush and mountain mahogany to Douglas-fir woodland, depending on slope
and aspect. Within this range of vegetation, it was found in a variety of microhabitats, thus the species appears
to be an ecological generalist. Microhabitats in which plants are found include the margins of talus fields, dry
Douglas-fir woodland, outer riparian margins, and shaded rock outcrops. Plants occur in stable but loose,
coarse textured colluvial soils. All populations were found on various geologic units of the Challis volcanics
group (Zientek et al. 2005) and were most abundant from lower Cow Creek southward across the adjacent un-
The initial discovery was made by
potential habitat for Cryptantha salmon
(Rydb.) Blank, var. salmonensis P £
found growing under more mesic conditi
1-June 2010. This locality was surveyed as
Payson, Astragalus amblytropis Barneby, and Oxytropis besseyi
demies was encountered, but Polemonium elusum was
Id be expected for the aforementioned taxa. Further
ivn that populations of P. pulcherrimum var. pulcherrimum surround the distribution of P.
cies have several similarities, including overlapping elevation ranges, dry habitats, and a
e of the corolla and the inflorescence. Additionally, P viscosum has been observed as low as
p canyons above the Salmon River to the north and south of P. elusum. However, these con-
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Phenology . — Flowering begins in late-May at more xeric, low elevation sites, continuing through mid-July
at higher, cooler sites; fruiting from mid-June through August.
Conservation .— Perhaps the greatest threat to the existence of Polemonium elusion is the small total popu-
>tal about 1,300 plants, occupying eight km .
Other probable threats include herbivory by ungulates and habitat invasion by exotic weeds. Interestingly, the
population at Gerry Gulch occurs at a location where the vegetation is significantly impacted by cattle. Her-
bivory by white-tailed deer has been shown to be a significant factor for population survival in Polemonium
vanbruntiae Britton (Bermingham 2010). If herbivory by cattle and wildlife affects the survival of P. elusum,
then the maintenance of ungulate populations below certain levels may be required.
Other aspects of the biology of this taxon are unknown. However, Polemonium vanbruntiae is self compat-
i species of Polemo
ible (Hill et al. 2008). Because reproductive and life history traits influence the survivorship of plant popula-
tions, further research on P. elusum is necessary in order to develop a more effective conservation strategy.
Molecular analysis. — Sequence data from 28 taxa were analyzed. The 46 vouchers used in this phyloge-
netic study are listed in Appendix 1. Twenty-six of these were accessions from GenBank. Leptosiphon, Linanthus,
and Phlox were used as outgroups because they have been proposed as genera closely related to Polemonium
(Porter 1997; Johnson et al. 2008; Hankamp 2011).
Field collections of fresh plant material were preserved in silica gel and voucher specimens are deposited
in the herbarium at San Francisco State University (Table 1). DNA extracted from herbarium sheets follow the
same process. Extraction protocols are described in DNeasy (2004). The 1TS1, 5.8S, and ITS2 regions were
amplified using primers 1TS4 and 1TSLEU (White et al. 1990). Both regions were duplicated using standard
Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) in 25 pi volume reactions. Excess nucleotides and primers remaining in the
samples from the PCR were removed using ExoSAP-it kit.
An Applied Biosystems 3100 Genetic Analyzer was used for the capillary electrophoresis of all samples.
Fragments were sequenced using BigDye following the manufacturer’s protocols. Precipitation was with
EDTA/Ethanol/Sodium acetate, and the remaining cycle sequence products were resuspended in Hi-Di before
being denatured. Fragments were visualized using an Applied Biosystems PRISM 3100 Genetic Analyzer. Run
modules were conducted using liquid polymer POP-6 or POP-7. Sequence files were base-called using Sequenc-
ing Analysis 5.1 (Applied Biosystems 2003), and the forward and reverse reads were formed into a consensus
sequence using Sequencher 4.8 (Gene Codes Corporation 2007). The consensus sequence contig was loaded
into MacClade 4.08X (Maddison & Maddison 2005) to visually confirm the coherence of the bases, and into
ClustalX Version 2 (Larkin etal. 2007) for a complete alignment. The nexus file was analyzed in PAUP4.0al 12
(Swofford 2002), Mr. Bayes 3.1.2 (Ronquist & Huelsenbeck 2003), and GARLI 0.951-GUI (Zwickl 2006).
This ITS data set included 46 samples with a total of 706 characters, 163 of these were variable. Of the variable
characters, 61 were parsimony informative. Bootstrap analyses were performed in PAUP 4.0all2 (Swofford
2002) using a heurist search with 100 repetitions and number of trees increasing by 100. Trees were also ana-
lyzed using maximum likelihood and Bayesian analysis.
For statistical selection of the best fit model, jModelTest (Posada 2008) was used. The -InL using jModelT-
est was 2412.83. The results indicated GTR+I+G, and these parameters were employed. Bootstrapping was
tested with GARLI and Bayesian analysis provided numbers for branch support.
DISCUSSION
Molecular analysis of the ITS region of Polemonium weakly suggests P. elusum is sister to R mexicanum, P. pauci-
florum, P. grandiflorum, and P cameum (Fig. 3). This is the best inference from the maximum likelihood tree
but it is not statistically supported by either bootstrap (56%) or Bayesian (0.84) values. A few conclusions can
be drawn from these results. First, the four species that are most closely related to P. elusum are all included in
Grant’s (1959) sect. Polemonium and P. elusum also fits into this section. Worley et al. (2009) further divided
Grant’s sect. Polemonium into three species complexes, and except for P. mexicanum, the other three species are
all included in the P. pauciflorum complex. This species complex includes plants that are erect to decumbent.
The inflorescences are panicle-like cymes or the flowers are arranged in groups of one to three. Polemonium
elusum meets these criteria.
Second, under Wherry’s (1942) classification, P. pauciflorum , P. grandiflorum, and P cameum all fall under
the large flowered section Eupolemonium. Once more, P. elusui
These species all have overlapping elevation ranges and low ir
North America. Although there is not much statistical support for this grouping, morphometric features help
validate the placement of Polemonium elusum with this group.
Polemonium elusum is congruent with the rest of the genus in its campanulate corolla, habit, compound
leaves, stamen attachment, pubescent filaments, and brown seeds. This species notably differs in the calyx
The leaf-
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Te
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We would like to thank Teresa Prendusi and Bruce Smith for their support of the floristic inventory, thus mak-
ing this discovery possible. Lucinda Haggas coordinated our logistical needs during summer field work. Bob
Patterson and Dieter Wilken provided helpful suggestions regarding the manuscript. Wendy Irwin graciously
provided Figure 1.
Applied Biosystems. 2003. Sequencing Analysis* version 5.1 . httpy/www.appliedbiosystems.com.
Bermingham, L.H. 2010. Deer herbivory and habitat type influence long-term population dynamics of a rare wetland
plant. PI. Ecol. 210:359-378.
DNeasy, Q. 2004. Plant DNA extraction handbook, http://www.qiagen.com.
Gene Codes Corporation. 2007. Sequencher* version 4.8 sequence analysis software. Ann Arbor, Ml. http://www.gene-
codes.com.
Grant, V. 1959. Natural history of the Phlox family, vol. 1, systematic botany. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Hankamp, P.Z. 201 1 . Molecular systematics of Leptosiphon (Polemoniaceae). M.S. thesis. San Francisco State University, CA.
Hartman, R.L. 1992. The Rocky Mountain Herbarium, associated floristics inventory, and the Flora of the Rocky Moun-
tains project. J. Idaho Acad. Sci. 28:22-43.
Hartman, R.L. and B.E. Nelson. 201 1 . General information for floristics proposals. [The Boiler Plate]. http:/www.rmh.uwyo.
edu.
Hartman, R.H., B.E. Nelson, and B. Legler. 2009. Rocky Mountain H<
Hill, LM., A.K. Brody, and C.L Tedesco. 2008. Mating strategies <
Polemonium vanbruntiae. Acta Oecol. 33:314-323
Johnson, LA., L.M. Chan, T.L. Weese, L.D. Busby, and S. McMurry. 2
strong inference of higher phylogenetic relationships in th
Kesonie, D. (Scott) and R.L. Hartman. 201 1. A floristic inventory of Grand Teton National Park, Pinyon Peak Highlands, and
vicinity, Wyoming, U.S.A. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 5:357-388.
Kuhn, B, B.E. Nelson, and R.L. Hartman. 2011. A floristic inventory of the Cimarron National Grassland (Kansas) and the
Comanche National Grassland (Colorado). J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 5:753-772.
Larkin, M A, G. Blackshields, N.P Brown, R. Chenna, P.A. McGettigan, H. R
Thompson, TJ. Gibson, and D.G. Higgins. 2007. Clustal W and Clustal X version 2.0. B
Maddison, D.R. and W.P. Maddison. 2005. MacClade 4: Analysis of phylogeny and char
Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, MA.
:r DNA sequences. Aliso
Posada, D. 2008. jModelTest: phylogenetic model averaging. Molec. Biol. Evol. 25:1253-1256.
Reie, B, J. Larson, B. Jacobs, B.E. Nelson, and R.L. Hartman. 2009. Floristic studies in north central New Mexico, U.SATheTusas
Mountains and the Jemez Mountains. J. Bot Res. Inst. Texas 3:921-961 .
RONQU.ST, F. AND J.P. Huelsenbeck. 2003. MRBAYES 3: Bayesian phylogenetic inference under mixed models
19:1572-1574.
Swofpord, D.L. 2002. PAUP*. Phylogenetic analysis using parsimony (*and Other Methods). Version 4. Sin;
d direct sequencing of fungal ribosomal RNA genes
White, TJ.,T.D. Bruns, S.B. L
for phylogenetics. In: Innis, M A, D.H. Gelfand, JJ. Sininsky, and TJ.White.'eds. PCR ^oio^ols^’guide tom* hods'and
applications. Academic Press Inc., San Diego, CA. Pp. 31 5-322.
Wherry, E.T. 1942. The genus Polerru
Worley, A.C., H. Ghazvini, and D.W. Schemske. 2009. /
length polymorphism (AFLP) markers. Syst. Bot. 34:149-161.
Zientek, M.L, P.D. Derkey, a
i datasets
NEOTYPIFICATION OF AMORPHA ROEMERIANA (FABACEAE: AMORPHEAE)
Shannon C.K. Straub 1 and James L. Reveal
L.H. Bailey Hortorium, Department of Plant Biology, 4 12 Mann Library Building
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA.
ss463@cornell.edu; jlr326@cornell.edu
Se designa un neotipo (WR Carr et cd 27f
RESUMEN
In the process of preparing a treatment of Amorpha L. for a forthcoming volume of Flora of North America, we
attempted to locate original material of Amorpha roemeriana Scheele, a relatively rare species found primarily
on the Edwards Plateau of Bandera, Bexar, Blanco, Comal, Gillespie, Hays, Kendall, Kerr, Kinney, Medina,
Travis, and Uvalde counties of central Texas (Turner et al. 2003: 306), with disjunct populations in Coahuila,
Mexico, that scarcely differ from the Texas populations. The type was collected by Carl Ferdinand von Roemer
(1818-1891) “In margine rivulorum prope, Austin” during his 1845-1846 visit to Texas where he concentrated
on geology (Simonds 1902). Upon his return to Europe, Roemer wrote several books and articles on his visit
parleying these activities eventually into a professorship in geology at the University of Breslau. Roemer’s plant
specimens were given to George Heinrich Adolf Scheele (1808-1864) who accounted for several new Texas
species (Scheele 1848) gathered by Roemer and, independently, by Ferdinand Jacob Lindheimer (1801-1879),
including A. roemeriana which was reported to have been collected, in flower, in April of 1846. Roemer (1849:
429) himself stated that the plant was found “Bei Austin am Bachrande,” and the “Bluthen sehr wohlriechend,
violet.”
Scheele’s types were housed at Berlin, but as noted by Wilbur (1975), no one has reported, in the literature
at least, the existence of any original material of Amorpha roemeriana. We attempted to locate a specimen at the
Roemer-und Pelizaeus-Museum in Hildesheim, Germany, which at one time contained specimens gathered by
Ferdinand Roemer (the Museum is named for his brother, Hermann Roemer [1816-1894]), only to be in-
formed that the plant collection was sent to Berlin in the early 1900s. Nonetheless, there is no record at the
Museum that there was a specimen of Amorpha from Austin, Texas, gathered in 1846.
The detailed description written by Scheele provides the characters necessary to distinguish Amorpha
roemeriana from A.fruticosa, the most widespread species of the genus and the only one co-occurring with A.
roemeriana. The inclusion of the swollen mucro, glandular punctuate leaflets, petiolules bearing purplish
glands, and glandular vexillum in the description clearly point to A. roemeriana as that name is applied cur-
rently (Schneider 1907; Rydberg 1919; Palmer 1931; Wilbur 1975; Isley 1998), and contrast with the long, slen-
der mucro, commonly eglandular leaflets, eglandular or inconspicuously glandular petiolules, and generally
eglandular vexillum of A. fruticosa. Confirming the assumption that the name as currently applied is correct
could be only accomplished by examining type specimen material. Being unable to locate any original mate-
rial, we are here designating a neotype to maintain the current concept of A. roemeriana, which we believe to
be consistent with the original description. With the able assistance of William R. Carr of the Nature Conser-
vancy of Texas and Dr. Thomas Wendt of the University of Texas, to whom we are grateful, a suitable collection
was obtained.
340
irpha roemeriana Scheele, Linnaea 21:461. 1848. Type UNITED STATES. Texas. Hays Co.: Ashe juniper woodland on
extremely shallow stony clay loam on top of N- to WY-facing bluff of Fredericksburg Limestone ca. 40-50 ft above the S bank of
ir mi W of the junction of State Route 150 and Ranch Road 2770 near M
e 150 and Ranch Road 3237 at Hays City, at N30°00'37.5", W097°58'01.r
Kf.WR. Carr, B.Johnso
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to thank the curator of TEX for loan of material that was essential to completing this work and our
reviewers, Billie L. Turner and Stanley L. Welsh.
REFERENCES
Isley, D. 1 998. Native and naturalized Leguminosae (Fabaceae) of the United States. Monte L. Bean Life Science Museum,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Palmer, E J. 1 931 . Conspectus of the genus Amorpha. J. Arnold Arbor. 1 2:1 57-1 97.
Roemer, C.F. von. 1 849. Texas. Mit besonderer rucksicht auf deutsche auswanderung und die physischen verha'ltnisse des
landes nach eigener beobachtung geschildert von Ferdinand Roemer. Mit einem naturwissenschaftlichen anhange
und einertopographisch-geognostischen karte von Texas. Adolph Marcus, Bonn.
Rydberg, P.A. 1919. Amorpha. N. Amer. FI. 24(1):26-34.
Scheele, A. 1 848. Beitrage zur Flor von Texas. Linnaea 21 :453-472, 576-602, 747-768.
Schneider, C.K. 1 907. Conspectus generis Amorphae. Bot. Gaz. 43:297-307.
Simonds, F.W. 1902. Dr. Ferdinand von Roemer, the father of the geology of Texas; his life and work. Amer. Geol. 29:
131-140.
Turner, B.L., H. Nichols, G. Denny, and O. Doron. 2003. Atlas of the vascular plants of Texas, vol. 1 : Dicots, vol. 2: Ferns, gym-
nosperms, monocots. Sida, Bot. Misc. 24.
Wilbur, R.L. 1 975. A revision of the North American
i genus Amorpha (Leguminosae-Psoraleae). Rhodora 77:337-409.
SYSTEMATICS OF LINDLEYA (ROSACEAE: MALOIDEAE)
James Henrickson
Plant Resources Center
University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712, U.SA.
ABSTRACT
Chihuahua, south to central San Luis Potosi and southwestern Tamaulipas; in Hidalgo-Queritaro; and Puebla-Oaxaca with outlying collec-
is discussed along with a call for further modifications of the classification of the Rosaceae.
RESUMEN
INTRODUCTION
The monotypic genus Lindleya (Rosaceae) consists of sclerophyllous, evergreen shrubs with conspicuous
white flowers and distinctive, woody, 5-carpelled capsular fruit. It is native to the arid and semi-arid chaparral
or matorral of Mexico, with populations known from Puebla-Oaxaca, Hidalgo-Queretaro and the mountains
of the Sierra Madre Oriental and the Chihuahuan Desert from San Luis Potosf, Tamaulipas, Nuevo Le6n, Coa-
huila and eastern parts of Zacatecas, Durango and Chihuahua.
The genus has a complex but interesting taxonomic history that is reviewed below. Data on vegetative and
reproductive features are presented and illustrated along with a formal taxonomic treatment and distribution
maps. The most interesting aspect of Lindleya is its place in the phylogeny of the Rosaceae. With its five-car-
peled capsular fruit, its placement within the family has been problematic.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The study is based on empirical observations from field-collected and herbarium material as well as extensive
field studies. Herbarium specimens were borrowed from A, GH, MO, MICH, NY, TEX-LL and US. Additional
data was obtained from collections from ARIZ, ASU, CAS, DS, ENCB, MEXU, RSA, POM during visits to those
herbaria. Anatomical studies incorporated standard paraffin techniques (Johansen 1940) for production of
serial sections of leaves and flowers. All plant measurements were made from dried material unless otherwise
342
TAXONOMIC HISTORY
Taxonomic History.— The genus Lindleya was named by Kunth (1824) in the sixth volume of Humboldt and
Bonpland’s Nova Genera et Species Plantarum [5 Jan 1824-pertinent dates from International Plant Name Index
(wwwipnixHg) and Taxonomic Literature II (Stafleu & Cowan 1976-1988)] with a complete description. An
illustration of the sole species, Lindleya mespiloides Kunth, was published in Apr 1824 (fig. 562). The genus was
named for the then young John Lindley (1799-1865), British botanist, student of the Rosaceae and Orchida-
ceae, who went on to be professor of botany at the University College London (1829-1860).
However, prior to this, the name Lindleya had been used as a generic name several times. The first use of
Lindleya as a genus name was by Nees von Essenbeck (1821), in a paper (21 May 1821) determining specimens
from the Brazilian collections of Spix and Martinus. His Lindleya was a genus in the Theaceae, which Index
Kewensis states is based on a species Lindleyafruticosa Nees ( =Laplacea semiserrata Cambess.). Nees’ Lindleya,
however, is a homotypic synonym of a slightly older Wilkstroemia Schrader (5 May 1821) and thus is a superflu-
ous name. Kunth in Humboldt, Bonpland loc. cit. (25 Feb. 1822) recognized this genus as Laplacea Kunth.
Kunth himself had previously used the generic name Lindleya twice. His first use was on plates of two
species that were published in volume five of Nova Genera et Species Plantarum. According to Taxonomic Lit-
erature II, the fascicle of plates bearing the name Lindleya (plates 479-480) were published on 25 Feb. 1822,
while the text, (vol. 5: 361-367) was not published until 24 March 1823, however, in the text, the species were
placed in the genus Casearia (Flacortiaceae). The use of generic name Lindleya on the plates has been consid-
ered as a nomen nudum by Index Kewensis and Index Nominum Genericorum database and l.P.N.I. But the
International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeil et al. 2006) Art. 42.3 considers an illustration with
analysis (i.e., with separate figures showing details to aid with identification) as being acceptable in place of a
written description or diagnosis for a species description. But Art. 42.1, 42.2 notes that this can apply only if the
genus is monotypic. As there were two species illustrated, the use of Lindleya here can be considered as a nomen
Kunth (1822) again u
le and Tiliaceae (20 Apr, J
m. 46D) between Theo- j
broma Linn, and Guazuma Plum., in Sectio [subfamily] II “Buttneriaceae verae” of Buttneriaceae (once Stercu- ,
liaceae, now Malvaceae s.l.). This is purely a listing of a known or proposed name and again is a nomen inval, j
without description given, implied or cited.
Rydberg (1908a) in his Notes on Rosaceae preceding his North America Flora treatment (Rydberg 1908b)
listed the previous use of Lindleya by Kunth and Nees (as noted in Index Kewensis) and offered a new generic
name Lindleyella for the Rosaceaous genus, and described a second species L. s chiedeana Rydb., characterized
by more obovate leaf blades and longer, more obovate petals. In 1940 Fedde, for some reason, rejected the ear-
lier Lindleyella of Rydberg (1908), in favor of a later described Lindleyella Schlechter (1914), a genus of Orchida-
ceae with five species that were named from 1914 to 1924, and substituted a new name, Neolindleyella Fedde for
Rydberg’s genus. As to why Fedde would choose a younger name ( Lindleyella of Schlechter 1914) against an
older name ( Lindleyella of Rydberg 1908) is unknown as it goes against the rules of priority, which he so
strongly espoused. Fedde’s work on botanical nomenclature had become such a disruption on nomenclatural
stability that the provision for conservation of generic names was enacted during the Vienna Congress in 1905
(Briquet 1906).
In 1930, at the fifth International Botanical Congress (Briquet 1935), the rule concerning homonyms was
altered. Prior to that time, a later homonym could be accepted as a valid name if the earlier name had become a
synonym and was not being used. The fifth congress maintained strict nomenclatural priority and rejected
later homonyms with the understanding that all well known generic homonyms, as far as possible, should be
To this end, a systematic search was made to validate later homonyms via generic conservation (Rehder et
al. 1935). The task was assigned to various botanists each responsible for genera based on alphabetical group-
ings. Genera beginning with the letters L through P were assigned to Dr. Rudolf Mansfield of the Botanical
Henrickson, Systematic of Lindleya
Museum of Berlin. Through his work, Lindleya Nees was rejected in favor of Laplacea H.B.K. (nom. cons.).
Kunth’s use of Lindleya as a replacement name for Casearia was considered a nomen nudum, and Lindleya of
Kunth in Humboldt and Bonpland (1824) was conserved against Lindleyella Rydb. (Green 1940). Thus the cor-
rect name for the genus, under the present rules, following that round of conservation, would be Lindleya
H.B.K., or following those who object to the H.B.K. designation, Lindleya Kunth in Humboldt & Bonpland
(nom. cons.) or just Lindleya Kunth following ICBN 2006, Art. 46, ex. 9, note 1 (McNeill et al. 2006).
Of interest, in 1858, J. Agardh, in his Theoria Systematis Plantarum, placed Lindleya in its own family
Lindleyaceae J. Agardh. In the same paper, he also recognized Cercocarpaceae J. Agardh, Coleogynaceae J.
Agardh, and many other new families of dicotyledoneae.
>RPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY
» few-stemmed shrub (Fig. 1A). In more mesic habitats, the main
s an obovoid-spreading shrub to 2-4(-5) m tall with the uppermost
branches either ascending or arching outward. In dry habitats the plants form more rounded, densely and di-
varicately branched shrubs to 1.3 m tall and wide. These arid-land shrubs may be misshapen due to browsing
by goats, or somewhat thorny due to the placement of dried lateral stems.
Stems . — Stems are heteroblastic. Young long-shoot stems are initially maroon, glabrous, with internodes
7-15 mm long. They develop a single band of vascular tissue and dense strands of primary phloem fibers. The
cortex and pith cells both develop thickened walls. Secondary growth initiates soon after stem development.
Short-shoots develop from the nodes. As they mature they may develop into variously branched short-shoot
systems to 1— 5(— T) cm long with intemodes 0.4-1.5(-5) mm long. The epidermis of young stems is soon re-
placed by a light gray periderm. Older branches have a smooth gray periderm marked by distinctive horizontal
lenticles (Fig. ID).
Stipules . — Paired yellow-green stipules occur at each long- and short-shoot node at the margins of the
canaliculate petioles. They are typically acicular, 0.4-0.9(-2.2) mm long and are bordered on two sides by well-
spaced or crowded, distinct, reddish-maroon multicellular glands to 0.2-0.3 mm long (Fig. 3A). When shorter,
which decrease in size acropetally, make the stipules appear more deltate. When longer,
icular with well spaced marginal glands. The stipules mark the separation of the
broadened leaf base from the canaliculate petiole and occur just below the zone of leaf abscission. The petioles
mm long 2.5 mm wide to mesophylls 55 mm long and 17 mm
owly oblanceolate, narrowly obovate to obovate. The apices
range from narrowly acute, obtuse, rounded, to retuse often with an acuminate to mucronate tip. Any one plant
may have some leaves with acute tips, other leaves with rounded tips. They are cuneate at the base with the
margins forming decurrent narrow wings along the short, canaliculate, yellowish petioles. The margins are
crenate; the crenations are gland tipped, with rounded distal and proximal margins. The crenations are usu-
ally uniform in distribution, but are more widely separated along the lower blade margins. The leaf blades are
glabrous throughout. The marginal dark red-maroon glands are compressed ovoid, sessile, the marginal ones
ascending towards the tip, the distal ones erect, 210-290(-350) pm long, to 100-120(-160) pm wide at the
broad base. The gland’s marginal cells are anticlinally elongated. The glands fall from older leaves.
The dorsi-ventral leaf blades are generally ascending, with the adaxial surface slightly concave (Fig. IB).
The blades range from 220-360(-430) pm in trans-section thickness and are 350-400(-430) pm thick at the
midvein. The midvein is raised on both the adaxial and abaxial surface proximally, but only on the abaxial
surface in the mid section and distally, except in the thickest blades where the midvein is not raised (Fig. 2A).
narrow external cell with rather dense cytoplasm and a much larger internal water-storage cell. The outermost
wall of the upper epidermal cell is about 5.5-7 pm thick, with the cuticle 4-5.6 pm in thickness. The abaxial
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
epidermal and guard cells and the structure is difficult to sort out. The epidermal cells are larger and have a
smaller external cell, but the guard cells do not. The adaxial leaf mesophyll consists of 2(-3) layers of crowded
palisade cells. A palisade-type cell orientation may or may not occur in the abaxial mesophyll but cells are not
as dense. The primary, secondary, and usually tertiary veins have vascular cambia. A mass of support cells
develops adaxial to the phloem. In some leaves these consist entirely of collenchyma cells, in others collen-
chyma mixed with fibers, and in the primary and secondary veins consist of masses of lignified fibers. Usually
:curs both above and below the primary-secondary-tertiary veins
rntinue to the fourth and fifth order veins (seen throughout the
a collenchymous
times bundle sheath e
345
Fig. 2. Leaf structure of Lindleya
specimens from Coahuila-Nuevo Leon (B-H), Hidalgo (l-L), and Puebla-Oaxaa (M-Q). B. Henridaon 22056 (TEX)-NL, C Henrickson 6225 (TEX)-Coah.
D. Johnston etaL 1 1465 (LL)-Dgo. L Steward 294 (OH)-Coah. F. Steward 378 (GH)-Coah. €. Henridaon 22062 (Tex)-LL. Stanford etai 626 (GH)-Tamp. I.
Gonzalez 21443 (F)-Qto. J. Gonzalez 2401 (LL)-Hgo. K. Gold 324 (TEX)-Hgo. L Moore 2481 (GH)-Hgo. M. Salinas 6 Solis 3238 (TEX)-0ax. N. Tenorio 6882
(TEX)-Pue. 0. Dorado 8, Salinas sj). (Tex.)-Pue. P. Tenorio 18341 (TEX)-0ax. Q. Tenorio Gonzdlez 18341 (TEX)-0ax. B-S. Leaf clearings. R. McVaugh 10346
(US). S. Gonzalez 1443. (MEXU). Sale in A = 0.3 mm, in B-Q = 20 mm, in R-S = 1mm.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
states of Queretaro, Hidalgo, Puebla, and Oaxaca). The mesophyll has scattered cuboidal crystals that are more
common in bundle-sheath extensions.
Venation, as seen in cleared leaves is pinnate, weakly brochidodromous to semicraspedodromus (Ellis et
al. 2009). The primary vein is straight, symmetrical, and moderately thickened (Fig. 2R-S). Secondary veins
are irregularly alternate, extending from the primary vein at angles of 20-40 degrees. In narrow leaves they
tend to arch slightly towards the tip hut do not extend to the leaf tip. The secondary veins exhibit moderate
branching towards the margins, often forming through connections with adjacent secondary veins one or
more series of arches below the margins, with the crenations served by tertiary or smaller veinlets. Intersec-
ondary veins are composite and muched branched, connecting to the lower portions of adjacent secondary
veins. Tertiary veins form random reticulations, mostly at right angles to the secondaries; they are percurrent
and forked. There are 5 orders of vein branching; the areoles are well developed, random, 4-5 angled, the
smallest veinlets are 1-3 times branched. Venation of small leaves differs in that the primary and secondary
veins are much thicker than the tertiary and smaller veinlets, and secondary veins may not connect with super-
adjacent veins.
Stomata are restricted to the lower (abaxial) leaf surface and range in number from 96-175 per mm 2 in
small leaves ca. 13 mm long, and 140-175 per mm 2 in larger leaves to 27 mm long. Stomata do not occur below
the veinlets with bundle sheath extensions. The stomata are usually subtended by four subsidiary cells. Subsid-
Inflorescences . — Flowers are usually solitary terminating new growth of the season (Fig. 1C), but occa-
sionally, with vigorous new growth, more than one flower will develop, with the subtending flower(s) develop-
ing from lateral shoot(s) from a subterminal node in the new growth of the same season. In such conditions the
flowers will appear to form simple corymbs or three-flowered cymes (Fig. IE). The uppermost, reduced leaves,
that form with the season’s growth are typically crowded below the flower and extend onto the pedicel. The
uppermost cauline leaves are typically only 8-18 mm long, petiolate with slender to deltate, gland-margined
stipules. They have canaliculate petioles and gland-margined, glabrous blades (Fig. 3B). The uppermost leaves
are reduced to linear to lanceolate bracts to 3-5 mm long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide, without stipules but with glands
continuing from the petioles to the blade margins. True pedicels, when present, may be up to 2 mm long. The
terminal flowers disrupt terminal growth of a shoot, continued growth occurs through development of sub-
:rminate in thick-walled, coriaceous, obconic, hypanthia topped with 5
sepals, 5 petals and about 20 stamens (Figs. 3C, 5A). The ovaries are not attached to the hypanthia except at
their sessile bases. The free portion of the hypanthia is about 0.7-1 mm in thickness. The outer hypanthial
surface is light green, glabrous and shiny. The inner surface is yellowish-green in color, nectariferous, some-
times vertically ribbed (the ribs reflecting the position of stamen traces), with a somewhat expanded inner rim
subtending the filaments.
Sepals . — The hypanthia terminate in five coriaceous, light greenish, broad-based, ovate to oblong-ovate,
lance-ovate, usually acuminate, imbricate sepals (Figs. IE, 3B). Where the sepal margins overlap, underlying
sepal margins are membranous to 0.5(-0.9) mm wide and are sometimes cordate at the broad sepal base. The
external or overtopping sepal margins are usually not membranous but usually have distinctive reddish glands
similar to those found on leaf margins. The sepal tips usually terminate with a reddish gland. The sepals may
be glabrous throughout the abaxial surface or variously villous distally. The inner surfaces typically are gla-
brous in the lower half but distinctly villous distally and along the distal margins, with slender, crinkly, white
hairs to 0.6(-0.9) mm long. There are some differences in sepal size throughout the range of the species; plants
from Oaxaca-Puebla tend to have shorter sepals, but this is not consistent as similar short sepals occur in small
flowers throughout its northern range. Sepal size usually reflects overall flower size, and flower size can vary
with environmental conditions. The sepals usually persist on the rim of the hypanthium as ascending or re-
flexed structures (Fig. 3G).
Petals .— The five broadly obovate, broadly clawed petals are borne equally along the hypanthium rim al-
ternate to the sepals. The petals are spirally arranged in bud and are oblique distally with the portion of the
347
by dry hypanthium and sepals. Note the style bases have been split apart. H. Post-dehiscent fruit with some sepals removed showing dehisced carpels.
I. Longitudinal view of mature fruit with carpel interior exposed showing seed. J. Seed. K. Embryo. Magnifications as indicated. A-E ( Henridaon 22 1 12,
TEX); G-K [Henridaon 22222, TEX).
petal that develops under adjacent petals being much larger than the portion exposed in the bud (Figs. IF,
In most petals the right half of the petal is interior in bud and largest. But this will vary from flower to flow<
one plant, with occasional flowers having the left half of the petal interior and larger than the right half,
petals are white, waxy appearing, well veined, thickened at the base, and thinning towards the somet
crinkled margins. They spread outward at anthesis (Fig. IF) and tardily abscise after anthesis. The mid
often terminates in a single gland When clearing the petals, the thick basal portion of petal often stains dark—
Atubvecia . — Flowers typically have 20 stamens borne at the inner rim of the hypanthia in one series or
occasionally in two weak series with occasional smaller stamens born inside larger outer series of stamens
(Fig. 3D). The inner and outer stamens usually develop opposite the petals with the interior stamen having a
shorter incurved filament. The white filaments are acicular, very broad at the base, tapering distally. The fila-
ments are attached to the mid-portion of the versatile anthers (Figs. 3D). Anthers are introrse in bud, 1.5-4 mm
long, oblong, apiculate at the tip, with V
anther sacs, and the medial septa betwe<
The gyn.
icated basal lobes. Anthers are light yellow, longicidal, with 4
inther sacs appears to be secretory (glandular) as it is dull red-
dish in color (in dried anthers) and stains strongly in microscope slides. Within the buds, the outer, larger
stamens are erect with straight anthers, while the inner stamens have inflexed filaments as their anthers de-
velop further within the crowded hypanthial cup. These inner anthers are typically bent below the attachment
to the filaments (Figs. 3D). They usually retain this shape at anthesis.
ound ovary is 5 carpeled, ovoid, glabrous, slightly 5-angled in transverse section,
the receptacle apex (Figs. 3C, 5A) and the carpels are united ventrally up to the
level of ovule insertion forming a thick-walled compound ovary with axile placentation (Fig. 6D). The carpels
are laterally united from the dorsal edge to near the ventral margin. The carpels, however, are not connate
centrally where a five-lobed opening extends to the base of the ovary (Fig. 4A). Sterling (1966) noted that this
is a carpel fusion pattern similar to that found in the Maloideae. He also noted that occasionally the carpels will
not be fused ventrally. Each carpel contains two apical, pendent, collateral ovules, about 0.7-1 mm long at-
tached at the inner tip of the locule and receiving a downward-oriented vein from the adjacent ventral trace
(Fig. 5A). The short, thick funiculus appears to function as an obtruator. The ovules have a broad outer integu-
ment, a thinner inner integument, and the embryo sac is quite large with a crassinucleate nucellus.
The carpels are free from the inner hypanthium walls except at the very base. The five styles are separate,
terminal, slender, cylindrical and are obliquely expanded at the stigmatic tip (Fig. 3E). A split develops across
the oblique tip, exposing papillate interior tissue. Dried styles may persist on the fruit, or they may break off
above the bases (Fig. 3F-I).
Floral vascularization. The pedicel contains a single cylinder of vascular bundles (Fig. 5E-1). At the
base of the hypanthium, 10 (occasionally more) traces separate from the central traces and extend up the hy-
panthium (Fig. 5E-3-4). These produce an irregular series of lateral traces that extend horizontally into the
hypanthial tissue. The hypanthial traces branch in the mid toupper hypanthium to produce additional stamen
traces (Fig. 5D). The traces opposite the sepals typically divide to form 2 stamen traces that then pass parallel
branch near the mid-hypanthium to form additional stamen traces, or one or moresumen tr^may^eparatt
from the trace near the top of the hypanthium. In addition the trace opposite the petal divides near the top of
the hypanthium to produce two lateral sepal traces, one to each of the two adjacent sepals (Fig. 5B, D). At the
run oi the hypanthium, the 5 sepals then each receive one medial trace and two lateral traces derived from
adjacent petal traces. The lateral traces each divide int.
ree separate traces at the base of the sepal,
ore parallel traces that extend up through the sepal base and branch above (Fig. 5B).
.single basal trace that quickly divides into five to seven traces. These continue to
3 the petal in a pattern as shown in Fig. 5C. The 20 stamens each receive
separate from the original 10 hypanthial traces at some point in the mid to
The petals each receive
branch and anastomose further
single traces that, as noted abov
upper hypanthium.
.p . ^' e ^ entra ^ tratesret ^ a ' n | n S af . er the initia! hypanthia! traces diverge, form into five central packets (Fig.
cf, r i maSS ’ c Ve dor5al ‘ races div “8 e opposite the sepal traces receiving tissue from two adjacent
vascu ar tissue (Fig 5E 6). These leave behind five dense masses of vascular tissue that becomes the
W ™er ventral carpel traces (Fig 5E-6). The dorsal paces continue upwatd akmg the ovary periphery. They
grve off senes of branch traces to the ovary wall, but disposition of these late J traces PcLLd by the
demtely staining, tannin-containing cells of the developing ovary wall. The ventral vascular tissue forms ten
As noted by Sterling (1966), no wing traces diverge from the ventral traces at this time
one .SToTon^nh b gl ° bOSe ' 5CarpeUed ' W °° d * loculiddal -P-Ksubtended in the lower
I of upper portion of two ovules from B. All from Henrickson 22 1 18, TEX (Galeana area, Nuevo Leon, Mexico). Bar
At maturity, the carpels dehisce loculicidally directly through the ventral traces, splitting the ventral traces
and the base of the style through a suture that is visible even in the developing ovary wall (Fig. 6A). The dehis-
cence splits the style bases in half, and continues onto the distal portion of the abaxial fruit surface (Fig. 3G-
H). The inner lateral walls of the carpels are smooth and cartilaginous (as in an apple), lined with a single layer
of macrosclereids 100-120 pm thick and subtended by a thick layer of brachysclereids each 35-65 pm in diam-
eter with lignified walls 11-22 pm thick (Fig. 6E). The highly lignified tissue extends 1.5 mm in radial thick-
ness in the triangular segments between the locules. Only the outermost 0.5 mm of the abaxial-most portion
of the triangular carpel segments is not lignified.
Seeds.— Two compressed, half-ovoid, dull-brown seeds are produced in each locule. The seed shape con-
forms to the locule space, being straight along the ventral edge and rounded on the dorsal edge, with one flat-
tened surface (where contacting the adjacent seed) with the outer surface convex (Fig. 3J, 6G). The seed coat is
crystals (Fig. 6F). The embryo is oriented with the hypocotyl superior to (i.e., above) the cotyledons. The em-
bryo, occupies about 70 percent of the total seed length, leaving a thin wing, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, at the dorsal
margins. The embryo consists of two compressed, oblong cotyledons and a smaller, obovoid hypocotyl (Fig.
3K). Endosperm is absent at maturity. The seeds are wind dispersed. Upon germination the cotyledons form
the first seed leaves of the seedling.
TAXONOMIC TREATMENT
LINDLEYA KunthNov. Gen. Sp. [H.B.K.] 6:240 (ed. qto.); 188 (ed. foL). 1824 (nom. cons.), nonUmfleyaKunihNov.
Evergreen, multistemmed shrubs; periderm gray, smooth. Stems heteroblastic, tending to form shortened axil-
lary spurs in arid conditions. Leaves simple, alternate; leaf bases short, the stipules acicular to debate, maroon,
sometimes with marginal glands; leaf blades narrow to broadly oblanceolate to obovate, ovate, acute to round-
ed, sometimes retuse at tip, cuneate with the margins decurrent on short petiole, the margins closely crenate,
the marginal teeth terminating in distinct glands, the blade coriaceous, shiny green, glabrous on both surfaces.
3S0 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Henrickson, Systematics of Lindleya
351
major veins with bundle sheath extensions, venation brochidodromous to semicrospedodromus. Flowers
complete, perigynous, usually solitary and terminal on long and short shoots, these sometimes forming termi-
nal corymbs when the shoots aggregated or on long-shoot stems; bracts reduced, linear, gland-margined,
borne on upper pedicel; hypanthia obconic, hemispherical in fruit, green, glabrous outside, nectariferous and
yellow-green inside, coriaceous; sepals 5, imbricate, debate to ovate, acute to acuminate, glabrous outside, vil-
lous near tip inside, somewhat coriaceous except along overtopped margins, spreading, persisting on fruit;
petals 5, borne at the rim of the hypanthium, obliquely obovate, asymmetrical, white, spreading at anthesis,
tardily deciduous, aromatic; stamens usually 20; filaments subulate, broadened at the base, borne at the inner
rim of the hypanthium in a single (rarely two) series; anthers lanceolate, large, versatile, longicidal, yellowish;
ovary; styles terminal, distinct, the stigmas terminal, oblique; ovules 2 per carpel, collateral, apically attached,
pendent, the micropyles superior, the funiculi thickened, the tissue serving as an obtruator. Fruits spheroidal,
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
woody, loculicidally dehiscent capsules, the lower third surrounded by the coriaceous, persisting hypanthi-
um, the carpels dehiscent distally along ventral and dorsal sutures, with thick, inwardly cartilaginous valves;
seeds 2 per locule, compressed, narrowly winged abaxially, brown, the seed coat thin, the embryo with oblong-
ovate, flattened cotyledons, the hypocotyl small, superior; endosperm absent. With one species.
Lindleya mespiloides Kunth, No
22(3):259. 1908. Type: MEXICO. Hn
ENE of Actopan, Hgo.), May (holoti
lotype: NY!). Distinguished by Rydberg as
ien. Sp. [H.B.K.] 6:240. 182!
;o: Inter La Puente de la Madre de D
specimen of L. mespiloides with very large features. Other specimens from
smaller leaves. As noted al
N W of that of L. mespiloides. As it is distinguished only by quant
Erect, much-branched, evergreen shrubs to small trees l-3(-5) m tall, in dry habitats forming small, tightly,
divaricately branched shrubs with many short shoots, in mesic habitats forming erect-ascending, moderately
branched, tall shrubs; stems heteroblastic; long-shoot branches with intemodes 7-15 mm long, glabrous, ini-
tially maroon, developing a close smooth, gray periderm; short-shoot branches l-5(-7) cm long, variously
branched, with intemodes 0.4-1.5(-5) mm long. Leaves with petioles l-2(-4) mm long; stipules 0.4-2.2 mm
long, acicular to deltate, maroon, when longer more attenuate and bearing marginal glands; leaf blades nar-
rowly oblanceolate, oblanceolate, spatulate, obovate, sometimes elliptical-oblanceolate, rarely somewhat
ovate, (3.5-)ll-32(-55) mm long, (1.6-)4-13(-21) mm wide, acute, acute-acuminate, rounded to emarginate
at the tip, narrowly cuneate with the margins forming wings above the short petiole at base, the margins
closely crenate to crenulate with 5-10(-15) teeth per cm of margin, the teeth each terminating in a maroon,
conical gland 0.1-0.3 mm long, the blades coriaceous, glabrous throughout, shiny, dark green, slightly concave
above, more yellow-green beneath, the midvein yellowish and raised on both surfaces. Flowers terminal, soli-
tary on short, leafy shoots, rarely in terminal 3-flowered racemes, the subtending leaves reduced, the upper-
i to linear, gland-margined bract(s) to 5 mm long; pedicels 1-2 mm long, glabrous,
4-5 mm wide (to 7 mm wide pressed), green, glabrous outside, yellowish-green,
„ , m : the ovar y- the distal rim ^ghtly expanded; sepals 5, ± imbricate, deltate to ovate, !
ally^Uhr^t^^no^s mm W ' de ’ *“'* “* COriaCeOUS ^ 8rKn med ''
glabrous at the base but densely villous n^r t^e tipinsitk^ind ^tenTiUous^dlL^hrou^ouu^ffwrgins* tfw ]
s With conical glands along the margins, the thin inner margins somewhat cordate at the
urity; petals broadly obovate to ob-
bowers W-)22-40 mm tot,! diameter], obliquely rounded to emarginate at the dp, broadly cuneate above a
very short and broad claw at the base, firm, thickish, waxy, white, spreading, emitting a street aroma remain-
t™””" -tfter anthesis, eventually deciduous, stamens usually 20; filaments linear-subulate, dis- I
n long, to 0.5-0.8 mm broad at the expanded bases, borne in the inner rim of the hypan-
u e with the shortest laments occurring inside a larger filament opposite the
a ^ 2 ^ 3 5( - 4> r m “ ^ p - co " I
itue, reddish to usually dark yellow; ovary two-thirds +
most leaf(s) often ri
ectariferous i
base, the sepals spreading in flower and persisting around the fru
--orbicular, obliquely asymmetrical distally, contorted in bud wit!
:t, (2-)3.5-7(-8) n
n, of variable length and s
date, the basal lobes often spreading or folded -
TXT Z " a, h “ Rnded t,ps - Fruils of ' TOod * ovoid-spheroidal, long-persistent capsules, 7-10
adlZienUn^dis, Tft T° Unded by ““ I”*** ‘W—W™. the carpelsLh locuB-
y ’ 8 ’ 8 ark red to maro °n, drying dark brown, glabrous; ovules 2 per locule, pendent;
Henrickson, Systematics of Lindleya 353
seeds two per locule, oblong-ovate in outline, flattened, 4.3-6 mm long, 1.8-2.6 mm wide, narrowly winged on
the curved abaxial margin, the adaxial margin straight; cotyledons ovate, endosperm absent, radical superior.
The species is characterized by its shrub to small tree growth habit with smaller plants of more xeric
habitats often developing short-shoot branches and a somewhat thorny aspect, by its smooth gray bark, by its
small to moderately large shiny green, mostly oblanceolate, acute to round-tipped leaves with gland-tipped
finely crenulate margins, by its large terminal, sweetly aromatic flowers with a thickened obconic hypanthium
that bears 5 glabrous sepals with thin villous-ciliate margins, 5 large, white, obliquely obovate to somewhat
orbicular petals, and ± 20 stamens with subulate filaments and large versatile anthers, and by its superior,
5-carpelled ovary with 2 suspended ovules per locule, and 5 separate styles. The fruit are globose, woody, locu-
licidally dehiscent capsules with each locule producing two flattened seeds, each with a short wing along its
outer margin. The flowers are conspicuous and remain on the plant after the anthers have shed their pollen
creating a conspicuous floral display. The fruits are often long persistent, allowing recognition of the species in
the field.
The species has three regions of distribution (Fig. 7): northern Oaxaca and adjacent Puebla, where it oc-
curs oak-pine woodlands, chaparral and thorn scrub in association with species of Malacomeles, Vauquelinia,
Comarostaphylos, Rhus, Quercus, Juniperus, Pinus, Acacia, Leucanea, Beaucamea, and Yucca etc., from 1900-
2400 meters elevation; in Hidalgo and adjacent northern Queretaro, where it again occurs from pinyon-oak-
juniper woodland, chaparral association with many of the same genera. Its largest distribution is in the Sierra
Madre Oriental and Chihuahuan Desert region from southwestern Tamaulipas, southern Nuevo Leon, north-
ern San Luis Potosi, northern Zacatecas, northeastern Durango, the southern half of Coahuila and adjacent
southeastern Chihuahua where it occurs in pinyon-juniper woodland, chaparral and canyons in desert scrub
often in limestone, rarely gypseous or sandstone substrates in association with species of Rhus, Garrya, Ceano-
thus, Fraxinus, Cercocarpus, Gochnatia, Vauquelinia, Berberis, Arctostaphylos, Quercus, Arbutus, Juniperus, Agave,
Yucca, Dasylirion, Ungnadia, Leucophyllum, Condalia, Mimosa, Mortonia, Foresteria, Acacia, and Pinus from
1100-2700 m elevation. Flowering typically occurs in May but may occur from March to September usually
following rains, with occasional flowering occurring throughout the year.
Throughout the wide range of the species some notable variation occurs. Most apparent is the variation in
leaf size. Most specimens from Hidalgo and Oaxaca have moderate large leaves 18-55 mm long, 8-18 mm
wide. In contrast, most specimens from Coahuila and Nuevo Le6n have smaller leaves, 10-26 mm long, 3.5-8
mm wide. The separation is by no means complete, as some specimens from both Hidalgo and Oaxaca also
have small leaves. Leaf size corresponds to habitat, as plants in dry exposed areas have very small leaves that
contrast with larger leaves of plants of nearby less-arid, shaded sites. As noted above, plants from Hidalgo,
Queretaro, Puebla and Oaxaca have bundle-sheath extensions extending to the 4th and 5th order of vein
branching in contrast to only the 1st, 2nd, and in part to the 3rd order of branching in more northern range.
Specimens observed from Puebla and Oaxaca also tend to have shorter sepals measuring 3.0-5.2 mm long. In
contrast, sepals from Hidalgo and northward specimens tend to be larger, (3.0-)4.5-7(-9) mm long, but there
is considerable overlap, with sepal length corresponding to flower size and being variable even on a single
specimen. Flowers range in total diameter (petal tip to petal tip) from 17 to 40 mm. Fruits also vary in size, with
occasional specimens having fruits much smaller or larger than average.
PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONSHIPS
The placement of Lindleya within the Rosaceae has been problematic. Numerous subfamilial and tribal classi-
fications of the Rosaceae have been proposed (Focke 1888; Hutchinson 1964; Schulze-Menz 1964; Cronquist
1981; Takhtajan 1987 1997, 2009; Kalkman 1988, 2004; Thome 1983, 1992) etc. and most all retain four sub-
families, (some older treatments have five subfamilies with the inclusion of the Chrysobalanoideae, or six with
the Neuradoideae) that corresponded well to fruit types: the Spiraeoideae, with follicles, (rarely achenes — Ho-
lodiscus, or capsules — Vauquelinia, Lindleya)- Rosoideae with achenes (rarely druplets — Rubus); the Amygda-
loideae with drupes ( Prunus etc.), and the Maloideae (Pomoideae) with pomes ( Malus etc.). Within these sub-
families, the treatments differed in the placement of genera within tribes. See summary in Potter et al. (2007).
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
There has always existed a problem group of six genera with woody fruit and winged seeds some with
follicles, others with capsules, consisting of: Quillaja, (plant polygamo-dioecious, fruit of five radiating woody
follicles each with many (10-16) seeds in two series per carpel— northern South America); Kageneckia (dioe-
cious, fruit with five separate follicles with many seeds in two series per carpel— western South America);
Vauquelinia and Lindleya, (dry capsules with two-winged seeds per carpel— Mexico); Exochorda (plant polyg'
amo-dioecious; fruit with five, rather compressed woody follicles— Eurasian) and Lyonothamnus (two follicles
ing x=9, the Amygdaloideae x=8, the Rosoideae
x=7, 9 (rarely 8) and the Maloideae x=17. The high chromosome number in Maloideae caused Sax (1931, 1932,
1933) and later Stebbins (1950, 1958) and many others (see Phipps et al. 1991; Rohrer et al. 1991, Cronquist
1981) to promote the view that the Maloids arose via paleo-allopolyploidy from x=9 Spiraeoideae and x=8
Amygdaloideae ancestors or from within the Spiraeoideae (Gladkova 1972).
In 1976 Goldblatt contributed chromosome numbers of several of the problem genera noted above. Of
these Exochorda was found to be x=8, Kageneckia and Lindleya x=17; Vauquelinia x=15; and Lyonothamnus x=27
and Quillaja x=14. The high numbers in these taxa again gave clues that their relationship may lie with the
Maloideae, and Lindleya and Vauquelinia were subsequently transferred to the Maloideae (Pyroideae) by
Thorne (1983) and Takhtajan (1987). The 5-carpelled, dry-fruited Exochorda (x=8) was considered by Goldb-
latt (1976) to belonging to the x=8 Prunoideae, which has been supported by molecular data (Morgan et al.
1994). Kageneckia and Quillaja, which have similar appearing fruits, remained in subfamily Quillajeoideae
(Thorne 1983; Takhtajan 1987).
Floral morphology Data . — Sterling (1966), on the basis of ovary morphology, considered the Quillajeae
(containing Exochorda, Kageneckia, Lindleya, Quillaja, and Vauquelinia) to have sharp differences in the gynoe-
cium structure and number and orientation of ovules. He noted that Lindleya had ovaries with complete lateral
intercarpellary fusion of a type characteristic of the Maloideae, but with minimal hypanthium fusion. He also
noted that the carpels of Vauquelinia were also maloid in nature though fused only basally and ventrally while
being separate laterally.
Data from Rusts . — Savile (1979) summarized the use of fungus-host relationships in plant phylogeny. He
notes that cedar-apple rusts Gymnosporangium occur throughout Pomoideae (Maloideae) with species also
known from Myricaceae, Hydrangeaceae and from two genera of Spiraeoideae ( Vauquelinia and Porteranthus —
now Gillenia ). He cites Gymnosporangium vauqueliniae Long and Goodding (1939) on Vauquelinia califomica
from Arizona and interestingly, Gymnosporangium externum Arth. & F. Kern in Arth., on Gillenia in eastern
United States, which had been known since 1903. The on-line “Fungal Database” also gives references of Gym-
ditional collections of G. externum on both species of Gillenia in the eastern United States (http://nt.ars.grin.
gov/fungaldatabases). Gymnosporangium has not been reported on Lindleya.
r Data . — If we stop here and look at the data accumulated by the 1980s, we
number as members of the then recognized Maloideae, and has
some floral features in common with the Maloideae. We also have data from Cedar-apple rusts linking the re-
lated Vauquelinia with the Maloids. But confusingly, the rusts also occurred in another Spiraeoid, namely Gil-
lenia. But as there was evidence that indicated that Vauquelinia and Lindleya were related to Maloids, there was
no data indicating whether they were derived from the fleshy-fruited Maloids, or if they were basal to the fleshy-
fruited Maloids. When we monographed Vauquelinia (Hess & Henrickson 1978), we had no evidence pertain-
ing to the relative placement of Vauquelinia to the fleshy-fruited Maloids, so in that paper we concentrated just
on species relationships. In the 1991 symposium on the Evolution in the Maloideae (Rosaceae) published in
Systematic Botany, Vauquelina and Lindleya was not mentioned nor included in data sets (Phipps et al. 1991;
Robertson et al. 1991). But by the mid 1990s, molecular data began to provide answers and laid the ground-
work for a new phylogeny of the Rosaceae.
ar data presented by Morgan et al. (1994) from chloroplast rbcL sequences
vidence for a needed subfamilial rearrangement of the Rosaceae. Their paper
divided the family along the same lines as cytological data. Their data, however, showed that the old Rosoideae
was polyphyletic, that thex=7 genera ( Filipendula, Fallugia, Geum, Waldsteinia, Potentilla, Fragaria, Agrimonia,
Rosa, Rubus and the x=8 Alchemilla) formed the core of the Rosoideae and the x=9 genera formed four distinct
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
groups: the Neviusia, Rhodotypos group; the Cercocarpus, Purshia, Lyonothamnus group; and the core Spiraeoi-
deae with basal Spiraea-Aruncus-Holodiscus group, separate from a derived Physocarpus-Neillia group, and an-
other Sorbaria group associated with Chamaebatiaria including the achene-bearing Adenostoma. Exochorda fell
into the x=8 Amygdaloideae. Their data excluded the South American Quillaja from the Rosaceae.
Of significance to this paper, their data showed Kageneckia, Undleya and Vauquelinia were basal to the
remainder of the x=17 Maloideae, i.e., their data showed Vauquelinia and Lindleya, with capsular fruits, and
Kageneckia with follicle-like fruits, as remnants of a clade that have given rise to the core Maloideae. That is,
they were basal to the Maloids, not dry-fruited derivatives of fleshy-fruited Maloids.
Campbell et al. (1995), using the internal transcribed spacers (ITS) of the nuclear ribosomal DNA region,
studied phylogenetic relationships within the Maloideae. Their study, however, concluded that the Maloideae
was not monophyletic. They also noted that Vauquelinia forms a well supported clade with fleshy-fruited Erio-
botrya and Raphiolepis that is the sister group to the remainder of the Maloideae. These data, however, were
badly skewed, as their “ Vauquelinia ” sample was actually Raphiolepis collected at the University of Arizona
campus by a graduate student, vouchered by a specimen collected twenty years earlier in 1975. Their data set
did not include material of Lindleya, Kageneckia, and as it turned out, also did not contain Vauquelinia.
Data presented by Evans et al. (2000) on the “Granule-Bound Starch Synthase 1” gene (GBSSI) provided
further insights into the phylogeny of Rosaceae. The portion of this nuclear gene used (near the 5’ end) consists
of seven complete, short exons, and parts of two other exons alternating with non-coding introns. While all
other diploid families in which this gene has been used, have only one GBSSI sequence, all diploid Rosaceae
have two distinct sequences (designated as GBSSI-1 and GBSSI-2) that differ in the length of, or presence or
absence of, the introns between particular exons providing evidence of Rosaceae monophyly. Species of Maloi-
deae, with their higher chromosome number, have two copies or loci of each sequence, each of which have
differences in their base-pair sequences that are designated GBSSI-1A and IB, and GBSSI-2A and 2B. So there
are six different sequences or loci, the GBSSI-1 and -2 in the diploid non-maloids studied, and GBSSI-1A, -IB,
-2A, and -2B occurring the Maloideae. The sequence data, using only exon base pairs, showed that various
sampled collections of Kageneckia had GBSSI-1A, -2A and -2B loci; and Vauquelinia had GBSSI-1A, -IB, -2A and
-2B loci as in members of the Maloideae. Their results again showed that Kageneckia and Vauquelinia were
A later report by Evans and Campbell (2002) used CBSSI gene to investigate the origin of the x=17 Maloi-
deae. Their phylogenetic analysis of some 42 genera showed that GBSSI-1 and -2 alleles of Prunus (Amygdaloi-
deae) were not closely associated with the Maloideae, but rather the sequences from the genus Gillenia (a her-
baceous, x=9 Spiraeoid, with compound leaves and 5 separate ovaries each with 4-6 ovules that form folicular
fruits with non-winged seeds) were strongly associated with, and basal to, sequences of Vauquelinia, Lindleya
and Kageneckia at the base of the Maloideae clade. Gillenia has a GBSSI-1 locus that shares distinct intron dele-
tions and additions with the GBSSI-1B loci of the Maloideae and the GBSSI-2 intron shared a distinct base pair
substitution with the GBSSI-2B loci of Vauquelinia, Kageneckia and Lindleya and core Maloideae placing the
diploid Gillenia at the base of the Maloideae.
Thus Gillenia would appear to be an extant survivor of a lineage ancestral to the Maloids. But what is the
other parent? Their survey of the Amygdaloideae has found no potential parent. The other parent has either not
been sampled or is long extinct. They conclude that the other parent could have been another x=9 Spiraeoid
that, in forming a hybrid via amphiploidy, could double the chromosomes to x=18, (2n=36) and this could be
reduced to x=17 (2n=34) via aneuploidy (Evans & Campbell 2002). But whatever the other parent would be,
there is no reason to expect its lineage to be extant today. But definitely one of the parental lineages has a sur-
viving member, that being Gillenia, a genus of two species native to the eastern United States.
The most recent molecular study of relationships within Rosaceae was presented by Potter et al. (2007)
that investigated the relationships of 88 genera using nucleotide sequence data from six nuclear and four chlo-
roplast regions. Their paper resulted in a complete infrafamilial rearrangement recognizing three clades as
subfamilies. The basal subfamily Rosoideae consists of herbs, shrubs rarely trees, that lack cyanogenic glyco-
sides and sorbitol. They have alternate, usually compound, stipulate leaves; ovaries are usually numerous
(rarely 1), separate, free from the hypanthium, some borne in a spiral arrangement on expanded receptacles,
and the fruit are indehiscent [x=7(-8) — including Agrimonia, Filipendula , Fragaria, Geum, Potentilla, Rosa,
Rubus etc.]. The subfamily Dryadoideae clade consists of shrubs, subshrubs, with cyanogenic glycosides and
traces of sorbitol and a tendency to have nitrogen fixing symbionts. The leaves are simple or compound, stipu-
late; ovaries are 1 or many; fruits are achenes, (x = 9) including Cercocarpus, Chamaebatia, Dryas and Purshia
(including Cowania). The Dryadoideae is sister to a highly diverse Spiraeoideae 1 clade consisting of mostly
shrubs, small trees with some cyanogenic glycosides and strong sorbitol presence. Leaves are usually simple,
alternate, the stipules persistent (deciduous in Prunus); ovaries number 1-5, mostly separate, radially oriented,
usually free from the hypanthium, and fruits ranging from achenes, drupes, to pomes (x= 8, 9, 15, 17). It in-
cludes what was in the subfamilies Spiraeoideae ( Spiraea , Holodiscus, Petrophyton etc.), Amygdaloideae
(Prunus), and Maloideae (Amelanchier, Crataegus, Malus, Pyrus etc.) of previous classifications and several
Within the subfamily Spiraeoideae, the Maloid clade was designated in Potter et al. (2007) as the super-
tribe Pyrodae [the subfamily name Pyroideae Burnett (1835) named for Pyrus, the pear, has priority over name
Maloideae Weber (1964)]. Basal in the supertribe is the genus Gillenia (x=9), that Evans and Campbell (2002)
showed is a surviving genus of a lineage that gave rise to the Maloids. The supertribe has a single tribe, Pyreae,
containing the three genera Lindleya, Kageneckia (x=17), and Vauquelinia (n=15) — its chromosome number the
product of further aneuploidy and the tribe Pyreae has one subtribe, Pyrinae, that includes all the core maloids
with apple-like fruits (pomes). But I see a problem with this classification. There remains no rank to distin-
guish the variation in the core Pyrinae (the maloids) as investigated by Lo and Donoghue (2012). And that is
the subject of another paper.
Lindleya vs. Vauquelinia . — Both Lindleya and Vauquelinia (Hess & Henrickson 1987) are moderately
large, evergreen shrubs, distributed from northern, east-central to southern Mexico, with Lindleya ranging
from northern Oaxaca to western Coahuila and the three species of Vauquelinia occurring from central Oaxaca
to northern Baja California Norte, south-central Arizona and trans-Pecos Texas. Both genera occur in arid to
semiarid scrublands, often limited to more mesic niches on north-facing slopes and along drainages or on
rocky habitats where their roots can reach deeper moisture. Both have coriaceous leaves with well developed,
fibrous bundle-sheath extensions with leaves of Vauquelinia being much larger and usually
than those of Lindleya.
The smaller flowers of Vauquelinia are arranged in distinct well-branched compound corymbs (but see
Evans & Dickinson 1999, who consider the inflorescences to be determinate, alternately branched dichasia
with lateral pleiocasia similar to those found in some Crataegus, sensu Weberling 1989), not mostly solitary as
in Lindleya. As in Lindleya, their leathery hypanthia bear five, ± thick, persistent sepals, five, white, ovate pet-
als, (18-)20 stamens with tapered filaments, yellowish, introrse anthers and the sessile 5-carpelled ovary is
mostly free from the hypanthium and topped with five separate styles, each somewhat compressed distally
with broad stigmas. But unlike Lindleya, sepal margins of Vauquelinia do not contain the multicellular glands;
anthers and petals are much smaller; ovaries are villous; and carpels are connate only along the inner (adaxial
or ventral) margins — the outer (lateral and abaxial) margins are free (see Hess and Henrickson 1987). In Vau-
quelinia, each carpel has two basal-attached ovules (not apically attached as in Lindleya); the ovules, as in
Lindleya, have two integuments, and the upper portion of the ovule develops into a wing. In Vauquelinia, ma-
ture fruits are more ovoid to oblong-ovoid (not ovoid-globose) in shape, and the fruit body is distinctly five
lobed in cross section with five radial incisions, villous to strigose (not glabrous), but as in Lindleya, each carpel
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
is loculicidally dehiscent all across the ventral and distal portion of the dorsal sutures, splitting the persisting
style base to shed the winged seeds. The embryos in Vauquelinia are about half the total seed length, are ascend- j
ing, with basal hypocotyls (not two thirds the seed length with apical hypocotyls as in Lindleya). In both genera
the seed coat is thin, brown, and endosperm is lacking. They also differ in chromosome number, with Vau- j
quelinia n=15 and Lindleya n= 17.
The South American (Chile, Peru, Brazil) Kageneckia (n= 17) is quite distinct. The 3(-4) species are dioe- j
cious, ± large shrubs, vegetatively quite similar to some species of Vauquelinia in having thick, coarse leaves
and occurring in dry scrublands. They have flowers ± 20-40 mm in diameter with attenuate sepals, moder-
ately large, oblong-ovate white petals, 15-20 stamens along the hypanthial rim in male flowers but with re-
duced staminodia, and 5 separate vertical ovaries in female flowers, with terminal short styles and 2 rows of j
ovules (10-12 total) along the ventral traces. In fruit, the separate carpels expand abaxially and radiate out-
ward to enclose the seed wings and the fruiting ovaries open along both the ventral and dorsal sutures to dis-
perse the 10-12 winged seeds.
Spjut (1994) refers to the fruit of Vauquelinia as a coccetum “a multiple fruit with dehiscent fruitlets” j
with each carpel having a separate style-stigma. But the distinction between the fruits of Vauquelinia and Lind-
leya is only in the amount of lateral connation of the 5 carpels, being restricted to near the interior (ventral or
adaxial) region in Vauquelinia but throughout the lateral surfaces in Lindleya. In overall structure and function,
they are both loculicidal capsules. In contrast in Kageneckia. the carpels are completely separate, and Spjut
(1994) would designate the fruit as a follicetum (i.e., a cluster of follicles) but while dehiscence occurs primar-
ily along the dorsal suture, it continues onto the ventral suture, and his definition removes it from the follicle
category, making it fit Spjut’s definition of a coccetum as in Vauquelinia.
In molecular phytogenies that include Vauquelinia, Lindleya and Kageneckia [Potter et al. (2007); Camp-
bell et al. (2007); Lo & Donoghue (2012)], Lindleya and Kageneckia are most often associated and sister to
Vauquelinia and the rest of the pome-bearing Pyrinae. But also see Campbell 2007 for analysis of separate
GBSSI genes.
APPENDIX 1
rra de Pampas, W of Hacienda El Berrendo, 27°20’N, I04°43'W, 25 Aug 1972, Chians J
mmit Sierra de Chupaderos, 27°12’N, 104°43'W, 5300 ft, 2 Oct 1973, Henrickson 13776 J
(TEX). Coahuila: E slope Sierra Almargre, 4800 ft, 5 May 1973, Gentry 6- Engard 23219 (CAS, US); Vicinity of Santa Elena Mines, E foothills j
of Sierra de las Cruces, 30 May 1941, Stewart 378 (F, GH, LL); Sierra Mojada, S of Esmeralda, 27°16'N, 103°4rW, 1 Sep 1972, Chiang etal. j
9086n (LL); 23 (air) mi NW of Las Delicias, Valley N of Sierra de las Delicias, 26°23‘N, 102°52’W, 4800 ft, Henrickson 6124 (TEX); ± 29 (air) :
mi WNW of Cuatro Cienegas, N slope of Sierra de la Madera, 7.8 (rd) mi W of Rancho Cerro de la Madera, Cafidn Desiderio, 27°08'N,
102°30'W, 12 Aug 1976, Henrickson & Prigge 15310 (TEX); Cerro San Pedro, near N.L. line, 2 mi E of Ejido Presa de San Javier, 24°44’N,
100°46'W, 2200 m, 21 Aug 1974, Wendt & Lott 608 (TEX); Sierra dejimulco, 8 km NE Estacion Otto, 27 Sep 1972, Chiang et al. 9552h (LL); ?
Sien-a de Parras, 5500 ft, Shreve & Tinkham 9859 (GH); 10 mi W Saltillo, near Las Barrancas, 3 May 1959, Correll & Johnston 21400 (GH, NY, J
, 4 Sep 1938, Shreve 8581 (US); Concepcion del Oro, 2500-2700 m, 18-19 Jul |
atecas-Coahuila state line, 24°44'N, 101°10'W, 1990 m, 29 Mar 1973 Johnston
et al. 10491a (LL). San Luis PotosE 15.1 id. mi N of Zac-SLP, hwy 49 on rd to Charcas, near Cerro Tecalote, 22°30'N, 101°09'W, 2100 m, 23
Sep 1978, Henrickson & Lee 17553 (TEX); Lajoya, 4 km NW de Ventura, Mcpio Villa Hidalgo, 1900 m, 11 Jan 1955, Rzedowski 5705 (TEX); 20 |
ss & Byrne 4710 (F); E de Nunez, km 84
t, Rzedowski 5549 (ENCB). Nuevo Leon: Mts near Monterrey, Jul 1933; Mud- j
E of San Rafael, 25°03'N, 100°25 r W, 22 >
jn 1934, j
«,US);13kmalESan
22 Sep 1974,
ordetal 626 (DS, GH, NY); 34 km
80 km NE of Querttaro, above
1. 7425b (GH).
d to Pinal de A moles, 2700 m, 24 Apr
1, Pennell 17419 (GH, h
Henrickson, Systematic of Lindleya
2850 (DS, TEX); Cerro San Miguel, 14 km NNE de Actopan, 2300 m, 6 May 1965, C
lan, road to Zacualtipan, 1600-1800 m, 24 Mar 1947, Moore 2481 (GH). Puebla: Los Naranjos, May 1908, Purpus 3234 (F, GH, NY); Mcpio
Caltepec, Cerro El Mirador al SW de Coatepec, 19 Apr 1985, Tenorio8822 (TEX); 8kmalNE Acatepec, 16 May 1981, Chiongrtol. 1959 (TEX).
Oaxaca: 3 km al SW de Tamazulapan sobre carr. Tamazulapin-Chilapa de Diaz, 15 May 1982, Rico et al. 332 (F); Cerro sobre el camino de
Teposcolula a San Andres Lagunas, 10 May 1981, Cedillo et al. 770 (CAL, F); 3 km al S de Santiago Teotongo por la Terraceria a San Pedro
Nopala, 17°45'N, 97°33W, 12 May 1986, Salinas &■ Solis F3238 (TEX); 3 km SW de Magdalena Jicotlin a Santiago Teotongo, 97°29'N,
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank the curators for the herbaria mentioned for loans and Thomas Wendt for reading over an earlier version
of this paper, the reviewers of the article, which has been awaiting publication for more than a decade. Figures
3 and 5 were drawn by Bobbi Angell. Timothy A. Dickson (TRT) and Joseph R. Rohrer (UWEC) gave the
manuscript a critical review.
REFERENCES
Agardh, J.G. 1858.Theoria systematis plantarum. Apud. C.W.K. Gleerup, Lund.
Briquet, J. 1906. Regies internationales pour la nomenclature botanique principalement des plantes vasculaires. Gustav
Fischer, Jena.
Briquet, J. 1 935. International rules of botanical nomenclature, adopted by the International Botanical Congresses of Vi-
enna 1 905, and Brussels, 1 91 0, revised by the International Botanical Congress of Cambridge, 1 930. G. Fischer, Jena.
Campbell, C.S., MJ. Donoghue, B.G. Baldwin, and M.F. Wojciechowski. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships in Maloideae
(Rosaceae): evidence from sequencies of the internal transcribed spaces of nuclear ribosomal DNA and its congru-
Campbell, C.S., R.C. Evans, D.R. Morgan, TA Dickinson, and M.P. Arsenault. 2007. Phylogeny of subtribe Pyrinae (formerly the
Maloideae, Rosaceae): limited resolution of a complex evolutionary history. PI. Syst Evol. 266:1 19-145.
Cronquist, A 1 981 . An integrated system of classification of flowering plants. Columbia Univ. Press.
Elus, B., D.C. Daly, LJ. Hickey, K.R. Johnson, J.D. Mitchell, P. Wilf, and S.L Wing. 2009. Manual of leaf architecture. Comstock
Publishing Associates (Cornell University Press) in association with The New York Botanical Garden Press, Ithaca NY.
Evans, R.C. andT.A. Dickinson. 1999. Floral ontogeny and morphology in subfamily Spiraeoideae Endl. (Rosaceae). Int. J.
PI. Sci. 160381-1012.
Evans, R.C., LA. Alice, C.S. Campbell, EA Kellogg, andT.A. Dickinson. 2000. The Granule-Bound Starch Synthase (GBSSI) gene
in the Rosaceae: multiple loci and phylogenetic utility. Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 1 7:388-400.
Evans, R.C. and C.S. Campbell. 2002. The origin of the apple subfamily (Rosaceae: Maloideae) is clarified by DNA sequence
data from duplicated GBSSI Genes. Amer. J. Bot. 89:1478-1484.
Fedde, F. 1940. Nomenklatorische Notizen. 1. Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veget. 48:1 1.
Focke, W.0. 1888. Rosaceae. In: A. Engler and K. Prantl, eds. Die natiirlichen pflanzenfamilien 3, 3:1-61. Engelmann,
Leipzig.
Gladkova, V.N. 1 972. On the origin of the subfamily Maloideae. Bot. Zurnal SSSR. 57:42-49 (in Russian).
Goldblatt, P. 1976. Cytotaxonomic studies in the tribe Quillajeae (Rosaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63:200-206.
Green, M.L. 1940 XII. Additional nomina generica conservanda (Pteridophyta and Phanerogamae). Kew Bull. 1940:
81-134.
Gunner, S.T., S.M. Stuber, M.R. Carvalho, G.S. Lim, and J.L Reveal. 201 1. (2038) Proposal to conserved Malaceae, nom. cons,
against Amygdalaceae, nom. cons. (Magnoliophyta), a 'superconservation' proposal. Taxon 60:1 776-1 778.
Hess, W. and J. Henrickson. 1 987. A taxonomic revision of Vauquelinia (Rosaceae). Sida 1 2:1 01-1 63.
Hutchinson, J. 1964. The genera of flowering plants. Vol 1. Dicotyledons. Claredon Press, Oxford.
Johansen, D.A. 1940. Plant microtechnique. McGraw-Hill Book Co. New York.
Long, W.H. and LN. Goodding 1 939. Two new species of rusts. Mycologia 31 :670-673.
Kalkman, C. 1988. The phylogeny of the Rosaceae. Bot. J. Linnean Soc. 98:37-59.
Kalkman, C. 2004. Rosaceae. In: K. Kubitzki, ed.The families and genera of vascular plants. 6:343-386.
Kunth, C.S. 1823. Casearia Jacq. In: C. Humboldt and A. Bonpland. Nova Genera et Species Plantarum 5:361-367, [tabs.
479, 480— published 25 Feb 1822].
Kunth, C.S. 1822. Malvaceae, Biittneriaceae, Tiliaceae. 1-10 p. Vulgavit, Paris.
Kunth, C.S. 1824. Lindleya. In: C. Humboldt and A. Bonpland. Nova Genera et Species Plantarum 6: 239-241, tab. 562.
360
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Lo, E.Y.Y. and MJ. Donoghue. 201 2. Expanded phylogenetic and dating analysis of the apples and their relatives (Pyreae,
Rosaceae). Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 63:230-243.
Morgan, D.R., D.E. Soltis, and K.R. Robertson. 1 994. Systematic and evolutionary implications of rbcL sequence variation in
Rosaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 81 :890-903.
McNeill, J., F.R. Barrie, H.M. Burdet, V. Demoulin, D.L. Hawksworth, K. Marhold, D.H. Nicolson, J. Prado, P.C. Silva, J.E. Skog, J.H.
Wiersema, and N J. Turland (eds & Compilers). 2006. International code of botanical nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. Gantner, Ruggell. (Regnum Veg.
McNeill J. and N J. Turland. 201 1 . Article 1 6. In: Synopsis of proposals on Botanical Nomi
review of the proposals concerning the International Code of Botanical Nomendatu
Nees von Essenbeck,T.F.L. 1821 . Beschlufs der Nachrichten iiber de bieden brasilischen Reisenden, die herren Doctoren v.
Spix und v. Martius. Flora 4:289-304.
Phipps, J.B., K.R. Robertson, J.R. Roher, and P.G. Smith. 1991. Origins and evolution of Subfam. Maloideae (Rosaceae). Syst
Bot. 16:303-332.
Potter, D.,T. Eriksson, R.C. Evans, S.-H. Oh, J.E.E. Smedmark, D.R. Morgan, M. Kerr, K.R. Robinson, M. Arsen,
CS. Campbell. 2007. Phytogeny and classification of Rosaceae. PI. Syst. Evol. 266:5-43.
Rehder, A., C.A. Weatherby, R. Mansfeld, and M.L. Green. 1935. XXVI Conservation of later generic
1935341-544.
ilts,TA Dickinson, and
i Maloideae (Rosaceae). Syst. Bot.
e among fruits of Maloideae (Rosa
Robertson, K.R., J.B. Phipps, J.R. Roher, and P.G. Smith. 1991. A synopsis of g
16:376-394.
Rohrer, J.R., K.R. Robertson, and J.B. Phipps. 1991. Varial
78:1617-1635.
Rydberg, P.A. 1 908a. Notes on Rosaceae II. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 36:397-407.
Rydberg, P.A. 1908b. Tribe 4. Quillajeae. North Amer. Flora 22:259-261.
Saville, D.B. 0. 1 979. Fungi as aids in higher plant classification. Bot. Rev. 45:377-503.
Sax, K. 1 93 1 . The origin and relationships of the Pomoideae. J. Arnold Arbor. 1 2:3-22.
Sax, K. 1 932. Chromosome relationships in the Pomoideae. J. Arnold Arbor. 1 3:363-367.
Sax, K. 1933. The origin of the Pomoideae. Proc. Amer. Soc Hort. Sci. 30:147-150.
Schlechter, R. 1 91 4. Die Orchideen 6:414.
Schulze-Menz, G.K. 1964. Fam. Rosaceae. In: A. Engler, Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, II Band. Gebruder Borntraeger, ;
Berlin. Pp. 209-218.
v York Bot. Gard. 70:1-1 82.
Stebbins, G.L 1958. On the hybrid origin of the Angiosperms. Evolution 12:267-270.
J. Bot 53:951-960.
Takhtajan, A. 1987. System of Magnolic
Takhtajan, A. 1997. Diversity and class
Takhtajan, A. 2009. Flowering plants, e
I in the Rosaceae IX. Spiraeoideae; Quillajeae, Sorbarieae. A
v. Press. New York.
Thorne, R.F. 1992. An updated phylogenic <
Weberling, F. 1989. Morphology of flowers c
ssifi cation of the flowering plants. Aliso 13:365-389.
i inflorescences. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.
ILLUSTRATIONS AND STUDIES IN NEOTROPICAL ORCHIDACEAE. 5.
THE LEPANTHES OVALIS GROUP (PLEUROTHALLIDINAE)
WITH THREE NEW SPECIES FROM COSTA RICA
1 Diego Bogarfn Christina M. Smith
Daniel Jimenez
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Bogarin 2010); L. schizocardia Luer (Pupulin et al. 2010). Two other groups are under review: L. guatemalensis
Schltr. (Pupulin & Bogarin in prep.) and L. minutilabia Ames & C. Schweinf. (Smith et al. in prep.).
In this paper, we studied a group of species related to the Jamaican endemic Lepanthes ovalis (Sw.) Fawc.
& Rendle, the first species of Lepanthes to be described and which was originally placed in Epidendrum L.
(Swartz 1788). The other species of this group are L. erinacea Rchb.f., one of the first species described in Costa
Rica (Reichenbach 1855), L. pan Luer & Dalstrom from Ecuador (Luer 1996), L. seegeri Luer from Panama
(Luer 1987), L. trichocaulis Luer & R. Escobar (Luer 1988) and L. viridis Pupulin & Bogarin, recently published
from Costa Rica (Pupulin & Bogarin 2011). All members share similar plant morphology, having ramicauls
with long-ciliate sheaths with markedly dilated, long-ciliate ostia. The leaves are subcoriaceous, always light
green without purple stripes or spots. The congested racemes arise under or above the leaves and are shorter
than the leaves (rarely larger in some specimens of L. erinacea). The sepals are ovate, acute to obtuse, pubescent
or glabrous. The upper lobes of the petals are wider and longer than the lower lobes. The lip is triangular, cor-
date or subcordate, with the sides strongly folded and embracing the column at sides (rarely expanded), the
blades are flattened with cuneate connectives, the apex is cleft leaving a narrow space between the apices with
a pubescent appendix (Luer 1987; Luer 1996; Pupulin & Bogarin 2011). At the moment the group range in- ^
eludes Costa Rica, Panama, Colombia, Ecuador and Jamaica. We add three species proposed here as new to
science. A key to the species of the group is provided. Additional material is provided online at www.epiden-
E COSTA RICA. CArrAGO.Jin
Plant epiphytic, caespitose, pendent herb, up to 15 cm long. Roots slender, flexuous, up to 1 mm in diameter.
Ramicaul more or less descending, up to 10.5 cm, enclosed by 11-21 ciliate, lepanthiform sheaths, lightly cili-
ate especially on new growth; the ostia markedly dilated, ciliate. Leaves coriaceous, green, elliptic, subob- ;
ovate, acuminate with a short apiculus, 3.0-4.0 x 1.0-1.5 cm; cuneate base narrowing into a petiole ca. 3.5 mm
long. Inflorescence racemose, distichous, successively flowered, borne above the leaf, shorter than the leaves,
up to 3 cm, peduncle 1.5-2 cm long, rachis 0.5-1.0 cm. Floral bracts 1 mm long, ciliate. Pedicel 1.5 mm long,
persistent. Ovary up to 1 mm long. Flowers light orange, yellow, red-orange and scarlet; sepals light orange;
petals yellow with red-orange and scarlet; lip scarlet; column red. Dorsal sepal ovate, acute, connate to the
lateral sepal for about 1 mm, 3.2 x 2.9 mm. Lateral sepals ovate to elliptic, acute, connate for about 1 mm, 2.5
x 2.5 mm. Petals essentially glabrous, transversely bilobed, entire, 0.8 x 2.4 mm; the upper lobes broadly un-
cinate, rounded, overlapping, the apex broadly rounded; the lower lobes ovate, falcate, with apex broadly
rounded, slightly smaller than the upper lobes. Lip bilaminate, adnate to the column, 1.8 x 1.3 mm expanded;
blades narrowly oblong, pubescent, with narrowly rounded ends, falcate; connectives broadly cuneate, up to 1
mm long, perpendicular to the column and not leaving it exposed; body broadly oblong, connate to the base of
the column; appendix narrowly oblong, pubescent. Column cylindric, 1 mm long; anther apical; stigma ven-
tral. Pollinia two, ovoid. Anther cap cucullate.
Distribution.— Only known from Costa Rica.
Habitat and ecology. -Epiphyte in secondary premontane wet forest on the Atlantic watershed of Cordik
lera de Talamanca, between 1000 and 1200 m of elevation.
Bogarin et al.. New species of Lepanthes from Costa Rica
363
Drawn by CM. Smith from £ Pupulin 7477 (JBL-Spfrit).
368
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
i. E) Up, spread. F) Pollinarium
Bogarin et al„ New species of Lepanthes from Costa Rica
apex. Dorsal sepal broadly ovate, obtuse or subacute, connate to the lateral sepal for about 1.3 mm, 3.3 mm x
2.8 mm. Lateral sepals ovate to elliptic, obtuse, connate for about 1.4 mm, 2.9 mm x 2.7 mm. Petals minutely
pubescent, transversely bilobed, entire, 1.2 x 3.2 mm; the upper lobes oblong-obovate, truncate, not overlap-
ping, the apex broadly rounded; the lower lobes oblong, obtuse, subfalcate, the apex broadly rounded, smaller
than the upper lobes, lip bilobate, spreading, adnate to the column, 1.2 mm x 1.5 mm, expanded; the blades
ovate, with rounded ends, falcate; the connectives cuneate, up to 0.5 mm long, perpendicular to the column
leaving the appenndix exposed; the body oblong, connate to the base of the column; the appendix oblong,
pubescent. Column cylindric, 1 mm long; the anther apical; the stigma ventral. Pollinia two, ovoid. Anther
Distribution. — Only known from the southern Pacific region of Costa Rica.
Habitat and ecology. — Epiphytic in tropical wet forest, premontane belt transition at 800 m of elevation
along the Pacific watershed of Cordillera de Talamanca in southern Costa Rica.
Etymology. — From the Latin expansus “spread” and labium “lip,” in reference to the spreading lip with the
lobes not touching each other, leaving the appendix exposed.
Phenology. — Plants have been recorded in flower in April.
Discussion. — It is similar to L. erinacea but differs mainly by the pendent plants (vs. erect) with ramicauls
with sparsely ciliate sheaths (vs. heavily ciliate), the petals with the lobes oblong, subsimilar (vs. the upper
flabellate, the lower minute, oblique), the lower lobe yellow (vs. red), the lip spreading with the lobes separated
and not touching each other, leaving the appendix exposed (vs. the apices of the blades approximate, hiding
the appendix) (Fig.l). Other differences are summarized in Table 1.
k Lepanthes ovalis (Sw.) Fawc. & Rendle, FI. Jamaica 1:71. 1910 . 1
As noted by Pupulin (2009), there is no way to assume that any of the specimens at BM is the holotype. The
species should be lectotypified after a more detailed study of the available material; drawing of type, W). For a
complete description and illustration see Luer (2009).
Distribution. — Only known from Jamaica.
Habitat and ecology. — Epiphytic in cloud forest along the Blue Mountains.
Discussion. — Plants are recognized by the erect to suberect arching habit, the inflorescences developed
above the leaf, the upper lobe of petals suborbicular, rounded, yellow with red-purple base, the lower lobe yel-
low, pubescent and the inconspicuous appendix.
5. Lepanthes pan Luer & Dalstrom, Monogr. Syst. Bot. Mis
UADOR. Imbabura: Los Cedros Reserve, wet forest near Rfo Los Cedi
Ingram-FerrcU 2200 (holotype: MO). For a complete description and
i Bot. Gard. 61:133-134, f. 178. 1996. Type ec-
1200-1300 m, 24 Mar 1996, 5. Dal strOm, S. Ingram & K.
■ation see Luer (1996).
Distribution. — Only known from Ecuador.
Habitat and ecology. — Epiphytic in wet forest at around 1200-1300 m of elevation.
Discussion. — It is distinguished by the erect plants with inflorescences developed behind the leaf, the
lateral sepals acute, pubescent, the upper lobe of petals with a lobule at the inner apical comer, the lower lobe
long-ciliate, pubescent, the apex of the lip is shallowly cleft with apiculate apices in apposition with a small
triangular appendix.
6. Lepanthes seegeri Luer, Orchidee (Hamburg) 38:60. 1987. Type: PANAMA. CHnuqut: epiphytic in forest above Boquete,
alt. 1600-1700 m, Apr 1985, collected by H. Seeger 678A, flowered in cultivation at Heidelberg University 16 Oct. 1985, C. Luer
11424 (holotype: MO). For a complete description and illustration see Luer (1987).
Distribution. — Only known from Panama.
370
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Habitat and ecology.— Epiphytic in cloud forest at around 1600-1700 m of elevation along the Cordillera
de Talamanca in western Panama.
Discussion .— It is recognized by the erect plants with inflorescences developed behind the leaf, the lateral
sepals obtuse, glabrous the upper lobe of petals with a lobule at the inner apical corner, the lower lobe long-
ciliate, pubescent and the lip with a long, slender, descending, pubescent appendix that protrudes from a shal-
nsis Bogarin & D. Jimenez, sp. nov. (Figs. ID, 5). Type: COSTARICA. SanJose.- Dota, Sa
i and Naranjillo de Tarrazu, 9°35'33.35"N 83°58'26.74"W, 1615 m, epiphytic, legit Daniel JimEnez, f
Plant epiphytic, caespitose, erect herb, up to 14 cm tall. Roots slender, flexuous, up to 1 mm in diameter.
Ramicauls erect to suberect, 3.5-9.0 cm long, enclosed by 7-10 ciliate, lepanthiform sheaths, ciliate especially ;
on new growth; ostia markedly dilated, ciliate. Leaves coriaceous, green, elliptic to oblong, acute to acuminate
Inflorescence racemose, distichous, successively flowered, beneath (rarely above) the leaf, shorter than the
leaves, up to 2.5 cm long; peduncle 1.3 cm long; rachis 1.2 cm. Floral bracts 1 mm long, ciliate. Pedicel 2 mm
long, persistent. Ovary up to 1 mm long. Flowers sepals light orange, petals and lip with the bases scarlet-red
and the apices yellowish-orange, the column pinkish-purplish. Dorsal sepal broadly ovate, acute, glabrous,
connate to the lateral sepals for about 1.2 mm, 3.7 x 3.6 mm. Lateral sepals broadly ovate, acute, glabrous, con- \
nate for about 1 mm, 3.9 x 2.5 mm. Petals transversely bilobed, 1.8 x 4.2 mm, slightly ciliate along the margins; 1
upper lobes oblong-trapeziform, overlapping, apex broadly rounded or truncate; lower lobes smaller than the
upper lobes, oblong to narrowly triangular, oblique, apex rounded. Up bilobate, adnate to the column, 1.5 x
2.2 mm expanded; blades ovate, glabrous with ciliate, rounded apices, subfalcate; connectives cuneate, up toi
0.7 mm long, perpendicular to the column and not leaving it exposed; body oblong, connate to the base of the
column; the appendix oblong, shortly pubescent. Column cylindric, 1.2 cm long; anther apical; stigma subapH
Distribution .— Only known from the central-southern Pacific region of Costa Rica.
Habitat and ecology.— Epiphytic in premontane and lower montane rain forest along the Pacific watershed
of Cordillera de Talamanca.
Etymology.— From the locality of Tarrazu in San Jose province. Tarrazu comes from an indigenous Hu-
etar word of unknown meaning.
Phenology.— Plants were recorded in flower from February to March.
Discussion. It is similar to L. seegeri but differs mainly by the glabrous petals and the lip glabrous with
ciliate apices (vs. long ciliate-pubescent), the upper lobe of petals truncate, without lobules at the inner apical
corner (vs. oblong, rounded, with lobule at the inner apical comer), the petals and lip basally red, tinged with
yellow-orange at apex (vs. completely red without stains), the blades of the lip touching each other above the
column (vs. slightly expanded and not touching each other), the appendix shorter, a small triangular lobule,
not extending far from the apex of the column (vs. appendix longer, descending, extending far from the apex
of the column) (Fig.l). Other differences are summarized in Table 1.
8. Lepanthes trichocaulis Luer & R. Escobar, Orquideologia 17:224-226. ]
& J. Posada at Colomborquldeas 26 Mar 1984, R. Escobar 3245 (holotyfe: MO). For a cc
1. Type: COLOMBIA. A
Distribution . — Only known from Colombia.
Habitat and ecology.— Epiphytic around 1820 m of elevation (Luer 1988).
Discussion.— It is recognized by the erect plants, the inflorescences developed behind the leaf, the upper j
372
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
lobe of petals oblong, rounded and not overlapping each other, the lower lobe longer or as long as the blades of
the lip a couple of longer hairs in place of an appendix.
9 Lepanthes viridis Pupulin & Bogarin, Lindleyana in Orchids, Mag. Amer. Orch. 5
COSTA RICA. Turk, alba: Tuis, Cien Manzanas, 9°51'25"N 83=3347 AN ca. 3,1 17 ft (950 m), along a mi.
premontane wet forest, secondary vegetation and remnants of primary, 26 May 2003, F. Pupulin 4801,
G. Gerlach, P Kindlmann, H. Ledn-Patz, S. Pugh -Jones & E. Serrano (holxjtype: JBL). For a complete des
Distribution . — Only known from Costa Rica.
Habitat and ecology.— Epiphytic in premontane wet forest on the Caribbean slopes of Cordillera de Tala-
Discussion.— It is superficially similar to L. pan, from which it mainly differs by the distinctly obovate
leaves (vs. orbicular and shortly acuminate), the yellow flowers with bright green petals (vs. peach and red), the
lateral sepals shorter than the dorsal sepal (vs. equal in length), the densely villose petals (vs. upper lobe pubes-
cent, lower lobe pubescent on the outer half), with the upper lobe rounded (vs. truncate), and the apices of the
lateral lobes of the lip acute (vs. obtuse).
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE LEPANTHES OVALIS GROUP
;rthan the lobes of the lip, apex orange-yellow, lip red
L. dikoensis Bogarin & C.M. Sm. (Costa Rica)
is Pupulin & Bogarin (Costa Rica) "
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We acknowledge the scientific services of Ministerio del Ambiente, Energia y Telecomunicaciones de Costa |
Rica (MINAET) and Sistema Nacional de Areas de Conservation (SINAC) for issuing the Scientific Passports
under which wild specimens treated in this study were collected. The curators and staff at CR, 1NB and US|
herbaria for granting access to the collections and for the facilities provided. Franco Pupulin, Jose F. Morales,
Lisa Thoerle, and one anonymous reviewer, provided useful discussions and comments that improved the
manuscript. We thank Adam Karremans for helping with fieldwork and literature. William Chacon of
Orquideario Happy Garden, Coto Brus, Puntarenas kindly provided plant material and data. The present pa-
per is part of the Project 814-A0-052, “Flora Costaricensis: taxonomia y filogenia de la subtribu Pleurothallidi-
nae (Orchidaceae) en Costa Rica,” sponsored by the Vice-Presidency of Research, University of Costa Rica. J
Bogarin et al.. New species of Lepanthes from Costa Rica
373
REFERENCES
Barringer, K. 1 986. Typification of Schlechter's Costa Rican Orchidaceae. I. Types collected by A Brenes. Fieldiana, Bot.
Bogarin, D. and M. Fernandez. 2010. Lepanthes arenasiana (Pleurothallidinae: Orchidaceae), a new species from Costa Rica.
Lankesteriana 9:487-489.
Luer, C.A. 1987. Vier neue Arten im Subtribus Pleurothallidinae: Lepanthes hubeinii, seegeri, rauhii und Platystele rauhii.
Orchidee 38:58-62.
Luer, CA 1988. Species of the genus Lepanthes from Colombia. Series 2-3. Orquideologla 1 7:145-230.
Luer, C.A. 1992. New species in Lepanthes Sw. (Orchidaceae). Lindleyana 7:100-1 18.
Luer, CA 1996. leones Pleurothallidinarum XIV. Systematics of Draconanthes, Lepanthes subgenus Marsipanthes, and
subgenus Lepanthes of Ecuador (Orchidaceae). Part Three: The genus Lepanthes subgenus Lepanthes in Ecuador.
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 61 :1-255.
Luer, C.A. 2009. leones Pleurothallidinarum XXX. Lepanthes of Jamaica: Systematics of Stelis: Stelis of Ecuador. Part four
Addenda, systematics of Masdevallia: new species of Lepanthes from Ecuador, and miscellaneous new combinations.
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 1 15:1-265.
Pupuun, F. 2009. Pupulin, F.Typi Swartziani Orchidacearum Indiae Occidentalis in Herbario Vindobonense conservandi.
Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 1 10B:21 3-247.
Pupuun, F. 2010. Orchidaceae werckleanae: typification of Costa Rican orchid species described from collections by K.
Werckle. Bot. J. Linnean Soc. 163:111-154.
Pupuun, F. and D. Bogarin. 2010. Illustrations and studies in Neotropical Orchidaceae— The Lepanthes jimenezii group
(Pleurothallidinae). Harvard Pap. Bot. 15:11 1-1 21.
Pupuun, F. and D. Bogarin. 2011. Two new Lepanthes from Costa Rica. Lindleyana in Orchids, Mag. Amer. Orch. Soc.
80(3):1 78—1 81 .
Pupuun, F., D. Bogarin, and C.M. Smto. 2010. Two new species of Lepanthes from Costa Rica close to L schizocardia (Orchi-
daceae: Pleurothallidinae). Lankesteriana 9:423-430.
Reichenbach, H.G. 1855. Symbolae Orchidaceae. Bonplandia (Hanover) 3(15-16)212-227.
Reichenbach, H.G. 1 858. Lepanthes Sw. Xenia Orch. 1:151—1 52, 1 54. Tab. 49.
Schlechter, R. 1923. Beitrage zur Orchideenkunde von Zentralamerika, II. Additamenta ad Orchideologiam Costaricen-
sem. Repert. Sp. Nov. Reg. Veg. Beih. 19:3-307.
Swartz, 0. 1788. Nova genera et species plantarum; seu, Prodromus descriptionum vegetabilium, maximam partem in-
cognitorum quae sub itinere in Indiam Occidentalem annis 1 783-87 / digessit, Olof Swartz, M.D. - Stockholm, Upsala
and Aboa: Bibliopolid Acad. M. Swederi.
374
BOOK REVIEWS
Christian Ziegler. Introduction by Michael Pollan. 2011. Deceptive Beauties: The World of Wild Orchids.
(ISBN-13: 978-0-226-98297-7, hbk.). The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois 60637, U.S.Af |
(Orders: www.sinauer.com). $45.00, 183 pp., color photos throughout, 9 3 A" x 9 3 /4".
The book jacket describes the author as “a biologist turned photographer specializing in tropical natural his- ]
tory .” That is obviously a true statement— but it doesn’t go far enough. This is a person who greatly enjoys what I
he’s doing and it is clearly reflected in the beauty, the layout, and the genuine “feel” — and love — of orchids. |
Michael Pollan’s introduction, “Sex Among the Orchids,” definitely catches the reader’s attention with his
opening statement: “We animals don’t give plants nearly enough credit. “ His following discourse is not only |
fascinating and treated with fact, history, and humor, the reader is easily fully engaged — and can’t put the book
The photography is outstanding. Ziegler’s accompanying chapters are well written, explanatory, and pro-
vide exceptional background, diversity, descriptions of various habitats, atmospheric changes, uses, concerns,
biological changes that influence the habitat environments, and, of course, effects of human behavior as well—
Expect to take time to browse and enjoy this volume. It is really well done, and it makes one very aware of
potential challenges in the upcoming years. — Helen Jeude, Volunteer and Assistant Editor, Botanical Research
Institute of Texas, 1700 University Dr., Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, U.SA.
Carol Grace with a foreword by Eric Lamont. 2012. Spring Wildflowers of the Northeast: A Natural History.
2012. (ISBN: 978-0-691-14466-5, hbk.). Princeton University Press, 41 William Street, Princeton, New
Jersey 08540, U.S.A. (Orders: http://press.princeton.edu/titles/9668.html, 609-258-4884, 609-258-
6305 fax). $29.95, 290 pp., 512 color illus., T/i” x 10".
What a welcome addition to wildflower literature! This is the ideal book for readers of all levels of expertise,
from the professional botanist to the armchair naturalist. Princeton University Press affirms the value of Carol
Gracie’s passion and attention to detail, her botanical research and travel, her years of teaching, her insightful
writing, and 500 revealing photographs. The book first appears to be a gorgeous coffee table book, but then, I
opened those first pages, and found myself dropping down the rabbit hole into Carol Gracie’s extraordinary
botanical world rarely experienced by most people. Her teaching years at the New York Botanical Gardens, her
intelligence and curiosity come alive to show the identification and natural history of a select group of wood-
land wildflowers from baneberries to violets. She thinks of the question before you ask it. She touches on com-
plicated topics of climate change, ethnobotany, horticulture, medicine and more, without being tedious. In
addition, she refers to Indian lore, botanical literature and art. Carol Grade explains the reason for taxonomic
name changes and adds an impressive list of references, which is testament to the extensive research to prepare
this work. I have heard that some times when we look, we don’t see. Carol Gracie teaches us to see. I salute this
gifted plantswoman for focusing on the beauty and intricacies of northeastern wildflowers, adding a valuable
contribution to our knowledge of the flora of the United States.— Jane Austin Bruckner, graduate of Rutgers Uni-
versity, New Jersey, a Registered Nurse, a Certified Master Gardener and BRIT Volunteer, 1700 University Dr., Fort
Worth Texas 76107-3400, USA.
CALATHEA BASIFWRA (MARANTACEAE), ANEW SPECIES ENDEMIC TO PANAMA
Helen Kennedy
Department of Botany and Plant Science
University of California Riverside
Riverside, California 92521, U.S.A
ganders@mail.ubc.ca
RESUMEN
In the Flora of Panama (Woodson & Schery 1945), a total of 23 species of Marantaceae were listed with 14 in
the genus Calathea. By 1972, Dressier (1972: 184) reported 35 species. Later, Kennedy (1976: 312-313) noted a
total of 49 species and predicted an eventural increase to 60 or 70 because of the species richness found along
the Rio Guanche(Col6nProv.) and the El Llano-Carti road (Panama Prov. and San Bias Prov.) and general inac-
cessibility of those areas at the time. More recently, Kennedy (2012: 49) reported 63 species of Marantaceae
from Panama. Currently 67 species (ca. 191% increase from the 1945 Flora of Panama treatment) are recog-
nized with 49 in the genus Calathea. Eighteen species are recognized as endemic, including the one described
herein plus two as yet undescribed taxa. Additional collecting in Costa Rica, but especially in adjacent Colom-
bia, will reduce this number.
TAXONOMIC TREATMENT
Calathea basiflora H. Kenn., sp. nov. (Fig. 1) Type: PANAMA. San Bias. Rio PlayOn Chico, Campamento Nebba Dummat, Filo
del Sureste 200 120 m 09°14'N 78°15'W, lOJul 1994, H. Herrera 1661 (holotype: PMA; isotypes: MO 6315278, PMA 75534).
Calathea basiflora differs from C vmcunda in the wider leaf blades, 17.5-21.5 vs. 4-8 cm, the obtuse vs. acute to acuminate bract apex; from
both C. verecunda and C. cleisthantha by the presence of 1-2 claviculate bracteoles vs. all bracteoles membranous; and from C. rhizanthouks
by the larger leaf blades, 42-46 x 17.5-21.5 vs. 17-30 x 9.1-16.5 cm. two inflorescences per shoot vs. a single inflorescence, and the ratto of
peduncle length to inflorescence length less than 1.2 vs. 3 or more.
Plants rhizomatous, perennial, herbs, 40-60 cm; cataphylls herbaceous, narrowly ovate, minutely pilose,
hairs ca. 0.2 mm, 3.5-5.5 on shoots bearing an inflorescence. Leaves all basal, 1-2 per shoot; leaf sheath not
auriculate, appressed pilose, hairs more dense along margins of wings and toward base, base and intemode
below, sericeous, ca. 40 cm; petiole with a distinct groove adaxially, scattered minutely pilose, hairs ca. 0.1 mm,
2.5-3 cm; pulvinus minutely tomentose adaxially, sides and abaxial portion glabrous, 1-1.5 cm; leaf blade soft,
J78 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Etymology . — The specific epithet, basiflora, refers to the inflorescences borne directly from the rhizome at
the base of the plant, well below the leaves.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The Missouri Botanical Garden provided support for my accommodations while working in the MO herbari-
um (organized, thanks to Olga Martha Montiel). The travel expenses for the trip to MO were provided by Fred
Ganders. I am very grateful to Gerrit Davidse, Jim Solomon and Mary Merello for their help in the MO her-
barium, to Barry Hammel, Isabel Perez and Mireya Correa for help with the Spanish resumen and to Heraclio
Herrera for collecting this species. I thank Mireya Correa and an anonymous reviewer for helpful suggestions
and corrections. The type scan was provided by the Missouri Botanical Garden.
Dressler, R.L 1972. Terrestrial plants of Panama. Bull. Biol. Soc. Wash. 2:179-186.
Kennedy, H. 1976. Notes on Central American Marantaceae II. New species from Panama and Costa Rica. Bot. Not
128312-322.
Kennedy, H. 2012. Calathea rhizanthoides and C. peregrina (Marantaceae), new species endemic to Panama. J. Bot. Res.
Inst. Texas 6:49-54.
Woodson, R.E. Jr. and R.W. Shery. 1 945. Marantaceae. In: Flora of Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 32:81 -1 05.
TWO NEW DISTICHOUS-BRACTED CALATHEA (MARANTACEAE)
SPECIES FROM CENTRAL AMERICA
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
2.2-2.36:1 in cauline leaves, ca. 17 lateral veins per 3 cm and 15-19 cross-veinlets per 5 mm (both measured at
midpoint of sides of blade), adaxial surface green, glabrous, midrib minutely pubescent in basal half, hairs 0.1
mm, abaxial surface nearly glabrous, minute hairs to 0.2 mm along some lateral veins close to midrib, midrib
below minutely tomentose along sides, hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. Inflorescences 1-2 per shoot, first one terminal,
peduncle glabrous, 22-36 cm. Bracts 14-16, herbaceous, distichous, overlapping at base when live, rachis usu-
ally not visible, broadly ovate in basalmost, transverse broadly elliptic in subsequent ones to broadly elliptic in
uppermost, apex rounded with acumen in basalmost one, rounded to broadly obtuse in upper ones, margin
straight (not recurved), 4-5.3 x 3.6-5.3 cm, each bract subtending 3 or more flower pairs, abaxial surface of
bracts green, glabrous, adaxial surface glabrous; bicarinate prophyll membranous, rectangular-elliptic, apex
rounded to subtruncate, glabrous, 3-3.2 x 1.0-1.5 cm, 0.9-1. 1 cm wide, carina to carina; secondary bract mem-
branous, elliptic, apex rounded to minutely tridentate, glabrous, 2.6-3 x (0.85-) 1.25-1.5 cm; bracteole 1 per
flower pair, medial, membranous, 1.1-1.35 x 0.15-0.2 cm. Flowers open spontaneously, pale yellow (fide Croat
16835). Sepals membranous, narrowly obovate, obtuse, apical margin incurved, glabrous, 18-20 x 3-4 mm.
Corolla tube glabrous, 26-32 mm; corolla lobes subequal, elliptic, obtuse to 90°, glabrous, 12-14 x 3.5-5 mm.
Staminodes 3; outer staminode spathulate, 9-10 x 6-8 mm; callose staminode rounded apically, ca. 11.5 mm;
cucullate staminode 6-8 mm; stamen with lateral, petaloid appendage, 1 mm wide, anther 2.5 mm; ovary
smooth, glabrous, ca. 2.5 x 1.5 mm. Capsule unknown.
Distribution and habitat. — Calathea ravenii is known only from the type collection near Puerto Obaldia in
wet tropical forest habitat. Considering the proximity of Puerto Obaldia to the border with Colombia, it is
highly likely it will be eventually found there as well. It is apparently uncommon, as in two days collecting in
July, 2005, in the vicinity of Puerto Olbalda, we failed to find any plants of it, even sterile ones, though another,
previously unknown, undescribed species was found.
Discussion . — Calathea ravenii belongs to Calathea G. Meyer section Calathea, having the characteristic
habit of several basal leaves and a cauline leaf subtending the 1-several distichous-bracted inflorescences. It is
distinguished from other Panamanian species of Calathea with distichous, complanate, bracts by the elliptic
leaf blades, length 2.2-2.36 x width, the greenish, glabrous bracts with non-recurved apical margins, 4-5.3 x
3.6-53 cm, the single membranous bracteole per flower pair, and pale yellow flowers. A comparison of five of
the distichous-bracted Panamanian species is given in Table 1 (Kennedy 2011: 202). It is readily distinguished
from the other three distichous-bracted species not mentioned in the table, C. lasiostachya, C. caesariata and C.
similis H. Kenn. by its glabrous, green bracts and the glabrous adaxial surface of the leaf blade.
Etymology .— The specific epithet ravenii, is in honor of Dr. Peter Raven, director emeritus of the Missouri
Botanical Garden. It is with deep gratitude that I have the privilege of naming a species in his honor as he was
instrumental in my choosing the Marantaceae initially as an OTS field project and encouraging me to continue
this for my PhD research, besides indirectly introducing me to my partner. I am glad to finally be able to thus
acknowledge the debt of gratitude I owe for his help throughout my career, and that of numerous other botan-
ists, in this mai
Plants perennial, rhizomatous, caulescent, herbs, 2 or more m high. Leaves several, basal, and 1 cauline above
an elongate stem intemode; leaf sheath not auriculate, green, appressed tomentose, hairs to 1 mm, very dense-
ly tomentose to sericeous at very base in cauline leaves, 16-25 cm in cauline leaf; petiole green, appressed to-
mentose in basal %, subglabrous to glabrous apically 47-60 cm in cauline leaf; pulvinus glabrous except for
row of minutely tomentose hairs adaxially, hairs ca. 0.2 mm, glabrous near junction with petiole, 5-7 cm in
382
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Fig. 2. Calatheaoscariana H. Kenn. Holotype (A Vetiz&M. Veliz 94.3926, BIGU). I
384 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
oscariana (Vdiz 99.7115, MEXU) and C. sclerobracteata ( Vdiz 99.7115B, BIGU), growing together under cultiva-
tion, are the notes: “Planta cultivada dendro de cafetales o areas con banano, sus hojas son empleadas para
envolver la masa de los tamales.” Likewise, such cultivation is noted on the type specimen, “Planta cultivada
utilizada para la elaboration de tamales (Envoltorio)” and similar on Vdiz & Vdiz 94.3983B (BIGU). Interest-
ingly, such use is not restricted to the campo, as I was served a tamale wrapped in the leaves of C. oscariana at
the buffet in my hotel in Guatemala City. The portion of leaf was saved and pressed for later comparison.
Etymology. — The specific epithet, oscariana, was recommended by Mario Veliz (BIGU), who collected the
type and provided photos and scans of the new species, as a dedication to his friend Senor Oscar Archila Euler
(+), “ la persona que la colectb y la tiene actualmente cultivada en su casa. . . .”
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am especially grateful to Andrew Sanders of the UCR herbarium for allowing me the space to store and study
all the Mesoamericana loan material and for taxonomic discussions. I thank the following for help and use of
the herbarium facilities: Gerrit and Jeany Davidse (MO), Mario Veliz and Jorge Vargas (BIGU), Marie S. Cerma-
kova (USCG), Mario Sousa, Gloria Andrade and Gerardo Salazar (MEXU), Christine Niezgoda (F) and Car-
men Galdames (SCZ). I gratefully acknowledge the considerable help of Mario Veliz in providing color photos
of the inflorescences of both C. oscariana and C. sclerobractea as well as photographs of specimens for com-
parison. I am most grateful to Tom Croat for making the one and only (known) collection of C. ravenii. Teresa
Salvato provided accommodations and transport for my work at UCR. I am deeply indebted to Fred Ganders for
personally funding the cost of the herbarium visits and to the Missouri Botanical Garden for providing support
for my accommodations while working in the MO herbarium (organized, thanks to Olga Martha Montiel). I
thank Barry Hammel and an anonymous reviewer for help with the Spanish resumen and Gordon McPherson
and the anonymous reviewer for their helpful suggestions and corrections. Thanks to the curators of F, MEXU,
MO, PMA, and SCZ for the loan of their specimens. The type scan of C. ravenii was provided by the Missouri
Botanical Garden and the scan of C. oscariana, by Mario Veliz (BIGU).
REFERENCES
Kennedy, H. 201 1 . Three new distichous-bracted species of Calathea (Marantaceae) from Panama. Novon 21 :201 -21 1 .
Standley, P.C. and JA. Steyermark. 1952. Marantaceae. In: P.C. Standley and J.A. Steyermark, eds. Flora of Guatemala. Field
Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 24:207-221.
COLUMNEA ANTENNIFERA , A NEW SPECIES OF GESNERIACEAE
FROM THE CORDILLERA CENTRAL OF THE COLOMBIAN ANDES
Department of Biological Sciences
Box 870345
The University of Alabama
Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35487, U.S.A.
Laura Clavijo
Box 870345
The University of Alabama
Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35487, U.S.
lauriclav@gmail.com
Key Words: Columnea, Colombia, Episcieae, G
INTRODUCTION
The genus Columnea L. is primarily epiphytic and belongs to the New World subfamily Gesnerioideae and tribe
Episcieae. Columnea ranges from Mexico south to Bolivia and is most diverse in the northern Andes of Colom-
bia and Ecuador. With over 200 species, Columnea is the largest genus in the subfamily Gesnerioideae (Burtt &
Wiehler 1995; Weber 2004; Skog & Boggan 2006). The genus is distinguished from other closely related genera
by an indehiscent berry instead of a fleshy bivalved capsule.
Columnea antennifera J.L. Clark & Clavijo was discovered during a 2012 research expedition to the Co-
lombian department of Antioquia in the Cordillera Central of the northern Andes. A remarkable character of
Columnea antennifera is the presence of five elongate appendages near the corolla sinuses. The presence of co-
rolla appendages and where they appear has been discussed in numerous artificial classifications of groups
now recognized as Columnea, such as the section Ortholoma Benth. and the genus Trichantha Hook. (Morton
1963, 1971; Morley 1976; Smith 1994). Corolla appendages have not been thoroughly evaluated in a phyloge-
netic context and most likely this character is convergent within Columnea.
Columnea antennifera J.L. Clark & Clavijo, sp. nov. (Fig. 1) Tyre: COLOMBIA. Antioquia: Municipio Valdivia, Cordillera
Central, road Ventanas to Briceilo, before the quebrada El Oro, 07°05'20*N, 75°29’20"W, 1802 m, 19 May 2012 01), JX. Clark, J.
Anderson, L. Clavijo, M. Mazo & D. Suescun 13036 (holotype: COL; isoiytcs: BRIT, HUA, MO, NY, UNA, US).
Obligate scandent epiphytic climber; stems elongate and horizontal, 2-3 m long, suffrutescent, glabrescent
below, sparsely pilose above. Leaves opposite, strongly anisophyllous in a pair; larger leaf with petioles terete,
4-10 mm long, blade coriaceous when dry, elliptic to oblong, 3-12 x 1.3-3.4 cm, base rounded to oblique.
387
sometimes asymmetrical, apex acute, margin entire, adaxially shiny green, abaxially light green, sparsely pi-
lose on upper surface and densely pilose on lower surface; smaller leaf greatly reduced relal
nearly sessile, orbicular to ovate, 1-2.7 x 0.5-1.5 cm, base rounded to cordate, apex acute, m
faces and vestiture similar to larger leaf. Flowers solitary and erect; pedicels 1.3-2 cm long, red, pilose; calyx
2-3.5 cm long, uniformly bright red, inside and outside sparsely pilose, inside lanate at the base, lobes 5, erect
at anthesis, each lobe tightly appressed to adjacent lobe and folded lengthwise, ovate, apex broadly acuminate
margin entire, 4 lobes nearly equal 0.7-1 x 1.2-1.5 cm, fused at the base for 1.5-2.6 cm, 5 th lobe (dorsal) slight-
ly smaller, fused at the base for 1.1-1.5 cm; corolla tubular, posture erect in calyx, 3.0-4.5 x 0.6-1.0 cm; outside
uniformly bright red and tomentose, internally glabrate, lobes bright yellow, appressed, 5-6 x 2-2.5
ovate; corolla appendages present in immature and mature flowers, located in each sinus alt*
lobes, 14-20 mm long, pilose, bright yellow with or without a dark spot at the base; stamens 4, didynamous
included; filaments 12-15 mm long, coiled after anthesis, connate and adnate to the base of the corolla tube,
glabrous; anthers connate, longer than broad, 2-2.5 x 1-1.5 mm, dehiscing by longitudinal slits; staminode not
seen; nectary a dorsal gland, glabrous; ovary superior, lanate, ca. 5 x 4 mm, style ca. 30 mm long, glabrous,
stigma included and capitate. Fruits not seen.
Columned antennifera is morphologically similar to C. dissimilis C.V. Morton (Fig. 2, A-D). These two spe-
cies are easily differentiated by the elongate corolla appendages in Columned antennifera (Fig. 1) in contrast to
the relatively short corolla appendages in C. dissimilis (Fig. 2A). The corolla appendages are developed in im-
mature flowers of Columned dntenniferd (Fig. 1C). In contrast, the corolla appendages in Columned dissimilis are
either absent or significantly reduced when the flowers are immature (Fig. 2B). Another species that has co-
rolla appendages and is morphologically similar to C. dntenniferd is C.filomentosd (Figs. 2E, F). These two spe-
cies are readily differentiated by the uniformly red corolla in Columnedfildmentosd (Fig. 2E) in contrast to the
red corolla with bright yellow lobes in C. dntenniferd (Fig. 1). Vegetatively these two species are differentiated
by the isophyllous leaf arrangement in Columnedfildmentosd in contrast to the strongly anisophyllous C. dnten-
niferd. A third species that has corolla appendages is Columned rosed (C.V. Morton) C.V. Morton (Fig. 3E). How-
ever, the calyx lobes of Columned rosed are deeply serrate to fimbriate (Fig. 3E) in contrast to the entire calyx
margins of C. dntenniferd (Fig. 1).
Distribution and habitat. — Columned antennifera is known from the northern Cordillera Central of the
Colombian Andes in the department of Antioquia from montane forests (1800 m). Herbarium collections of
Columned antennifera were not seen during recent visits to the National University of Colombia (COL) or the
University of Antioquia (HUA), but an additional population was observed and photographed near the type
locality between Yarumal and Ventanas during a 1996 field expedition by Gunter Gerlach from the Munich
Botanical Garden (Botanischer Garten Munchen-Nymphenburg).
Etymology. — The specific epithet, antennifera, refers to the resemblance of the elongate appendages at the
apex of the corolla tube to insect antennae.
Classification. — Columned antennifera appears to belong to section Ortholoma Benth. because of the pres-
ence of corolla appendages and an obligate epiphytic habit. However, the traditional sectional classification of
Columned is artificial and arbitrary. As an example, the section Ortholoma has been recognized at the generic
level as T richantha Hook, by previous authors (Morton 1963; Wiehler 1973, 1975). A monographic revision of
Trichantha by Morton (1963) was followed by another paper by the same author (Morton 1971) with a reduc-
tion of all species recognized as Trichantha to Columned. The type species for Trichantha is Columned minor
(Hook.) Hanst. and is characterized by the presence of appendages at the sinuses of the corolla (Fig. 3C, D). It
is important to note that corolla appendages are not a unifying character for section Ortholoma or genus
Trichantha. The type species for section Ortholoma is Columnea anisophylla DC., which lacks corolla append-
ages as do many other species that have been assigned to this section. The traditional sectional classification of
Columnea has been shown to be artificial because many sections do not represent monophyletic lineages
(Smith 1994; Smith & Sytsma 1994; Clark et al. 2006). A revised sectional classification system based on mo-
lecular sequence data is currently a collaborative research focus by numerous authors (e.g., James Smith, John
L. Clark, Lacie Schulte and others).
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
389
Fw - 3 Variation in corolla appendages present in Columnea. Aft B. (oiumnea coronata Amaya, LE. Skog ft LP. Kvist C ft 0. Columnea minor (Hook.)
Hanst. E. Columnea rosea (CM. Morton) CV. Morton, f, Columnea mem (Wiehler) L.E. Skog & LP. Kvist (Photos A & B from/L Clark etal. 12990; C from
J .L Clark etaL 10870; D from J.L Clark etal. 9647; E from J. Betancur 12394; F from J.L Clark etal. 7140).
Corolla appendages vs. corolla lobes. — The presence of corolla appendages is widespread in Columnea and
this character is often not accurately distinguished from corolla lobes. Various taxa from different sections
have corolla appendages and this character is probably convergent within Columnea. For example, Columnea fi-
lifera (Fig. 3F) has been assigned to section Collandra Lem. (Kvist & Skog 1993) and genus Dalbergaria Tussac.
(Wiehler 1992; Kvist & Skog 2004) because of subsessile leaves, dorsiventral shoots, and a facultative epiphyt-
ic habit. A recently described species, Columnea coronata Amaya, L.E. Skog & L. P. Kvist, was assigned to sec-
tion Collandra (Amaya et al. 2004), where the specific epithet refers to a “corona” at the apex of the corolla tube.
More accurately, the “corona” in Columnea coronata is homologous to reduced corolla lobes like those found
in Columnea antennifera. Thus, what Amaya et al. (2004) referred to as “petals” in the description of Columnea
coronata are actually appendages that appear petaloid (Fig. 3A) and what was described in Amaya et al. (2004)
as the “corona” is homologous to reduced corolla lobes. Another species that has reduced corolla lobes and pet-
aloid appendages is Columnea filifera (Fig. 3F). The petaloid appendages in Columnea filifera (Fig. 3F) are visible
in the field and in photographs, but the corolla lobes are only visible with a hand lens or microscope. Phyloge-
netic studies on the evolution of corolla appendages and their presence in numerous lineages of Columnea will
play an important role in understanding their function, homology, and role in plant-pollinator interactions.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This study was supported by funds from the National Science Foundation (DEB-841958 and DEB-0949169).
We thank Christian FeuiUet (US) and William R. Anderson (MICH) for help in selecting the specific epithet;
Alain Chautems (G), Laurence E. Skog (US), and Jeremy Keene (BHO) for providing helpful reviews of the
manuscript. Our 2012 research expedition to Colombia was a tremendous success because of logistical sup-
port from Alvaro Idarraga (HUA), Felipe Cardona (HUA), Julio Betancur (COL), Alvaro Cogollo (JAUM), and
Diego Suescun (JAUM). We thank Gunter Gerlach from the Munich Botanical Garden (Botanischer Garten
Munchen-Nymphenburg) for sharing his observations and images of Columnea antennifera. We gratefully ac-
knowledge Norris H. Williams (University of Florida) for his carefully curated slide collection that included
field images of voucher specimens (e g., Columnea filamentosa- Fig. 2 E, F) from a 1972 research expedition to
Colombia with Hans Wiehler. We thank Julio Betancur from the Universidad Nacional de Colombia (COL) for
providing images of Columnea rosea (Fig. 3E).
w species of Columnea (Gesm
Amaya, M., LE. Skog, and L.P. Kvist. 2004. Novae Gesneriaceae Neotropicarum XII: four n
ceae) section Collandra from Colombia. Edinburgh J. Bot. 60:41 5-424.
Burtt, B.L. and H. Wiehler. 1 995. Classification of the family Gesneriaceae. Gesneriana 1 *1-4
Cl* J.L.PS. Herendeen, L.E. Sk*. » EA 2-mer. 2006. Phytogene, ic relationships and generic boundaries in the Eph
^'^aasn^n’^n' 10 " ^ “"** SK,k>m ** 9 *" us Contr. Natt
Morton, C.V. 1963. A revision of Trichantha (Gesneriaceae). Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 38:1-27.
Morton, C.V. 1 971 . A reduction of Trichantha to Columnea (Gesneriaceae). Phytologia 22:223-224
Skog, LE. andJ.K. Boggan. 2006. A new classification of the Western Hemisphere Gesneriaceae. Gesneriads 56:12-17.
^4:1^9 yS,ema,ICS of Columnea SMion and section Srygnomhe (Gesneriaceae). Syst. Bot. Monogr.
,M4 ' MOleCUlK and m ° rPh0l09y: COn9nK "“ <* d “ (Gesneriaceae). PI. Syst
familiM ^ r era ° f vascuia ' pian,s - f,mem
7:63 1 58 H mdC<ide Inciua| ng Avicenmaceae). Springer-Verlag, Berlin & Heidelberg.
Wiehler, H. 1992. New species of Gesneriaceae from the neotropics. Phytologia 73:220-241.
Ill
A NEW VARIETY OF DECLIEUXIA CACUMINIS (RUBIACEAE)
FROM THE STATE OF TOCANTINS, BRAZIL, AND A
REVIEW OF THE VARIETIES RECOGNIZED IN THE SPECIES
Joseph H. Kirkbride, Jr.
Piero G. Delprete
USDA-ARS, U.S. National Arboretum
Floral & Nursery Plants Research Unit
350 1 New York Avenue NE
Washington, DC, 20002-1958, U.S.A.
joseph.kirkbride@ars.usda.gov
Herbier de Guyane, IRD - UMRAMAP
Boite Postale 165, 97323 Cayenne Cedex
Guyane Fran^aise (French Guiana), FRANCE
piero.delprete@ird.fr
ABSTRACT
RESUMO
INTRODUCTION
Kirkbride (1976) revised the genus Declieuxia Kunth, and recognized 27 species and seven varieties in three
species: D. deltoidea Mull. Arg. with two varieties, D. cacuminis Mull. Arg. with two varieties, and D. cordigera
Mart. & Zucc. ex Schult. & Schult. f. with three varieties. A few years later (Kirkbride 1983), he added a third
variety for D. cacuminis, D. cacuminis var. decumbens].H. Kirkbr. With this, the known range of D. cacuminis
was expanded from central Minas Gerais to south central Bahia. In 1997, another species was added to the ge-
nus, D. decumbens J.H. Kirkbr. (Kirkbride 1997), increasing the number of species to 28.
The Rubiaceae were treated for the Flora dos E stados de Goids e Tocantins by Delprete (2010). The Distrito
Federal, which is surrounded by the state of Goias and only touchs the state of Minas Gerais on its southeastern
comer, was also covered by the treatment. Delprete found nine species of Declieuxia in the state of Goias, six in
the Distrito Federal, and just one, D.fruticosa (Willd. ex Roem. & Schult.) Kuntze (the most widespread of the
genus), in the state of Tocantins. Early in 2012, while finalizing a treatment of the Rubiaceae for the Flora do
Distrito Federal, Brasil, Delprete encountered a specimen of Declieuxia from the state of Tocantins in the herba-
rium of the Reserva Ecologica do Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatistica (1BGE) in Brasilia, that attracted
his attention. Since he had reported just a single species of Declieuxia from the state of Tocantins, he immedia-
tely knew that the specimen represented a new taxon for this state, and possibly a new taxon for science. He
consulted Kirkbride about the identity of the specimen, who in turn compared it with the Declieuxia speci-
mens in the herbaria of the Smithsonian Institution (US) and New York Botanical Garden (NY). They conclu-
ded that the specimen is a member of D. cacuminis and is a fourth, new variety of the species, which is described
and illustrated below. In addition, a key to the four varieties of D. cacuminis, short descriptions, and selected
specimens for each variety, are also presented.
J- Bot Res. Inst Texas 6(2): 391 -396.2012
393
395
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
of Tocantins, west of the Rio Sao Francisco, and at lower elevation in cerrado vegetation (a type of savannah),
on sandy, reddish soils poor in nutrients and rich in aluminum (Fig. 1).
This new variety was collected in the Jalapao region, which has large areas of white-sand soils. The eleva-
tion is lower with respect to the elevations of the other three varieties; however, the type locality is not on the
Brazilian Planalto. It is on a lower plateau, at the northernmost end of the Serra Geral de Goias, which is the
divide between the basins of the Rios Sao Francisco and Tocantins at the border between the states of Tocan-
tins and Bahia. Relative to the nearby river valleys, this area is 50-100 m higher, so the new variety occurs at :
the highest elevations in its area of distribution as do the other three varieties in their areas of distribution.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Laurence J. Dorr, Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution (US) for his helpful review of the
manuscript and the directors and curators of the following herbaria for allowing us access to their collections
and making loans of material: IBGE, NY, UB, UFG, and US.
REFERENCES
Delprete, P.G. 201 0. Rubiaceae, parte 1 , introdu^ao, generos A-H. In: J.A. Rizzo, ed. Flora dos Estados de Gioas e Tocantins.
IRD & UFG, GoiSnia, GO, Brazil. Vol. 40(1 ):1 -580.
Kirkbride, J.H., Jr. 1976. A revision of the genus Declieuxia (Rubiaceae). Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 28(4):1-87.
Kirkbride, J.H., Jr. 1983. A new variety of Declieuxia cacuminis (Rubiaceae) from Bahia. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 70:
204-205.
Kirkbride, J.H, Jr. 1997. Manipulus rubiacearum— VI. Brittonia 49:354-379.
A PREVIOUSLY UNRECOGNIZED SPECIES OF SENEGALIA (FABACEAE)
FROM NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL
David S. Seigler
Department of Plant Biology
University of Illinois
Urbana, Illinois 61801 U.S.A.
seigler@life.illinois.edu
John E. Ebinger
Department of Biology
Eastern Illinois University
Charleston, Illinois 61920 USA
Petala Gomes Ribeiro
Departamento de Botdnica
Universidade Estadual de Feira de Santana
Av. Transnordestina, s/n, Novo Horizonte
44036-900, Feira de Santana, Bahia, BRASIL
RESUMEN
During the course of our work on the genus Senegalia Raf. of Brazil, we encountered a collection [M. Blanchet
2772 (F, GH, K)] that Bentham (1842) cited first as Acacia velutina DC. and subsequently (1875, 1876) as Acacia
monacantha Willd. This material had mostly have been accepted under the latter name, but as more collections
have become available, it is clear that they represent a previously undescribed species distinct from both Sen-
egalia monacantha (Willd.) Seigler & Ebinger (syn. Acacia monacantha) and Senegalia velutina (DC.) Seigler &
Ebinger (syn. Acacia velutina ).
Senegalia paganuccii Seigler, Ebinger, & Ribeiro, sp. nov. (Fig. 1). Type: BRAZIL. Bahia: Municlpio Rio de Contas, 10 km
do Rio de Comas na estrada para Marcolino Moura, Caatinga (13°36S, 41°43W, elev. 500-600 m), 15 Nov 1988, gemmae (buds,
gem.) & flowers (fl.), R.M. Harley, D.J.N. Hind & T.B. Cavalcanti 26439 (holotype: HUEFS; isotypes: CEPEC, CTES, F, K, NY, SP, SPF).
Shrub or small tree to 6 m tall, ramified from the base; bark grayish; twigs reddish brown to dark purple, not
flexuous, terete, usually puberulent; short shoots absent; prickles brown to purple-brown, apex usually darker,
flattened, recurved, woody, 1-3 mm long, 1-3 mm at the base, glabrous, scattered along the twig, petiole and
rachis, commonly paired at some nodes; perulate buds commonly presently at leaf axil, ovate or elliptic in
profile, 5-7 x 2-4 mm. Leaves alternate, commonly paired at some nodes, 30-100 mm long; stipules light to
dark brown, lanceolate, symmetrical, flattened, straight, herbaceous, 4-10 x 1.5-5.5 mm, pubescent and cili-
ate, early deciduous; petiole slightly grooved adaxially, 6-19 mm long, pubescent; petiolar gland solitary, usu-
ally located just below the lowest pinna pair, sessile, attached near the middle, the margins of the petiolar gland
turning upward, oval to orbicular, 0.6-1.5 mm across, cup-shaped, glabrous; rachis adaxially grooved, 25-80
mm long, pubescent, an oval gland 0.4-0.9 mm across between the upper and sometimes other pinna pairs,
rachis glands 0.4-0.8 mm across, oval, cup-shaped, glabrous; pinnae 4 to 11 pairs per leaf, 25-45 mm long,
4-10 mm apart; paraphyllidia 0.3-0.7 mm long, mostly absent; petiolule 0.8-1.5 mm long; leaflets 25 to 40
pairs per pinna, opposite, 0.7-1.1 mm apart, linear, 4-6 x 0.9-1.4 mm, glabrous, lateral veins not obvious, 1
>■ Bot Res. Inst Texas 6(2): 397 - 401 . 2
398
Fk. 1 . Senegaliapaganuccii Seigler, Ebinger, & Ribeiro. k. Flowering branch. B
F. Flower at anthesis. G. Gynoecium showing detail of ovary. H. Prickles. I. Vegetative bud detail. J. Fruit. K. Detail of innt
H-l from RM. Harley etal. 26439 (HUEFS); J-L from >1.4. Conceipoetal. 1925 (HUEFS).
vein from the base, base oblique and truncate on one side, margins ciliate, apex obtuse, midvein submarginal
Inflorescence a densely 40-75-flowered cylindrical spike, 9-15 x 20-45 mm, 1 to 3 in the leaf axils; peduncles
6-22 long, 0.4-0.6 mm thick, pubescent; receptacle not enlarged; involucre absent; floral bracts spatulate.
8-15i
AACCM-MCGCGCGTCCMCTGGACG. .
. . . . GCGCCCGAGGCCT-
SCCMCM? ? ? TGCACCGCACGGAA
Fk. 2. ITS sequence data for Senegalia paganuccii.
Paraphyllidia
" 1X0 1 ' Jlna estraaa Serrana e Mocambmho, 5 Sep 1974, M. Magalhaes & M.B. Ferreira 5021 (IPA). HAUL Sao Raimundo INonare-
entre Sao Raimundo Nonato e Anisio de Abreu, caatinga, 17 Nov 1981 (fl.), M.R. DeVArco & E. Nunes 2214 (IPA, TEFB).
Bentham (1842) in his discussion accompanying the description of Acacia velutina DC., first mentioned A
monacantha Willd. and concluded that if it were a true Acacieae, it would belong to this tribe. Under A. velutina,
Bentham (1842) cited Blanchet 2772 from Bahia and Pohl s.n. from Brazil, as possibly belonging to this species.
However, our studies show that the type of Acacia velutina DC. (BRAZIL. RIO DE JANEIRO: [holotype: G,
(photos F, MO, SI); isotype: G]), is distinct both from Blanchet 2772 (“habitat ad Utinga in deserto fluminis S.
Francisco provinciae Bahiensis”) and the Pohl collection (“inter Praia et Bom Jardim Provinciae Minas
Gerais”). Later, Bentham (1876) considered Blanchet 2772 (and another collection, apparently from the same
location (Blanchet 3772), the Pohl collection and a Lindberg coUection (“ad Santos in provinceae Sao Paulo”) to
represent Acacia monacantha Willd. Additionally, he considered Acacia velutina Benth. (1842) to be a synonym
of A. monacantha Willd. Today these species are regarded as distinct, namely, Senegalia monacantha (syn. Aca-
tina ), and the Blanchet and Pohl collections i
da monacantha ) and Sengalia velutina (syn. Acatia velut
to our new species, 5. paganuctii.
The descriptions of Bentham (1875, 1876) and Lewis (1987) for Acada monacantha and the description
and illustrations (p. 201, HI, H2, and H3) of Senegalia monacantha of de Queiroz (2009) all appear to be based
on Blanchet 2772 and similar collections and not on the original type material of Acacia monacantha Willd. We
The authors wish to thank several colleagues for advice concerning questions of nomenclature and general
taxonomic advice, in particular, K.N. Gandhi. We wish to acknowledge support by the National Science Foun-
dation (NSF DEB 04-15803), by the American Philosophical Society (1992) and by the CNPq for financial sup-
port to PGR, on her master’s degree in the Postgraduate Program in Botany at the Universidade Estadual de
Feira de Santana, Bahia, Brazil; also to the curators of the herbaria that were visited or provided loans of speci-
mens for our study (ALCB, BHCB, CEN, CEPE C, F, G, H, HRB, HST, HUEFS, IBGE, IPA, K, MBM, MO, NY, RB,
R, SP, SPF, TEX, UB). We thank Bruce R. Maslin and an anonymous reviewer for helpful comments.
REFERENCES
Bentham, G. 1842. Notes on Mimoseae, with a synopsis of species, London J. Bot. 1:318-392, 494-528.
Bentham, G. 1875. Revision of the suborder Mimoseae. Trans. Linnaean Soc London 30:335-664.
Bentham, G. 1876. Leguminosae. In: C.F.P. von Martius, Flora Brasiliensis 15(1 &2). Munich and Leipzig. 1-527 pp., 1-138
Queiroz, LP., de, 2009. Leguminosas da Caatinga. Universidade de Feira de Santana, Feira de Santana.
Lewis, G.P. 1 987. Legumes of Bahia. Royal Botanical Gardens, Kew, England.
appears to be most closely related to S, tenuifolia (L.) Britton & Rose. The characters used to distinguish Senega-
402
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6{2)
BOOK REVIEW
WelbyR. Smith. Illustrations by Vera Ming Wong and Bobbi Angell. 2012. Native Orchids of Minnesota. (ISBN-
13: 978-0-8166-7823-5, hbk.). University of Minnesota Press, 111 Third Ave. South, Suite 290, Minne-
apolis, Minnesota 55041, U.S.A. (Orders: www.upress.umn.edu; 612-627-1980 fax; 612-627-1970
phone). $34.95, 288 pp„ 93 b/w illustrations, 174 color plates, 53 maps, 7" x 10".
Nineteen years after publishing Orchids of Minnesota, the author has published an updated, comprehensive,
and beautifully illustrated new volume. Native Orchids of Minnesota. His Table of Contents, map of the counties
in Minnesota where orchids are most likely to be found, and Preface provide an excellent “starting platform"
for the Introduction and his gentle guidance into the descriptions and basic understanding of Minnesota’s or-
chids.
After providing straightforward answers to the usual questions flower lovers ask, he provides a thorough
and easily useful “Key to the Genera of Orchids Found in Minnesota.” An unusual but very helpful addition to
the keys is the author’s careful inclusion of two or three simple line drawings of the described plant part at the
end of each leg of the key. The reader has an immediate and accurate vision of where and what to look for as (s)
he examines the plant.
Each genus is introduced on the left page and accompanied by a photo on the right page. The following
pages provide thorough descriptions, explanations, photos, and illustrations of the individual species in each
genus. Most orchid fanciers will find themselves totally enchanted by the “reading and admiring” process.
Obviously, this book would be incredibly useful to have with you in the field — not only for identifications but
also to have use of the accompanying maps of Minnesota counties, showing where each species is most likely
to be found.
(This is such a beautiful book, I think I would need to buy two copies: one to take into the field for quick
and accurate identification and one to keep safely at home in an easily available, beautiful “pristine condi-
tion!”).— Helen Jeude, Volunteer and Assistant Editor, Botanical Research Institute of Texas, 1700 University Dr.,
Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, U.SA.
TAXONOMY OF LANTANA SECT. LANTANA (VERBENACEAE):
II. TAXONOMIC REVISION
Roger W. Sanders
Bryan College It 7802
721 Bryan Drive
Dayton, Tennessee 37321, U.S.A.
RESUMEN
Due to a long history of cultivation, hybridization, and invasiveness, the taxonomy of Lantana L. sect. Lantana
resists partitioning into easily identified species (see Sanders 2006 for review). While some workers might
prefer the convenience of recognizing a single highly variable species, Lantana camara L., previous biosyste-
matic studies (Sanders 1987a, 1987b, 1987c, 1989) have shown the presence of morphologically discrete dip-
loid taxa having coherent ecological and geographic ranges where they appear to have speciated in situ. These
studies have been corroborated by a recent molecular analysis of the taxa in Florida (Maschinski et al. 2010).
The present study attempts to delineate the indigenous taxa of sect. Lantana, even in the face of rampant hy-
bridization due to human-induced ecological disturbance and the failure of odd polyploidy as a breeding bar-
rier in this group. This second paper in the series builds on the first (Sanders 2006), which detailed the typifica-
tion of species of sect. Lantana. As suggested by Sanders (2006), the identity of individual specimens constitut-
ing the hybrid plexus found growing outside cultivation today cannot be unraveled by morphology alone, and
it may be recalcitrant even to molecular genome analysis. Thus, variation encompassing the indigenous species
now connected by hybrids may appear to be constituted more of adaptive peaks rather than bell curves sur-
rounded by discontinuity. Furthermore, no phylogenetic analysis has been attempted here because the out-
group relationships of sect. Lantana are not understood, and the significant trichome and inflorescence char-
acters are homoplastic with regard to potential outgroups.
The rank of series is established only for grouping species of presumed origin by divergence from the an-
cestor of sect. Lantana. Species of interseries hybrid origin are not placed into series and are listed separately.
These species are presumed to have originated by natural selection acting on the variable pool of original hy-
brids resulting in one or a few closely similar phenotypes and, thus, may not be strictly intermediate to the
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
parental species. The surviving phenotype has become self-propagating and has attained a geographic range
exceeding the original area of sympatry. Spontaneous and cultivated hybrids that have received Latin names
but do not behave biologically as species are in a third separate list.
1 view varietas as the least inclusive taxonomic rank composed of a minimum of one breeding population |
(as inferred from available ecological data) having geographic coherence in a limited part of the species range
and imperfect discontinuity from similar, geographically adjacent taxa within the species. Subspecies is used
either to group varieties or to recognize a taxon within a species with geographic coherence over an extensive
geographic range (e.g., usually several islands or subcontinental areas) and having imperfect discontinuity orl
minor differences from similar, geographically adjacent subspecies. One impetus to employ subspecies in Lon - 1
tana has been to avoid instability in infraspecific names that could be caused by the subsequent discovery of i
poorly known varietal names, of which there are many.
MORPHOLOGICAL TAXONOMIC CRITERIA AND ANALYTICAL CAVEATS
Caveats for identification and descriptions are given in italics.
Prickles . — Whereas a majority of species either lack prickles or bear only small weak straight or recurved |
prickles, pronouncedly stout recurved prickles are inconsistently present (varying among herbarium collec-
tions and field populations) in the remaining species, notably Lantana camara subsp. aculeata, L. hirsuta subsp. 1
amazonica, L. horrida, L. nivea, L. planaltensis, L strigocamara, L. urticoides, and L. viscosa. The tendency to 1
produce prickles appears more pronounced in hybrids than in most indigenous species.
Trichames . — The form of trichomes on the abaxial leaf surfaces (filiform vs. setiform vs. strigiform) and
their length are highly correlated with ecological and geographic coherence of indigenous taxa and provides |
can be nearly twice as long as those on the remaining tissue. Therefore measurements in the key and descriptions for I
adaxial hairs are taken between the secondary veins. Likewise, hairs on the nodal lines of the stems are often about
twice as long as other hairs along the stem and are excluded from measurements in the key and descriptions.
Filiform hairs and setae are both erect from the base with the setae differing primarily by greater length
and stouter, and a more conical proximal portion. Both types may be somewhat flexuous, arching or curly 1
Strigae are stiff conical hairs that are geniculately bent in the proximal quarter or third with the remain-
ing distal portion directed antrorsely. On the adaxial leaf surfaces, the antrorse portion is more or less ascend- 1
ing and arching. The broadened base emerges from a buttressing ring of epidermal cells that form a pustulate
base. Especially in Ser. Strigosae or taxa of hybrid origin with genes of its species, the strigae often are decidu- 1
ous leaving the pustulate bases as rough points. In some species the bases enlarge with age and become vitre- J
ous (clear or white). In taxa and hybrids with strigae on the abaxial surface, the strigae lack the buttress base,
arising directly from the epidermis and the antrorse portion is held more or less parallel to the epidermis. In 1
some Lantana nivea, they are so short that the antrorse portion is not well developed, appearing as a short point 1
angling upwards. In recognizing the abaxial strigae, one must also be aware that filiform or setiform hairs that are
crushed against the surface during pressing can be mistaken for strigae, which occur consistently over the pertinent j
The co-occurrence on the abaxial surfaces of filiform hairs or setae with stn
brid nature or heritage of the specimen at hand.
The presence of stipitate glands on the twigs, peduncles, petioles, and ei
several taxa, noteably Lantana camara subsp. portoricensis, L. horrida subsp. 2
crantha, L. paraensis, and L. planaltensis. While glands are consistent in L. le
indicat
1 of the hy-
■af-blades is variable within
ii and subsp. tiliifolia , L. mi-
1 the basis of glands. Therefor
it presence of glandular ha
iara is simply variable in tl
nages, with the widest poi
alf, making it difficul
shape. Bases of the blades in almost all cases abruptly taper to a narrow wing onto the petiole distally. Leaf-
blades are considered to be triplinerved (as opposed to pinninerved) if the basal pair (or two pairs) of secondary veins
among them. Nigrescence refers to a distinct blackening of mature leaves occurring during drying for preservation,
not normal senescence. While such blackening is diagnostic for certain species, newly emerging leaves can blacken in
most species. Leaves atypical for size, shape, bases, apices, and venation are present on most plants. Leaf shape, size,
and vestiture traits are measured only on fully developed, non-senescent leaves. Measurements for marginal teeth are
taken mid-margin, avoiding the reduced teeth near the base and apices of the blades.
Inflorescences.— The basic structure of the inflorescences has been discussed in detail (Sanders 2001).
Peduncle length in the key and descriptions are given for fully opened inflorescences and infructescences.
Bracts generally decrease gradually in length and width from the proximal to the distal series that seem-
ingly spiral up the receptacle. The distal (inner) bracts are about 2-4 mm long and about 0.3-1 mm wide in
most species and, thus, are not detailed in the descriptions. The exceptions appear to be diagnostic in Ser. Spi-
catae and a few taxa in Ser. Lantana in which almost all the bracts are the same dimensions. In some taxa there
is an abrupt diminution from the proximal (basal or outer) two or three series of bracts to the more distal series.
Shape and size of the proximal bracts appear to be consistent and diagnostic, with the exception of one or
rarely two subfoliaceous bracts that develop sporatically in almost any taxon; hence, these atypical bracts are exclud-
ingfrom the measurements.
Flowers . — Corolla color has been discussed by Sanders (2001, 2006). It often changes from bud to early
opened flowers to late flowers to fading flowers, especially in plants that produce both yellow to carmin pig-
ments and purplish pigments. The throat is often not only different but changes during flower maturation.
This developmental variation is often further complicated by intraspecific variability. Unfortunately, detailed
information is usually lacking from collection labels. Corolla shape is nearly uniform in the group, but size
appears to be consistent within taxa when measured from fresh material. However, dried corollas are often
shrivelled and difficult to measure; in the descriptions, “fresh” size has been extrapolated from dried specimens.
Cytology. — Chromosome numbers are not given in the descriptions because those for only a few taxa are
known (See Sanders 1987a, 1987b, 1989).
Phenology . — Flowering time is not given in the descriptions because any species can flower anytime dur-
ing the year whenever moisture is available. This is true even of species l
seasons when the species are grown in frost-free areas.
TAXONOMIC TREATMENT
See Sanders (2001) and Sanders (2006) for further characterization of Lantana and comparison of sect. Lantana
with other sections. Also, see Sanders (2006) for details of species typifications, which are supplemented here
only as needed. Please note that, in the type and other specimen citations, the abbreviation “di” refers to a
digital image made available online or as a courtesy by the cited herbarium. Many thousands of specimens
representing this group are in herbaria awaiting identification. For this study only a small sample, primarily
from major U.S. institutions, has been selected for annotation and citation here as these specimens will be most
easily available for consultation by other professionals. Even so, annotations made during quick visits to her-
baria may differ than those cited herein as a result of reflection and more careful study of digital images that I
made or were sent to me. Selection of specimens was to establish only distribution limits of the species, as well
as document as many hybrid combinations as possible, thus, resulting in a falsely apparent predominance of
hybrids in some cases. To assist those attempting to identify specimens of sect. Lantana, a richly illustrated
interactive key (in which vernacular names are also discussed and provided) has been made available online
(Offutt & Sanders, 2012).
Lantana L. sect. Lantana
Shrubs or rarely treelets, erect to decumbent or subscandent, height (or length) (0.1-)0.5-3 m (to 4 or even 6 m
m subscandent, especially aggressively naturalized forms); the internodes usually less than to almost twice as
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
long as leaves (mostly twice to thrice as long in L. splendens), with or without weak to stout, conical to recurved
prickles; vestiture antrorsely strigose to puberulent, pilose, setose, glabrescent, or stipitate-glandular and thus
markedly viscid, the trichomes of twigs, peduncles, and petioles often noticeably longer and stiffer than those
on remaining herbage. Leaves opposite or sporadically ternate, petiolate, simple; blades usually ovate or lan-
ceolate to elliptic, usually hardly to moderately rugose, i.e., puckered between tertiary veins (strongly so in
some L. horrida and usually bullate in L. leonardiorum, which is puckered between the secondary veins), usu-
ally longitudinally flat or somewhat undulate (incurved in L. depressa ); base attenuate to cordate; apex attenu-
ate, acuminate, acute, obtuse, or occasionally rounded; margin usually finely serrate-crenate but coarsely so in
L. urticoides and some L. hirsuta and L. kingii or subentire in some L. cujabensis, flat to revolute, usually green
(often purple-tinged in L. kingii); adaxial surface strigose (strigae typically ascending distally to antrorsely
bent, ± appressed in L. kingii, flaccid and strongly appressed in L. hodgei), strigose-villous, setose-villous, or j
nearly glabrous; abaxial surface strigose, pilose, puberulent, setose, or glabrescent, with the veins green to pale
brown or sometimes nigrescent or occasionally tinged with purple (frequently purplish in L. kingii). Inflores-
cences pedunculate, capituliform spikes, one (or sporadically two in several species) per subtending leaf; pe-
duncles about a third to twice the length of leaves (up to four times in some L. horrida); axis (common recepta-
cle) ellipsoid or fusiform, spongy; bracts nearly always subtending a flower, linear triangular or linear lanceolate
to oblong, elliptic, or spatulate, ± appressed to spreading or reflexed. Flowers in several series, two to three
series in anthesis at a time, zygomorphic; corolla salverform with inflexed tube and four unequal lobes, pig-
ments either yellow to reddish or pink to purple or admixtures of both (in hybrids or taxa of hybrid origin) or
lacking. Drupes usually blue-black (but sporadically described by collectors as dark violet-purple), usually
with a metallic iridescence; pulp watery-mealy; endocarp turbinate-obpyriform with an inflated commissure and
external circumferential ridge below the seed chambers. x=ll.
407
409
broadly ovate or oblong-deltate to elliptic-lanceolate, (l-)3-8(-16) cm long, the length (0.9-)1.5-2.5 x width,
usually not nigrescent, papery, pinninerved; base subcordate, truncate, rounded or broadly cuneate, usually
very briefly, narrowly cuneate onto petiole at very base; apex acute to acuminate, occasionally attenuate or
rounded; marginal teeth 6-35(-50) per side, rounded to acute, spreading to appressed, sometimes with tips
recurved, with sinuses 0.2-2 mm deep; adaxial surface dull, antrorsely strigillose to strigose-pilose or with
stipitate glands mixed in, the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue, thin canopy of hairs only 0.2-0.5
mm (occasional hairs 0.7 mm in subsp. aculeata ) with understory of shorter hairs not well developed, 10-90(-
strigae ca. 0.1-0.2(-0.3) mm in diam.; abaxial surface duller green than adaxial surface, moderately densely
(occasionally sparsely) pilose, the hairs on all veins and intervening tissue, 0.2-0.5 mm, all about same length,
(10-)40-250/sq. mm. Inflorescences remaining hemispheric; peduncles 0.3-2 x leaf length. Proximal bracts
above middle, with 3 veins from the base, appressed or spreading, deciduous after flowering; apex attenuate to
rounded; indument pilose to strigillose, sometimes stipitate-glandular, somewhat or not ciliate, the longest
hairs £ 0.5 mm. Corolla yellow to or aging reddish orange (infused with pink or purple in subsp. aculeata),
rarely white; corolla tube 4-12 mm.
Distribution and habitat. — Mexico, Central America, West Indies, and northern South America; cultivat-
ed and escaped pantropically, especially in Australia; disturbance openings in tropical evergreen and decidu-
ous forest, open pine forest, thorn shrubland, savanna; 0-2000 m.
Lantana urticifolia Mill., Card. Diet. ed. 8, Lantana 5. 1768. Lanu
(misapplied to L. camara subsp. aculeata). Type: MEXICO. >
un s.n.. Herb. Sloan 6:84 (lectotype: BM-
id Virgin Is
412
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Stems usually without prickles or with few weak, straight ones; twigs, peduncles and often petioles moder-
ately to densely covered with usually ascending, soft to somewhat stiff, curled or straight hairs, the hairs 0.1- ;
0.5(-0.7) mm, mostly ca. 0.3 mm. Leaf-blades broadly ovate to oblong-deltate to elliptic lanceolate, widest
usually in or near proximal third, sometimes near middle, (1.5-)3-7(-9) cm long, the length (1.1— )1.3— 2 x|
width; marginal teeth 20-35(-50) per side, rounded, obtuse, or acute, often appressed, with sinuses 0.3-0.8(-|
1) mm deep; adaxial surface antrorsely strigillose to strigose-pilose, the hairs mostly about 0.3 mm or less.
Peduncles 0.5-1.2 x leaf length. Bract series gradually reduced in size; proximal bracts linear-oblong, oblan-
ceolate-oblong, linear-lanceolate, or linear-triangular, 4-8 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, widest near the base or
the outermost series sometimes widest above middle (if 4 mm or less long, then widest near the base); apex
acute to attenuate. Corolla yellow to or aging reddish orange; corolla tube 7-12 mm; corolla limb 6-9 mm in
a subsp. glandulosissima (Hayek) R.W. Sanders, comb. & stat. i
epert. Spec. Nov. Regm Ytg. 2 IM l'H'o Tm: MEXICO. Jalisi .. Tequila 2 Jul
ilO!, NY!, P[2,di!]).
Stems usually without prickles or with few weak, straight to recurved ones; twigs, peduncles and often peti-
oles densely covered with stipitate glands or also with eglandular filiform hairs mixed in, the hairs (and
glands) 0.1-0.5 mm, mostly 0.2-0.3 mm. Leaf-blades broadly ovate or broadly elliptic to oblong-lanceoate or
elliptic-lanceolate, widest usually near proximal third or middle, (l-)4-10(-16) cm long, the length (1.2-)l-jB
2.1 x width; marginal teeth 10-30(-45) per side, usually rounded or obtuse, usually spreading, with sinuses
(°.4-)0,7-1.5(-2) mm deep; adaxial surface mixed antrorsely strigillose to strigose-pilose and stipitate-glandu-
lar, the hairs 0.1-0.5 mm. Peduncles 0.5-1.8 x leaf length (often almost doubling in length in fruit). Bract se-
nes gradually reduced in size; proximal bracts oblanceolate-oblong (rarely obovate) to triangular-oblong or !
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
413
linear-lanceolate, (2.5-)4-8 mm long, 0.8-1.7(-2) mm wide, widest above or near the middle or near the base;
apex acute to attenuate, often rounded at very tip. Corolla yellow to or aging reddish orange, rarely white; co-
rolla tube (5-)7-12 mm; corolla limb 6-9 mm in diam.
Distribution and habitat . — Mexico (northwestern, central, and southern) and Central America to north-
ern Colombia and Venezuela; open pine-oak forest, thorn and tropical deciduous shrubland and woodland,
and savanna, especially in disturbance openings; 0-2000 m.
Lantana camara subsp. glandulosissima differs from subsp. camara only in the strong development of
stipitate glands in place of filiform hairs on twigs, peduncles, petioles, and leaf surfaces and in the longer bracts
and corollas. Because the development of glandular hairs is variable within several other taxa in sect. Lantana,
parapatric or narrowly sympatric in the vicinity of Veracruz (as evidenced by the intermediate or hybrid
specimen, Gilly et al. 75, MSC), perhaps due to human activity. Although no specimens of subsp. glandulosis-
sima from Veracruz came to my attention, interspecific hybrids (see section below) further evidence its pres-
ence there. Furthermore, at least in Bocas del Toro Prov., Panama, subsp. glandulosissima intergrades with
subsp. moritziana ( Peterson &Annable 868 , MO).
Lantana camara subsp. glandulosissima is broadly sympatric with L. horrida. The two “pass the test of
sympatry” (Stebbins 1966, p. 95-96) despite occasional hybrids that are probably limited to disturbed areas. I
take this as evidence that L. camara and L. horrida are distinct. On the other hand, if one considered the differ-
ences in length of the adaxial leaf-surface trichomes an inadequate species criterion and submerged L. horrida
414
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
If. Lantana camara subsp. aculeata (L.) R.W. Sanders, Sida 22:394. 2006. Bask
Lantana sanguined Medik., Hist. & Commentat. Acad. Elect. Sci. Theod.-Palat. 3. Phys. 229. 1775. Camara aculeata (L.) Kuntze [var.
subinermis Kuntze] f. sanguined (Medik.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 2:503. 1891. nom. illeg. (see synonyms below). Lantana aculeata L
r. Stirp. Chap. Allerton. 1C
Ecole Bot., ed. 3 (Cat. PI. I
n. illeg. Type: None selected.
Stems usually with stout, recurved prickles, often abundant; twigs, peduncles and often petioles moderately
covered with antrorse to ascending or retrorse, curled or straight hairs or also stipitate glands, the hairs 0.1-0 7 f
mm. Leaf-blades broadly ovate or oblong-deltate to elliptic lanceolate, widest usually in or near proximal
third, sometimes near middle, 3-9 cm long, the length (l.l-)1.3-2 x width; marginal teeth 10-30(-45) per
side, usually acute or obtuse, sometimes rounded, usually spreading, with sinuses 0.5-2 mm deep; adaxial
surface antrorsely strigillose to strigose-pilose, the hairs 0.1 -0.5 mm (occasional ones to 0.7 mm). Peduncles
0.5-1.2 x leaf length. Bract series gradually reduced in size; proximal bracts linear-oblong, oblanceolate-ob-
long, linear-lanceolate, or linar-triangular, 4-8(-10) mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, widest near the base or
proximal third, sometimes the outermost one or two slightly broader above middle; apex usually attenuate.
Corolla yellow to or aging red-orange and usually infused with purple or opening pink aging to deep reddish
purple; corolla tube (5-)7-12 mm; corolla limb 6-10 mm in diam.
Distribution and habitat . — Historically cultivated worldwide and escaped pantropically, especially com-
mon in Africa and Australia; disturbance openings in tropical evegreen, deciduous, and thorn forest and sa-
vanna; 0-2000 m.
Selected specimens examined: AUSTRALIA. Queensland: Day 8 (BRIT). KENYA. Taita Taveta: Wakanene et al. 383 (MO). ZAIRE. Haut-
Katanga: Fabri 60415 (MO).
Presumed hybrids with: 9i-cvx20. L. Callowiana Hybrid Group cultivars (L. depressa-tetraploid x strigocamara). AUSTRALIA
Queensland: Day 64 (BRIT); Riding 76 (BRIT); Robazza & McAndrew 17 (BRIT). 12b. L. nivea subsp. mutabilis. AUSTRALIA. New South
Wales: Day 38 (BRIT); Day 42 (BRIT); Day 71 (BRIT). Queensland: Hannan-Jones 29 (BRIT); McAndrew 48 (BRIT); McAndrew 81 (BRIT);
McAndrew 84 (BRIT). CHINA. Guangdong: Deng Lang 10459 (BRITldi]). RHODESIA. Guruve: Nyariri 167 (MO). TANZANIA. Kiliman-
jaro: Mlongwa et al. 459 (BRIT). Tanga: Mwongofea & Kayombo 113 (MO). U.S.A. Hawai i. Oahu: Degener 11467, identification uncertain
(SMU). North Carolina. Forsyth Co.: cult,. Schallert 1352 (SMU). 20. L strigocamara. AUSTRALIA. Queensland: Day 69 (BRIT). TANZA-
Shrubs erect, rounded, lax, or trailing, dense to open; stems 0.5-3 m; branches ascending and normally sev-
eral to decumbent and few; twigs, peduncles and often petioles puberulent, setose, glabrescent, or stipita te '
glandular, the hairs 0.1-1.5 mm. Leaf-blades broadly ovate to rotund, elliptic or lanceolate-deltate, (0.5-)l-9(" ;
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
12) cm long, the length 1-2.2 x width, not nigrescent, papery, pinninerved; base usually rounded to truncate,
sometimes broadly cuneate or cordate, briefly narrowly cuneate onto petiole at very base; apex acuminate,
acute, obtuse, or rounded; marginal teeth (4-)6-25(-45) per side, acute, obtuse, or rounded, spreading or ap-
pressed, then sometimes with tips recurved, with sinuses 0.2-2.5 mm deep; adaxial surface dull, antrorsely
dense canopy of hairs 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm with understory of hairs 0.2-0.5 mm, (5-)10-50(-150)/sq. mm, not
noticeably vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases of the strigae ca. 0.1-0.2 mm in diam.; abaxial surface dull
green, moderatly densely (occasionally sparsely) pilose, the hairs on all veins and intervening tissue, 0.3-0.5
mm, all about same length except for a few scattered arching hairs 0.7-1 mm on the midrib or secondary veins,
10-200/sq. mm. Inflorescences remaining hemispheric; peduncles (0.5-)0.8-4 x leaf length (usually about
equalling to almost twice when mature). Proximal bracts lanceolate-triangular, lanceolate-linear or narrowly
elliptic, narrowly oblanceolate, narrowly oblong to oblanceolate-spatulate, 2-12 mm long, 0.5-3 mm wide,
widest in proximal, middle, or distal third, with 3(-5) veins from the base, appressed or spreading, persisting
or not; apex acute, attenuate or obtuse to rounded; indument strigose-pilose or setose, often sessile- or stipitate-
glandular, ciliate or not, the longest hairs mostly 0.3-1 mm. Corolla yellow to or aging reddish orange; corolla
tube 4-12 mm.
Distribution and habitat .— Mexico and West Indies to subtropical South America; tropical savanna with
gallery forest, montane humid, pine, or dry forest, and disturbed successional woodland, shrubland and grass-
land; 0-2500 m.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
45:296. 1980. Type: CUBA. Isle of Pines: Siguanea^ 21 May 1910 Jennings 458 (holotype: NY!).
Shrubs erect, rounded, or lax, dense to open, the central axis ± developed, branches ascending or clambering
and several; twigs, peduncles and often petioles moderately setose, rarely with stipitate glands mixed among
the eglandular hairs. Leaf-blades ovate to broadly ovate or broadly elliptic, (l-)3-9 cm long, moderately to
weakly rugose, puckered between tertiary veins; apex acute to acuminate, occasionally obtuse or rounded;
marginal teeth (4-)10-25(-35) per side, with sinuses 0.5-2 mm deep; adaxial surface antrorsely strigose-velu-
tinous, the hairs 10-50/sq. mm. Peduncles (0.5-)0.8-2 x leaf length (usually about equalling to almost twice
when mature). Bract series gradually reduced in size and width; proximal bracts lanceolate, lanceolate-linear,
narrowly elliptic or rarely narrowly oblanceolate, 5-12 mm long, 0.5-1. 5 (rare outermost one subfoliar to 2.5)
mm wide, widest in proximal third (often near base), sometimes near middle or distal third; apex attenuate;
indument setose or pilose, ciliate or not; distal bracts 3-5(-8) mm long. Corolla yellow aging yellowish or red-
dish orange; corolla tube 7-12 mm; corolla limb 6-10 mm in diam.
Distribution and habitat . — Mexico (northwest, central, southern), Central America (Guatamala to central
Panama), Cuba; cultivated and escaped in Old World tropics; littoral and thorn shrubland, open pine-oak and
deciduous montane forest and woodland; disturbance openings in tropical evergreen, sclerophyll, and decidu-
ous forest and woodland; tropical savanna; 0-2500 m.
e Cooper 5892 (US). San Jose: Sidney 42, also x L. nivea
subsp. mutabilis (F); Tonduz 3377 (US); Tonduz 7 035 (LL[di]). GUATEMALA. Aha Vera Paz: Turckheim 39 (US). MEXICO. Chiapas: Ton
7048 (TEXIdi)). Jalisco: Gregory & Eiten 209 (SMU). Nayarit: Waterfall 16328, also x L. kingii (SMU[di]). Veracruz: Nee et al. 25132
subsp. glandulosissimal (MO). 5. L. insularis. CUBA. Santiago de Cuba: Britton et al 12624 (NY); Ekman 7 972 (NY); Havard 125 (NY). 6.%J
scabrida. COSTA RICA. Gnanacaste: Tonduz 13630 (LL[di]). Limon: fiminez 1903 (NY). CUBA. Havana: Ledn 1744 (NY). Matanzas: Brit-
ton et al 2 34 (NY). Santiago de Cuba: Britton et al. 12898 (NY). HONDURAS. Comayagua: Wilson 478 (NY). PANAMA. Bocas del Toro:
Peterson & Annable 7269 (MO). Codfc Gonz0kz23 (MO). Coldn: Blum & Dwyer 2119 (MO); Mill er & Miller 908 (MO). Panama: Ebinger29
camara). AUSTRALIA. New South Wales: Riding 77 (BRIT). Queensland: Hannan-Jones 73 (BRIT). 10. L. kingii. MEXICO. Hidalgo:
Carney 31 (BRlT[di]). Oaxaca; King 1178 (NY). Sinaloa: Gentry 7133 (NY). Sonora: Frye & Frye 2308 (NY). 12b. L. nivea subsp. mutabilis
(L. horrida subsp. uncertain, could also be L. horrida subsp. tMfolia). AUSTRALIA. New South Wales: Day 70 (BRIT); Day 72 (BRIT).
RWANDA. Butare: D’Arcy 8700 (MO). 20. L. strigocamara. AUSTRALIA. Queensland: Hannan-Jones 35 (BRIT). See also taxa la, Id, le
2b. Lantana horrida subsp. zanonii (R.W. Sanders) R.W. Sanders, comb. nov. Basionym: Lantana urticifolia Mill, subsp.
Shrubs erect, rounded, lax, or trailing, dense to open, the central axis well-developed to abortive, branches
ascending to arching and several or decumbent and few; twigs, peduncles and/or petioles densely setose and
stipitate-glandular. Leaf-blades ovate, ovate-elliptic, trullate, ovate-deltate, or broadly ovate, or smallest ones
subrotund, (0.5-)l-4(-6) cm long, moderately to prominently rugose, puckered between tertiary and/or sec-
ondary veins, apex acute to rounded; marginal teeth 6-20 per side, with sinuses 0.2-2.5 mm deep; adaxial
surface antrorsely strigillose to strigose-velutinous, viscidly stipitate-glandular or not, the hairs 10— 150/sq- ;
mm. Peduncles 1-4 x leaf length (usually about 2 when mature). Bract series gradually reduced in size and
width or all similar; proximal bracts lanceolate, lanceolate-linear, narrowly oblong or oblong-obovate to spatu-
late, 2.5-10 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, widest in proximal, middle, or distal third; apex rounded, obtuse or
acute; indument strigose-pilose or setose, often sessile- or stipitate-glandular, ciliate or not; distal bracts 2-4
mm long. Corolla yellow and aging yellow, orange or orange-red; corolla tube 4-10 mm; corolla limb 4-8 mm
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
Distribution and habitat . — Eastern Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands and northern
Lesser Antilles; brushland and open tropical deciduous to semi-evergreen woodland or open pine woodland
on rocky (often calcareous) slopes; 0-600 m.
When I originally described L. urticifolia subsp. zanonii, it initially appeared to differ from L. arida var.
s argentii in leaf and bract shape and some vestiture traits (Sanders 1989). However, careful examination for the
present study failed to produce consistent distinctions or geographic correlations. If L. subcordata had not
proved to be partially continuous with L. horrida var. sargentii, there would have been no need to recognize
varieties within the subspecies. However, there is overlap in bract shapes, and one gathering (Dominican Re-
public. Santiago: Liogier 13272, LL, NY), otherwise identical to L. subcordata, is an erect shrub as in var. sargen-
tii. Recognition of only two varieties within Lantana horrida subsp. zanonii has resulted in the lack of a nomi-
nate variety because autonyms exist only for infraspecific taxa that include the type of the species (ICBN Art.
26, Note 1, McNeill et al. 2007). Because, u sargentii” has priority at the varietal level, I am not free to publish the
name L. horrida var. zanonii for the variety that includes the type of L. horrida subsp. zanonii (ICBN Recom-
mendation 26A, Examplel).
2b.i. Lantana horrida subsp. zanonii var. sargentii (Moldenke) R.W. Sanders, comb. & stat. nov. Basionym: Lan-
Shrubs erect or rounded and open to dense, the central axis well-developed, branches ascending to arching
and several; twigs, peduncles and/or petioles densely setose and stipitate-glandular. Leaf-blades ovate, ovate-
elliptic, trullate, ovate-deltate, or broadly ovate, or smallest ones subrotund, (0.5-)2-4(-6) cm long, moder-
ately to strongly rugose, puckered between tertiary and/or secondary veins; apex acute to rounded; marginal
teeth 6-20 per side, with sinuses (0.5-)l-2.5 mm deep; adaxial surface with hairs 10-50/sq. mm. Peduncles
1-3 x leaf length (usually about 2 when mature). Bract series gradually reduced in size and width; proximal
bracts lanceolate, lanceolate-linear, elliptic-lanceolate, narrowly oblong, oblong-oblanceolate, or spatulate,
5-10 mm long, widest in proximal, middle, or distal third; apex rounded, obtuse or acute; distal bracts 2-4 mm
long. Corolla yellow aging orange or orange-red; corolla tube 5-10 mm.
Distribution and habitat .— Eastern Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands and northern
Lesser Antilles; brushland and open tropical deciduous to semi-evergreen woodland or open pine woodland
on rocky (often calcareous) slopes; 0-600 m.
See description and illustration in Sanders (1989).
Selected specimens examined: CUBA. Guantanamo: Britton 2168 (NY). Santiago de Cuba: Britton et al. 12622 (NY). DOMINICAN RE-
PUBLIC . Azua: M. /.ii a ,1/ I ,sl ,X\ II \ M 1 1 IVdernalcs: !. ' I >•%<• > > ' Ul«> Peravia: / ,o<ui » r - ' .
22025 (NY); Pelaez 202 (NY). Santiago: Jimenez 8607 (LL[dil). Santiago Rodriguez: Garcia & Pimentel 2284 (NY). JAMAICA. St. Cathe-
rine: Proctor 32628 (NY); Yunker 17476 (NY). St. Thomas: Arague-Molina & Barkley 22J4 (LLtdi)); Boars Lc 5 (BRIT). PUERTO RICO.
Guanica: Britton et al. 55 08 (NY). Lajas: Smith PR. 18 (LLldi]). VIRGIN ISLANDS. St. Thomas: Woodbury s.n. (NY). Tortola: Fishlock 45
(NY); Proctor 44899 (NY).
Presumed hybrids with: 6. L. scabrida. JAMAICA. St. Andrew: Baars Lc7 (BRIT). St. Elizabeth: Baars Lc8 (BRIT). LESSER ANTIL-
LES- St. Maarten: Krauss 1670 (LLtdi]). 7. L. splendens. CUBA. Gua nt a n a m o: Britton 2216, identification uncertain (NY). 20. L. strigoca-
mara. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Santana: Zanoni 17698 (NY). See also taxa la and lc.
2b.ii. Lantana horrida subsp. zanonii var. subcordata (Urb.) R.W. Sanders, comb. & stat. nov. Basionym: Lantana
subccmlcii.Hrl, Mmh Am, II |l. rh 1 : V,1 1»12 T.n LH>MI\|, AN Kl PI Bl K near \imi.i>y \t„<mbwgh id (Otyfe: K. bar-
code K000470761Idi!]; iscrrrrc: P[di!]).
Shrubs trailing or sprawling, the central axis abortive or weakly developed, branches decumbent, few; twigs,
peduncles and often petioles moderately puberulent, setose, or glabrescent, at least peduncles usually stipitate-
glandular. Leaf-blades ovate, deltate, or ovate-oblong, 0.5-2 cm long, strongly rugose, puckered between veins
and veinlets; apex abruptly rounded or acute; marginal teeth 8-15 per side, with sinuses 0.2-0.8 mm deep;
adaxial surface with hairs 50-150/sq. mm. Peduncles 2-4 x leaf length. Bract series similar in size or distal
series only partially, gradually reduced; proximal bracts oblong or oblong-obovate to -oblanceolate, 2.5-7 mm
long, widest just above middle to distal third; apex rounded or obtuse, often reflexed; distal bracts 2-3 mm
long. Corolla yellow aging to dark yellow or orange-yellow; corolla tube 4-8 mm.
Distribution and habitat . — San Jose de las Matas region of Cordillera Central, Dominican Republic, His-
paniola; open pine and deciduous montane forest; 100-600 m.
See further discussion and illustration in Sanders (1989).
2c. Lantana horrida subsp. tiliifolia (Cham.) R.W. Sanders, c
(WILLD 11502) (lectotype: B-WlLLD[di!]). Remaining syntypes: BRAZIL. 1
: PERU: Sep 1829, Poeppig 1375 (i Ft iotype: G[di!|!; .
Lantana tiliifolia Cham. var. glandulosa Schauer, FI. Bras. [Martius] 9:257.1851. Lantana tiliifolia Cham. f. glandulosa (Schauer) R. Fern, ;
Blanchet20 (G-DC[di!]); BRAZIL. Bahia: 1
j-DC[di!], MPU[di!], P[di!]).
VENEZUELA. N
a: Campo Ella, 14 Aug 1938, Han-
bury-Tracy 31 (holotype: K[di!];
Shrubs erect or rounded and open, occasionally lax and subscandent, the central axis well-developed, promi-
nent, branches ascending and several, occasionaly clambering and few; twigs, peduncles and often petioles
moderately to densely setose, or mixed setose and stipitate-glandular, or predominantly stipitate-glandular.
Leaf-blades ovate to broadly ovate or broadly elliptic, (l-)3-9(-12) cm long, moderately to weakly rugose,
puckered between tertiary veins, apex usually abruptly, briefly acuminate (triangular tip ca. 5 mm) to acute,
occasionally obtuse or rounded; marginal teeth 15-35(-45) per side, with sinuses 0.3-1.2(-1.5) mm deep; ad-
axial surface antrorsely strigillose to strigose-velutinous and often viscidly stipitate-glandular, the hairs (5-
)10-30(-50)/sq. mm. Peduncles (0.5-)0.8-2 x leaf length (usually about equalling to almost twice as long
when mature). Bract series all small or proximal 2 or 3 series longer with distal series abruptly shortened;
proximal bracts elliptic, narrowly ovate, oblong, or oblong-obovate, 2-5(-10) mm long, (0.8-)1.2-3 (rare out-
middle; apex acute to obtuse, sometimes briefly, abruptly acuminate or, if bract is over 5 mm long, attenuate;
indument thinly pilose, stipitate-glandular or not, ± ciliate; distal bracts 2-4 mm long. Corolla yellow to orf|
aging reddish orange or dark red; corolla tube 7-12 mm; corolla limb 6-10 mm in diam.
Distribution and habitat .— The Guianas, Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Chile, Bolivia, Paraguay,
northern Argentina, and southeastern to eastern Brazil; cultivated and escaped in Old World tropics; tropical
savanna with gallery forest, montane humid forest, and disturbed successional woodland, shrubland and
grassland; 150-2400 m.
Andean plants are predominantly stipitate-glandular. Otherwise, I have been unable to discern any geo-
graphic or ecological patterns separating the eglandular, mixed eglandular-glandular, and predominantly
stipitate-glandular plants, especially in the Brazilian Planalto. Extensive field work is needed
Selected specimens examined: ARGENTINA. Buenos Aires: Torres et al. 2154 (MO). Cordoba: Botta & Miami 3J4 (MO). BRAZIL. Bahia:
Harley 18478 (LLfdil); Mori et al. 10635 (LL[di]); Smith Braz. 33 (LL). COLOMBIA. Boyac* Cuatrecasas 1134 (F); Cuatrecasas 1920 (F).
Cauca: Cuatrecasas 19542 (F). Choco: LeOn 312 (MO). Norte de Santander: Cuatrecasas & Rodriguez 27954 (F). Santander Cuatrecasas &
Garcia 9855 (F); Luteyn et al. 7619 (F). Tolima: Cuatrecasas 10515 (F). PERU. Cusco: Galiano et al. 6275 (MO); Valenzuela et al. 4620 (MO).
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
on veins but usually not on non-innervated t
ining hemispheric, prolate-globose in fruit.
, setiform, 0.7-2.0 mm. Inflorescences ar-
4. Lantana hirsuta M. Martens & Galeotti, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Bruxelles 11:326. 1844. Type: MEXICO. Va
Shrubs erect, rounded, or subscandent; stems 0.7-3 m; branches ascending and several to clambering and few;
twigs, peduncles and often petioles moderately to densely setose, the hairs (0.8-)l-2.5 mm, mostly all the same
length. Leaf-blades broadly ovate, ovate, or ovate-elliptic, rarely lanceolate, (2-)4-12 cm long, the length 1-2J
x width, not nigrescent, membranous to papery, pinninerved; base usually rounded to truncate, sometimes
marginal teeth 10-35(-40) per side, acute to rounded, spreading to appressed, then sometimes with tips re-
curved, with sinuses 0.3-3 mm deep; adaxial surface dull, setose to villous, the hairs occurring on veins and
intervening tissue, longer ones 1-1.5 mm or more, 1-40/sq. mm, not noticeably vitreous-pustulate, the circular
bases of the setae ca. 0.1-0.2 mm in diam.; abaxial surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface, ■
setose, with the setae restricted to midrib and veins, (0.5-)0.7-1.5 mm or more, usually without shorter hairs,
0.5-80/sq. mm. Inflorescences occasionally 2 per leaf axil, remaining hemispheric; peduncles 0.3-K-2) x leaf
othermost series often dilated in distal third and widest there or equalling broadest proximal portion, with 3
veins from the base, appressed or spreading, persisting or not; apex attenuate or acute or rarely rounded at very
tip; indument setose or pilose, ciliate or not, the longest hairs 0.3-1.5 mm. Corolla yellow to or aging reddish
orange; corolla tube 8-12
Distribution and habi
tropics; openings in tropi<
cal semi-evergreen fore:
na with gallery forest, a:
id northern Argentina; cultivated and escaped in Old World |
t and montane evergreen forest on poor soils, open pine-oak
eas of dense woodland, shrubland, and grassland; 0-2000(- 1
4a. Lantana hirsuta subsp. hirsuta.
Lantana scorta Moldenke, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. No. 522 (Bot. Maya Area): 161. 1940. Type: MEXICO. QuerEtaro: San Juan del Rfe
17 Aug 1905, Roseetal. 9520 (holotype: NY!; isotype: MEXUldi!]).
Leaf-blades broadly ovate, ovate, or rarely lanceolate or ovate-elliptic; apex acuminate (abruptly contracted to
triangular tip 3-8(-15) mm long), acute or rarely obtuse or rounded (triangular tip lacking); marginal teeth
10-25(-40) per side, with sinuses (0.7-)l-3 mm deep; adaxial surface with the setae l-7(-15)/sq. mm; abaxial
surface with the setae erect and usually rigidly straight, 0.5-7(-I5)/sq. mm. Peduncles (3-)6-14 cm, OJ^H
x leaf length (usually about equalling when mature). Proximal bracts with longest hairs 0.5-1.5 mm.
Distribution and habitat . — Mountains and coastal plains of Mexico (frequent in eastern Mexico but collec-
tions are known from a few disjunct localities in western Mexico from Guerrero to Baja California), Central
America, and extreme northwest Colombia; cultivated and escaped in Old World tropics; open pine-oak wood-
land, openings in semi-evergreen tropical forest and brushland, thickets, and grasslands; (0-)1000-1600 &.
The few collections from western Mexico may represent another infraspecific taxon, as they tend to have
smaller leaf-blades and denser trichomes. Further work on this variation is needed.
Selected specimens examined: GUATEMALA. Pettn. Contreras 42 02421); Contreras 439 (LL[2]>. Quezaltenanjjo: Skutch 1347 (NY,
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
& Hernandez 596 (NY); Ortega et al. 19650 (NY); Sharp 44197 (TENN); Vasquez 488 (NY). U.S.A. Alabama. Mobile Co.: cult., Mohr s.n. (US).
i. GUATEMALA. Retalhuleu: M axon et al. 3523 (US). MEXICO. Chiapas: Martinez 8949
x L. kingii (BRIT[dil). Quintana Roo: Cabrera & Cabrera 4046 (TEX[dil). PANAMA. Bocas
il. 898 (MO). Chiriqui: Churchill & Churchill 6136 (MO); Lewis et al 616 (MO); Tyson 897 (MO). Kuna Yala (San Bias):
McDonagh etal. 167 (MO). Panama: Knapp et al. 3298 (MO). 9i-cvx20. L. CaUowiana Hybrid Group cultivars (L. depressa-tetraploid x
siri B oiamara) TANZANIA. Kilimanjaro: Ml, , UJ I'l. l I 10. I . kingii. MEXK O. Oaxaca: c : n-iiXalicrnaiively x / scabrida
or L. CaUowiana Hybrid Group cv. (TEX[dil). Puebla: Arsine s.n. 3 Nov 1908 (US). San Luis Potosfc Davis 24 4 (NY); Krai 2 4812 (VDB); Parry
L. hirsuta subsp. amazcmica). AUSTRALIA. Queensland: Day 56 (BRIT); Day 87
)UTH AFRICA. Limpopo: Day 6 (BRIT). 18. L. urticoides. MEXICO. Nuevo
subsp. uncertain, could also be L. hirsuta subsp. amazonica). AUSTRALIA.
)Sp. nov. (Fig. 1). Type: BR/
IBGE.NY!).
Leaf-blades broadly ovate-elliptic to ovate, oblong-ovate, or elliptic; apex acuminate (abruptly contracted to
triangular tip (5-)10-15 mm long), acute or rarely obtuse or rounded (triangular tip lacking); marginal teeth
(20-)25-35 per side, with sinuses 0.3-1.5 mm deep; adaxial surface with the setae (3-)10-40/sq. mm; abaxial
surface with the setae erect and usually arching or sinuate, 10-80/sq. mm. Peduncles 2-5(-8) cm, 0.3-0.5(-l)
x leaf length. Proximal bracts with longest hairs 0.3-1 mm.
Distribution and habitat . — Brazil (eastern Amazon Basin and Planalto), Paraguay, northern Argentina,
Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia to western Venezuela; cultivated and escaped in Old World tropics;
openings in tropical semi-evergreen forest and montane evergreen forest on poor soils, tropical savanna with
gallery forest and areas of dense woodland, shrubland, and grassland; 0-2000(-3000) m.
Schauer (1847, 1851 [t. 42]) recognized Lantana hirsuta subsp. amazonica as a species but misapplied the
name L. mista L. to it (see hybrid synonymy lfx4).
ularis Moldenke, Caribl
>;16. 1940. Type: JAMAICA: [1
Shrubs erect, apparently pyramidal and open; stems 1-3 m; branches ascending and several; twigs, peduncles
and often petioles spasely setose but viscid with conspicuous, dense stalked glands, the setae 1.2-2 mm, stipi-
late glands, 0.3-0.7 mm. Leaf-blades ovate-triangular to ovate-elliptic or lanceolate, 4-10 cm long, the length
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
423
a and Cuba; openings or disturbed areas in cloud c
Presumed hybrids with: 6. L. scabiida. CUBA. Sancti Spiritus: Alain/
C. Lantana sect. Lantana series Strigosae R.W. Sanders, ser.
Adaxial leaf-surfaces strigose, strigillose, or scabrid, the hail
abaxial leaf-surfaces strigose, usually sparsely so, the hairs o
innervated tissue, strigiform, 0.03-1 mm. Inflorescences an
bose in fruit (continuing to initiate flowers somewhat in L. n
ciduous in lower portion leaving it more or less bare w
>tent bases) about ]
of flowers/fruits active).
c Sagua de Tanamo, 8 Apr 1987, Mendez
3373 (holotype: HIPC[di!]).
Shrubs rounded and open, lax or subscandent; stems 0.5-6 m; branches ascending to clambering, often few;
twigs, peduncles and often petioles thinly to moderately strigose or setose, the hairs 0.2-1 mm. Leaf-blades
ovate to elliptic-lanceolate or lance-oblong, (2-)5-15 cm long, the length (1.5-)1.7-2.5(-3) x width, nigrescent,
papery to subcoriaceous, triplinerved; base attenuately to abruptly tapering onto petiole from middle or just
below middle; apex acuminate, acute, obtuse, occasionally rounded; marginal teeth (12-)17-25(-35) per side,
obtuse, rounded, or acute, spreading to appressed, then sometimes with tips recurved, with sinuses 0.5-1.5
mm deep; adaxial surface lustrous, thinly strigose or scabrous, the hairs occurring on veins and center of are-
oles, 0.1-0.6(-1.2) mm (longest usually 0.2-0.4 mm, except in “scandens” morph where 0.6-1.2 mm), (4-)6-
12/sq. mm, sometimes with conspicuous vitreous or whitened pustulate bases 0.1-0.3 mm in diam.; abaxial
surface whitish or pale green but not glaucous, antrorsely strigose-scabrous, with the strigae scattered on veins
and veinlets, (0.03-)0.1-0.5(-1) mm (longest mostly 0.3-0.5 mm, except in “scandens” morph where 0.5-1
mm), (4-)6-12(-25)/mm sq. (“scandens” morph 0-5)/sq. mm). Inflorescences remaining hemispheric; pe-
duncles 0.5-1 x leaf length. Proximal bracts narrowly lanceolate, lance-elliptic or -oblong (including those
with slight constriction in proximal third; occasionally 1 or 2 outermost bracts subfoliar or narrowly spatu-
late), 4-8 mm long, 1—2 mm wide, widest at very base, in proximal third, or in middle third (then often equally
wide at base), with 3 veins from the base, appressed or spreading, usually deciduous after flowering; apex at-
tenuate or acuminate; indument sparsely strigose, somewhat or not ciliate, the longest hairs 0.3— 0.5(— 1) mm.
Corolla yellow to or aging reddish orange; corolla tube 7-12 mm.
Distribution and habitat .— West Indies (Cuba, Jamaica, possibly Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, possibly the
Virgin Islands, and the northern Lesser Antilles), eastern coastal Mexico (Tamaulipas southward) with local-
ized disjunction in southwestern Michoacan (long-haired, scandent morph). Central America, and Caribbean
coast and slopes of Colombia, Venezuela, and the Guianas; disturbance openings, savanna and man-made
grassland in tropical dry to humid forest; 0-1600 m.
Lantana scabrida is replaced in upland and western Mexico by L. kingii, but the two are apparently sympat-
ric in Tamaulipas. Field work is needed to determine the status of the isolated scandent morph in Michoacan.
Sanders (1987b) reported the chromosome number (2n = 44) of Lantana scabrida in the Luquillo Mountains
of Puerto Rico ( Sanders 1510 ) as L. camara due to misapplication of the name and confusion with L. strigocamara.
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
tensely lustrous, strigose-glabrescent but smooth, the hairs occurring on veins (scattered) and center of are-
oies, 0.2-0.4(-0.8) mm, 0-2/sq. mm, flaccid and strongly appressed to surface (unique in this species), often
deciduous not pustulate based; abaxial surface whitish or gray-green (but not glaucous), weakly strigose and
nearly glabrous, with the strigae scattered on veins and veinlets, 0.1-0.6 mm, 0-4/sq. mm. Inflorescences re-
maining hemispheric; peduncles Vfe-VS x leaf length. Proximal bracts oblanceolate to narrowly oblong to nar-
rowly lanceolate, (4-)6-10 mm long, 1-1.7 mm wide, widest in proximal third to distal third, with 3 veins from
the base, appressed or spreading, deciduous after flowering; apex attenuate; indument glabrescent, not cihate,
the longest hairs 5 0.5 mm. Corolla yellow to or aging reddish orange; corolla tube 7-10 mm.
Distribution and habitat.-Ce ntral Lesser Antilles (Dominica, Martinique, probably Saint Lucia); sunny
slopes in borders and openings of montane rainforest; 400-1000 m.
See discussion in Sanders (1987c).
Sheeted specimens examined: LESSER ANTILLES. Dominica: Lee 9 (NY); Lloyd 201 (NY); Smith 10216 (SMU). Martinique: Bailey & Bailey
ANTILLES. Dominica: Hill 23959, altera
9. Lantana depressa Small, Bui
v York Bot. Gard. 3:436. 1905. 1
Shrubs trailing to erect, dense to ± open; stems 0.1-3 m; branche
several to numerous; twigs, peduncles and often petioles thinly setose or strigose-s
Leaf-blades ovate-elliptic to elliptic, l-6(-8) cm long, the length 1.7-2.3(-3) x width, induplicately curved at
maturity (unique to this species), nigrescent, papery, triplinerved; base obtuse or acute, tapering onto petiole
from middle or just below middle; apex abruptly tapered, obtuse or acute; marginal teeth 3-15 per side,
rounded to acute, often appressed, with sinuses 0.5-1.5 mm deep; adaxial surface lustrous, antrorsely strigil-
lose to strigose the hairs occurring on veins and center of areoles, 0.1-0.7(-l) mm, 2-8/sq.mm, not noticeably
vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases of the strigae ca. 0.1-03 mm in diam.; abaxial surface slightly lighter or
duller green, antrorsely strigose-scabrous, with the strigae scattered on veins and veinlets, longest ones 0.5-1
mm, 0.5-8/sq. mm. Inflorescences remaining hemispheric; peduncles 0.7-2 x leaf length. Proximal bracts
elliptic-lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, widest at middle or just below, with3veins from the base,
appressed or spreading, persisting and reflexed from base in fruit; apex acute to attenuate, indument strigose,
ciliate or not, the longest hairs 0.1-1 mm. Corolla yellow aging to a dark yellow or dull, pale orange; corolla
tube 5-11 mm.
Distribution and habitat .— Peninsular Florida; limestone pinelands, wet prairies, and dunes; 0-50 m.
See more complete discussion in Sanders (1987a) and Maschinski et al. (2010) and illustrations in Sandeis
(1987a).
i. Lantana depressa var. depressa
ttoon. Plant Buyer’s Guide, ed. 6, 1
ssa Small var. depressa (see Sanders 2001, [
V. Long, Rhodora 72:34. 1970. Type U.S.A. Florida. E
426
Shrubs low mounded, dense, 0. 1-0.3 (spreading to 1) m, the central axis abortive or hardly developed; branch-
es prostrate or decumbent, twigs, peduncles and often petioles with hairs 0.5-1 .5 mm. Leaf-blades 1-3 cm
long (to 4 or 5 cm in some cultivars). Corolla with tube 5-9 mm; corolla limb 5-8 mm in diam.
Distribution and habitat.— Peninsular Florida (Miami Ridge); cultivated and escaped in tropics and sub-
tropics worldwide; limestone pinelands; 0-25 m.
Because of its drought tolerance, compact habit, and profuse flowering, Lantana depressa var. depressa has
been cultivated widely since the 1950s. A tetrploid cultivar and L. strigocamara apparently are the parents of
the currently popular Callowiana Hybrid Group cultivars, which have the floral colors of L. strigocamara and
are cultivated worldwide and escaped pantropically (see Sanders 2001, specimen citations below, and 9i-cvx20
in the section on hybrid synonymy).
Selected specimens examined: AUSTRALIA. Queensland: cult., McAndrew MJH-647 (BRIT). U.S.A. Florida. Dade Co.: Deam 60894 (NY);
Demaree 10208 (SMU); Krai 53943 (VDB); Krai 53964 (VDB); Krai 66236 (NY, VDB); Krai 70742 (VDB); Small et at. 3482 (NY); Traverse 646
e: Moldenke 797 (NY),
i: Moldenke 19862 (SMU). GUATEMA1
(BRIT). MEXICO. Jalisco: Jimenez 357 (NY). Sinaloa: Hutchison 2544 (NY). Veracrnz: Day 15 (BRIT). TANZANIA. Kilimanjaro: Mlangwa
352, possibly with genes of L. hirsute (BRIT[di]). Tanga Sallu 248 (BRIT). TRINIDAD & TOB,
U.S.A. Florida. De Soto Co.: Krai 5 7309 (VDB). Lee Co.: Krai 11998 , alternatively a backcross in
Co.: Carter & Carter 13218 (FTG). Louisiana. Iberia Par.: Webb 4764 (VDB). Massachusetts: ci
Co.: cult., Dunn 13828 (BRIT). South Carolina. Beaufort Co.: Leonard & Radford 2743 p.p. (VDB). Tennessee. Davidson Co.: cult., Hackney
s.n. 10 Oct 1990 (VDB). Texas. Blanco Co.: cult., Sanders 5470 (BRIT). Dallas Co.: cult., Shinners 8526 (SMU); cult., Skinners 29844 , probably
‘Cream Carpet’ (SMU); cult., Wansbrough 251 (SMU). Galveston Co.: cult.. Traverse 2515 (BRIT). Harris Co.: c
Traverse 2401 (BRIT). Hidalgo Co.: cult., Green/ield5(BRIT). Montg
Presumed further hybrids of I9i-cvx20] with: 10. L. kingii. MEXICO. Guerrero: Guerra 36 (LL[di]). I
AUSTRALIA. Queensland: Day 86 (BRIT); Horrocks 55 (BRIT). TRINIDAD & TOBAGO. 5
planaltensis. BRAZIL. Bahia: Ddbereiner & Tokarma 1490 (LL[di]). PARAGUAY. Central: Perez 890 (MO). 1
Anderson Co.: cult., Couch 73 (SMU). Cameron Co.: Traverse 1030 (BRIT). 20. 1
(SMUjdi]). Leon Co.: Bratcher 57, alternatively x L. depressa var. depressa (BRIT);
(VDB). Seminole Co.: SchaUert378 (BRITldi]). See also taxa la, lb, Id, le, If, 2a, 4i
a and 20 and section on hybrid synonymy: 9i-cvx20. |
9ii. Lantana depressa var. floridana (Moldenke) R.W. Sanders, Syst. Bot. 12:55. 1987. Basionym: Lantai
Shrubs rounded, open, 0.4-1 m, the central axis ± developed, but not prominent; branches arching or ascend-
ing; twigs, peduncles and often petioles with hairs 0.5-1 mm. Leaf-blades 3-6(-8) cm long. Corolla with tube
7-11 mm, corolla limb 8-10 mm in diam.
Distribution and habitat. — Peninsular Florida; Atlantic barrier dunes and interior sand ridges, stabilized
and relictual dunes; 0-50 m.
Selected specimens examined: U.S.A. Florida. Brevard Co.: Moldenke 2 18 (NY). Martin Co.: Krai 15385 (VDB); Krai 57137 (NY, VDB). N*
Beach Co.: Small 2134 (NY). St. Johns Co.: Morton 4508 (SMU); Small 2313 (NY). Volusia Co.: Ray et al. 10817 (SMU). Geogia: cult., Bol**
s.n. (NY).
Presumed hybrids with: 20. L. strigocamara. U.S.A. Florida. Duval Co.: Curtiss 1968 (NY[2]). Lake Co.: Small 8666 (NY[21). Vd*
ria Co.: Krai 18406 (VDB); Whetstone 145 18 (VDB). See also section on hybrid synonymy: 9iix20.
9iii. Lantana depressa var. sanibelensis R.W. Sanders, Syst. Bot. 12:55. 1987. Type: u.SA. Florida. Lee Co.: Sanibd*
land, 11 May 1954, Cooley 2674 (holoiype. GH!; isotypes: USF[2]!).
Shrubs erect and pyramidal, proximally dense, distally open,
nent; proximal branches decumbent, distal ones ascending; i
1-1.5 mm. Leaf-blades 3-6 cm long. Corolla with tube 7-10 v
Distribution and habitat.— Peninsular Florida; wet limesto
barrier islands; 0-25 m.
-3 m, the central axis well-developed, pro®*-
vigs, peduncles and often petioles with hairs
427
ock 268 (NY).
Presumed hybrids with: 20. L. strigc
Brumbach 8182 (NY); Brumbach 8283 (NY, U
; Brumbach 9058 (VDB).
f 7737 (FTG, NY); Sheehan s n. 7 Mar 1919 (NY). I
10. Lantana kingii Moldenke, Phytologia 8:161. 1962. Type: MEXICO. Oaxaca: Isthmus of Tehuantepec, Niltepec, I7Jul 1959,
IQng 1775 (holotwe: TEX!; isotype: US!).
Shrubs erect or rounded, open; stems 0.5-2(-3) m; branches ascending and several; twigs, peduncles and often
petioles glabrescent with scattered antrorse hairs, the hairs ca. 03-0.7 mm. Leaf-blades ovate, ovate-elliptic or
ovate-triangular (rarely, especially if less than 2 cm long, obovate to rotund), 1-8 cm long, the length (0.8-)1.2-
attenuately tapering onto petiole from middle or just below middle to abruptly contracted and broadly cuneate,
sometimes forming a short narrow petiolar wing; apex acute or acuminate (or abruptly to broadly rounded);
marginal teeth (3-)6-15(-25) per side, obtuse or rounded, spreading to appressed, then sometimes with tips
recurved, with sinuses 1-2.5 mm deep; adaxial surface lustrous, scabrous, the hairs occurring on veins and
intervening tissue (sometimes just center of areoles), 0.1-0.5 mm, 3-7(-12)/sq. mm, mostly deciduous leaving
the noticeably vitreous-pustulate circular bases, these 0.2-0.5 mm in diam.; abaxial surface whitish or pale
green but not glaucous, antrorsely strigose-scabrous to nearly glabrous, with the strigae scattered on veins and
veinlets, 0.1-0.7 (longest ones usually 0.3-0.4) mm, l-8(-12)/sq. mm. Inflorescences remaining hemispheric;
peduncles about 0.5 to 1.5 x leaf length. Proximal bracts spatulate, oblanceolate, or oblong-oblanceolate, oc-
casionally oblong-elliptic to broadly elliptic, (3.5-)5-10 mm long, 1.2-3 mm wide, widest in distal half (often
just above middle), occasionally at or just below middle, with 3 veins from the base, appressed or spreading,
persisting and reflexed from base in fruit; apex obtuse to acute; indument strigose, hardly ciliate, the longest
hairs 5 0.5 mm. Corolla yellow to orange aging orange to orange-red; corolla tube 6-10 mm.
Distribution and habitat. — Mexico (central highlands to eastern slopes of the Sierra Madre Oriental, Pa-
cific slope, and Isthmus of Tehuantepec) to northern Central America (only to central Guatemala?); thorn for-
est and schrubland; 0-2000 m.
Selected specimens examined: MEXICO. Coahuila: Johnston 9325 (LL[di]); Henrickson 18926 (NY); Waterfall 16661 (SMU). Colima: Grego-
ry & Eiten 334 (BRIT). Guerttero: Flyr 623 (SMU). Guerrero: Mocktord & Rowell 2790 (SMU). Michoacan: Turner 2024 (BRIT, SMU). Neuvo
Le6tt: Garcia 10 (SMU); Pennell 16860 (NY); Waterfall 13187 (SMU); Waterfall 15312 (SMU[di]). Oaxaca: King 1328 (NY); King 1464 (NY);
King 1598 (NY); Purpus 7306 (NY). Puebla: Chiang et al. F-2610 (TEX); Davis 211 (NY); Martinez 21705 (TEXldi]). Sinaloa: Gentry 11454
(LL); Palmer 1511 (NY); Rose et al. 13366 (NY). Sonora: Wiggins & Rollins 138 (NY). Tamaulipas: Smith Mex. 94 (LLldil).
Presumed hybrids with: 2a/4a. L. horrida subsp. horrida or L. hirsuta subsp. hirsuta. MEXICO. Hidalgo: Cawrey3 (BRIT). 18. L.
urticoides. MEXICO. Coahuila: Henrickson 11352 (LL[dil); Muller 3069 (LL(dil); Reveal et al. 2604 (NY): Wehbe 052 ( TEX[di] ): Wy nd &
Mueller 88 (NY). Neuvo Le6n. Frye & Frye 2447 (NY); Meyer & Rogers 2686 (NY); Pringle 11670 (SMU). Tamaulipas: Meyer & Rogers 2499
(NY); Stanford ctal. 2302A (NY). 20. L. strigocamara. MEXICO. Tamaulipas: Krai 24799, alternatively x L. scabrida (VDB). Seealso taxa le,
2a, 4a, and 9i (as cv x 20) and section on hybrid synonymy: lexlO, Iex2axl0, lexl0/20, 2axl0, 4axl0, 10xla/le?, and 10x2a/4a?
11. Lantana ovatifolia Britton, Bull. New York Bot. Gard. 4:123. 1905. Type: BAHAMA ARCHIPELAGO. Grand Bahama:
Feb 1905, Britton & Millspaugh 2450 (holotype: NY!; botype: F!).
Shrubs lax and trailing, sparse; stems 0.3-1 m; branches prostrate, few; twigs, peduncles and often petioles
moderately strigose, the hairs 0.2-1.5 mm. Leaf-blades ovate to ovate-elliptic, 2-6 cm long, the length 1.2-1.7
* width, not nigrescent, papery to subcoriaceous, pinninerved; base rounded to tapering onto petiole mostly
from proximal third; apex acute to obtuse or rounded; marginal teeth 8-18 per side, rounded to acute, often
appressed, with sinuses 0.7-1.5 mm deep; adaxial surface lustrous, antrorsely strigose to scabrous (due to loss
of deciduous longer hairs), the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue (sometimes just center of are-
oles), 0.2-1 mm, 2-7/sq. mm, noticeably vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases 0.3-0.5 mm in diam.; abaxial
surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface, antrorsely strigose-scabrous to nearly glabrous,
with the strigae scattered on veins and veinlets, 0.2-1 (longest ones usually 0.4-0.8) mm, 2-7/sq. mm. Inflo-
rescences remaining hemispheric; peduncles about 1—1.5 x leaf length. Proximal bracts spatulate or oblan-
ceolate, 6-12 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, widest in distal half, with 3 veins from the base, appressed or spreading,
428
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
persisting and reflexed from base in fruit; apex obtuse to acute; indument strigose, hardly ciliate, the longest
hairs £ 0.6 mm. Corolla yellow aging to a dark yellow or yellow-orange; corolla tube 6-10 mm.
Distribution and habitat.— Northern Bahama Archipelago; limestone pinelands with open or low shrubby
understory; 0-25 m.
In certain respects Lantana ovatifolia is rather similar to L. kingii. However, as a narrow endemic with a
narrow range of variation, it is best kept as a distinct species. This is further supported by its distribution,
which is oddly disjunct from that of L. kingii. See Sanders (1987a) for detailed discussion and illustration.
Selected specimens examined: BAHAMA ARCHIPELAGO. Grand Bahama: Brace 3686 (NY); Correll & Popcnoe 45402 (FTG, NY, SMU);
Cone II &■ Krai 42892 (FTG, VDB); Correll & Krai 42946 (FTG, VDB).
Shrubs lax, rounded and open, sometimes forming treelets; stems 0.5-4 m; branches ascending or divaricate,
several to numerous; twigs, peduncles and often petioles thinly to moderately strigillose, setulose, or scabridu-
lous, the hairs 0.03-0.4(-0.7) mm. Leaf-blades ovate, lanceolate or elliptic, 3-12 cm long, the length some-
times of those subtending inflorescences distinctly reduced (unique to this species), (1.5-)1.7-3(-3.6) x width,
nigrescent, membranous to papery, triplinerved; base attenuately tapering onto petiole from widest point or
acute; marginal teeth (13-)18-40 per side, obtuse, rounded, or acute, usually appressed, sometimes spreading
at tip, with sinuses 0.2-1 mm deep; adaxial surface lustrous, antrorsely strigose to scabrous or scabridulous,
the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue, 0.03-0.5 mm, 10-60/sq. mm, often with conspicuous
vitreous or whitened pustulate bases 0.1-0.3 mm diam.; abaxial surface slightly lighter or duller green than
adaxial surface, antrorsely strigillose to strigose-scabrous, with the strigae scattered on veins and veinlets and
sometimes on intervening tissue, 0.03-0.4(-0.7) mm, 10-60/sq. mm. Inflorescences sometimes 2 per leaf
axil, hemispheric but receptacle often elongating by slight separation or prolonged initiation of nodes and be-
coming naked below the hemispheric flower cluster at apex; peduncles 0.5-1.2 x leaf length. Proximal bracts
narrowly triangular, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, occasionally oblanceolate, 2.5-7(-10) mm long, 0.6-13
mm wide, widest at very base, proximal third, or occasionally distal third, with 3 veins from the base, ap-
pressed or spreading, usually deciduous after flowering; apex acute, attenuate, or subulate; indument strigil-
lose-scabridulous, hardly ciliate, the longest hairs 5 0.5 mm. Corolla white aging white, pale pink or light blue,
or opening pink, cream or yellow aging cream, yellow or orange infused with purple, pale yellow throat usu-
ally developed and fading with age; corolla tube 7-12 mm.
Distribution and habitat. — Eastern and southeastern Brazil; cultivated world-wide, escaped pantropically
understory and disturbance openings and man-made grasslands in tropical humid forest, occasionally in dry
forest; 0-1500 m.
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
Leaf-blades with the indument of the adaxial surface composed of strigae and rough points, 0.03-0.3 mm;
indument of the abaxial surface composed only of strigae 0.03-0.3 mm, never with short, straight fililform
prolonged initiation of nodes and becoming naked below the hemispheric flower cluster at apex. Corolla white
aging white, bluish or pale pink, or pink aging light purple.
Distribution and habitat . — Eastern and southeastern Brazil; cultivated world-wide, sometimes escaped
pantropically; understory and disturbance openings and man-made grasslands in tropical humid forest, oc-
casionally in dry forest; 0-1500 m.
Many of the native collections have narrowly elliptic leaf-blades. However, other native collections vary
toward having the more ovate or lanceolate blades typically seen in cultivated plants of the species (e.g., the
type specimens of Lantana nivea and L. triplinervia). There is a tendency, especially in the collections from Ba-
hia, for a marked reduction in size of leaves subtending the inflorescences, resulting in a corymb-like arrange-
Selected specimens examined: AUSTRALIA. Queensland: McAndrew 32 (BRIT). BRAZIL. Bahia: Mori et al. 10266 (LL); Sieber s.n. 1826
(BR[di]); Silva58360 (NY, US). Distrito Federal: Duarte & Pereira 4740 (US). Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 31331 (VS); Irwin 2112 (NY, US). Rio
de Janeiro: Araujo 3034 (NY); Brack 24153 (NY); Carauta et al. (Herb. 18132) (LL); Nee 3389 (US); Pereira et al. 4383 (NY). MEXICO. Distrito
Federal: cult,. Bonpland s.n. (P[2di]). SRI LANKA. North Central: cult., Moldenke et al 28233 (US).
(NY); Harley 21658 (NY); Harley 21927 (NY); Hatschbach 46372 (LL[dil); Irwin et al. 27777 (LL[di]). 17. L. planaltensis. BRAZIL. Bahia:
Harley et al. 21617 (US). Minas Gerais: Anderson 9142 (F, US); Mexia 5436 (F, NY). Rio de Janeiro: Segadas-Vianna et al. 593 (SMU). 20. L.
12b. Lantana nivea subsp. mutabilis (Hook.) R.W. Sanders, Sida 22:395. 2006. Bason™: Lantana nivea Vent. var.
Leaf-blades with the indument of the adaxial surface composed of strigae, 0.05-0.5 mm; indument of the ab-
axial surface composed of strigae, 0.05-0.7 (longest ones mostly 0.4-0.5) mm, often with short, straight filil-
form hairs to 0.3 mm mixed in but not dominant or codominant. Inflorescences remaining hemispheric; re-
ceptacle rarely elongating and becoming naked below. Corolla opening creamy white or pink, aging cream,
yellow or orange infused with purple or opening yellow aging purple.
Distribution and habitat. — Probably of cultivated hybrid origin, cultivated world-wide and escaped pan-
tropically (especially in Australia), but also collections from southeastern Brazil apparently of natural hybrid
origin; understory and disturbance openings and man-made grasslands in tropical humid forest, occasionally
in dry forest; 0-1500 m.
Selected specimens examined: AUSTRALIA. Queensland: Day 53 (BRIT). BRAZIL. Goias: Irwin et aL 25204 (NY). Rio de Janeiro: Carauta
& Araujo 2244 (LL[di]); G6es 64 (NY); Sarahyba 80 (NY); Segadas-Vianna 4053 (SMU). BURUNDI. Bujumbura: Lewalla 5717 (MO). CO-
LOMBIA. Caldas: cult., Ldpez-Palacios 4023 (LL). DOMINICAN REPUBLIC. La Vega: Ososki & Rodriguez 249 (BRIT). GOLD COAST.
Knmari: D arko 598 (MO). TRINIDAD & TOBAGO. Smith Tr. 2 (LL[dil); Smith Tr. 24 (LL[diJ). MEXICO. Tabasco: Taylor & Taylor 12574
(BRIT). PARAGUAY. Canendiyu: Zardini 48550 (MO). SIERRA LEONE. Freetown: Johnston s.n. 3J Jan 1882 (MO); Morton SL185 (MO).
y 19 (BRIT). SRI LANKA. Central Moldenke et al 28159 (US); A
i. Dade Co.: cult., Avery 1867 (NY).
tania: Crosby &Doore 162 (SMU). 13. L. cuja
i: Huge 36 5 (LL[diJ). 17. L. planaltensis. BR
,n hybrid synonymy; ldxl2b, 2cxl2b, and l:
13. LantanacujabensissJu.au Prodr [A. P. dc Candolle! 11 1847 i i u M (
ing syntypes: BRAZIL. ;Rio Negro, Martius s.n. (M[di!l). PERU: Poeppig 148 5 (G[di!]).
(Urban 1906)], Riedel s.n. (holotype: LE, n.v.).
Lantana tenuifolia Rusby, Phytologia 1:74. 1934. Type: BOLIVIA. [La Paz:) Bopi River, 11 Sep 1921, Rusby 653 (holotype: NY!).
Lantana cujabens is Schauer var. parvijolia Moldenke, Phytologia 9:186. 1963. Type: PERU. La Libertad: Otuzco, 1 Jul 1951, Angulo &
Rusby 715 (holotype: NY!).
Shrubs rounded and ± open, lax, or subscandent; branches ascending or clambering, several to few, occasion-
ally herbaceous; twigs, peduncles and often petioles glabrescent to thinly setose or scabrous, the hairs (0.1- J
)0.3-0.5(-l) mm. Leaf-blades ovate, lanceolate, elliptic, or narrowly oblong, (3-)4-12(-16) cm long, the
length 1.3-2.5(-4) x width, nigrescent or not, papery to subcoriaceous, triplinerved to pinninerved; base
rounded or truncate and abruptly tapered onto petiole or cuneate and often forming an attenuate wing; apex
acute, abruptly acuminate, or attenutate; margin with the teeth (15-)25-40 per side, rounded to acute, often
appressed to strongly so and barely discemable, the sinuses 0.1-1.5 mm deep; adaxial surface dull to occasion-
ally lustrous, antrorsely strigillose to strigose-pubescent, the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue,
0.1-0.4(-0.7) mm, 3-20/sq mm, not noticeably vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases of the strigae ca. 0.1-02 J
mm in diam; abaxial surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface, sometimes whitish green but
not glaucous, antrorsely strigose-scabrous to nearly glabrous, with the strigae scattered on veins and veinlets,
0.1-0.6 mm, 3-KVsq mm. Inflorescences with peduncles 0.5- 2 x leaf length. Proximal bracts lanceolate,
oblong, or ovate-elliptic, often subfoliaceous, (4-)6-20 mm long, 2-8 mm wide, widest in proximal to middle
third, occasionally distal third, with 5-7 veins from the base, appressed to spreading, persisting and recurved
or reflexed in fruit; apex acute, briefly acuminate, or obtuse, often rounded at very tip; indument thinly stri-
gose, usually not distinedy ciliate, with longest hairs 0.1-0.6(-l) mm. Corolla yellow, orange, or light red aging
reddish orange to bright red (or occasionally intense reddish purple); corolla tube 7-12 mm.
Distribution and habitat. — Brazil (westernmost Amazonia, southern and central Planalto), the Guianas,
Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia and Paraguay; understory and disturbance openings in tropical
humid forest, occasionally in dry forest or hard-pan savannas; 100-3000 m.
Lantana cujabensis is variable with respect to leaf-blade shape and width (broadly ovate to narrowly ellip-
tic-oblong) and marginal serration, outer bract length and width, and altitude preference. Apparently the type
specimens of L. cujabensis and L. riedeliana represent the broad-leaved, toothed vs. narrow-leaved, subentire
extremes, respectively; that of L. tenuifolia is intermediate. Different specimens exhibit all possible combina-
tions, which do not correlate with geography, therefore, no infraspecific taxa are justifiable based on the sam-
ple studied.
t eetdl&
Selected specimens examined: BOLIVIA. Cochabamba: Jaramillo etal. 1212 (MO); Ritter 1644 (MO); Steinbach 644 (F, N
1 1927 (MO). Santa Cruz: Guillen &Roca 3334 (F); Steinbach347 (NY, SMU); Steinbach 794 (SMU). BRAZIL. Acre: A I
i: Maas &• Maas 273 (MO). Bahia: dos Santos & Barreto 65 (LL[di]). Teixeim et al. 331 (M w
k Diaz 3478 (MO). Meta: Betancur 1336 (M0*
!. 2877 (F); Holm-Nielsen etaL 3016 (ft
Napo: Abbott 15637 (MO); Campos 135 (F); Cento 278 (MO); Croat & Hannon 93505 (MO); Ponce & Ght a 320 (MO). PERU. Amazonas: Casin'
1. 18983 (MO); Lewis et al. 18100 (MO). Cusco: Huamantupa et al. 4024 (MO). Macurdy 1007 (F, M0*
(MO); Santos et
il. 18843 (MO>, Castro et
2(F).L
k Fosberg 29017 (F); Fosberg 29104 (F); Gentry et al. 15599 (F); R
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantan
431
Z 745 (MO); Gudnchez 2132
(MO); Uesner 4021 (MO); Liesner 7454 (MO). Guarico: Ramirez 2027 (NY). Merida: Ldpez-Palados 2695 (LL).
Presumed hybrids with: 15. L. micrantha. BOLIVIA. Chuquisaca: Jimenez & Flores Til (MO). 17. L. planaltensis. BRAZIL.
Minas Gerais: Gentry et al. 49588 (MO), identification uncertain. PARAGUAY. Itapua: Perez 179 (MO). 19. L. paraensis. SURINAME: Si-
paliwini: Miller etal. 9367 (MO). VENEZUELA. Bolivar. Sanoja 2343 (MO). See also taxa Id, 2c, 4b, 9i (as cv.) and 12b and section on hy-
brid synonymy: 2cxl3, 4bxl3, and 15x13/20?
D. Lantana sect. Lantana series Spicatae R.W. Sanders, ser. nov. Type: Lantana viscosa Pohl ex Schauer
Adaxial leaf surfaces strigose-villosulous to setose-villous, the hairs up to 2.5 mm; abaxial leaf surfaces setose
or pilose, often densely so, the hairs occurring on veins and non-innervated tissue, setiform or filiform, 0.2-2.0
mm. Inflorescences initially hemispheric becoming short-cylindric by prolonged initiation of flowers or elon-
gation of internodes.
14. Lantana viscosa P
Shrubs erect or rounded and open to lax and subscandent; stems 1-3 m; branches ascending and numerous to
clambering and few; twigs, peduncles and often petioles sparsely setose but viscid with dense understory of
conspicuous stalked glands mixed with short hairs, the setae 1-2 mm, the stipitate glands and short hairs, ca.
0.5 mm. Leaf-blades broadly ovate, ovate, or ovate-elliptic, 2-8 cm long, the length 1.4-1.8(-2.2) x width, not
nigrescent, papery, pinninerved; base usually rounded to truncate, sometimes broadly cuneate or subcordate,
briefly narrowly cuneate onto petiole at very base; apex usually abruptly acuminate, sometimes acute; mar-
ginal teeth (10-)20-35 per side, acute to rounded, spreading to ascending, rarely appressed with tips recurved,
with sinuses (0.3-)0.6-1.5 mm deep; adaxial surface dull, setose to villous, the hairs occurring on veins and
intervening tissue, longer ones 1-1.5 mm or more (shorter ones ±. 0.5 mm, often mixed glandular and eglandu-
lar), 30-70/sq. mm, not noticeably vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases of the hairs ca. 0.1-0.2 mm in diam.;
abaxial surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface, setose to villous, the hairs on all veins and
intervening tissue, longer ones 1-1.5 mm or more (understory hairs 0.3-0.8 mm, these often mixed glandular
and eglandular), 50-150/sq. mm. Inflorescences occasionally 2 per leaf axil, becoming short-cylindric by
prolonged initiation of flowers; peduncles 0.5-1.3 x leaf length. Proximal bracts lanceolate or elliptic to ovate-
elliptic, (2.5-)4-7 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, widest in proximal or middle third, with 3 veins from the base, ±
spreading, persisting (proximally ± cupped around enlarging fruit) and becoming reflexed (± distally only) in
fruit; apex abruptly acuminate with prolonged tip to caudate; indument setose-pilose, usually ciliate, often also
stipitate-glandular, the longest hairs 0.7-1.5 mm. Corolla reddish purple to pale pink, often with white or yel-
low throat, occasionally white; corolla tube 5-10 mm.
Distribution and habitat.— Venezuela, Brazil (northern, eastern, and southern), Paraguay, Bolivia, and
Peru, possibly also Ecuador, Colombia, and the Guianas; widely distributed but infrequent; openings in tropi-
cal evergreen forest, tropical savanna with gallery forest, and areas of dense woodland, shrubland, and grass-
land; 100-1200 m.
Selected specimens examined: BRAZIL. Distrito Federal: Heringer et cd 7087 (NY). Pari: Strudwick & Sobel 4236 (LL[di], NY). Pernam-
buco: Figueiredo et al 18 (US). PARAGUAY. Amambay: Zardini & Guerrero (NY). VENEZUELA. Bolivar: Steyermarh cl al. 115523 (NY).
Presumed hybrids with: 15. L. micrantha. PARAGUAY. Cordillera: Merries & Degen 5522 (MO). See also taxa 2c, 4b, and 12a and
section on hybrid synonymy: 12axl4.
15. Lantana micrantha Briq., Annuaire Conserv. Jard. Bot. Geneve 7-8:299. 1904. Type PARAGUAY: AscunriOn, Apr
1874, Bdlansa 1039 (holotype: G(dU]; isotypes: Kldi!], P[2,di!]).
Shrubs erect or rounded, open; stems 0.5-2 m; branches ascending and several; twigs, peduncles and often
petioles moderately to densely setulose, setose, pilose, or also stipitate-glandular, the hairs usually 0.5-1.2 mm
(these sometimes lacking), mixed with shorter glandular and eglandular hairs about 0.2-0.3 mm. Leaf-blades
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
tween the more or less sympatric taxa L. camara subsp. camara and L. s plendens, probably prior to European
colonization or perhaps human habitation. Moreover, the range of variation is narrower than expected for a
hybrid swarm, and the distribution extends beyond the area of sympatry.
Selected specimens examined: BAHAMA ARCHIPELAGO. Cat Island: Britton & Millspaugh 5763 (NY); Correll 46083 (FTG, NY); Correll
46098 (FTG, SMU). Eleuthera: Lewis 7232 pp. (FTG). Grand Caicos: Gillis 12317 (LL). Great Exuma: Correll & Correll 42298 (FTG, NY);
oles moderately to densely puberulent or setulose, sometimes with stipitate glands intermixed, the hairs
mostly 0.1-0.4 mm, occasionally up to 0.8, rarely to 1 mm. Leaf-blades ovate, lanceolate or elliptic, 2-10 cm
long, the length (1.4-)l,7-2.7 x width, ± nigrescent, papery, triplinerved; base attenuate onto petiole from wid-
est point or rounded and abruptly narrowed to an often attenuate or cuneate petiolar wing; apex usually acu-
minate, sometimes acute; marginal teeth (14-)20-35(-50) per side, rounded, obtuse, or acute, spreading to
appressed, then sometimes tip recurved, with sinuses 0.3-1.2 mm deep; adaxial surface dull to somewhat
lustrous, antrorsely strigillose to strigose-pilose, the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue, forming
a thin canopy of hairs only 0.3-0.5(-0.8) mm with understory of shorter hairs often well developed, (2-)20-
80(-200)/sq. mm, sometimes vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases of the strigae ca. 0.1-0.3 m in diam.; abax-
ial surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface, moderately densely to sparsely pilose, if some
strigiform hairs mixed in, then filiform hairs dominating, the hairs on all veins and intervening tissue, 0.05-
0.5 mm, all about same length (or those on areoles evenly much shorter), occasionally a few along midrib to 0.8
mm, 20-150/sq. mm. Inflorescences occasionally 2 per leaf axil, remaining hemispheric; peduncles 0.2-0.7(-
1.3) x leaf length. Proximal bracts linear-, narrowly elliptic-, or lanceolate-oblong (occasionally 1 or 2 outer-
most bracts subfoliar or narrowly spatulate and distinctly longer), 4-7 mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, widest in
proximal or middle third, with 3 veins from the base, appressed or spreading, usually deciduous after flower-
ing; apex acute to attenuate, often rounded at very tip; indument pilose to strigillose, hardly ciliate, the longest
hairs 0.2-0.3(-0.5) mm. Corolla opening yellow or white with yellow throat, aging to dark yellow, orange, or
red, or opening white becoming infused with pink, blue, or purple, or opening pink, aging pink, purple, or
white with yellow throat (those opening with yellowish pigments becoming infused with purple also expect-
ed); corolla tube 7-12 mm.
Distribution and habitat — The Planalto of eastern and southern Brazil, northeastern Argentina, and east-
ern Paraguay; openings in tropical semi-evergreen forest, tropical savanna with gallery forest or areas of dense
woodland, shrubland, and grassland; 0-1000 m.
Lantana planaltensis to have arisen by hybridization between L. horrida subsp. tiliifolia and L. nivea subsp.
nivea. Furthermore its geographic distribution far exceeds the zone of contact of the probable parental species,
verifying its status as an independent species. The new name is required because L. hispida Kunth (= L. horri-
da) already exists. Most of the plants annotated by H.N. Moldenke and me as “ Lantana triplinervia " are in-
cluded here.
Selected specimens examined: ARGENTINA. Bnenos Aires: Cabrera 7020 (SMU, VBD); Krapovickas 2 891 (SMU) Misiones: Ekman 1985
(F); Schwarz 3635 (SMU); Schwarz 4074 (F); Zuloaga et al. 6633 (MO). BRAZIL. Distrito Federal: Heringer 13834 (NY); Heringer et al. 4253
(NY). Golds: Anderson 9479 (NY). Mato Grosso do Sol: Hatschbach 49116 (LLjdi]); Salvador 3094 (US). Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 25966
(US), Hatschbach 46673 (NY); Mexia 5436 p.p. (US). Parana Hatschbach 11224 (F); Hatschbach 16038 (VBD); Hatschbach 241 54 (US); Hatsch-
bach 41549 (NY); Wasum 2498 (BRIT); Winder 001 (BRIT). Peranamlmco: Silva etal.82 (MO, US). Rio de Janeiro: Carauta 3430 (LL[di]). Rio
Grande do Sol: M acedo 5507 (NY); Sehnen 9562b (US); Wasum et al. 1425 (US); Winder 006 (BRIT). Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 1778 (F);
ir rounded, open; st<
often petioles thinly to densely si
ovate or ovate-deltate to rotund, (
so, membranous to papery, pinnii
marginal teeth 5-15 per side, acut
1.5 (longest o
lairs 0.1-1.8 mm, the longest 0.8-1.8 mm. Leaf-blades broadly
long, the length 1-1.5 x width, not nigrescent or only somewhat
e rounded, truncate, or cordate; apex rounded to abruptly acute;
, spreading, with sinuses (l-)1.5-5 mm deep; adaxial surface dull
/illous, the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue, 0.1- f
usually 0.7-1.5) mm, (2-)5-20/sq. mm, noticeably vitreous-pustulate or not, the circular
bases of the hairs ca. 0.1-0.5 mm in diam.; abaxial surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface,
thinly to moderately densely setose or setulose to pilose, the hairs on most veins and some intervening tissue,
longest ones 1.5-2 mm on proximal portions of major veins, those increasingly distal gradually reduced (near
margin ca. 0.7 mm), those on intervening tissue mostly 0.2-0.5 mm, 5-20/sq. mm. Inflorescences remaining
hemispheric; peduncles 0.8-2.3 x leaf length (usually nearly twice when mature). Proximal bracts narrowly
oblanceolate or spatulate to elliptic-oblong, (5-)7-12 mm long, (l-)1.5-3 (rare outermost one subfoliar to 5)
mm wide, widest in distal half or near middle, with 3 veins from the base, appressed or spreading, persisting
and reflexed from base in fruit; apex obtuse or acute; indument strigose, ciliate or not, the longest hairs 0.3-0.7 |
mm. Corolla opening yellow, aging to red-orange; corolla tube 7-12 mm mm.
Distribution and habitat . — Central and southern Texas, Mexico (Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, Tamaulipas), ap-
parently cultivated and naturalized across the southwestern and southeastern United States from northern
Texas to California and to Florida and North Carolina; open woodlands, brushland, thickets, and grasslands
on calcareous clays or sandy soils; 0-1000 m.
Lantana urticoides likely originated by hybridization between L. hirsuta subsp. hirsuta and L. kingii, hav-
ing developed greater frost tolerance and a more northerly distribution than either parental species.
Selected specimens examined: MEXICO. Tamaulipas: Dominguez & McCart 8231 (SMU).U.S.A. Texas. Aransas Co.: Uzzell 51 (US). Comal
(SMU); San Patricio Co.: Jones 83 (SMU). Somervell Co.: Helm s.n. 9 May 1948 (SMU). Starr Co.: Garza et al. 8470 (SMU). Travis Co.: Han-
sen 26 (VDB); Lundell & Lundell 8928 (SMU). Uvalde Co.: Dickey 70 (SMU). Willacy Co.: Lundell & Lundell 8751 (SMU).
Presumed hybrids with: 20. L. strigocamara. MEXICO. Coahuila: Hazard s.n. May 1883 (US). Nuevo Leon: Rodriguez 62 (SMU);
Dodge 100 (NY). Tamaulipas: Berland ier s.n. 1836 (NY). U S A. Aiabama. Baldwin Co.: Krai 39530 (NY, VDB). Crenshaw Co.: Diamond
11455 (BRIT[di]). Florida. Citrus Co.: Krai 4542 (SMU). Marion Co.: Slaughter 13954 (BRIT[di], SMU). Monroe Co.: Krai 53896 (VDB).
RIT(di], NY). South Carolina. Orangeburg Co.: Leonard et al. 5001 (VDB). Texas. Blanco Co.: Sanders 5143 (SMU). C
» 6244 (US). Dallas Co.: cult. Niblack 50 (SMU). Fayette Co.: Krai 68519 (VDB). Galveston Co.: Waller 2579 (US). Sai
MU). Tarrant Co.: Krai 91937 (VDB); Whitehouse 16027 (SMU). Val Verde Ca: Spjut & Marin 15152 (BRIT). See also
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
435
e FRENCH GUIANA: Grand-Santi, 26 Aug 1961, Schndl
;: BRAZIL. ParA: 0° 55’S, 54° 26’W, 23 Jul 1981, Strudwick
Shrubs rounded and ± open, lax, or subscandent; stems 0.5-5 m; branches ascending and several or clamber-
ing and few, occasionally herbaceous; twigs, peduncles and often petioles moderately setose or pilose, often
with stipitate glands mixed in, or occasionally glabrescent, the hairs (0.1-)0.3-0.6(-l) mm. Leaf-blades
broadly to narrowly ovate or ovate-elliptic, 3-9 cm long, the length 1.4-2.2 x width, nigrescent or not, papery,
usually pinninerved; base rounded to subcordate and abruptly tapered onto petiole or cuneate; apex acumi-
nate, sometimes with a prolonged narrow tip, or acute; marginal teeth 15-35 per side, rounded or acute, often
appressed, then sometimes with tips recurved, with sinuses 0.5-1.5 mm deep; adaxial surface dull to occasion-
ally lustrous, antrorsely strigose or strigose-setose, the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue, 0.1-
0.6(-1.2) mm, 3-20/sq. mm, usually not noticeably vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases of the hairs ca. 0.1-
0.2 mm in diam.; abaxial surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface, sometimes whitish green
but not glaucous, antrorsely strigose to spreading-setose, with the hairs frequent on veins and veinlets, 0.1-0.7
mm, 3-10/sq. mm. Inflorescences often 2 per leaf axil, becoming short-cylindric (resembling spikes of Carex
lupulina ) by prolonged initiation of flowers; peduncles 0.5-l(-2) x leaf length. Proximal bracts lanceolate to
lanceolate-elliptic, (4-)6-8(-10) mm long, (1.5-)2-3 mm wide, widest in proximal third to just below middle,
with 5-7 veins from the base, spreading, persisting and recurved or reflexed (± distally) in fruit; apex acumi-
nate with prolonged tip; indument setose or strigose to glabrescent, usually distinctly ciliate, the longest hairs
(0.3-)0.5-l mm. Corolla rose-pink or white with pale yellow throat and aging pinkish purple, rarely yellow to
red-oranage; corolla tube 7-12 mm.
Distribution and habitat . — Brazil (central and eastern Amazonian), the Guianas, Venezuela (Amazonian)
Colombia (Amazonian),and Bolivia (Amazonian); disturbance openings, savannas and man-made grasslands
in tropical humid forest; 50-300 m.
Lantana paraensis exhibits characters of both L. cujabensis and L. viscosa , suggesting that it arose from
natural hybrids of the two. Its species status is suggested by greater consistency in the expression of its traits
than expected of a hybrid swarm and the much wider distribution than the area of sympatry of the proposed
Selected specimens examined: BOLIVIA. Santa Crnz: Guillen &Roca 3523 1
Croat 62252 (MO); Tsugaru. & Sano B-598 (MO). Para: Ginzberger 822 (F); P
et al. 664 (F, NY). COLOMBIA. Vichada: Davidse5196 (MO). FRENCH G
(MO). SURINAME. Paramaribo: Florschutz&Florschutz 1693 (SMU). Sipal
*6>Black27459 (LLldi]). Amazonas:
20. Lantana strigocamara R.W. Sanders, Sida 22:392. 2006. Type: U.S.A. Florida. Dade Co.: Coral Gables, 23 Sep
1981, Sanders 1450 (holotype: FTG!; isotype: NY!).
Shrubs erect or rounded, open; stems 0.3-3 m; branches ascending, several to numerous; twigs, peduncles and
often petioles thinly to moderately strigose, setose, or pilose, the hairs 0.1-1.2(-1.5) mm, the longest mostly
0.5-1 mm. Leaf-blades ovate to broadly ovate, (2-)5-10 cm long, the length 1-1.7 x width, usually not nigres-
cent, papery, pinninerved; base rounded, truncate, or cordate, shortly and narrowly cuneate onto petiole at
very base; apex usually acuminate; marginal teeth 15-40 per side, rounded to acute, often appressed, some-
times spreading at tip, with sinuses 0.5-1.5 mm deep; adaxial surface usually dull, antrorsely strigose or stri-
gose-setose, the hairs occurring on veins and intervening tissue (sometimes just center of areoles), 0.2-1.2
(longest mostly 0.5-0.8) mm, 1-12/sq. mm, not noticeably vitreous-pustulate, the circular bases of the strigae
ca- 0.1-0.2 mm in diam.; abaxial surface slightly lighter or duller green than adaxial surface, antrorsely stri-
gose-scabrous, with the strigae scattered to moderately dense on veins and veinlets, 0.1-0.6 (longest ones usu-
ally 0.4-0.6) mm (sometimes accompanied by scattered short [mosdy <: 0.3 mm] erect filiform hairs along
Sanders, Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana
. horrida subsp. horrida
160. 1978. Type: MEXICO. Durango: 1
Iex2axl0. Lantana camara subsp. glandulosissima x L. horrida subsp. horrida x L. kingii
Lantana urticoides Hayek f. aculeata Moldenke, Phytologia 49:182. 1981. Type: MEXICO. Puebla: TehuacSn, 4 Aug 1966
Mex-28 (holotype: MEXU[di!]).
Lantana mdu ma ioldei 2:2 1982.1 PAN \M \ I on Sherman, 14 ]un 1923, M axon&
xlO. Lantana camara subsp. glandulosissima x L. kingii
Lantana glandulosissima Hayek f. parvifolia Moldenke, Phytologia 49:182. 1<
7933 (holotype: MEXU[di!]).
e: MEXICO. San!
lexl0/20. Lantana camara subsp. glandulosissima x L. kingii or L. strigocam
los: Yantepec, 14 Aug 1950, Wyatt 45 (holotype: MEXU[di!]).
Ifx2. Lantana camara subsp. aculeata x L. horrida (probably subsp. horrida)
/ iimwii.i niiKnlulivL I W'cieel. I'lijsioer. SaUk. I l.tndl I 4(> r’l. I \i i > nil < ireilsuald llr.i ( i.iril . >
lfx4. Lantana camara subsp. aculeata x L. hirsuta
Lantana mista L., Syst. Nat., ed. 12. 2:417. 1767. Camara aculeata (L.) Kuntze [var. subinermis Kuntze
Lantana albopurpurea Desf., Tabl. Ecole Bot., ed. 3 (Cat. PI. Horti Paris) 392. 1829. Type: cult., Hort. Paris, s. coll, (le
lfxC. Lantana camara subsp. aculeata x L. sp. Ser. Strigosae
2xC. Lantana horrida (probably subsp. horrida) x L. sp. Ser. Strigosae
2ax4a. Lantana horrida subsp. horrida x L. hirsuta subsp. hirsuta
Lantana poly acantha Schauer, Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 11:597. 18'
17481, F!]; lectotype, here designated: P, barcode P00713484[di!])
Lantana horrida Kunth f. inermis Moldenke, Phytologia 52:130.1982. Type MEXICO: Yucatan, Gamier 808 (holotype US!).
iaxlO. Lantana horrida subsp. horrida x L. kingii
dez424 (holotype: MEXU[di!]).
2ax20. Lantana horrida subsp. horrida x L. strigocamara
V 1948, Moldenke & Moldenke 19861 (holotype: N
L. SAo Paulo: Muji-Gaugu, 31 Jul 1!
2cxl2b. Lantana horrida subsp. tiliifolia x L. nivea subsp. mutabilis
^Wona camara L. f. glandulosa R. Fern., Bol Soc. Brot. sir. 2, 61:132. 1988. Type: ANGOLA, t
(holotype COl, n.v.; isotypes: BM|dil], K(dil], USU p.p.).
438
Journal of the Botanical Research I
? of Texas 6(1)
2cxl3. Lant
2cxl7. Lantana horrida subsp. tiliifolia x L. planaltensis
2185 (holotype: NY!). Alternatively nivea subsp. mutabilis could possibly be the second pare
2/4x? Complex hybrid involving Lantana horrida or L. hir
2. Type: MEXICO. Nuevo Le6n: Cafion Dient
Lantana horrida xinth f. bracteosa Moldenke, PhytologiT 52:231. 1982. Type: MEXKX). Puebla: Puebla, 15 Sep 1910, Arsdne 5426 (how-
4bxl3. Lantana hirsuta subsp. amazonica x L. cujabensis
Lantana cujabensis Schauer var. hispida Moldenke, Phytologia 46:58.1980. '
4bx 15. Lantana hirsuta subsp. amazonica x I ... micrantha
9i-cvx20. L. Callowiana Hybrid Group cultivars (derived from tetraploid cv. L. depressa var. depressa x
L. strigocamara)
viana Monrovia Nursery, Monrovia Nursery Catalog 1952-1953:44. 1952. nom. illeg. Type: none.
ra L. var. nana Moldenke, Phytologia 28:402. 1974. Lantana camara L. f. nana (Moldenke) Moldenke, Phytologia 45:296
e: U.S.A. New Yokx: cult.. New York. Bot. Gard., 14 Oct 1941, Moldenke & Moldenke 11903 (holotype: NY!). This is either an
r an independent cultivation of a wild-collected hybrid betw
Moldenke & Moldenke 29885 (holotype: LL, n.v.; isotype:
!). Lantana Callowiana Hybrid Group ‘Cre
n L. depressant.
id, 20 May 197V
Sanders (2001) argued that the parents of the Callowiana Hybrid Group were Lantana strigocamara and L. de-
pressa var. depressa rather than L. strigocamara and L. montevidensis (as claimed by Monrovia Nursery, see How-
ard 1969) based on character intermediacy and chromosome number incompatability of the latter combina-
tion. However, one likely hybrid of L. montevidensis with L. strigocamara was seen for this study (see taxon 20),
but it is very different in character details from the Callowiana Hybrid Group cvs, as well as appears to be sterik-
9iix20. Lantana depressa var. floridana x L. strigocamara
lOxla/le? Lantana kingii hybrid (x L. c
antana kingii hybrid (x L. horrida subsp. horrida or L. hirsuta subsp. hirsuta^
10x2a/4a? I
439
12x6/7? Lantana nivea x L. scabrida o
12axl4. Lantana nivea subsp. nivea x L. viscosa
Lantana pohliana Schauer, Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 11:601. IE
BRAZIL. GoiAs: “Inter Pirapora et Jenipapa,” Pohl 3088 (I
strayed [MacbrideNeg. 17480 at BRIT!, F!, GH!], F [fragm
The collections known to me combine the reduced leaves subtending inflorescences typical of some Lantana
nivea subsp. nivea (see comments, taxon 12a) and the stipitate glands, bracts, and elongating receptacles of L.
viscosa. They are geographically restricted near the type locality of L. pohliana, which is the area of sympatry of
the two species. For a narrowly endemic taxon, they exhibit a pronounced inconsistency in structure, length,
and density of trichomes compared to other natural taxa. These data suggest that the collections represent in-
dependent spontaneous hybrids, or at most, an unstable hybrid swarm. Thus, L. pohliana is not recognized as
12bxl7. L. nivea subsp. mutabili
;e) Moldenke, Phytologia 28:403. 1974. Type: BRAZIL. Bahia: Cocos
I? L. micrantha x L. cujabensis or L. strigocamara
2:468.1948. Type: ARGENTINA. Chaco: Colonu
18x20. L. urticoides x L. strigocama
Journey Mex., t.5 (top, facing p. 410). IS
EXCLUDED AND DUBIOUS NAMES
Lantana asperata Hort. ex Vis., Orto Bot. Padova 142. 1842. nom. nud. Type: unknown.
Lantana hahiensis Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 36:206. 1863. Type: BRAZIL. Bahia: Salzrnann s.n.
(holotype: KW[di!]). Species of Lantana sect. Callioreas. (Misapplied to L. planaltensis by Moldenke in
sched.) c
Lantana Camara L. var. rosea Mattoon, Plant Buyer’s Guide, ed. 6. 167. 1958. nom. nud. Lanlam Camara L. f.
r«eu(Mattoon) Moldenke, Phytologia 45:296. 1980. nom. illeg. Type: none.
Lantana camara L. var. rubra Mattoon, Plant Buyer’s Guide, ed. 6. 167. 1958. nom. nud. Lantana camara
rubra (Mattoon) Moldenke, Phytologia 45:296. 1980. nom. illeg. Type: none.
Lantana cujabensis Schauer var. punctata Moldenke, Phytologia 2:411. 1948. - Lantana lopez-palacn Moldenke,
Phytologia 27:359. 1973. Type: COLOMBIA. Antioquia: Ceja, 1 Nov 1947, Barkley et al. 1536 (houttype:
MEDEL,n.v.). Species of Lantana sect. Callioreas.
Lantana hispida Kunth f. alba Moldenke, Phytologia 9:99. 1963. Type: GUATEMALA. PetEn: Ttka rums, jun
I960, Contreras 1056 (holotype: LL!). Aff. L. hirta Grah. of sect. Callioreas.
«— hispida Kunth f. parvt/dia Moldenke, Phytologia 52:130.1982. Tvm: HONDURAS. M^ Ct^ad
Univereitaria, 26 May 1978, Romero 71 (uoutrYm: MOD. Aff. L. velutina M. Martens & Galeom of sect
Lwa^m !ZL Briq. var. beck,, Moldenke, Phytologia 50:13. 1981. Tvrr: BOLIVIA. Bern: BallivMn, 12 Apr
1981, Beck 5339 (holotype: LL!). Aff. Lfucata Lindl. of sect. Callioreas.
Lantana multicolor Lem., FI. Serresjard. Eur. 3:239. 1847. nom. dub. Type: unknown.
Lantana notha Moldenke, Phytologia 1:422. 1940. Type: MEXICO. StNAUts: Fuerte, 27 Mar 1910, Rose et al. 13573
(holotype: NY!). Aff. L. hirta Grah. of sect. Callioreas.
bantam pulchra Larrahaga, Escritos DSntaso Antonio Larranaga 1:406. 1922 [Pub. Inst. Geog Uragl. nom.
dub. Type: Destroyed.
Lantana purpurea (Jacq.) Benth. & Hook!., Gen. Pi. [Benth. & Hooker f.] 2(2):1142. 1876. nom. illeg. (non Hor-
nem.) Species of Lippia or Lantana sect. Callioreas.
Lantana riedeliana Schauer var. pubescens Moldenke, Phytologia 19:435. 1970. Type: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro,
Pabst 9310 (holotype: LL!). Aff. L.fucata Lindl. of sect. Callioreas.
Lantana rosea Raf., Sylva Tellur. 83. 1838. Type: unknown. Probably a species of Lantana sect. Callioreas.
EPITHET INDEX (USING TAXON AND HYBRID SYNONYMY CODES’,
EDN=EXCLUDED AND DUBIOUS NAMES)
aculeata:la, If, 12a, 12b, Iex2ax6, lfx4, 2ax20, 2/4x?, 10xla/le?. aculeatissima:lex2a. aculeifera:ldx2c.
alba:12a, EDN. albiflora:le, 19, lexl0/20, 2cxl7, 9i-cvx20. albopurpurea:lfx4. amazonica:4b
amethystina: 1 2b. antidotalis:lx2xl2. antillana:2. arida:lb, 2b, 2bi. armatarld, 12b, 19, ldx6, 2cx4b,
4bxl5. asperata:EDN. aurea:9i. bahamensis:9ii, 16, laxl6, 9i-cvx20. bahiensis:EDN. bartramii:9iix20.
beckii:EDN. bracteosa:4axl0. brittonii:6. caffertyi:lax6. callowiana:9i-cvx20. camara:l, la-le, 2a, 2b,
7, 12a, 12b, 14, lax6, ldx2c, ldxl2b, lexl0/20, lfx4, 2xC, 2ax20, 2cxl2b, 9i-cvx20, 10xla/le?, 12x6/7?,
12axl4, EDN. canescens:laxl6. coccinea:lf. crenulata:6. crocea:la, 6. cujabensis:13, 19, 4bxl3, EDN.
cummingiana:2c. depressa:9, 9i-9iii. eitenorum:2cx4b. flava:le, 6, 2xC. floridana:9ii, 9iix20. foetida:2c
formosa:la. g!andulosa:2c, 2cxl2b. glandulosissima:le, 2bi, lex2a, lex4a, lexlO. glutinosa:2c,
2cxl3. grandiflora:2a. grandis:lex4a. guatemalensis:6. guianensis:19. hirsuta:4, 4a, 4b. hirta:4axl0.
hispida:2a, 17, 4bxl3, 10x2a/4a?, EDN. hispidula:18. hodgei:8. horrida:2, 2a-2c, 18, lex2a, 2ax4a,
4axl0. hybrida:2/4x? incarnata:12b. inermis:2ax4a. insularis:5. kingii:10. latibracteata:18. leonardio-
rum:3. longibracteata:4bxl2a. lopez-palacii:EDN. macrantha:2a. macrophylla:2axl0 micrantha:15
2cx4b, 4bxl5, 15x13/20?, EDN. microphylla:lex2a. minasensis:12a, 17, 4bxl2a, 12bxl7. mista:lf, If* 4
moldenkei:lc. montevidensis:9i. morii:12a. moritziana:ld, le, ldx2c, lexl0/20. multicolor:EDN. mul-
tiflora: 12x6/7?. mutabilis:lf, 12b, 20, lfx2. nana:9i-cvx20. niveailf, 12, 12a, 12b. normalis:lf, 12b.
notha:EDN. obtusifolia:la orientalis:2c. ovatifolia:9i, 11. paraensis:19. parviflora:2a. parvifolia:le
9i, 13, lexlO, 10xla/le?, EDN. planaltensis:17. pohliana:12axl4. polyacantha:2ax4a. portoricensis:lb
puberulenta: 1 2bx 17. pubescens:EDN. pu!chra:EDN. punctata:EDN. purpurea:lfxC, EDN. redinata:9i
riedeliana: 13, EDN. robusta:4bxl2a. rosea:EDN. rubella:2ax20. rubello-flavescens:ldxl2b. rubra:18x20,
EDN. ragosa:2cxl3. sandersii:6 sanguinea:lf. sanibelensis:9iii sargentii:2bi. scabra:ldx2c. scabrida:6
scabrifolia:13. scandens:6. scorta:4a. splendens:7. strigocamara:20. suaveolens:lf. subcordata:2bii
subinermis:la, If, 12a, 12b, lfx4. tenuifolia:13. temata:2a, 4axl0, 10x2a/4a? temifolia:ld. tiliifolia:2c,
ldx2c, 2cxl7. triplinervia:12a, 12b, 17, 4bxl2a, 12bxl7. urticifolia:la, lb, lc, 2b. urticoides:18, Iex2ax6,
2axl0. varia:lf. variagatarlf. velutina:ldx6 violacea:15xl3/20? viscosa:14. vulgaris:la. weberbaueri:2cx4b
zanonii:2b, 2bi, 2bii.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank the following herbaria for searches, loans, digitization of specimens, and access to collections: A, AAU
BH, BM, BM-SL, BR, BRIT, B, B-WILLD, C, DWC, E, F, FI, FTG, G, G-DC, GH, GOET, HIPC, HOH, JE, K, KW,
LASCA, LINN, LIV, LL, M, MANCH, MEXU, MO, MPU, MSC, MVFQ, NY, OXF, P, P-HBK, PAD, PH, PL RB, &
SMU, STU, TENN; TEX, UC, UPRRP, UPS, US, VDB, W, WECO, WIS, WLU, WS, WTU, WU. Special thanks
go to the curators of BRIT and TEX for extensive digitization and of TENN for hosting loans. Financial support
was provided by the Appalachian College Association and Queensland Department of Primary Industries-
Constructive comments by Michael Nee and an anonymous reviewer are appreciated.
REFERENCES
Howard, R.A. 1969. A checklist of cultivar names used in the genus Lantana. Arnoldia 29:73-109.
Maschinski, J E. Sirkin, AND J. Fant. 201 0. Using genetic and morophological analysis to distinguish endangered taxa fro*"
their hybrids with the cultivated exotic pest plant Lantana strigocamara (syn: Lantana camara). Conservation Gen*
11:1607-1621.
146).
Offutt, ICE. and R.W. Sanders. 201 2. Identification guide to the Lantana camara complex: an interactive, multi-access key.
Bryan College, Dayton, TN. Accessed November 23, 2012 at http://www.bryancore.org/sliks/
Rotman, A.D. and M.E. Mulgura de Romero. 2010. Novedades nomenclaturales en los generos Lippia y Lantana
Sanders, R.W. 1 987a. Identity of Lantana depressa and L ovatifolia in Florida and the Bahamas. Syst. Bot. 1 2:44-60.
Sanders, R.W. 1987b. Taxonomic significance of chromosome observations of Caribbean species of Lantana
(Verbenaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 74:914-920.
Sanders, R.W. 1987c. A new species of Lantana (Verbenaceae) from Dominica, Lesser Antilles. J. Arnold Arbor. 68:
343-348.
Sanders, R.W. 1989. Lantana sect. Camara (Verbenaceae) in Hispaniola: novelties and notes. Moscosoa 5:202-215.
Sanders, R.W. 2001 . The genera of Verbenaceae in the southeastern United States. Havard Pap. Bot. 5:303-358.
Sanders, R.W. 2006. Taxonomy of Lantana sect. Lantana (Verbenaceae): I. Correct application of Lantana camara and
Santos Silva, T.R. 2001. Lectotypifications and neotypifications in Lantana and Lippia (Verbenaceae). Taxon 50:
1115-1118.
Schauer, J. C. 1 847. Verbenaceae. Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 1 1 : 522-700.
Schauer, J. C. 1851 . Lantana. FI. Bras. [Martius] 9: 251-266.
Stebbins, G.L 1966. Processes of organic evolution. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.
Urban, 1. 1906.Collectores: Riedel, Ludwig. FI. Bras. [Martius] 1(1):89-91.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute ofTexas6(2)
BOOK REVIEW
Craig Pittman. 2012. The Scent of Scandal: Greed, Betrayal, and the World’s Most Beautiful Orchid. (ISBN:
978-0-8130-3974-9, hbk.). University Press of Florida, 15 Northwest 15th St., Gainesville, Florida 32611-
2079, U.S.A. (Orders: http://www.upf.com). $24.95, 299 pp., b/w photos, 6" x 9 M .
After carefully reading this book, I turned to the back cover, and read the small heading: “TRUE CRIME/GAR-
DEN1NG.” The first review stated: “FANTASTIC. If I did not know most of the main players I would have
thought the author had a vivid and twisted imagination.” — Paul Martin Brown, author of Wild Orchids of
Florida ” — (and also a number of other orchid books and papers.) 1 was delighted. AND I had had about the
same reaction as he did. I had worked with Paul when 1 was Sr. Technical Editor for the Flora of North America j
North of Mexico project and had edited some of his contributions to the Orchidaceae. I also edited some of his j
other orchid manuscripts separately. I have tremendous respect for his contributions — AND his knowledge of
orchids.
Long, long ago, I had married the son of a well-known African Violet (and companion plants) family. After ;
college and a stint in the Air Force, we moved back to Illinois and setded down in a nearby small town. We im-
mediately got involved with the plants (Gesneriaceae and Orchidaceae, especially) — AND my mother and I
were quickly introduced to the monthly African Violet Club. (My father lovingly considered us all “a bunch of
delightful screwballs”)
People who REALLY love orchids, African violets, and companion plants really do tend to get very in-
volved, and often competition can get pretty nasty. Of course, there are local shows, state shows, regional, and
national shows. Ribbons are nice to earn, but tempers can really skyrocket at times. The more involved one
is — and the more competition gets heated— well, it can wreak havoc, even at the local level. When you get in-
volved enough to go to the state shows and the national shows, most people are really committed to doing their
best. However, while competition for new varieties is always a big challenge, when it comes to finding beautiful
and truly new species in native soils in other countries, it can become truly illegal, involved, and potentially
unlawful to bring in plants collected in other countries and illegally slipped through customs.
The Scent of Scandal is an actual, very carefully documented account of a rare and unusually beautiful or-
chid that got into the country, was recognized as an extremely new and beautiful specimen, caused all kinds of
interest, all kinds of trouble, was illegally named, and becomes an absolutely true, carefully documented case
history. Craig Pittman has done an incredible job of researching all strands of information, documentation,
actions (good or bad), timing, and ultimately providing 242 pages of page-turning fascination, 43 pages of fine
print, and a bibliography, tracing the path of one extremely beautiful, very rare, illegally named orchid but Stitt
bound to the name given it according to legal practice.
This is a page turner— with real people, real emotions, good intentions, devious actions, careless deci-
sions, and a very beautiful plant— legally or illegally “officially named.” It prompts numerous concerns all the
way: legalities, illegal actions, some knowingly, others perhaps not so knowingly. And every bit is carefully
researched and documented by the very capable author . — Helen Jeude, Volunteer and Assistant Editor, Botanic d
Research Institute of Texas, 1700 University Dr., Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, U.S.A.
CYTOTYPIC VARIATION IN PHLOX P1LOSA SSP. PILOSA (POLEMONIACEAE)
AT THE WESTERN EDGE OF ITS RANGE IN THE CENTRAL UNITED STATES
Lindsey Worcester, Mark H. Mayfield, and Carolyn J. Ferguson
Herbarium and Division of Biology
Kansas State University
Manhattan, Kansas 66506-4901, U.SA
ferg@ksu.edu
RESUMEN
Polyploidy is frequent in plants and is considered an important factor in plant evolution (Otto & Whitton
2000; Adams & Wendel 2005; Soltis et al. 2009; Soltis et al. 2010). Autopolyploidy, or genome doubling within
a species, can lead to intraspecific ploidy level (cytotypic) variation (although some autopolyploids alterna-
tively meet criteria for species recognition; see Soltis et al. 2007). Such cytotypic variation within species may
be underappreciated, as systematists have sometimes made assumptions about ploidy levels for entire taxa
based on one or few chromosome counts. Advances in flow cytometry methods enable rapid assessment of
genome size and inference of ploidy level (Dole&l & BartoS 2005), and recent studies have demonstrated in-
triguing cytotypic variation in some species (e.g., Balao et al. 2009; Cires et al. 2009; Whittemore & Olsen
2011). Documentation of cytotypic variation is a critical first step toward understanding ecological, genetic,
and taxonomic consequences of autopolyploidy in particular groups.
Phlox pilosa L. (Polemoniaceae) is a showy, upright, perennial species ranging throughout most of the
eastern United States, from the east coast to the edge of the Great Plains and Central Texas (Wherry 1955; Great
Plains Flora Association 1986; Gleason & Cronquist 1991). Phlox pilosa exhibits noteworthy morphological
variation across its range, and several subspecies are usually recognized (Wherry 1955; Levin & Smith 1965;
Levin 1966; Locklear 2011; see also Ferguson 1998). Phlox pilosa ssp. pilosa occurs in prairies and woodland
openings across most of the general range of P. pilosa as a whole, with westernmost populations occurring in
north central Texas and south central Oklahoma. Most published chromosome counts for P. pilosa are diploid,
and represent the wide-ranging P. pilosa ssp. pilosa (e.g., Kelly & Wahl 1928; Flory 1931 [P argillacea Clute &
Ferris, a taxonomic synonym], 1934; Meyer 1944; Levin & Smith 1965; Levin 1966, 1968; Smith & Levin 1967;
see also Levin & Schaal 1970; Levy & Levin 1974). However, there has long been a suggestion of polyploidy
near the western edge of the range of P. pilosa ssp. pilosa. Smith and Levin (1967) reported a tetraploid chromo-
some count for material of P. pilosa ssp. pilosa from a mile south of Sachse, Texas (Dallas County, in north
central Texas) and one tetraploid count for material of P. pilosa ssp. pilosa from the state of Arkansas (precise
locality unknown). This has led to some question regarding ploidy level and possible cytotypic variation in P.
Phlox pilosa is one of the most thoroughly studied species of the genus Phlox (due particularly to the extenr
sive systematic and ecological research conducted by D.A. Levin and colleagues in the 1960s and 1970s; e.g.,
citations listed above), and further work on P. pilosa advances the utility of Phlox as a study system. Phlox is a
genus of ca. 60 species of perennial herbs occurring mostly in North America (Wherry 1955; Locklear 2011;
Ferguson et al. in prep. [FNA vol. 15]). The base chromosome number for Phlox is x=7 (Flory 1934), and diploid,
tetraploid and hexaploid chromosome counts have been reported (see Kelly & Wahl 1928; Flory 1931, 1934,
1937, 1948; Meyer 1944; Levin 1964, 1966, 1968; Levin & Smith 1965; Eater 1967; Smith & Levin 1967; Love
1971; Strakosh 2004; Fehlberg & Ferguson 2012 and in press). Furthermore, polyploidy has been implicated
as a factor contributing to complicated patterns of phylogeny, including incongruence between nrDNA and
cpDNA phylogenies for samples of P. pilosa and close relatives (Ferguson & Jansen 2002; see also Ferguson et
al. 1999). Study of cytotypic variation within P. pilosa ssp. pilosa can thus be placed within an extensive broad-
In this study, patterns of cytotypic variation in P pilosa ssp. pilosa were explored at the western edge of its
range, from north central Texas to eastern Oklahoma, western Arkansas, and southeastern Kansas. Flow cy-
tometry was conducted chiefly on fresh field-collected leaf material, as well as previously preserved material
for some populations (silica gel-dried, frozen, or herbarium material). Meiotic chromosome counts were per-
formed on bud material from several populations to enable ploidy level inferences based on genome size
(Dole&l et al. 2007).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Field collection. — Material was collected from over 50 populations of P. pilosa ssp. pilosa ranging from the gen-
eral area of the earlier reported tetraploid count in Texas (Smith & Levin 1967) and north along the western
edge of the taxon range as far as southeastern Kansas. Fresh leaf material from an individual plant from each
population was reserved for flow cytometry. For some populations, leaves from multiple individuals were col-
lected in silica gel to enable later testing for cytotypic variation within populations. For populations at an early
stage of flowering, bud material for chromosome counts was collected (and preserved in a solution of 3 parts
95% ethanol: 1 part glacial acetic acid, with subsequent transfer to 70% ethanol). Voucher specimens fromaB
populations were prepared and deposited in the Kansas State University Herbarium (KSC). This study was
further augmented with material from several populations previously collected (material that had been col-
lected in silica gel or fresh-frozen and stored at -70°C, and one recent herbarium specimen).
Flow cytometry. — DNA content per cell was assessed for individuals using flow cytometry. At least one
individual was sampled per population, with additional within-population sampling for 11 populations. Leaf
material (0.04-0.10 grams) was chopped with a fresh razor blade in 2 mL of chopping buffer specified by Da-
vison et al. (2007; modified from Bino et al. 1993). The resulting slurry was filtered through 30 pm nylon mesh
(Small Parts, Inc.), followed by vortexing and centrifugation (500 RCF for 7 minutes). The supernatant was
decanted off of the pellet, or if a pellet did not form, approximately half of the liquid was decanted. Propidiu®
iodide staining solution (BioSure; 700 pL) was added to each sample to fluorescently stain the DNA; and 2 pf
of chicken erythrocyte nuclei (CEN) singlets (BioSure) were added to each sample as an internal standard
Samples were vortexed and stored on ice for 1-2 hours prior to processing on a Becton Dickinson FACS-Cafr
bur flow cytometer at the Flow Cytometry Lab of the College of Veterinary Medicine, Kansas State University
The flow cytometer quantifies the amount of DNA by measuring the fluorescence per nucleus. The result'
Worcester et al., Cytotypic variation in Phlox pilosa ssp. pilosa
ing histogram for each sample was analyzed using CellQuest software (Becton Dickinson), and a coefficient of
variation (CV) was obtained. To ensure highest quality data, we aimed to retain samples with measurements
based on ca. 10,000 nuclei per sample and having CV values <5% (see Galbraith et al. 1997; Dole£el & Bartos
2005). Picogram (pg) amounts were then calculated using the equation from Dolezel and BartoS (2005).
Chromosome counts. — Chromosome counts were conducted using a modified version of B.L. Turner’s
squash technique for meiotic cells (Jones & Luchsinger 1986). These counts enabled linking of picogram DNA
amounts to chromosome numbers for P. pilosa ssp. pilosa, and thus inference of ploidy levels based on flow
cytometry data.
Flow cytometry data were retained for 46 populations: these samples had 10,005-11,205 nuclei scored and CV
values from 1.91-4.98% (Table 1). Flow cytometry worked well for the Phlox material; most runs yielded high
quality data, although some samples did not meet criteria for inclusion (see Materials and Methods; due to
lower numbers of events, high CV values, or, occasionally, poorly defined peaks). Based on these data (Table 1),
cytotypic variation in P. pilosa ssp. pilosa was inferred, with 13 diploid populations, 30 tetraploid populations,
and three unusual populations with higher DNA content (discussed below). DNA content per nucleus for the
diploid and tetraploid populations averaged 10.66 pg (range 9.22-13.36 pg) and 21.90 pg (range 18.27-24.81
pg), respectively (based on measurements of all individuals; Table 1). The three remaining populations had an
average DNA content per nucleus of 26.55 pg (range 23.59-29.46 pg; Table 1).
For 11 populations, additional individuals (2-9) were analyzed. No cases of intrapopulational cytotypic
variation were inferred (Table 1). However, measured within population variation in picogram values ranged
from 0.26 pg (in diploid population 16) to 4.13 pg (in tetraploid population 17; Table 1).
Chromosome counts were obtained, including a diploid count (n= 7) and a tetraploid count (n=14; Fig. la,
lb; Table 1). Cells undergoing meiosis were also observed for two of the three populations that exhibited high
genome size values (populations 12 and 13). Cells from some buds of population 12 showed clear tetraploidy
(n=14), while those from other buds suggested additional chromosomes or chromosomal fragments (although
clear counts could not be obtained). Cells from buds of population 13 appeared to have more chromosomes
than the tetraploid material (n=17+), although the chromosomes could not be sufficiently spread apart. While
it is possible that higher level polyploids are present, these results may also be due to the presence of B chromo-
somes (supemumary chromosomes; see Smith & Levin 1967 for reports of B chromosomes in P. pilosa; see also
Meyer 1944 for notation of “fragments” in meiotic figures of some Phlox taxa).
Mapping the cytotypic data for sampled populations revealed a generally east-west pattern (Fig. 2), with
diploid populations occurring in the eastern part of the sampling range, tetraploid populations in the western
part, and the three populations with unusually high DNA content in southeastern Oklahoma (Fig. 2).
DISCUSSION
This study demonstrates that P. pilosa ssp. pilosa occurs as diploid and tetraploid populations at the western
e dge of its range from the southeastern Great Plains (sensu Great Plains Flora Association 1986) and south into
northern Texas. This variation does not correspond to any previously recognized infraspecific taxa in P pilosa,
and no morphological differences were noticed among cytotypes (future work will investigate micromorphol-
ogy of these populations). Interestingly, two subspecies of P. pilosa occurring further west in Texas (onto the
Edwards Plateau) are known to be tetraploid (P. pilosa ssp. latisepala Wherry and P. pilosa ssp. riparia Wherry;
see Levin 1966, 1968; Smith & Levin 1967). Some workers have recognized these Central Texas taxa at the
specific level, partly due to the polyploid condition: P aspera E.E. Nelson and P. villosissima (A. Gray) White-
house (Levin 1968; Levin & Schaal 1970; Levy 1973); or, as a single species under P villosissima (Turner 1998;
Locklear 2011). Our documentation of tetraploid populations of P. pilosa ssp. pilosa in northern Texas (and
northward) indicates that there are no ploidy level differences precluding intergradation with the Central
Texas taxa. Investigation of population level morphological, genetic, and cytotypic variation are warranted
is (in P pilosa ssp. latisepala and P.
within P pilosa thus occurs in the region sampled in the present study 0
northern Texas; in P. pilosa ssp. pilosa), west and south through Central Te
pilosa ssp. riparia).
Ploid, three populations in southeastern Oklahoma had unusually high DNA content per nucleus, and com-
pound light microscopy of meiosing cells suggested presence of chromosomes (or chromosome fragments)
beyond the tetraploid number. Further cytological study of these populations will be necessary to definitively
document ploidy. Accessory, B chromosomes have been documented in P pilosa ssp. pilosa (Smith & Levin
1967 > »n populations from central and northern Alabama, northeastern Arkansas, and northwestern Indiana),
and may well explain the variation detected here. Although perhaps less likely, higher ploidy levels are also
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Worcester et al., Cytotypic variation in
>. pilosa 449
known in Phlox. For example, Fehlberg & Ferguson (2012; in press) have found diploid, tetraploid and hexa-
ploid cytotypes in R amabilis Brand and P woodhousei (A. Gray) E.E. Nelson (with evidence from chromosome
counts, flow cytometry, and population genetic data); Eater (1967) obtained diploid, tetraploid and hexaploid
chromosome counts for P nana Nutt, (following current taxon recognition; e.g., Wilken & Porter 2005); and a
hexaploid count is known for P. andicola E.E. Nelson (Love 1971).
Tetraploid individuals of P. pilosa ssp. pilosa have a genome size approximately double that of diploids
(averaging 21.90 pg [n=58] vs. 10.66 pg [n=19]; populations with unusually high genome size values averaged
26.55 pg [n=6]). Ranges in genome size within a ploidy level (e.g., 9.22-13.36 pg for individual diploids) were
somewhat greater than expected. For example, Fehlberg and Ferguson (2012) found picogram ranges within a
ploidy level of less than three picograms for R amabilis and P. woodhousei. However, their sampling on a per
cytotype basis within a taxon was more limited (with a maximum of eight individuals for a single cytotype
P. woodhousei; Fehlberg & Ferguson 2012). In the present study, there were no clear geographical patterns to
genome size variation within cytotypes: in some cases, geographically proximate populations of the same
ploidy level differed greatly (e.g., DNA content for two Wagoner County, Oklahoma, tetraploid populations was
21.60 vs. 24.15 pg), and measurements from individuals within populations differed (with the extreme being a
tetraploid population with a range in values slightly over four picograms). Variation in genome size observed
within a ploidy level for P pilosa ssp. pilosa may reflect, at least in part, an error level for flow cytometry mea-
surements in this study; it may reflect true variation in genome size within cytotypes, and this could be due in
part to differential presence of B chromosomes (discussed above; see Smith & Levin 1967); or, cytotypic varia-
tion may actually be more complex than inferred here (i.e, some additional cytotypes such as triploids and
hexaploids may be present).
Spatial patterns of cytotypic variation in P. pilosa ssp. pilosa show that tetraploids generally occur west of
diploid populations, potentially under more xeric conditions. While diploid and tetraploid populations were
detected in close proximity (within eight miles), we did not detect mixed cytotype populations (though, with-
in-population sampling was limited). Cytotypes are somewhat separated by geographic features, particularly
river systems: for example, the Neosho River in southeastern Kansas separates sampled diploids to the east and
tetraploids to the west. Into central Oklahoma (where most of our sampling was conducted), tetraploid popula-
tions tend to occur at slightly lower altitudes relative to diploids and west of major river systems, but detailed
study of potential ecological correlates of cytotypic variation in the area will require additional sampling.
Documentation of intraspecfic cytotypic variation in P. pilosa ssp. pilosa at the western edge of its range is
intriguing, and sets the stage for further study exploring ecological and cryptic morphological correlates of
this variation. This work advances study of systematics of Phlox by adding to our understanding of cytotypic
variation. Current work in our lab seeks to synthesize chromosome count and flow cytometry data for Phlox in
a revised taxonomic context. In a broader context, cytotypic variation may in general be underappreciated m
plants: for certain, systematists should not assume inference of ploidy level for an entire taxon based ononeor
few chromosome counts alone. Broader surveys (made easier through techniques such as flow cytoi
detailed studies of cytotypic patterns promise to improve our gen
sity in plants.
tnding of this aspect of biodiver-
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We gratefully acknowledge support from the following programs for LWs undergraduate research: NSF Un-
dergraduate Research Mentoring Grant URM-1041199, the KSU McNair Scholars Program, NSF-ESPCoR
(EPS-0903806), and the State of Kansas through Kansas Technology Enterprise Corporation; and from the
KSU Division of Biology. We thank Richard Noyes and Alan Prather for valuable reviewer comments, and
Shannon Fehlberg and the Ferguson lab group for valuable comments on an earlier version of the manuscript.
We thank Theresa Melhem Susan Rolfsmeier, Wanda Worcester, and Bethany Wright for assistance with held
work; Mike Herman for use of his camera-equipped microscope; and Molly Bernstein, Bernard Friebe, Theresa
450
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Melhem, Susan Rolfsmeier, Spencer Tomb, Bethany Wright, and the KSU Flow Cytometry Facility (School of
Veterinary Medicine) for technical assistance. Online specimen database resources are gratefully acknowl-
edged: R.L. McGregor Herbarium (KANU), Oklahoma Vascular Plants Database (particularly Oklahoma State
University Herbarium [OKLA] and Robert Bebb Herbarium [OKL]), and Flora of Texas database (LLTEXk
This is publication 12-452-J of the Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station.
l.Bot. 95:99-1 10.
ersity of California, Santa
REFERENCES
Adams, K.L. and J.F. Wendel. 2005. Polyploidy and genome evolution in plants. Curr. Opin. PI. Biol. 8:135-141.
Balao, F., R. Casimiro-Soriguer, M. Talavera, J. Herrera, and S. Talavera. 2009. Distribution and diversity of cytotypes in Dian-
thus broteri as evidenced by genome size variations. Ann. Bot. 104:965-973.
Bino, RJ., S. Lanteri, H.A. Verhoeven, and H.L Kraak. 1993. Flow cytometric determination of nuclear replication stages in
seed tissues. Ann. Bot. 722:181-187.
Gres, L, C. Cuesta, E.L Peredo, M.A. Revilla, and JA.F. Prieto. 2009. Genome size variation and morphological differentiation
Evol. 281:1 93-208.
Davison, J., A.Tyagi, and L. Comai. 2007. Large-scale polymorphism of heterochromatic repeats in the DNA of Arabidopsis
thaliana. B. M. C. PI. Biol. 7:44.
DoleZel, J. and J. Bartos. 2005. Plant DNA flow cytometry and estimation in n
Dolezel, J., J. Greilhuber, and J. Suda. 2007. F
Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany.
Eater, J.W. 1 967. A systematic study of subsection Nanae of the genus Phlox. M A T1
Barbara.
Fehlberg, S.D. and CJ. Ferguson. 2012. Intraspecific cytotypic variation and complicated genetic structure in the Phlox
amabilis-P. woodhousei (Polemoniaceae) complex. Amer. J. Bot. 99:865-874.
Fehlberg, S.D. and CJ. Ferguson. In press. Intraspecific cytotype variation and conservation: an example from Phlox
(Polemoniaceae). S.E. Meyers, tech ed. Southwestern rare and endangered plants: Proceedings of the fifth confer-
ence; March 16-20, 2009; Salt Lake City, Utah. Proceedings RMRS-P-XX. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Ser-
vice, Rocky Mountain Research Station, Fort Collins.
Ferguson, CJ. 1998. Molecular systematics of eastern Phlox L. (Polemoniaceae). Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas,
Austin.
Ferguson, CJ. and R.K. Jansen. 2002. A chloroplast DNA phytogeny of eastern Phlox (Polemoniaceae): implications of con-
gruence and incongruence with the ITS phytogeny. Amer. J. Bot. 89:1 324-1 335.
Ferguson, C J., F. Kramer, and R.K. Jansen. 1 999. Relationships of eastern North American Phlox (Polemoniaceae) based on
ITS sequence data. Syst. Bot. 24:616-631.
Flory, W.S., Jr. 1931. Chromosome numbers in Phlox. The Amer. Naturalist 65:473-476.
Fiory, W.S., Jr. 1 934. A cytological study on the genus Phlox. Cytologia 6:1 -1 8.
Flory, W.S., Jr. 1937. Chromosome numbers in the Polemoniaceae. Cytologia Fujii Jubilaei:1 71-180.
Flory, W.S., Jr. 1 948. The chromosomes of a tetraploid Phlox from the Chisos Mountains. Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sd.
d ploidy in higher plants. Curt
scular plants of northeastern United States ,
26:85.
Galbraith, D.W., G.M. Lambert,
Protoc. Cytom. 7.6.1-7.6.22.
Gleason, HA and A. Cronquist. 1991. Manual of v«
ond edition. New York Botanical Garden, New
Great Plains Flora Association. 1986. Flora of the Great Plains. University Press of Kansas, Lawrence.
Jones, S.B., Jr. and A.E. Luchsinger. 1986. Plant systematics, second edition. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.
Kelly, J.P. and H.A. Wahl. 1928. Genetics of the genus Phlox. Bull. Pennsylvania State College Agric. Exp. Sta. 230:18.
Levin, D.A. 1 964. Variation and evolution in Phlox subsection Divaricatae. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Illinois, Urbana.
Levin, D.A. 1966. The Phlox pilosa complex: crossing and chromosome relationships. Brittonia 18:142-162.
Levin, D.A. 1 968. The genome constitutions of eastern North American Phlox amphiploids. Evolution 22:61 2-632.
Levin, D.A. and B.A. Schaal. 1970. Reticulate evolution in Phlox as seen tl
57:977-987.
Levin, DA and D.M. Smith. 1965. An enigmatic Phlox from Illinois. Brittonia
7:254-266.
Worcester et at., Cytotypic variation in Phlox pilosa ssp. pilosa
451
Levy, M. 1973. Novel flavonoids and reticulate evolution in Phlox. Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University, New Haven.
J. Bot 61:1 56-1 67.
Locklear, J.H. 201 1 . Phlox: a natural history and gardener's guide. Timber Press, Portland.
Love, A. 1971 . IOPB Chromosome number reports XXXI. Taxon 20:157-160.
Meyer, J.R. 1 944. Chromosome studies of Phlox. Genetics 29:1 99-21 6.
Ono, S.P. and J. Whitton. 2000. Polyploid incidence and evolution. Ann. Rev. Genet. 34:401 -437.
Smith, D.M. and D.A. Levin. 1 967. Karyotypes of eastern North American Phlox. Amer. J. Bot. 54:324-334.
Soltis, D.E., VA Albert, J. Leebens-Mack, C.D. Bell, A.H. Paterson, C. Zheng, D. Sankoff, C.W. dePamphilis, P.K. Wall, and P.S. Soltis.
2009. Polyploidy and angiosperm diversification. Amer. J. Bot. 96:336-348.
Souis, D.E., RJ.A. Buggs, J J. Doyle, and P.S. Soltis. 201 0. What we still don't know about polyploidy. Taxon 59:1 387-1 403.
Soltis, D.E., P.S. Soltis, D.W. Schemske, J.f. Hancock, J.N. Thompson, B.C. Husband, and W.S. Judd. 2007. Autopolyploidy in angio-
sperms: have we grossly underestimated the number of species? Taxon 56:1 3-30.
Strakosh, S.C. 2004. Systematic studies in Phlox (Polemoniaceae) with a focus on P dolichantha, P. superba, P. stansburyi,
and P. grayi. M.S. thesis, Kansas State University, Manhattan.
Turner, B.L 1998. Atlas of the Texas species of Phlox (Polemoniaceae). Phytologia 85:309-326.
Wherry, E.T. 1955. The genus Phlox. Morris Arbor. Monogr. 3:1-174.
Whittemore, A.T. and R.T. Olsen. 2011. Ulmus americana (Ulmaceae) is a polyploid complex. Amer. J. Bot. 98:754-760.
Wilken, D.H. AND J.M. Pokter. 2005. Vascular plants of Arizona: Polemoniaceae. Canotia 1:1-37.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
BOOK REVIEW
David Bramwell and Juu CaujapE-Castells (eds.). 2011. The Biology of Island Floras. (ISBN 978-0-531-11808- j
8, hbk.). Cambridge University Press, 100 Brook Hill Drive, West Nyack, New York 10994-2133, U.S.A.
(Orders: www.cambridge.org; phone 1-800-872-7423, fax 845-353-4141), $120.00, 536 pp„ weight 2.65
lbs., 72 b/w illus., 36 tables, 9 3 A" x 6%".
It is estimated that the biodiversity of 53 archipelagos includes between 50,000 and 52,000 plant endemic species woHd- |
wide that are highly threatened, and 20,000 of these species are in critical danger of extinction as part of fragile ecosystems. I
This suggests the urgency and importance of continued study of island biodiversity and conservation highlighted in this I
book. The 21 separate chapters and 48 authors discuss the evolution, diversity, and conservation of island vascular plants. I
Some examples of chapters that emphasize specific island groups are: Origin and evolution of Hawaiian endemics
new patterns revealed by molecular phylogenetic studies; Origin and evolution of Galapagos endemic vascular plants; The I
plants of the Caribbean islands: a review of the biogeography, diversity and conservation of a storm-battered biodiversity J
hotspot; The biogeography of Madagascar palms; Evolution and biogeography of the flora of the Socotra archipelago (Ye- j
men); Biogeography and conservation of the flora of New Caledonia; Phytogeography and relationships of the Pitcairn Is-
lands flora; Chromosomes and evolution in New Zealand endemic angiosperms and gymnosperms; Jesters, red queens,
boomerangs and surfers: a molecular outlook on the diversity of the Canarian endemic flora; and Dispersal, diversity and j
The prestigious list of 48 contributors are represented by Juli Caujape-Castells, David Bramwell, Daniel J. Crawford, j
GregoryJ. Anderson, Gabriel Bemardello, Paula Posadas, Jorge V. Crisci, Liliana Katinas, Sterling C. Keeley, Vicky A. Funk,
Alan Tye, Javier Francisco-Ortega, Michael Maunder, Melissa Abdo, Rosalina Berazain, Colin Clubbe, Francisco Jimenez, j
Angela Leiva, Eugenio Santiago-Valentin, John Dransfield, Mijoro Racotoarinivo, Lisa M. Banfield, Kay Van Damme, An-
thony G. Miller, Steve Waldren, Naomi Kingston, Brian G. Murray, Peter J. de Lange, M. Dolores Ued6, Per O. Karis, Manu-
el B. Crespo, Michael F. Fay, Mark W. Chase, Alain Vanderpoorten, Ben Laenen, Rosalina Gabriel, Juana M. Gonzalez-
Mancebo, FredJ. Rumsey, Mark A. Carine, Michael Kiehn, Ole Hamann, Stuart Cable, Jennifer L. Trusty, Herbert C. Kesler,
Jorge Rodriguez, Sara Oldfield, and Vernon H. Heywood.
The Socotra archipelago in the Indian Ocean off the coast of Yemen currently counts 835 as endemic vascular plant
species. Some of the tree species are unique plant growth forms found nowhere else in the world. The most outstanding
example is the so-called bottle tree ( Adenium obesum subsp. sokotranum (Apocynaceae)), a succulent that stores water in the
swollen trunk. Also, Dorstenia gigas (Moraceae) has a similar appearance and is far larger than any other species of its genus,
suggesting these may be examples of island gigantism. The island has been described as the most alien-looking place on the
planet earth. Additionally, the dracoid growth forms (e.g., Dracaena cinnabari (Ruscaceae)) — which have a single trunk
with ramified branches coming off at one point on the trunk giving an umbrella-shaped crown — occur in 15 unrelatedspe-
cies, suggesting that this growth form has survival value in this landscape.
Exploration, collections, and research on island biology have been supported largely by botanic gardens as part of
Botanic Gardens Conservation International, BDCI. These activities are highlighted in a chapter titled “Botanic gardens and
the conservation of island floras.’’ This network of people and organizations operates to support the multidisciplinary con-
servation objectives to protect and understand insular endemic floras. The features of this book update recent research ad-
vances including molecular biology, genetic diversity, population dynamics, invasiveness, and colonization events that in-
clude human intervention among others as they apply to island biology and conservation.
An abstract for each chapter that briefly summarizes the salient points represented in the topical headings would have
been a valuable addition. Each chapter is a stand-alone thematic topic that has supporting references. This book should be
on the bookshelf of every biologist who teaches plant evolution, plant systematics, ecology, and conservation as well as de-
cision-makers and organizations who seek to preserve biodiversity.— Harold W. Keller, Research Associate, Botanical Re-
search Institute of Texas, 1700 University Drive, Fort Worth, Texas 76102-4025, USA.
I.BotRes. Inst Texas 6(2): 452. 2
A NEW COMBINATION AND A NEW SPECIES IN
COMBRETUM (COMBRETACEAE) FROM INDIA
K.A. Sujana, M.K. Ratheesh Narayanan 1 , and N. Anil Kumar 1
Central Botanical Laboratory, Botanical Survey of India
AJCB Indian Botanic Garden, Botanical Garden
P. 0., Howrah, West Bengal - 71 1 103, INDIA
Author for correspondence: sujanacabc@yahoo.com
lalabaricum (Bedd.) Sujana
RESUMEN
INTRODUCTION
The genus Quisqualis L. (Combretaceae) comprises ca. 16 species of lianas from the Old World tropics (Exell &
Stace 1966). Recent research, however, has shown that the supposed differences with Combretum Loefl. cannot
be maintained on the basis of molecular evidence (Jongkind 1991; Stace 2007; Maurin et al. 2010). Quisqualis
dates from 1762, Combretum from 1758, and the latter name therefore has priority. Gangopadhyay and
Chakrabarty (1997) recognized two species of Quisqualis from India, viz., Q. indica L. and Q. malabarica Bedd.
The latter is here transferred to Combretum and a new combination, viz., Combretum malabaricum (Bedd.) Su-
jana, Ratheesh, & Anil is proposed. Both species have been recorded for Kerala (Nayar et al. 2006; Sasidharan
2011).
During botanical exploration as part of a project on “Investigation of rare, endemic and threatened woody
climbing plants of the Western Ghats,” one of us (Sujana) collected specimens with recurved petals from the
Aralam Wildlife Sanctuary in 2008 which did not match with any known species of Combretum or Quisqualis
and is therefore described as a new species here. The species, although morphologically similar to the Combre-
tum malabaricum (Bedd.) Sujana, Ratheesh, & Anil, comb, nov., differs from it in some characters; these data
are given in Table 1.
Combretum malabaricum (Bedd.) Sujana, Ratheesh, & Anil, comb. nov. (Fig. 1). Quisqualis malabarica Bedd., icon.
PL Ind. Or. 1:33, 1. 155. 1874. Type: INDIA. Kerala: Carcoor ghat Wayanad, dev. ca. 450 m, Beddome s.n. (lectotype: MH - Acc. No.
20405; isolectotype: BM).
Combretum recurvatum Sujana, Ratheesh, & Anil, sp. nov. (Figs. 2, 3). Type: India. Kerala. Kannur district: Aralam
Wildlife Sanctuary, ca. 800 m, 28 Feb 2008, Su jana 0509 (holotype: CAL; isotypes: CAU).
A liana, 15-20 m tall. Stems 15-25 cm in diameter; bark light brown with vertical striations, spines 1.5-2.5 cm
lon g, at the base of the branchlets; young branchlets puberulous, purplish, terete. Leaves opposite, ovate to
oblon g, symmetric, 4-15 x 4-7 cm, membranous, glabrous above, lead-coloured when dry, brown beneath,
domatia as tufts of brown hairs in the axils of the secondary nerves, base rounded, margins entire to undulate
**• Res. Inst Texas 6(2): 453 - 458. 2012
Sujana et al., A new s
455
Flt - 2 ‘ ^return recurvatum Sujana, Ratheesh, & Anil. A. Habit, B. Inflorescence, C Flowers - dose up, D. Fruit
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
457
458
with tawny hairs, apex shortly acuminate or acute, lateral veins 5-8 pairs, slender, adaxially faint, abaxially
prominent, arcuate, tertiary nerves adaxially faint, sometimes abaxially prominent, scalariform, marginal ul-
timate veins recurved to form loops; petioles 1-1.2 cm long, sulcate, densely pubescent. Inflorescence termi-
nal, spicate, 18-26-flowered; peduncles slender, purplish, puberulous, 7-11 cm long; bracteoles linear-lanceo-
late or triangular, ca. 5 x 1 mm, tomentose, deciduous. Flowers 5-merous, 1.5-1.7 x 1.5-1.6 cm; pedicels 0-1
mm long, puberulous. Calyx tube pale green, narrowly infundibuliform, ridged, 0.9-1 cm long, puberulous;
teeth triangular, ca. 3 x 2 mm, ciliolate, apex recurved. Petals white, turning pink with age, ovate or oblong,
13-14 x 6.8-7 mm, recurved with 3 distinct nerves, glabrous, apex obtuse. Stamens 5 + 5, inserted in the throat
of the calyx tube; filaments ca. 1 mm long, white; anthers yellow, basifixed, ca. 1 x 0.7 mm. Ovary 4-5 x 1-1.2
mm, tawny puberulous, ridged, 1-celled with 3 ovules; upper free portion of style 1-2 mm long, yellowish
white, slender, flattened; stigma capitate, creamy white. Fruits chocolate brown, chartaceous, 2-2.3 x 1.8-2.2
cm, villous when young, glabrous when mature, horizontally faintly striate, widely ellipsoid; stalk ca. 1 mm
long, wings 5, thin, 10-12 mm broad. Seed solitary, fusiform, ca. 13 x 0.5 cm. Funicle ca. 6 mm long, curved;
testa brown, membranous.
Distribution. — Combretum recurvatum is so far known only from Aralam Wildlife Sanctuary, Kannur
district of Kerala, India (Fig. 4).
Flowering. — -January-March; Fruiting: February-May.
Habitat. — Rarely seen in the semi-evergreen forests of the Aralam Wildlife Sanctuary, Kerala (Fig. 3), at
an altitude of 800 m above sea level and is found associated with Anamirta cocculus (L.) Wight & Am., Baccrn-
rea courtallensis (Wight) Mull.-Arg., Combretum latifolium Blume, C. razianum K.G. Bhat, Sterculia foetida L.,
and Vateria indica L.
Additional specimens examined: INDIA. KERALA. Kannur district: Aralam Wildlife Sanctuary, alt. 800 m above sea
level, 26 Mar 2009, Sujana 0714; 6 May 2009, Sujana 0786; 2 April 2010, Sujana 0833 and 6 Apr 2011, Sujana 0913 (Herbari-
um of M.S. Swaminathan Research Foundation, Wayanad).
The research grant provided by Sir Dorabji Tata Trust, Mumbai, is gratefully acknowledged. Sincere thanks are
expressed to J. F. Veldkamp (L) for valuable remarks and comments. We very much thank Clive Stace (LTR) for
confirming the novelty; Carel Jongkind (WAG) and Brent Berger (WIS) for their advice on the Combretum/
Quisqualis relationships; and P. Lakhshminarasimhan (BSI) for reviewing the paper. Thanks to K.M. Manudev,
former Research Fellow of MSSRF for the drawings.
REFERENCES
Exell, A.W. AND CA Stace. 1 966. Revision of the Combretaceae. Bol. Soc. Brot. II 40:5-25.
Gangopadhyay, M. and T. Chakrabarty. 1997. The family Combretaceae of Indian subcontinent. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 21: 1
Jongkind, C.C.H. 1991. Novitates Gabonenses, 6. Some critical observations on Combretum versus Quisqualis (Combre-
taceae) and description of two new species of Combretum. Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. Sect. B, Adansonia 12:275-280.
hase, M. Jordaan, and M. van der Bank. 2010. Phylogenetic relationships of Combretaceae inferred from
jstid DNA sequence data: implications for generic classification. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 1 62:453-476.
egam, N. Mohanan, and G. Rajkumar. 2006. Flowering plants of Kerala— a handbook. Tropical Botanic
Sasidharan, N. 2011. Flowering plants of Kerala - Ver 2.0 (CD-ROM). Kerala Forest Research Institute, Peechi, Thrissur,
Kerala, India.
Stace, C.A. 2007. Combretaceae. In K. Kubitzki, ed. The families and genera of vascular plants. Springer-Verlag, Berlin,
Heidelberg. 9:67-82.
CONVOLVULACEAE OF SONORA, MEXICO. 1.
CONVOLVULUS , CRESSA, DICHONDRA, EVOLVULUS, 1POMOEA,
JACQUEMONTIA, MERREMIA, AND OPERCULINA
Richard S. Felger
Herbarium, University of Arizona
P.O. Box 210036, Tucson, Arizona 85721
and Sky Island Alliance, Tucson
rfelger@ag.arizona.edu
Thomas R. Van Devender
Daniel F. Austin
Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum
fi 021 N. Kinney Road, Tucson, Arizona 85743, U.S. A.
and Herbarium, University of Arizona, Tucson
J. Jesus Sanchez-Escalante
Universidad de Sonora
Dept, de Investigaciones CientificasyTecnoldgicas
Rosales y Ninos Heroes, Centro
Hermosillo, Son, 83000, MEXICO
jsanchez@guayacan.uson.mx
Mihai Costea
Dept, of Biology
Wilfrid Laurier University
75 University Avenue W
Waterloo, ON, N2L 3C5, CANADA
mcostea@wlu.ca
RESUMEN
INTRODUCTION
The Convolvulaceae constitute a large and diverse assemblage of 58 genera and about 1800 species worldwide
(Staples 2011). This monophyletic family has greatest diversity in tropical and subtropical regions worldwide
and does not generally occur in higher latitudes. The sweet potato ( Ipomoea batatas) and water spinach (I.
aquatica) are the only major crop plant in the family. In addition to species with horticultural value (e.g., vari-
ous morning glories), there are significant crop weeds (e.g., certain species of Convolvulus, Cuscuta, and
Ipomoea) and many medicinal uses among Sonoran people and worldwide. This publication is the first taxo-
nomic account of all the known Convolvulaceae (convolvs) native or naturalized in the state of Sonora, Mexico
(Fig. 1). We include approximately 84 species and 2 infraspecific taxa in 9 genera for the state. Due to the large
size of the article, we divided it into two parts: the first part includes all the Convolvulaceae genera minus Cus-
cuta, while the second part provides a floristic/taxonomic treatment for the latter genus (Costea et al. 2012a).
This introduction includes the 9 genera.
Although a pohtical border is not necessarily an ecological or biological boundary, the borders of Sonora
are to varying degrees biologically and logistically significant. The western boundary (except the extreme
northwestern comer) is the Gulf of California. The east boundary mostly coincides with the continental di-
vide. The north boundary marks a division between the better-known continental flora of Arizona and the
relatively less-known flora of northern Sonora. The southern border with the state of Sinaloa border separates
a continuous flora but is far enough south to include the northern climatological limits of the New World trop-
ics (in east-central Sonora at 28-29°N).
Sonora encompasses 185,934 km 2 (Molina-Freaner & Van Devender 2010) and is the second largest state
in Mexico after Chihuahua. The region is topographically and biologically diverse (Molina-Freaner & Van
Devender 2010). Three major river systems, the Rio Colorado, Rio Yaqui, and Rio Mayo, and several minor riv-
ers systems course through the state and empty into the Gulf of California. The eastern margin of the state is
comprised of the Sierra Madre Occidental and numerous north-south trending Sky Island ranges forming the
Madrean Archipelago. The highest elevation is 2625 m in the Sierra de los Ajos in northeastern Sonora. The
Sierra San Luis in the extreme northeastern comer is nearly as high, and another high peak, further south on
the Chihuahua border, near Mesa Tres Rios may be equally high. Numerous other ranges, generally decreasing
in peak elevations westward, spread across the rest of the state, interspersed with broad valleys and expansive
plains.
Sonora includes the northern limits of tropical and subtropical biota as well as some of the most arid des-
ert regions of North America. Tropical species follows the lowland tributaries in the Rio Yaqui drainage system
northward in northeastern Sonora.
Total annual precipitation decreases from south to north and east to west, and increases with elevation.
Rainfall is largely bi-seasonal with summer and winter-spring r ainy seasons. Precipitation increases from west
to east: for example from the Rio Colorado River to northeastern Sonora/New Mexico, and with elevation and
from north to south. Total annual precipitation varies from less than 40 mm in the extreme northwest of the
tr the delta of the Rio Colorado to about 1000 mm in southeast and east-central Sonora (e.g., Y£cora at
and probably considerably more farther north, such as the Tres Rios-Sierra Huachinera region (Brito-
et al. 2010; Felger et al. 2001; Martinez-Yrizar et al. 2010).
man populations in Sonora remained sparse and major roads were relatively few until the mid-twenti-
1500 ir
Felger etal., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
eth century (e.g., Stoleson et al. 2005). Much diversity and richness of natural habitat remain, but like else-
where, assault* on the environment are escalating (e.g., Castellanos-Villegas et al. 2010). Since the latter part of
the twentieth century large areas of the state have been established for conservation purposes (e.g., Burquez
and Martinez -Yrizar 2007, Felger and Broyles 2007).
Major works including ethnobotanical information on convolvs in Sonora include Felger and Moser
(1985), Gentry (1942, 1963), Yetman and Felger (2002), and Yetman and Van Devender (2002). For summary
information see species accounts for Ipomoea ancisa, I. arborescens, I. bracteata , and I. pedicellaris.
While soil moisture is the principal limiting factor in this generally arid region, freezing temperatures
limit the northern distributions of the more tropical or subtropical species (e.g., Brito-Castillo et al. 2010;
Shieve 1951; Turner et al. 1995; also see the species accounts for Ipomoea arborescens ). Freezing weather is in-
frequent across most of Sonora, especially in the southern part of the state and at low to moderate elevations,
and many habitats are essentially frost-free, but freezing temperatures become more frequent and severe north-
ward and at higher elevations (Brito et al. 2010).
The total flora of the state includes about 3700 taxa (Van Devender et al. 2010 and new records). Within
this rich flora, the Convolvulaceae is the seventh largest family, following the Asteraceae, Poaceae, Fabaceae,
Euphorbiaceae (Steinman & Felger 1997), Malvaceae (s.l.), Cactaceae (Paredes et al. 2000), and Cyperaceae
(Van Devender et al. 2010). With 42 taxa, Ipomoea is the fourth largest vascular plant genus in the state and the
largest genus in the family worldwide. Among the documented convolv species in Sonora, we include species
that occur in Arizona and New Mexico close to the northern boundary and are expected to occur in Sonora.
Growth forms. — Most convolvs throughout the world are scandent annuals or herbaceous and woody
perennials. Three native Sonoran Ipomoea are trees or large shrubs: I. arborescens, I. chilopsidis, and I. seaania.
The non-native I. cornea subsp. fistulosa is a shrub while I. bracteata and some Jacquemontia may become some-
what shrubby. Ipomoea bracteata and I. longiflora form large tuberous roots, as do I. capillacea and I. plummerae,
while Merremia palmeri, Operculina pinnatifida , and O. pteripes probably have large tuberous roots because
their closest relatives have them.
The majority of Sonoran convolvs are vining or have twining stems. The liana growth form, characteristic
of tropical regions, occurs among Ipomoea bracteata, I. pedicellaris, several Jacquemontia, Merremia quinquefo-
lia, and Operculina pteripes. All occur in tropical deciduous forest in Sonora and some also range into thom-
scrub and oak woodland. Cuscuta spp. are always annual when parasitic on annual hosts; however, when para-
sitizing on perennial woody hosts, some species such as C. americana, C. corymbosa var. grandiflora, and C.
tinctoria are often perennial, regenerating every year from haustorial tissues left inside the stems of the host
(Costea & Tardif 2006).
Endemism and Rare/Endangered Taxa.— Although many species may be locally rare and known from
few collections in Sonora, most of these are common elsewhere. Only a small number of Sonoran convolvs are
rare and/or endangered throughout their range.
Ipomoea seaania, the only convolv endemic to the state of Sonora, is known only from the vicinity ot the
type locality and seems to be globally restricted to a relatively small area. Among Cuscuta, C. dentatasquamata
is known in Sonora only from the type collection; C. solina is known from one locality in Sonora but is common
elsewhere, and the only known Sonoran C. tinctoria specimen is a parasite on a cultivated tree and is not native.
Tkere are two records for Dichondra brachypoda in Sonora, both in mountains in the northeastern part of the
state. Evolvulus prostratus is known from two collections in Sonora but is widespread elsewhere in Mexico.
Ipomoea alba, with two records, is common elsewhere and may or may not be native in Sonora. Ipomoea ancisa
is a relatively narrow endemic in mountains in eastern Sonora and western Chihuahua but is locally common.
Jacquemontia abutiloides is widespread in Baja California (none) and Gulf of California islands and approaches
Sonora on Isla Tiburon, although a thorough taxonomic investigation may render it a synonym of a mainland
s P ec ' es - Merremia cissoides, with a single Sonora collection, is a cosmopolitan species.
Non-natives. — About eight convolvs found in Sonora are not native to the state. Convolvulus Owens ts and
1 xl-wunthu are widespread weeds. Ipomoea cornea subsp. fistulosa, I. triloba, and Merremia disjecta are prob-
463
ably of Caribbean origin and I. batatas, the sweet pototo, is of tropical American origin. The origin of I. hep-
taphylla is not known although it is probably native to the Old World. Ipomoea batatas and I. camea subsp.fis-
tulosa are cultivated and are sometimes encountered outside of cultivation. Cuscuta campestris and C. indecora
are weedy and probably have been introduced, and C. tinctoria probably is also not native to the flora.
Diversity. — In comparison with neighboring areas to the north and west (Arizona, the two Baja Califor-
nia states, California, and New Mexico), the convolvs are quite diverse in Sonora. This is due to the more tropi-
cal affinities of much of the Sonoran flora as well as habitat diversity. As one moves further south in Mexico and
Central America, the convolv diversity continues to increase. A comparison of the convolv diversity in Sonora
with adjacent and comparable areas in Mexico and the southwestern United States is shown in Table 1.
Vegetation of Sonora and the Convolvs
The major habitats or vegetation types in Sonora include mangroves and coastal vegetation, tropical deciduous
forest, thomscrub, desertscrub (both Sonoran and Chihuahuan), grassland, oak woodland, pine-oak forest,
and mixed conifer forest (Fig. 2, Table 2). The Sonoran convolvs are distributed as follows: Chihuahuan desert
(11), Sonoran desert (33), coastal thomscrub (30), foothills thomscrub (31), tropical deciduous forest (41),
grassland (13), oak woodland (34), pine-oak forest, 27), mixed conifer forest (1), salt scrub (1), mangroves (1).
These vegetation regions are briefly mentioned below, with some examples of characteristic convolvs. For dis-
cussions of the vegetation of Sonora the reader is referred to Brown (1982), Felger et al. (2001), Gentry (1942),
Martin et al. (1998), Martinez-Yrizar et al. (2010), Rzedowski (1978), and Shreve (1951).
Coastal vegetation. — Mangroves occur sporadically along the coastal fringe of the southern two-thirds
of the state, bordering salt scrub. Cressa truxillensis occurs along beaches and extends into tidal marshes (lo-
cally called esteros ) of salt scrub and sometimes at the inland border of mangroves, as well as inland in some
agricultural areas. Ipomoea imperati and I. pes-caprae are found along beaches.
northeastern Sonora and adjacent southeastern Arizona at elevations below about 1430 m. This landlocked
desert covers much of north-central Mexico between the Sierra Madre Occidental and Sierra Madre Oriental
extends into adjacent inland areas of the southwestern United States. Hard freezes may occur in the Chi-
diich accounts for the absence of columnar cacti and reduced convolv diversity. Rainfall
mostly occurs during the summer. The Sonoran portion of the Chihuahuan desert is bordered by grassland
and oak woodland. As with the Sonoran desert, there is open ground, and shrubs predominate. The substrate
often consists of limestone and alkaline soils. A total of 12 convolv species are recorded for the relatively small
area of the Chihuahuan desert in Sonora (one occurs adjacent in Arizona) and all except Ipomoea cardiophylla
also occur in adjacent vegetation.
Sonoran desert.— The Sonoran desert, defined and described elegantly by Forrest Shreve (1951), covers
roughly the northwestern two-thirds of Sonora. Shreve divided the Sonoran desert into seven geographic veg-
etation zones, five of which occur in Sonora, although Shreve’s Foothills of Sonora is reclassified as thomscrub
(Felger & Lowe 1976), leaving the Plains of Sonora, portions of the Arizona Upland, the Sonora portions of the
Crural Gulf Coast, and the Lower Colorado Valley. Within the span of environments in the Sonora portion of
the Sonoran desert there is great variation in vegetation cover and structure and regional plant diversity. Thir-
ty-two convolv species are documented for the Sonora portion of the Sonoran desert.
Ray6n 33, Rosario
, San Luis Ri'o Colorado 1, San Miguel de Horcasitas 42, San Pedro de
>, Tubutama 13, Ures 43, Villa Hidalgo 30, Villa
a !.
1 ss»ss
] !h!i!
3 2 i
i.ciflt
,-Jll
toslilil
.»*Ss!if
Felger et al., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
^Unlike thornscrub there is much open ground. Most of the perennial Sonoran desert plants have evolved
° m ,ro P ical or subtropical relatives that are found today in thornscrub and tropical deciduous forest. Many of
1 Perennials are sensitive to winter freezing, their northern limits fixed by an invisible line of freezing tem-
peratures and drought. The desert is essentially frost-free at its southern limits, such as near Guaymas, and the
***** and Oration of freezing increases northward. Similarly, drought is more severe northward and west-
(Felger 2000; Turner et al. 1995).
show a strong seasonality linked with monsoonal rains and for the most part are highly frost-sensitive. Unlike
TDF, natural thornscrub generally does not form 100% perennial coverage. The stature of the vegetation is
generally lower and the dominant species tend to have smaller leaves than those of the TDF. Thornscrub in
Sonora was described as Sinaloan Thornscrub by Brown (1982) and Thom Forest by Gentry (1942).
Two thornscrub formations can be discerned in Sonora: the coastal thornscrub (CTS) of southwestern
Sonora (Felger and Lowe 1976; Friedman 1996; Martin et al. 1998) and the interior, foothills thornscrub (FTS)
along the east side of the Sonoran desert and at higher elevations within the Sonoran desert. We document 30
convolv species in CTS in Sonora and 31 in FTS.
Coastal thornscrub is on the coastal plain from Empalme-Guaymas southward. Foothills thornscrub is
on inland, often rocky slopes. In southern Sonora, FTS is below tropical deciduous forest in elevation. In cen-
tral Sonora, it is the transitional vegetation between the Plains of Sonora subdivision of the Sonoran desert on
the west and oak woodland in Sky Island mountain ranges and the Sierra Madre Occidental to the east. In the
north FTS is replaced by desert grassland as winters become colder and periodic fires become ecological pro-
cesses. The northern limits of FTS in Sonora are at about 30°11'N in the Rio Sonora Valley and 30°26'N on the
Rio Bavispe at the southern end of the Sierra El Tigre. FTS does not reach Arizona, but the distributions of a
number of FTS species extend into southern Arizona in desert grassland or oak woodland.
Coastal thornscrub extends southward on the coastal plain from the southern margin of the Sonoran
desert in the vicinity of Guaymas into coastal northwestern Sinaloa. Southward and eastward this vegetation
type merges with TDF. Much of the coastal thornscrub has been converted to large-scale modem agriculture.
Foothills thornscrub. — This vegetation type is essentially synonymous with Shreve’s (1951) Foothills of
Sonora subdivision of the Sonoran desert (Felger and Lowe 1976; Felger et al. 2001). FTS is shrubby or semi'
arborescent vegetation with a nearly closed canopy of small trees and large shrubs. FTS extends northward
along the eastern side of the Sonoran desert, becoming narrower in geographic and elevational range towards
its northern limits. Northward it gives out at about the vicinity of Arizpe, where rise in elevations and winter
freezing as well as drier conditions become pronounced.
Tropical deciduous forest. — The northern arm of TDF, sweeping northward from the tropics, ends in
the mountains of eastern Sonora and southwestern Chihuahua. Sonoran TDF is sandwiched between thorn-
scrub to the west at lower elevations and oak woodland eastward at higher elevations. Northward, along the
east side of the Sonoran desert, TDF merges into foothills thornscrub (Felger et al. 2001; Martlnez-Yrizaretd.
2010).
There is a long dry season interrupted by a short but intense rainy season generally from mid-June to
October. Summers are long and hot and winters short and mild. Freezing weather is rare and most Sonoran
TDF species are highly frost-sensitive. Awesome and seemingly sudden transformation to luxuriant tropical
green occurs with the onset of the summer monsoon. TDF, with 44 documented species, supports a greater
convolv species richness than any other vegetation in the state. The tree morning glory, lpomoea arborescens is
a common and conspicuous component, as are others such as lpomoea bracteata with its spectacular pink in-
florescences. lpomoea muricata, I. quamoclit , Merremia cissoides (with one record), M. dissecta, and M. quinqut
folia are more or less restricted to TDF.
Grasslands.— The southwestern extension of the Great Plains grassland biome in the mid-continent is in
the southwestern United States and northwestern Mexico. The best developed regional grasslands with mo*
rainfall and colder winter temperatures termed Plains Grassland are restricted to the Animas and San Rafael
Valleys along the Arizona-Sonora border. Most other areas are termed desert grassland (McClaran & Van
Devender 1995), with warmer, drier climates. Dominant or common species in the regional desert grassland
have fluctuated four times during the last 4,000 years— between bunch grasses during wetter periods and
shrubs such as mesquites (P rosopis glandulosa, P. velutina ) and others during drier periods (Van Devender
1995). Today desert grassland controlled by human disturbance related to cattle grazing is widespread in val-
ley lowlands below oak woodland from northeastern Sonora west to the Sdsabe area southeast of the Baboqui-
van Mountains and south to the Cananea-Fronteras area within 100 km of the Arizona border.
In southeastern Arizona and northeastern Sonora, valley bottom desert grassland forms a mosaic with
Chihuahuan Desert on rocky limestone slopes. To the west, Sonoran desert borders desert grassland at its
lower elevations. To the south, desert grassland is replaced by foothills thomscruh below oak woodland, al-
though there are local areas of grassland still present. In addition, there are open grassy areas within oak
woodland and pine-oak forest in the higher Sky Island mountain ranges and the Sierra Madre Occidental. As
freezes decrease southward, foothills thornscrub replaces desert grassland. Only 13 convolvs are documented
from grasslands in Sonora. Characteristic species include Ipomoea longifolia, a large herbaceous perennial often
conspicuous sprawling across expanses of short grasses, and Evolvulus seriteus, a small, silvery-leaved herba-
ceous perennial.
Oak woodland. — Oak woodland is widely distributed at elevations above desert, grassland, thornscrub,
and tropical deciduous forest, but below pine-oak woodland. In Sonora, 34 convolv species occur in OW.
Across Sonora, and northern Mexico, the species composition and density of oak woodland changes both with
elevation and from south to north. Although these oak zones have been called Madrean Evergreen Woodland
(Brown 1982), many Sonoran oaks and associated species are deciduous during the late spring drought, and
their biggest flush of new foliage occurs with the renewal of summer rains. In these regions "autumn color”
occurs in late spring as the air and ground desiccate and temperatures soar.
Extensive areas in northeast and north-central Sonora are dominated by open woodland of Quercus emo-
ryi. This species, with Q. oblongifolia and Q. arizonica, are among the most common low-elevation oaks in the
northern part of the state. At lower elevations the oaks border desert grassland, foothills thornscrub, and des-
ertscrub. There is sometimes a broad ecotone between oak woodland and grassland where the oak trees be-
come widely spaced and grasses predominate. Oak woodland sometimes occurs on acidic, hydrothermally
altered soils within tropical deciduous forest where the ecotone between the two plant communities is often
only a few meters wide.
Oak woodland in southeastern Sonora, called Oak Forest by Gentry (1942), shows considerable tropical
affinity. The lower limits border tropical deciduous forest, and the boundaries are often remarkably well de-
fined, apparently maintained by fire. Fire, however, is not an ecological process in desertscrub, thornscrub, or
tropical deciduous forest. Across mountains in the Rio Mayo and Rio Fuerte drainages, low fires creeping al-
most harmlessly through dry grasses and forbs among the leafless oaks used to be a common sight in May and
June. These fires destroy small TDF trees and shrubs but not the perennial grasses, forbs, and oaks. Many of the
oaks in east-central and southeastern Sonora and nearby southwestern Chihuahua are tropical montane oaks.
Ipomoea chilopsidts is the most spectacular and unique convolv among the diverse 34 convolv species in oak
woodland.
Pine-oak forest.— There are numerous montane islands of pine-oak forest in the mountains of eastern
Sonora. However, pine-oak forest is more extensive east of Sonora in Chihuahua along the east side of the con-
tinental divide. In comparison, on the western slope of the Sierra Madre Occidental the climate is generally
somewhat wetter, with presumably milder winter temperatures, resulting in a more diverse flora with more
tropical-derived pines such as Pirns engelmannii, P. h errerae, P. oocarpa, and a number of tropical-montane
oaks such as Q. tarahumam. The pine-oak forest has been included within the concept of Madrean Evergreen
Woodland and Madrean Montane Conifer Forest (Brown 1982; Martin et al. 1998). Towards southeastern
Sonora the pine-oak woodland is floristically and structurally more like Mexican pine-oak woodland than the
temperate pine-oak woodland to the north. Pine-oak forest, where the pines form the overstory while the oaks
generally form an understory, is continuous with oak woodland at lower elevations. Among the 27 convolv
species in POF, Cuscuta dentatasquama (the type collection is the only Sonora record), Ipomoea ampullacea (one
ttC0rd > see the species accounts), and Ipomoea decasperma (one record) appear to be restricted to this habitat.
Mixed conifer forest.— This zone is restricted to limited areas on the several highest mountain tops in
northeastern Sonora and very limited areas near Yecora, in the upper Rio Mayo drainage. Three conifers, Abies,
Pinus ’ especially p strobiformis, and Pseudotsuga , define this vegetation. Evolvulus wtundifolius is the only con-
volv recorded in mixed conifer forest in Sonora.
470
Convolvulaceae Jussieu - Morning glory Family
is, subshrubs, shrubs, or trees, some species with milky sap. Rootsto<
simple, entire to pinnately lobed or pecti
Twining herbs, ltanj
tuberous, otherwise fibrous. Leaves a]
cies palmately compound; stipules absent. Inflorescences solitary in leaf axils or in racemose or paniculate
cymes, some dichasial basally and monochasial above. Flowers small and inconspicuous to large and showy,
but usually wilting quickly after opening (mostly within 4-5 hours) except Cuscuta and often excepting plants
flowering during cooler weather, bisexual (or unisexual in som<
irregular. Sepals 5, distinct, imbricate, equal or unequal, persistei
alous, tubular, funnelform, campanulate, urceolate, or salverform, 5-lobed, 5-toothed, or ± entire, with plicae
(areas folded in bud) and interplicae (unfolded in bud), usually induplicate and often also convolute in bud.
Nectary disc annular or cup-shaped, sometimes 5-lobed, occasionally absent. Stamens 5, distinct; filaments
inserted on the corolla tube base alternate with corolla lobes; anthers dithecal, usually linear or oblong, ex-
trorse or introrse. Ovary superior, 2-4(-6)-carpellate, usually with as many cells, placentation basal or basal-
axile, ovules 2 (4-6) per cell, or ovary 1-celled and ovules 4, these erect, anatropous; style 1, filiform, simple or
bifid, or sometimes with 2 distinct styles; stigmas capitate or bilobed, or, when stigmas 2, then linear, ellipsoid,
or globose. Fruits capsular, dehiscent by valves, transversely or irregularly, or indehiscent and baccate or nut-
like. Seeds l-4(-6; to 10 in Ipomoea decaspema), often fewer than ovules, glabrous or pubescent, endosperm
mated 1880 (Staples 2011), cosmopolit;
a 9, species about 84 in Sonora.
SPECIES ACCOUNTS
infraspecific taxa. The months or seasons noted refer to the recorded times of reproduction. Flowering and
fruiting usually overlap broadly, and therefore we generally do not distinguish separate flowering and fruiting
times. Many species that are reproductive at various seasons do so facultatively, mostly depending on soil
moisture and temperature. There is, however, a marked tendency for members of the family to have flowering
initiated by short day length and thus they usually flower in the autumn.
Representative specimens are cited in the last paragraph of each species or infraspecific taxon account
We include the Sonora municipios (mpio.), as of 2011, to help place the collection localities (Fig. 1). We also in-
clude records from Gulf of California islands nearest the Sonora coast (Islas Tibur6n, Alcatraz in Bahia Kino,
Datil, San Esteban, and San Pedro Nolasco; see Felger and Wilder 2012, Felger et al. 2011). We have seen all
specimens (except those specified as “not seen”) and use “!” for all specimens or images that we have seen, ex-
cept in Cuscuta where “!” is used for the types seen. All Cuscuta specimens cited have been seen by Costea. All
other convolvs have been seen by Austin and/or Felger.
Unless otherwise indicated, specimens cited are deposited at the University of Arizona Herbarium
(AR1Z); specimens in other herbaria are indicated by the abbreviations given in Thiers (2011). Most of our col-
lections are duplicated in the herbaria of USON, MEXU, and SD and other regional and international colfcc-
len is at AR1Z, we generally do not cite duplicates at other herbaria. When a specimen lacks*
collection n
r, it is identified by the date if
nple: Ezeurra 9 Nov 1982. We gei
abridge label information, but provide enough that one can find the specimen at a herbarium or search addi-
tional information in a data base, especially SEINet (Southwest Environmental Information Network 2012) j
and MABA (Madrean Archipelago Biodiversity Assessment 2012). Usually only the first collector’s name's
listed. Elevations and reproductive times (flowers and fruiting) are mostly from herbarium label data and I
specific only for Sonora. Coordinates for specimens cited are often available in SEINet (Southwest Environ-
mental Information Network 2012), however these might not have come from the collectors’ labels. Many co-
ordinates were added/determined by students entering information by looking on Google Earth, or other maj* |
and some may be inaccurate (especially for specimens from Mexico). Coordinates for many specimens cited ;
are not repeated here to save space. North America is defined here as Mexico northward, excluding Cen0»
Felger et al., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
America. Hundreds of photographs that illustrate diagnostic details of morphology for the majority of species,
are provided on a companion website — Convolvulaceae (morning glories) of Sonora, Mexico, which is hosted
at ARIZ and WLU (Costea et al. 2012b). Plants not native to flora area are marked with an asterisk (*).
TYPIFICATIONS
Special attention has been given to study of type specimens for the taxa included, not only to assure the correct
names but also for proper identification. These data are included because there have been errors in citing types
in the literature. Types have been checked by consultation of protologues and corrected where necessary. Type
sheets have been studied at various herbaria or as loans, and also from online databases at various herbaria,
some through JSTOR Plants (2011). Moreover, because of the information now available, it is possible to note
many more duplicates of type collections than previously known. The information provided here gives a more
complete picture of the available resources for each taxon than formerly obtainable.
Problems and errors in typification are discussed in several cases. Some taxa have never had lectotypes
selected. In several cases, we designate lectotypes to establish proper use of names and concepts. In other cas-
es, various problems with former selections of types have been located and these are discussed and resolved
except in the case of E, alsinoides var. angustifolia. Lectotypes are selected for nine species and new information
and clarifications are provided for others: Convolvulus palmatus (in Merremia dissecta). Convolvulus pennatus
(in Ipomoea quamoclit), Cuscuta corymbosa var. grandiflora, lpomoea ancisa, Ipomoea alata (in Opcrculina
pteripes), I. alatipes (in Operculina pteripes), I. decasperma, l. pedicellaris, Merremia dissecta, Operculina pinnati-
fida, 0. pteripes, and O. roseana (in Operculii
sBenth., Pi. Hartweg. 16. 1839. Type: MEXICO. Nuevo Leon: 1837. Hart weg 98 (m
des A. Gray. Syn. Fl N. Amer. 2(1):216. 1878. Type: U.S.A. T
Convolvulus inconus sensu Kearney & Peebles, not Vahl (see also Staples et al. 2006).
Perennial herbs with branched, prostrate or decumbent steins arising from a taproot; densely hairy. Leaves
variable, ovate-elliptic to triangular-lanceolate or narrowly oblong with projecting basal lobes, blades most
often deeply indented basally, 1-7 cm long, 0.2-4 cm wide, densely hairy on both surfaces with loosely ap-
pressed indumentum, margins toothed or lobed or both, rarely entire; petioles 0.25-5 ci
usually 1-flowered, less often 2 or 3 and cymose, on peduncles 0.5-10.5 c
late, 1.5-3 mm long or sometimes scale-like, hairy like the leaves. Flowers often solitary, on short pedicels
5-24 mm long. Sepals oblong to ovate, 6-12 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, obtuse to weakly retuse apically, ap-
pressed sericeous, the margins membranaceous, subcordate with age. Corollas (1.5—) 2.5-3 cm long, cam-
panulate, white or pink to pale lavender, at times with a reddish center, sericeous on the petal lobes. Capsules
± globose, 7-8 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, 4-4.5 mm long, black, granulate, glabrous, n = 12.
Sonora . — Northeastern part of the state in Chihuahuan Desert, grassland, and oak-mesquite scrub; often
in disturbed sites; 1200-1600 m. Flowering April-December.
General distribution. — California, Arizona, New Mexico, Texas; Chihuahua, Coahuila, Guanajuato, Hi-
dalgo, Edo. Mexico, Michoacan, Nuevo Leon, Oaxaca, Puebla, QuerCtaro, San L
Mna2009-1747\ Mpio Cans
CRESSA L., Sp. PI, 223. 1753. [Greek, based on feris or kriti , “from Crete,” a Cretan woman; apparently not ety-
mologically related to cress or cressa (Cruciferae) of Germanic derivation].
Alkali weed
Perennial herbs or subshrubs, gray appressed pilose to sericeous, usually much-branched, the stems erect to
decumbent. Leaves sessile or short-petiolate, entire, small or scale-like. Inflorescences axillary, 1-flowered.
Flowers appearing sessile or on short peduncles (at least some, e.g„ C. truxillensis), bracteate, in spicate to
head-like clusters at tips of branchlets, bracteoles unequal in length. Sepals ovate to obovate, imbricate. Corol-
las salverform, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes mostly ovate, imbricate, spreading to reflexed. Stamens and styles
exserted; filaments filiform; pollen 3-colpate. Ovary 2-locular, 4-ovulate; styles 2, distinct to the base; stigmas
capitate. Fruit capsular, ovoid, unilocular, 2-4-valved, usually 1-seeded. Seeds glabrous, smooth and shining
to reticulate, dark brown.
Species 4, two in the Americas, one in Asia, and one in Australia.
Selected reference .— Austin (2000b).
Prodr. 9:440. 1845
ed.) 3:119. 1818 [1819]; also folio ed. 3:93. 1819. Type: PERU:
ioto F!, isotype: F!). Cressa cretica var. truxillensis (Kunth) Choisy in DC.,
7-July3,l
474
s gray, appressed pilose to silvery-sericeous, not twining, usually much-branched, at
first erect, becoming decumbent to spreading, often 8-25 cm long in open, sunny habitats, or often with weak
slender stems to 75 cm long when growing through and branching over the tops of other salt-marsh halo-
phytes; stems dying back during adverse times to thickened rhizomes and/or rootstocks often 8-15+ cm below
the surface; lower stems often semiwoody. Leaves on main branches often larger than those on branchlets,
with pubescence like the stems, subsessile or with petioles 0.5-2 mm long; blades mostly 3-10 mm long, 1-4
older leaves sometimes thick and succulent in hypersaline habitats. Inflorescences of solitary flowers, axil-
lary, usually concentrated in the upper leaf axils and appearing almost spicate. Flowers on stalks (peduncles
and pedicels) 2-6 mm long, the pedicel much reduced and more slender than the peduncle, the bracteoles
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute, unequal, 2-3 mm long, mostly 1 mm wide. Sepals ± equal or the inner slightly
longer; outer sepals obovate, elliptic, 3-4 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, obtuse or acute, pubescent; inner sepals
obovate, 3-4.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, acute, with scarious margins, appressed sericeous only at the apex.
Corollas white, becoming scarious when dry and somewhat persistent, salverform, 5-6.5 mm long, the tube
3-3.5 mm long, the limb 5-lobed. Corolla lobes obtuse to ± acute, about as long as the tube, somewhat pubes-
cent on the outer surface, becoming reflexed with age. Stamens exserted, 4-6 mm long, usually equal, the fila-
ments basally pubescent with glandular indumentum; anthers red and becoming purple with age, 1-1.5 mm
long, oblong with the base cordate to ± bilobed. Ovary ovoid, unilocular to ± bilocular, apically somewhat hir-
sute; styles pure white, unequal, 3-5 mm long; stigmas pure white, capitate, smooth. Capsules 5-6 mm long,
ovoid, shiny brown, surrounded at least basally by the calyx, apically hirsute, unilocular. Seeds usually 1,
ovoid, 3-4 mm long, brown, glabrous. 2n = 28.
Sonora . — Often common in tidally wet saline mud and sandy soils among saltscrub and margins of man-
groves, esteros, bays, and low-lying coastal soils from the Rio Colorado delta to the Sinaloa border. In north-
western Sonora sometimes in small inland playas but near the coast, and as an agricultural weed south of San
Luis, especially in fine-textured silty-clay alkaline soils. Sonoran desert and coastal thornscrub: 0-20 ffl.
Flowering March-December.
In contrast to populations in northwestern Sonora, this species has apparently become relatively rare, at
least in recent years, in nearby southwestern Arizona (Austin 1992). In the early 1990s Cressa was a common
weed in sandy soil of seawater-irrigated experimental plots at the Environmental Research Laboratory adja-
cent to Estero Morua at Puerto Penasco. Cressa had been evaluated earlier as a potential halophytic seed crop
in these plots. Substantial seed crops were obtained, but no economic value was found and further evaluation
was terminated. This is probably the first report of a weed in seawater-irrigated agriculture (Felger 2000).
General distribution.— California, Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Utah; Baja California (norte) and
Sur, Chiapas, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Colima, Jalisco, Nuevo Le6n, Oaxaca, San Luis Potosi, Sinaloa, Revilla-
gigedo Islands; Ecuador, Peru, Chile, Argentina.
San Luis R.C.: Colorado River, opposite mouth of Hardy River, 29
6 Oct 1985, Felger 92-989. SONORAN ISLANDS: Alcatraz, Bahia
Miguel, E side of island, 23 Nov 2006, Wilder 06-366! (See Felger a
>r 1990, some older leaves succulent, Felger 91-40. Mpio
ns 2842 (CAS!); Ci£nega de Santa Clara, 5 km S of Rilhto,
17, Felger 07-167!; Tiburdn, base and N side of Punta San
DICHONDRAJ.R. <Sr G. Forster, Char. Gen. PI. 40, t.
r, PENNYWORT, FALSE PENNYWORT
[Greek 6ixov6pa, di “double” and chondra “a
Herbs with slender glabrous or pubescent and mostly repent stems, from perennial taproots; stems sometimes
rooting at nodes. Leaves petiolate; blades cordate-orbicular to reniform, small, the margins entire. Inflores-
cences of inconspicuous, axillary, solitary (rarely paired) flowers on short to long peduncles. Flowers usually
less than 1 cm wide, greenish-yellow or white (purple in D. occidentals, but that one not in the flora area). Se-
pals ± equal, barely united basally, often spathulate. Corollas broadly campanulate to subrotate when living,
appearing funnelform at times when dried, usually deeply 5-lobed, the lobes induplicate. Stamens typically
included, more or less equal. Pollen 3-colpate. Ovary 2-lobate to emarginate, the lobes distinct or usually ba-
sally united, 2-locular. Styles 2, attached between the lobes and appearing almost gynobasic, filiform, the
stigmas capitate. Fruits capsular or utriculate, 2-lobed to almost entire, membranaceous, usually 2-seeded,
irregularly bivalvate or indehiscent. Seeds obovoid, smooth, the cotyledons linear, 2-plicate.
Species ca. 15; tropics and temperate regions: 8 species in North America, ±7 in South America, the others
in Australia and New Zealand.
Selected references . — Austin (1998a), Johnston (1963), Tharp and Johnston (1961).
Dichondra argentea Humb. & Bonpl. ex Willd., Enum. Pi. 297. 1809. Type: COLOMBIA: "Habitat in America merid.ona-
li prope Hundam” (from protologue), no date, Humboldt & Bonpland s.n. (B-W, presumably barcode B -W 05468-01-0 and the re-
verse, 05468-02-0, having “ Dichondra argentea (W)" in what seems to be Willdenow’s handwriting).
Perennial herbs, whole pi ant except roots, stamens, corolla and styles silvery-canescent with a dense pubes-
cence of long, silky, usually appressed, flattened hairs; taproots perennial, dark brown, 1.8-4 mm thick; sto-
lons annual, 10-35 from the crown, ca. 0.7-1.1 mm thick, rarely branched; intemodes l-2.5(-3) cm long;
nodes often bearing adventitious roots and occasionally short-shoots with crowded nodes. Leaves reniform,
5~13 mm long, 12-20 mm broad, apically often shallowly emarginate, basally truncate or broadly and shal-
lowly cordate, with a narrow cuneate base where the blade joins the petiole; petioles (l-)2-3(-5) cm long,
0 5-1 mm thick, erect, straight. Inflorescences on pedicels 4-6 mm long, 0.5-1 mm thick, basally sharply re-
CUrved - Flowers 3.4-4 mm wide. Calyx broadly campanulate, 2-2.6 mm long, accrescent to 2.4-3 mm in fruit,
5-lobed two-thirds to three-fourths the length, the lobes linear-oblong, apically blunt and often somewhat re-
curved - Corollas nearly cylindrical, cream-colored, 5-lobed about half the length or more, the lobes subulate.
on 'y slightly bilobed. Fruits capsules 2.2-2.S mm long, and 2-2.1 mm wide. Seeds 1.9-2.4 mm long,
°* Did t0 Pynform, dark brown to black when fully mature.
This species is known from southeastern Arizona close to Sonora as well as southwestern New Mexico
and Chihuahua and is likely to be in the Chihuahuan desert region of northeastern Sonora (Austin 1998a).
Ak ° m ch iapas, Coahuila, Durango, Edo Mexico, Nuevo Leon, San Luis Potosi,Tamaulipas, Zacatecas.
u AWZ0n A: Cochise Co.: Bisbee, 26 Sep 1931 , 1
; of Texas 6(2]
Felgeretal.,
a, Mexico
477
108°45'W, 1210 m, 7 Sep 1995, Fishbein 2526!; La Pila, 0.6 km E of El Trigo Moreno, riparian forest in pine-oak forest, 28°17'48"N,
108°47'irW, 1450 m, 30 Aug 2008, Rei na-G. 2009-429'.
EVOLVULUS L., Sp. PI., ed. 2, 1:391. 1762. [Latin, evolvulare, to enroll, an allusion to their non-twining habit.]
Herbs or small suffrutescent shrubs, annual or perennial, not twining but sometimes creeping. Leaves usually
small; blades ovate to almost linear, entire. Inflorescences of 1-several-flowered axillary cymes, pedicellate,
pedunculate, or sessile. Flowers on pedicels about as long as calyx or pedicels apparently absent. Sepals equal
or subequal. Corolla conspicuous, blue, or inconspicuous, faded pale bluish-white, rotate, funnelform or sal-
verform, the Umb plicate, mostly subentire, the lobes pilose externally. Stamens with filiform filaments, the
anthers ovate to oblong or linear; pollen 3-colpate, 12-rugate. Ovary 2-locular, each locule 2-ovulate, some-
times 1-locular and 4-ovulate. Styles 2, free or partially united at the base, each style deeply bifid for at least half
its length into long, terete, filiform to subclavate stigmas. Fruits of capsules, globose to ovoid, 4-valved. Seeds
1-4, small, smooth or minutely verrucose.
Species ca. 100; all native to the New World. Two species have become widespread in the Old World.
There are 7 or 8 species in Sonora and 17 in North America.
Selected references .— Austin (1990b), van Ooststroom (1934), Ward (1968).
m UT6 ^ babocillo (fide Rea 1208): mouse ears; huhodam sah’i (Pima Bajo, “laughing bush/herb, ” fide Rea
Herbs ’ Penial; stems prostrate or ascending, 6-50 cm long, loosely appressed pilose and with some hairs
spreading. Leaves ovate, oblong or elliptic to lanceolate, 8-25 mm (exceptionally to 44 mm in extreme SE
^nora mountains) long, 3.5-11 mm wide, the apex obtuse and mucronulate, the base acute to rounded,
sparsely to densely pilose on both surfaces, with strongly and loosely appressed, soft, short, grayish trichomes.
Inflorescences 1 or 2 flowers on filiform peduncles, shorter or longer than the leaves. Flowers on pedicels 2-4
mm lon & short pilose; bracteoles linear-subulate. Sepals lanceolate, 2-2.5 mm long, acuminate, short pilose.
P^ ollas Pale blue or white, rotate, (5-) 7-10 mm wide, filaments 2-3 times as long as the anthers. Ovary glo-
Z 05 * t0 ov «id, glabrous. Capsules 3-4 mm wide, globose, 4-valved, reflexed, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, ovoid, tan to
br own, glabrous.
478
Sonora. — Sonoran desert, desert grassland, coastal and foothills thomscrub, tropical deciduous forest,
oak woodland, and pine-oak forest. Natural and disturbed sites, often somewhat xeric and rocky habitats.
Nearly statewide and one of the most widely distributed members of the family in Sonora. Near sea level-1650
m. Flowering much of the year, depending on soil moisture and temperature.
General distribution. — Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, Florida; Aguascalientes, Baja California Sur, Chi-
apas, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, Tamaulipas; Mesoamerica and South America.
Van Ooststroom (1934) recognized fifteen varieties around the world. Sonora, Arizona, New Mexico, and
Texas plants belong to var. angustifolia Torrey. This variety typically has shorter sepals, narrower leaves, less
densely pubescent stems, and tends to have shorter stems than other varieties.
2004-111 01 Mpio Alamos: San Bernardo, G<
on SON 89, foothills thomscrub, 30°19'23"
Ft, 15 Sep-4 Oct, White
ntry winter 1934-35!; Gu
i blue, open 12:00 a.m„ 16 Sep 2000, Reina-G . :
Sierra de los Ajos, 30°44'N, 109°59'W, 1150 m, 22 Apr 1995, Fishbein 2280! Mpio Bavispe: Santa Rosa Canyon, near Bavispe, 3850 ft, 20Jnl
1938, White 611!; Rio Bavispe, Candn de la Petaquilla, 15 Aug 1940, White 3332! Mpio Carbo: 14.6 tni by MEX 15 N of Pesqueira Junction,
1800 ft, 19 Aug 1960, Felger 38451, El Tecolote road (1.2 mi N of El Oasis) W of Mex 15, 27 Aug 1983, R eichenbacher 14711 Mpio Cucuipc
Palm Canyon, 17 mi SE of Magdalena, Van Devender 16 Jul 1977\ Mpio Gen. Plutarco Elias: 16 mi S[E] of Sonoyta on MEX 2, 14 Apr 1963.
Felger 7537! Mpio Guaymas: Nacapule, 25 Feb 1985, Felger 85-248! Mpio HennosiUo: Rocky lower slopes of Sierra de Calena S of Villa dt
Sens. 13 Nov 193 9. Mron.-l c- KiJi.mK >i(m ' Ml >' ■ Ho., kv hillside llcrmo,ilk> 220m.2^W'N. I Id >4 W. 23 Nov |UW & Kuh.uJ;
3754 (MO!); Sierra Seri, 550 m, 2 Feb 1969, Felger 181301 Mpio Hutabampo: Camahuiroa, 23 Nov 1993, Friedman 330-93 ! Mpio La Cob-
b ocher 1891 Mpio Onavas: Onavas, 1 1 Oct 1986, Rea 1208! Mpio San Javier: Cerro Verde to San Javier, Martin & Ferguson 10 Mar 1 990! Mp*>
foothills thomscrub, 1 Sep 2009, Van Devender 2009-649 (USON!).
ep 1996, Van Devender 96-357! Mpio Ures: 6 mi N of Ures, 20 Sep 1!
a, 23 Sep 1977, Goldberg 77-170!; Agua Amarilla, 1000 m, Martin 14 *
Suffrutescent herbs, densely appressed pilose to almost woolly tomentose throughout. Stems few to many,
arising from a woody base, erect to ascending or decumbent, 10-30(-45) cm long. Leaves lanceolate to linear- j
lanceolate, 10-25(-35) mm long, 2.5-6(-14) mm wide, gradually decreasing in size toward apex, the upper I
leaves linear, acute or obtuse apically, attenuate basally; petioles absent or short, sparsely to densely pilose on |
both surfaces, with strongly and loosely appressed, soft, short, grayish trichomes. Inflorescences cymose, 1-3
flowered on slender peduncles usually as long as or longer than the leaves. Flowers on pedicels 3-4(-8) n®>
long, reflexed in fruit; bracteoles linear-subulate, 1.5-3 mm long. Sepals equal, lanceolate, acuminate, 3-33 |
mm long. Corollas rotate to broadly campanulate, blue or blue with white stripes, (10-)12-22 mm wide. Fib- |
ments inserted near the corolla base, 1.5-2 times as long as the linear anthers. Ovary globular, glabrous. Cap-
sules globular, 3.5-4 mm long, reflexed, glabrous. Seeds 2-4, 1-1.25 mm long, tan to brown, glabrous.
Sonora.— Widespread in eastern and central Sonora; Sonoran desert (Plains of Sonora), grassland includ-
ing mesquite grassland, foothills thomscrub, tropical deciduous forest, oak woodland, and pine-oak M*
natural and disturbed sites, often in rocky habitats; 150-ca. 1200 m. Flowering mostly August-December. |
General distribution. — Arizona, New Mexico; Chihuahua; disjunct in Argentina.
This species is easier to recognize in living material than on some herbarium specimens. Some have#'
ognized two varieties that are not distinct.
Selected reference.— Austin (1990b).
Mpio Agua Prieta: Rancho Nuevo, Caj6n Bonito, 2May 1976, Mason 3213b! Mpio Alamos: Mocuzari, La Cruz, 17°13'N, 109 °° 5 . 5 ’W.^^ (
Guayabo (upper) crossing of the Rio Cuchujaqui 3 km NE of Sabinito Sur and 15 km (airltaT) ESE of Alamos, near 27°00'N, 108°4^ I
Felgeretal., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
479
Evolvulus filipes Mart., Flora 24 (2, Beibl.):100. 1841.
tofthes
Annual herbs, the stems erect to ascending, delicate, generally sparsely pubescent. Leaves linear or narrowly
lanceolate, l-2.5(-3) cm long, usually 2-5 mm wide, sessile or ± sessile or sometimes short-petioled on larger
leaves, cuneate basally, acute apically, sparsely pilose on the upper surface, slightly more pubescent on the
lower surface. Inflorescences cymose to solitary, on peduncles usually 1-2.5 cm long or slightly longer. Flow-
ers l(-3) on pedicels to 2.5 mm long, short-pilose; bracteoles lanceolate to subulate, 1-2 mm long. Sepals lan-
ceolate 2-2.5 mm long, glabrous or pubescent and ciliate. Corollas pale blue or white, 3-5 mm long, rotate,
with 5 sericeous bands outside, filaments ca. 2 mm long. Ovary globose, glabrous. Capsules globose to ovoid,
3-4 mm long, reflexed, glabrous, brown. Seeds 1-4, smooth, dark brown to b
Sonora.— Several specimens identified to this species are from the eastei
ciduous forest and oak woodland.
General distribution.— C oahuila, Durango, Michoacan, Sinaloa, Veracruz; Mesoamerica; South America.
This species is weakly differentiated from E. alsinoides. In South America they appear to be distinctive,
while in Mexico they are not always separable. The Sonora specimens have the appearance of first season
plants of E. alsinoides. Perhaps those called E. filipes in part (or all) of the range are nothing more than depau-
perate or first season E. alsinoides, but there are insufficient data to confirm or deny that suspicion and we re-
luctantly retain them as separate until more detailed studies are made.
n E of Alamos, 2r0'20"N, 108°4710"W, 250 m, Martin 16 Mar 1989 (FTG-FAU!). Mpio Cucurpe:
), Toolin 453-C (2 sheets, AR1Z 220685!, ARIZ 221490)!
Schult., Syst. Veg. 6:198. 1820, New name
E.-USA Missouri: Rapid River, “On the banks of the Missour., v F .<
tly destroyed during the Second World War, although van Ooststro
fwlwdus oeophlu Greene, Leafl. Hot. Observ. Crit. 1(U):151. 1905. TnK USA New Mexico: Sima [Co.l: S e^oftheBladt Rang®. *
miW of Hillsboro, dry hills, 5500 ft, 16 Aug 1904, Metcalfe 1228 (u-cronre designated here: US!; isotypes: MO. NMC. in
Suffrutescent herbs, the stems several, erect to ascending, 10-15 cm long, densely spreading-pilose with an
indumentum of ferrugineous, brown, fulvous or gray color. Leaves linear-oblong, narrow-1;
row-oblanceolate or rarely oblong, 8-20 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide, attenuate basally, acute tc
densely pilose on both surfaces; petioles short or absent. Inflorescences solitary, m axils
fength of stem; peduncles short or absent, flowers on pedicels 3-4 mm long, becoming reflexed in fruit; brac-
teoles subulate, 1-4 mm long. Sepals lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, long-acuminate, 4-5 mm long, sprea -
ing villose. Corollas rotate to broadly campanulate, 8-12 mm wide, subentire, purple o
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2}
long, oblong, basally auriculate; filaments twice as long as the anthers. Ovary subglobose, glabrous. Capsules
ovoid, about as long as sepals, reflexed, glabrous. Seeds (1) 2, brown, smooth.
This species grows in the mountains of southeastern Arizona near the Mexican border (Austin 1991,
1998b) and probably will be found in northeastern Sonora in oak woodland and pine-oak forest; 820-2450 m.
Flowering April-September.
General distribution. — Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas to Montana, North Dakota, Illinois, Arkansas,
disjunct in Tennessee; Chihuahua, Coahuila.
i B.L. Rob., Proc. Amer. Arts 29:320. 1894. i
Y!; isolectotypes: GOET!, K!, PH!). MEXICO, t
:n). MEXICO: Valley of Mexico at Santa Ffi, 5 Jul 1865-66, Bourgeau 323 (synty
Perennial herbs; stems few or several from a woody perpendicular root, prostrate, 10-20 cm long, sericeo-vil-
lose, with fulvous, grayish or whitish trichomes, glabrescent. Leaves distichous, more or less imbricate, at
right angles to the stems or somewhat reflexed, broadly-ovate to orbicular or sometimes broader than long,
9-16 mm long, 7-16 mm wide, apically rounded to somewhat emarginate, basally truncate to cordate or
rounded, covered with appressed silky-villous, light-brown to grayish trichomes below, green and glabrous
long. Flowers 1(2) on pedicels 2-3 mm long, appressed-villose; bracteoles oblong to linear-oblong, to 3.5 mm
long. Sepals ovate-oblong to ovate, 3-4.5 mm long, acute, appressed-villose. Corollas white, outer surfaces of
corollas in bud and midpetaline conspicuously tawny sericeous-hirsute, rotate to broadly funnelform, tube
short, the limb 10-12 mm wide. Anthers 1-2 mm long, filaments 3-4 times as long as the anthers. Capsules
globose, 4-valved, 3-5 mm long, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, brown, glabrous.
Sonora. — Pine-oak forest in east-central Sonora; 1550 m. Flowering at least in September.
General distribution. — Chihuahua, Distrito Federal, Durango, Hidalgo, Jalisco, Michoacan, Nayarit,
Nuevo Leon, Oaxaca, Pubela, San Luis Potosl, Veracruz.
Mpio Yecora: Ydcora, 28°23%'N, 108°54Vi'W, 1550 m, open pine forest, occasional, 7 Sep 1995, Fishbein 2481 !; Yecora, near baseball fieldand
cemetery, 28°22'25"N, 108°56’W, 1540 m, common on clay flats, 5 Sep 1996, Reina-G. 96-377 (FTG-FAU!).
Evolvulus rotundifolius (S. Watson) Hallier f., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 16:530. 1893. Type: MEXICO. Chihuahua: damp places,
Perennial herbs; stems several from a woody root, prostrate, 10-15 cm long, sericeo-villose, glabrescent to-
ward the base. Leaves distichous but not imbricate, at right angles to the stem, ovate to elliptic, sometimes
broad-ovate, 13-22 mm long, 8-12 mm wide, apically obtuse to somewhat emarginate, basally rounded to
cordate, appressed sericeo-villose below, glabrous above, the petioles 1-2 mm long. Inflorescences axillary,
sessile, and 1-flowered. Flowers sessile; bracteoles linear-oblong, to 6 mm long. Sepals ovate-oblong to oblong,
4-5 mm long, acute, appressed-villose. Corollas blue with a white throat and midpetaline stripes, rotate to
broadly funnelform, the tube short, the limb 10-13 mm wide. Filaments 2-4 mm long; anthers 1-2 mm long
Capsules globose, 4-5 mm long, 4-valved, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, brown, glabrous.
Sonora.— East-central and southeastern Sonora near the Chihuahua border; arroyos and open areas in
oak woodland, pine-oak forest, and mixed conifer forest (with Abies durangensis, etc.); 1600-2100 m. Flower-
ing August-September;
General distribution. — Chihuahua, and Durango; reported but not verified for Aguascalientes and
Queretaro.
!I Aug 1991 ! Mpio Yecora: Mesa El Campaner
-FTG!); El Kipor (Quipur), Arroyo El KIpor, p
sahuaribo), 27°19'N, 108°40'W, 1600 m, 21 Aug 1991, i
el Salto, 2040 m, arroyo margin in pine-oak forest will
!; N end of Mesa Campanero at head of Bart
e-oak forest, 28°24'25"N, 108°35'40"W, 1
i in tropical deciduous forest at about 500
central Sonora in oak woodland, ca. 940 m, and southe;
m. Flowering September-November.
General distribution . — Sinaloa southward and perhaps in all Mexican states; southeastern United States;
Mesoamerica; Colombia, Venezuela, Guyanas, Ecuador, Peru, Brasil, Argentina; Caribbean. Often cultivated;
native to tropical America. Flowering September-May.
Apparently first recorded in the New World by Oviedo (1526). This plant was probably first carried
around the world for its medicinal seeds. Later it was spread for the nocturnal, fragrant flowers. Determining
the region of nativity of this species within the New World is particularly difficult since it was carried from at
least Cuba around the world in the early 1500s by the Spanish and probably the Portuguese. However, the
center of diversity is tropical North America (McDonald 1993a). Typically, the plants are associated with wet-
lands, the seeds being distributed by water. Seeds arrive on the coasts of the British Isles with regularity, and
surprisingly a few of them are viable and germinate. The occurrence in southern Sonora may be part of the
native range, or may result from cultivated plants that have escaped.
Perennial herbs from a tuberous root, the stems woody below, retrorsely hispid. Leaves 8-10 cm long, almost
as wide, cordate to broadly ovate, entire or 3-lobed, remotely appressed sericeous. Inflorescences dichasial,
axillary. Flowers 1-4 on peduncles 10-12 mm long. Sepals 2.5-4 cm long, ovate, apically acuminate to obtuse,
and becoming spatulate-attenuate with age, the outer ones appressed sericeous, the inner ones glabrous on the
margins, sericeous on the dorsal regions. Corollas funnelform, white, 3-4 cm long, pubescent on the outer
surface. Capsules 8-10 mm long and wide, almost globose, brown, glabrous. Seeds 1-4.
Sonora . — Known in the state from a single record in pine-oak forest, 1220 m. Flowering in September.
General distribution.— Sinaloa, Guerrero, Edo. Mexico, especially tropical deciduous forests. The occur-
rence of this species in pine-oak woodland in Sonora seems to be an anomaly as compared with its general
distribution.
Y«ora: Rio Maycoba at MEX 16 (20.5 km W of Maycoba, 28.6 km E of Yecora), 28°22'15"N, 108°45'30” W, common, to 2 m in shrubs.
Ipomoea ancisa House. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 18:187. 1908. im MEXIC O Chihuahua: 22-24 Aug I8<w. tor..,. •
Rom ®IA DEM SIERRA
Ere «, suffrutescent shrubby perennials, 1-1.5 (2) m tall, the stems erect or ascending, glabrous. (John Palting,
Personal communication 28 September 201 1 , found the roots of a few plants to be deep and relatively thick but
not ^berous.) Leaves ovate in outline, 3.5-11 cm long, 2-5 cm wide, irregularly pinnately divided into 6-9,
obtuse-tipped divisions, the lobes linear to filiform, entire to irregularly toothed or lobed, 1-7.5 (8.7) cm long,
1-2 10111 wide, glabrous, the petioles 7-15 mm long. Inflorescences of solitary (rarely 2) flowers. Flowers on
Muncies 3-12 cm long, the pedicels 1-1.5 cm long, accrescent and recurved in fruit; fruiting peduncles and
Pedicels becoming somewhat woody; peduncles and pedicels with squamose, caducous bracts. Sepals un-
T 31 ’ ^ outer slightly shorter than inner, broadly elliptic to ovate, 6-10 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, smooth,
obtUsc or truncate, rarely acute, the margins scarious. Corollas funnelform, 5-12 cm long, white to pale laven-
der ’ the tube whitish, glabrous, the limb 4-7 cm wide. Capsules pear-shaped to ovoid, 1.5-1.8 cm long, 1.1-1.7
001 wide. Seeds 4, 7-10 mm long, ellilpsoid, gray-brown, puberulent.
Sonora . — A narrow endemic in mountains in eastern Sonora and western Chib
a, 1220-1500 mir
Sonora and to ca. 2000+ m in adjacent Chihuahua. Juniper-oak woodland and pine-oak forest. Flowers and
fruits July-September. This large morning glory, sometimes locally common, can be a spectacular sight to-
wards the end of the summer rainy season with its many, large flowers open in early morning among the bright
green, feathery foliage. John Pairing (personal communication 30 Sep 2011) and Van Devender found it abun-
dant in the Sierra de Bacadehuachi in early Sep 2011. Pairing wrote, “The stout plants in the sun were spectacu-
lar in bloom (100 flowers or more). Upon blooming the largest plants are a round mound about 3 feet high.
They become more decumbent in the shade and bloom less. This is definitely a plant with high ornamental
value.” The flowers produce jasmine-like fragrance.
Gentry (1942: 213) reported the herbage of Ipomoea ancisa in the upper Rio Mayo region of Sonora and
adjacent Chihuahua “is decocted and drunk for stomach ailments.”
Both I. ancisa and I. sescossiana are erect, shrubby perennials with pinnately compound leaves bearing
very slender lobes, and are xenogamous with large bee-pollinated flowers (McDonald 2001). I. sescossiana oc-
curs in Chihuahua and might be found in easternmost Sonora. Some specimens of I. ancisa from Sonora have
been incorrectly attributed to I. sescossiana. The much smaller leaves and darker flowers readily distinguish!
sing, 28°22.5'
i. White 3672!; C
-oad to Moris (Chihuahua), 28°19'40"N, 108°39’20"W, 1500 m, 26 Sep 1997, Van Dozen-
VIEX 16, grassland on rocky slope in oak woodland, 28°22'52"N, 108°49'33"N, 1410m,
Mpiojanc
e: MEXICO. Guerrero: Inter
Palo santd, palo blanco; tree morning glory; jOtuguo (Mayo)
Trees 3-15 m tall, the trunk to 50 cm diameter, the bark gray, whitish or yellowish, stems with abundant latex,
tomentose when young with trichomes 0.1-2.5 mm long, becoming glabrescent. Leaves: blades often 9-19 cm
long, 6-9 cm wide, ovate to lanceolate, often glabrescent or pubescent below (especially among var. pachyleuta)
(velvety below particularly in the southern end of the range near Mexico City), the apex acuminate, the base
cordate, with trichomes longer that those on the branches; petioles of larger leaves often 6-8 cm long. Inflow
cences terminal or axillary, monochasial, racemose, forming compound-cymose clusters. Flowers in 1 (2) p®
cyme. Sepals 6-14 mm long, ovate to rarely orbicular, more or less equal, tomentose, the apex obtuse to obtuse-
mucronate. Corollas 4-6 cm long, funnelform, tomentose at least on the lobes, white, with green, yellowish, or
puplish within the tube. Capsules 17-25 mm long, 4-valvate, brown, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, 10-16 mm long-
brown, pilose on the margins with trichomes 10-15 mm long.
Howard Scott Gentry (1942: 213) wrote, “A spectacular tree 7-10 m high, with smooth, white-gray bark
like the hide of a hippopotamus. It flowers in winter when leafless, holding a high, thin spread of white corollas
like stars against the morning sky. These stars soon fall upon the ground, where the deer eat them. With the
summer rains, the tree forms dense foliage, which on the characteristically recurved branches is somewhat
plumelike, especially from a distance.” The flowers an important early spring food source for migrating hunt'
mingbirds (Martin et al. 1998).
Sonora . — Sonoran desert, thornscrub, tropical deciduous forest, and lower oak and pine zones. These
trees generally leaf out with the first summer-monsoon rains and fall away as the rains cease in fall, usually
around September and October. Flowering during cooler months, when the trees are essentially leaflet
mostly November-April and sometimes with a few flowers into May; near sea level-1100 m. The flowers ope°
487
in the late afternoon or early evening and may remain open much or all of the day during cooler weather. Many
flowers, however, tend to fall before sunrise.
General distribution . — Mexico at least in Chiapas, Chihuahua, Guerrero, Jalisco, Michoacan, Morelos,
Oaxaca, Puebla, Queretaro, and Sinaloa.
lpomoea arborescens can be confused with 1. pauciflora M. Martens & Galeotti of Mesoamerica. Farther
south in its range, one may distinguish 1. arborescens by the pubescent sepal and leaves that are silky pubescent
below. However, in Sonora I. arborescens does not have those silky leaves. That paucity of indument led Gentry
Sinaloa, which may warrant recognition as species. In Sonora the varieties apparently are allopatric, although
in the vicinity of Aduana, near Alamos, they were observed growing intermixed in a disturbed tropical decidu-
ous forest habitat.
lpomoea arborescens has been used medicinally by the Guarijios and Mayos including a remedy for snake-
bite and to alleviate the pain of a scorpion sting, and also to treat toothache. The wood is burned to produce
smoke to keep away mosquitoes. The soft, spongy, and moisture-rich wood is used as emergency fodder for
cattle. It is chopped up for cattle feed (Gentry 1942, 1963; Yetman and Felger 2002; Yetman and Van Devender
2002). The Tepehuan used the wood in bows for violins (Pennington 1969). They also used the light-weight
wood for foreshafts in the composite arrow.
Selected references.— Austin et al. (2005), Felger et al. (2001), Gentry (1942), Martin et al. (1998), Turner et
Gray (1887). Type: MEXICO. Sonora: Alamos, N
RUd SANTO, PALO BLANCO', TREE MORNING GLORY; JOTUGUO (Mayo)
Sonora. — This variant is widespread through the range of the species (except where var. pachyleuta o
the Sonoran desert, coastal and foothills thomscrub, tropical deciduous forest, and sometimes in 1<
zones; near sea level to ca. 1090 m. The flowers in Sonora are visited by bees, hawkmoths, and humm
and south of Sonora by bats.
General distribution.— Sonora southward to Chiapas including Sinaloa, Guerrero, Michoacan,
°axaca, and Puebla.
r — „ J 9 vuy M 6 — 5! M P io Cok,rada: 1:
ms of Sonora desertscnib, 28°3717"N, 110°05'30"W, 5
"«-G. -2008-147! Mpio Cncurpe: 14.2 km NW of Sinoquipe on road to Cucurpe, 30.19222°N, 1
[ 5 - Mpio Gnaymas; Microondas Avispas, Sierra Baviso, S end of Sierra Libre, 28°29'N, lll o 02'V
^t-.CenoHVigfc
l5 ’ Plains of Sonora d,
mscnib, 29°29’09"N, 110°59'55"W, 5
it, open all day, 27 Dec 2000, R(
liN of Hermosillo, 900 ft, 23 Feb IS
r) of Melchor Ocampo, 26.57500°N,
109.3000°W, n
c 1993, Friedman 343-93 (ASU!). Mpio M
s, 5 Jul 1971, Hastings 7.
m, very common 3-10 m tall tree, flowers white with a little magenta in throat, 17 Feb 1993, Rrina-G. 97-118 (FAU-FTG!). Mpio Opodept:
Publ. 527:213. 1942.1
r. pachylutea Gentry, Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash.
Palo santo amarillo; ToamO, tochiguO (Guarijfo), jOtuguo (Mayo)
Tree 7-8 m tall. Petioles, 3-7 cm long; blades often 8-18 cm long. This variety is distinct from the tautonymic
1. arborescens farther south in its range, and may warrant taxonomic revision. The wood is harder than the
lowland I. arborescens. See Austin et al. (2005) for details.
Tropical deciduous forest, oak woodland, pine-oak forest; 400-1200 m.
Ipomoea aristolochiifolia G. Don, Gen. Hist. 4:277. 1838. Type VENEZUELA: Humboldt &Bonpland 679 (isotype: B!, bar-
code: B-W-03661-01-0). Convolvulus aristolochiifolius Kunth, Nov. Gen. Sp. (quarto ed.) 3:102. 1819, not Mill. (1768).
Ipomoea tuerckheimii Vatke ex Donn.-Sm., Bot. Gaz. 40:8. 1905. Type: GUATEMALA: Alta Verapaz, von Turckheim 386 (isotype: US!).
Ipomoea austin-smithii Standi., Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist, Bot. Ser. 18:566. 1938. Type: COSTA RICA:. Brenes 16899 (holotype: F!).
Annual herbs, the stems twining, delicate, 1-3 m long, glabrescent to puberulent. Leaves 4-8(-10) cm long,
cordate to ovate-cordate, entire, more or less glabrous. Inflorescences cymose, with flowers on long peduncles
that pass between the basal lobes of the leaves. Flowers 1-6. Sepals 3-5 mm long, ovate, more or less equal-
rugose on outer surfaces. Corollas 20-25 mm long, campanulate, the throat pale purple, the tube cream with-
out, glabrous. Capsules 9-10 mm long, ovoid, brown, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, 4-5 mm long, black to brown, p»'
Recognized by the small pale flowers on peduncles that pass between the basal lobes of the leaves. Also, «
is distinctive by having rugose sepals and small, lavender corollas.
Sonora . — Eastern Sonora, in Chihuahuan desert, oak woodland, and tropical deciduous forest; 180-129®
m. Flowering September-October.
General distribution. — Arizona; Baja California Sur, (probably in Chihuahua but no records found), Coa-
huila, Guerrero, Jalisco, Edo. Mexico, Michoacan, Morelos, Oaxaca, Sinaloa, Veracruz; Mesoamerica; Colom-
bia, Venezuela, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Brasil.
Felger et al., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
Annual herbs, the stems low-climbing, glabrous. Leaves orbicular-ovate in outline, 3-8 cm long, 1.5-8.5 cm
wide, glabrous, with or without glandular dots, basally cordate, deeply 5-7 lobed, the lobes lanceolate and nar-
rowed toward base, acute to acuminate; petioles 1-5.5 cm long. Inflorescences cymose, axillary. Flowers 1-3
on peduncles 2-6 cm long, glabrous or remotely appressed hairy, the pedicels 4-5 mm long, erect in fruit;
bracts foliaceous, elliptic to linear, 5-6 mm long. Sepals ± equal, 10-12 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, lanceolate,
with elongate narrowly linear tips typically erect to spreading in flower, reflexed in fruit, the bases slightly di-
lated, hispid-pilose. Corollas funnelform, 1.6-2(-2.5) cm long, glabrous, blue to light rosy-purple or white, the
limb 1.8-2 cm wide, the throat yellow, glabrous. Capsules glabrous, 8-9 mm long, rounded, apiculate,
2-3-locular. Seeds 1-6, 4-5 mm long, pyriform, dark brown to black, appressed pubescent.
Sonora . — Desert grassland, thornscrub, tropical deciduous forest, and oak woodland; 200-1300+ m.
Flowering at least August-September.
General distribution.— Arizona, New Mexico, Texas; Baja California Sur, Sinaloa, disjunct to Oaxaca.
Floweringjuly-December.
In many ways this species resembles L hederacea, which may grow with it, but I. barbatisepala is more
delicate, more of the leaves are lobed, and the corollas are typically smaller. The two have sepals that are almost
identical, but the pubescence is mostly near the base in I. hederacea and extends all the way to the tip in I. bar-
batisepala.
^ Arn^o MpUo, near Colonia Oaxaca, 30 JuU938, mite 746! Mpio inmris: 10 tar NE of Imunson MEX 2, 1300 m, desert
white, sepals drying purple, open 7:20a.m., 29 Aug 2000, Van Devender 2000-463 (USON!). Mpio Yecora: 1.9 km W of Tepoca, 675 m, 22 Sep
Ipomoea batatas (L.) Lam., Tabl. EncycL 1:465. 1791. Type: INDIA: herb. Linnaeus (LINN-77 .5 S'). Convolvulus batatas l
H. 154. 1753.
Batatas edulis (Thunb.) Choisy, Mem. Soc. Phys. Genfcve 6:435. 1834. Type: JAPAN: Thunberg (holotype: UPS!).
Perennial herbs, the stems twining or prostrate, to 5 m or more, pubescent with appressed to erect trichomes,
less often glabrous. Leaves 5-10 cm long, broadly ovate to cordate, entire to dentate or 5-7-lobed, the apex
acuminate, glabrous to pubescent. Inflorescences, axillary, in monochasia or dichasia. Flowers (l-)3-°o. Se-
Pak unequal, 8-15 mm long, oblong, the two outer shorter than inner and abruptly acuminate, glabrous or
Pubescent. Corollas (3-H-7 cm long, funnelform, lavender or sometimes white, with a tube darker within.
Pubescent within near the base. Capsules infrequent, 4-5 mm long, rounded, brown, pubescent or glabrous,
^eds 1-4, 3-4 mm ] on g tan to brown, glabrous. 2 n = 60, 84, 90.
Sonora. — -Cultivated in gardens and occasional found in the southern margin of the Sonoran desert,
C ° asta l an d foothills thornscrub, and tropical deciduous forest, especially in disturbed areas in densely vege-
tated ar eas such as washes. Flowering at least March, April, September, and October.
General distribution.— Mexico; Central America; Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador,
S of Tepache, 560 m, 25 Apr 1971, Turner 7 i-58! Mpio Yecora: Arroyo San Nicolas, E
Nicolis sobre el camino a Yecora (Sonora 16), 29.452°N, 109.15806°W, hierba trepador
95-266 (USONOl Mpio Ures: 10 km W-SW ofMazocahui on SON 89, foothills thomscr
11Q°10'20"W, 715 m, 29 Nov 2000, Reina-G. 2000-879!
a, perenne, bracteas y flor lila, 7 May 1995, Reina-G.
■ub/tropical deciduous forest transition, 29 S 30'02 ,, N;
*IpomOea cairica (L.) Sweet, Hort. Brit, 2:287- 1826. Convolvulus cairicus L., Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 922. 1759. “Convolvulus Aegyp-
tius" Vesling en Alpinio, Pi. Aegy pti 73 & 74 (1640) (uscTomd).
Perennial vines, the stems to 5 m or longer, twining but also lying on the ground, glabrous. Leaves 3-10 cm
tong, 3-10 cm wide, glabrous, ovate to orbicular, palmately divided to the base into 5-lobes, these lanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate to ovate or elliptic, the basal segments acuminate, the two basal segments generally lobulate
or otherwise parted, mostly with pseudostipules (small leaves from the axillary buds at the base of the petiole),
acute to obtuse at the apex. Inflorescences cymose. Flowers 1 to few. Sepals 4-6.5 mm long, more or less
equal, or the outer sepals slightly shorter, ovate, obtuse to acute, the inner sepals wider, obtuse, glabrous but
frequently somewhat tuberculate. Corollas 4.5-6 cm long, rarely shorter, funnelform, usually blue-purple or
white, with a reddish-purple throat, glabrous. Capsules 1-1 .2 cm long, more or less globose, straw-colored or
brown, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, globose, 5-6 mm long, brown, densely short tomentose or at times also with long
silky trichomes on the margins.
Sonora.— Known from one collection from 1939. Due to wide naturalization in other parts of the world
the species is included. Future searching may reveal additional records for Sonora.
General distribution.— Naturalized in Alabama, Florida, Louisiana; cultivated in Arkansas, California,
Texas?; Mexico (at least in Oaxaca); South America; West Indies; Africa; Asia; Australia. Cultivated in the trop-
ics and subtropics around the world; nativity uncertain, perhaps Africa.
Ipomoea capillacea (Kunth) G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4:267. 1837. Type: COLOMBIA: between San Miguel and Rio Pure*, Nov
1801 Hum bold i Hon r h„n I s n. <n .lOTYFE P. microfiche seen, photos I !. Gil! .•T,n • P<2>!) ivnu.lvnlio u, r ,IUcus Kunth. Nov
Gen. Sp. PI. 3:97.1819.
Ipomoea murieata Cav., Icon. 5:52. 1799, not Jacquin (1798). Type: MEXICO. Guanajuato: Oct, Cavan Hies i.n. (holotwe: MA!; isotype:
MA!). Ipomoea muricatisepala Matuda, Ann. Inst. Biol. Mex. 34:124. 1964. New name for I. murieata Cav.
Perennial herbs with erect to ascending glabrous stems, from an underground elongate tuber. Leaves with
blades sessile, incised and appearing compound, the segments usually 5, filiform, 5-15 mm long. Inflores-
cences axillary, solitary. Flowers on peduncles 5-7 mm long, the pedicels 3-6 mm long, reflexed in fruit. 5e-
Pak ± equal, 5-6 mm long, the outer one 2 mm wide, the inner ones 3 mm wide, acute to obtuse and mucronate
apically, the outer sepals elliptic to oblong, the inner sepals ovate, muricate-tuberculate at least on the midvem.
Corolla, 3-4 cm long, funnelform, lavender .0 reddish purple, .he limb 2-2,5 cm wide, glabrous Xapsules *
globose, glabrous, 4-5 mm wide, apiculum 1 mm long. Seeds 1-4, 3 mm long, ovoid, black to dark brown,
shortly erect hispid.
Sonora. — Oak woodland and pine-oak forest in eastern Sonora; 1100-2100 (to 2500 m in nearby SW
Chihuahua). Flowering August-October.
General distribution.— Arizona, New Mexico, Texas; Baja California (norte) and Sur, Chihuahua, Coa-
buila, and southward to Puebla; Central America; South America.
See comments under I. murieata and also I. plummerae for potentially confusing species.
V. AUmos; Sierra . A r 7n All „ 1Q o 4 steinmonn 94-741; Vallecito, 3 km SW of Santa Barbara, 1100 m, Martin 4 Oct 1990 .
i, 1372-1585 m, south
6 Aug 2003. K amp 445 (COCHISE!). Mpio
*“ anJos * fountains, 3 Aug 1893, Mearm 1628 (US, not seen, cited by McDonald 1995). M P .o Nacoxar. de
' eras ' 20 Aug 1941, While 4059 (Gil specimen not relocated, cited by McDonald 1995). Mpio Yecora: Arroyo Otro
"e. Van Devender 95-840!; Mesa de los Corona
' *'20 m , 28°23'49”N, 108°54’48"W, 7 S
^upanero, 28°19’30"N. 109°01'40'W, 2100 n
^ ^Barranca El Salto, pine-oak forest, 2
j 1995, flowers ]
flowers pink, 1 Sep 2000, Van Devende
00 m, 6 Sep 1996, Van Devender 96-396!
Felgeretal., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
493
Ipomoca chilopsidis Standi, Publ. Field. Mus.
purple throat, singularly of the high and arid crags, 1
er. 17:206- 1937. Type: MEXICO. Cmh
n high, few and irregularly branched, flo'
2391 (hOlotyfe: F!; isotypes: AR1Z 76041!, 2
Multiple-stem small trees and large shrubs 2-5 m tall, the stems broadly ridged on drying, glabrous. Leaves
mostly l0-17.5(-20) cm long, 0.5-1.3 cm wide, with 18-30 pairs of secondary veins, entire, linear, apically
acute, basally cuneate, glabrous; petiole 0.5-1.2 cm long. Inflorescences monochasial, terminal on reduced
branches. Flowers l(-3) on peduncles 0.4-2.2 cm long, glabrous except inner surfaces of sepals. Sepals 12-16
mm long, 7-9 mm wide, ovate, about equal or the outer ones slightly shorter than the inner ones, apically ob-
tuse to acute, the inner surfaces short-pubescent. Corollas 8-9.5 cm long, 8-9 cm wide, funnelform, white
with a purple throat. Capsules 18-22 mm long, conic, brown, glabrous. Seeds often 4, 10-15 mm long, oblong,
brown, woolly with long trichomes on the ventral margins.
Sonora .— High and arid rock ridges and on indurated ash in woodland, often with Acacia pennatula,
Dodonaeaviscosa, and Quercus chihuahuensis ; 1000-1300 m. Flowering documented May-November.
General distribution . — Oak woodland in southeastern Sonora and southwestern Chihuahua; 1000-1800 m.
The leaf shape of this shrub makes it unique among the Ipomoea in the Americas. As the species name
indicates, the leaves resemble those of Chilopsis linearis (Bignoniaceae).
loom, 24 Aug 1992, SU
tensis, 1100 m, large wl
t, 27 D 58 , 20"N, 109°06'30"W,
ridge, ca. 5000 ft, Qjun 1963, Friger 8078b!; Barranca de de Batopilas, 5 mi S of Quirare, rocky
:n CF39 (UCR!); La Bufa, canyon Rio Batopilas, short tree forest, barancan oak forest, 3300-
d new settlement, 10 Aug 1971, Bye 1977 (UCR!); Sierra Madre Occidental between Creel and
ior near mouth of creek called Arroyo San Fernando, 3330-4180 ft. 27 Jun 1982, Siplivinsfey
Bound. 149. 1859. type: l
Herbs, annual, from a slender taproot; stems erect at first, in age trailing or twining at the tips, 2-3 m long,
glabrous. Leaves with blades ± sessile or on petioles 1-3 cm long, deeply palmately divided with the lateral
divisions two-cleft (pedatisect), the segments 5-9, linear or linear-lanceolate, 7-25 mm long, glabrous. Inflo-
rescences mostly solitary, axillary. Flowers on peduncles l-3(-7) cm long, the pedicels 15-25 mm long, erect
in fruit. Sepals slightly unequal, the outer ones 3-5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, the inner ones 4-6 mm long, 2-3
™n wide, oblong-lanceolate, acute, mucronulate, scarious margined, at least the inner slightly rugose along
the veins. Corollas 10-12 mm long 5-10(14) mm wide, pale lavender to pink, usually with a white throat.
Capsule* ± globose to ellipsoid-globose, 4-5 mm wide, with a 1-2 mm caducous apiculum, tan, glabrous.
Seeds 3 or 4, ■
i long, ovoid, black, glabrous,
land, coastal
Sonora.— Southern and eastern margins of the Sonoran desert, Chihuahuan desert, gra
and foothi U thomscrub, tropical deciduous forest, oak woodland, and pine-oak forest; 50-1550+ m. Flowering
August-November.
Cncrd distribution. — Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, Baja California Sur, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Nuevo
U6n ’ Tar nauli pas south to Chiapas; introduced into South America.
This widespread species is self-fertilizing (McDonald et al. 2011); indicators are the annual habit and the
inconspicuous small flowers.
495
Felger et al., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
mi S of Esqueda, 22 Jul I960, Felger 4045! Mpio Guaymas: Canon Nacapule, 18 Nov 1985, Felger 85-1310! Mpio Hennosillo: Cafldn Las
Chivas, Sierra Libre, al Sur de la ciudad de Hermosillo, por la Carr. Fed. 15, 28.583°N, 110.96528°W, 8 Oct 1997, Burquez 97-501 (USON!).
Sep 2006, Boyle 7840! Mpio Yecora: Near Los Vallecitos, 14.7 km E ofYecora on MEX 16, pine-oak forest, 28°22'38"N, 108°50'03"W, 1470 m,
10 Sep 1996, Van Devender 96-521 !
i. Type: MEXICO. Hidalgo: rocky hills. Lens Static
1905. Pringle 10034 U
Perennials from a large, thickened root, the steins 1-1.5 m long, twining, finely white-pubescent, becoming
glabrous with age. Leaves 3-5 cm long, 3-4 cm wide, entire or trilobate, or almost 5-lobed, white-pilose, some-
what sagittate to cordate, the apex acute, mucronulate; petioles 2-3.5 cm long, white-pilose. Inflorescences
with axillary peduncles 3-20 cm long, white-pilose. Flowers solitary on slender pedicles 8-10 mm long, pi-
lose; bracts 2-4 mm long, linear, pilose. Sepals 10-15 mm long, 7-8 mm wide at the base, herbaceous, more or
less equal, pubescent, triangular-ovate, acute (not attenuate), white-pilose. Corollas blue to bluish, 5 cm long,
4-5 cm wide, the tube white. Capsules about as long as the calyx, glabrous, 5-valved, 5-locular, often 10-seed-
ed, the 5 valves often bifid; pericarp chartaceo-ligneus, brownish. Seeds 1-potentially 10, 4 mm long, discoid,
black, with short erect trichomes.
Sonora.— East-central part of the state in pine-oak forest, 1300 m. Flowering August-September.
General distribution.— Hidalgo, Michoacan, Edo. Mexico, Sinaloa, Zacatecas; reported from Chiapas (Nel-
W49, NY and GH, neither seen).
This perennial species is similar to and might be confused with annual I. purpurea. The sepals of I. deca-
sperma lack the setose trichomes of I. purpurea ; leaves of I purpurea, while variable, are not sagittate as in I.
decasperma.
Mpio Yecora: Tributary of Arroyo de Pilar
magenta ’ 2 2000, Reina-G. 2 000-622, 2000-627 (USON!).
Ipomoea hederacea Jacq., Collect. Bot. 1:124, pi. 36, 1787 [title page 1786 1^' “^ IERICAS ” (ac (
“g to the Code) since Jacquin did not mention the Dillenius plate.
Ipotnoea desertorum.House, Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 18:203. 1906. Type: U.S.A. Arizona: Thurber 29 (holotype: NY!,
Ipomoea hederacea var. integriuscula A. Gray, Syn. FI. N. Amer. ed. 2, 2:433. 1886. Type: U.S.A: East Florida, Curtiss (h
T *°MPiUO, TRQMPILLO AZUL, TMM1LLO MORADO ; IVY-LEAF MORNING-GLORY; HEHE QUVJAM ‘PLANT THAT-CURLS-AROUND-.T,’
mm] W K spun (like a top)’ (Seri)
Annual herbs, the stems twining, often 2-3+ m long, densely to sparsely pubescent throughout. Leaves with
^des ovate to * orbicular, (2-) 3.5-13 cm long and about as wide, entire to 3- or 5-lobed, basally cordate, the
a P ica % acute to acuminate, pubescent; petioles to 12 cm long, rarely longer. Inflorescences cymose.
Flowers l-3(-6), on peduncles 5-10 cm long, the pedicels 3-7 mm long, erect in fruit; bracts foliaceous elhp-
lc to lanceolate, 5-8 mm long. Sepals ± equal, 12-25 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, herbaceous, lanceolate, abrupt-
497
Hobs, annual, the stems twining or prostrate, 2-8 m long, glabrous. Leaves petiolate, 1-4 cm long and wide,
5-foliolate, the lobules lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, sessile, apically acute, glabrous. Inflorescences axillary
and terminal, flowers usually solitary, with filiform peduncles as long as or longer than the petioles, often
spirally twirled. Sepals ± equal, 5-7 mm long, ovate to oval, apically obtuse to rounded, glabrous. Corollas
1.8-3 cm long, funnelform, glabrous, rosy (or sometimes white) with the interior of the tube red-violet. Cap-
sules 8-10 mm long, globose, brown, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, 4-6 mm long, ovoid, brown, finely pubescent.
Sonora .— Coastal thomscrub of the coastal plain in southwest part of the state, apparently not common.
Margins of temporarily flooded or swampy places including roadside; below ca. 50 m. flowering September-
October.
General distribution.— Texas, SE USA; Mesoamerica; Argentina, Brasil, Ecuador, Paraguay, Peru;
pantropical.
Although no one knows where this species is native, it shares no obvious relatives in the New World. It
may well be an Old World species and perhaps is related to I. cairica, which is probably native to Africa.
Ipomoea heptaphylla has been confused at least with I cairica and is morphologically more similar to that spe-
cies and others like it in Africa than those elsewhere. Roxburgh (1824) pointed out that the plant appeared
unexpectedly in the nursery at the botanical garden in Calcutta, but he did not think it native, at least in his
region.
Verdcourt (1961: 11) thought that the plant climbed with the spiraled peduncles. Although Austin has
this plant few times, no note was made of the peduncles behaving like tendrils. Perhaps someone examin-
ing living plants in the field will be able to clarify the role of the spiraled structures.
^om^ C b l,,: 17 011 MCX HWy ^ ^ °^ unct * on ° f road t0 (= edge of
P°ttUi Oct 1985, Mger 85-12641 Mpio Navojoa: Navojoa, water edge of river back-water, limb and tube white, throat purple, 27 Oct 1939,
a imperati (Vahl) Griseb., Cat. Pi. Cub. 203. 1866. Type: imperato, Hist.
>) (lectotyfe!). Convolvulus imperati Vahl, Symb. Bot. 1:17-18. 1
J24. 1763. Type: based on Convolvulus Joliis obtusis, Plu
Convolvulus stoloniferus Cyrillo, PL Rar. Neap. 1:14. 1 5, 1788. Type: based on
‘iw Plate (lectotype!).
Herbs > Perennial, the stems prostrate, rooting at the nodes and often underground, reaching 5 m or more in
‘ en gth. Leaves 1.5-8 cm long sometimes linear to ovate or oblong, lobed or not lobed, the size and shape van-
l-T — a- in th<« morning. Se-
** Ul5 ^ long, unequal, oblong, the outer two sepals shorter, acute to obtuse, glabroi
Felgeretal.,
499
loba, with larger flowers, is usually allogamous (outcrossing; McDonald et al. 2011). The honeybee, introduced
from the Old World, carries pollen from one species to the other and is the only insect known to move between
the two. However, certain other pollinators, when present, will visit I. lacunosa and the hybrid. Presumably the
hybrid is moved, as it has been around the world, as a contaminant in seeds of cultivated plants.
, 1200 ft, 28 Oct 1939, Gentry 4767!; Rancho San Pedro, E entry to El Caj6n
-26!; Alamos, in streambed, 390 m, flowers pink, 2 Feb 1992, Van Devender
imin Hill: 24 km S of Rancho El Seri, 8.2 km S of Rancho El Carrizo (16.9
le, 29°58'58"N, 111°15 , 24"W, 735 m, 22 Aug 2007, Van Devender 2007-890!
1, Friedman 438-94 ! Mpio Navojoa: Navojoa, w
river back-water, 27 Oct 1939, Gentry 4747! Mpio Onavas: Onava
1986, Rea 1210! Mpio San Lois R.C.: 5 km S of San Luis, roadside
morning, 6 Oct 1985, Felger 85-1032 ! Mpio Yecora: Santa Ana 2
28°22'40" N, 109°08' W, 950 m, Otts, Martin, et al. 10 Oct 1988.
Ipornoea longifolia Benth., PI. Hartw. 16. 1839. Type: MEXICO. Zacatecas: Hartwcg 97 (iiolotype: K!; isotypes: NY!, P!>; other
sheets with species #97 (species numbers?) are from Chihuahua (K!) and Leon (BR!, LD!).
Large perennial herbs forming large tuberous roots, somewhat fleshy, rhizomatous, glabrous, the stems long,
trailing, decumbent, or ascending. Leaves with blades linear to oblong-lanceolate, often 10-12(-20) cm long,
2-4 cm wide, entire, glabrous; petiole 0.5-1.7 cm long. Inflorescences mostly solitary. Flowers on peduncles
3.5-4(-ll) cm long, the pedicels 2-3.5 cm long, mostly erect in fruit. Sepals ovate, the outer ones 12— 14(— 17)
mm long, 6-7 mm wide, the inner ones 15-20 mm long, 7-8 mm wide, coriaceous, glabrous. Corollas funnel-
form, 7-10 cm long, the limb whitish to cream-white, 7-8 cm wide, the throat purple or deep reddish purple.
Capsules ovoid, 14-16 mm wide, with an apiculum 2-3 mm long. Seeds 1-3(4), 10-11 mm long, ovoid, brown,
with long pilose indumentum on the margins and near the apex.
Sonora. — North-central and northeast part of the state in grassland, oak woodland, foothills thomscrub,
and tropical deciduous forest; 975-1850 m. Flowering April-September.
General distribution . — Southeastern Arizona and northern Mexico in Aguascalientes, Chihuahua, Du-
The flowers are open in the evening and are pollinated by moths, although there have been reports of bees
also visiting (Austin 1986).
Perennial herbs, roots tuberous, the stems erect, scandent, or less often twining, 4-50 cm long, mostly
branched from the base, glabrous. Leaves variable, the first ones usually elliptic, rhombic, or narrowly lanceo-
kte, 1.5-5 cm long, 3-20 mm wide, occasionally lobed, the lobes to 6 mm long, 5 mm wide, margins entire or
Regularly dentate, apex acute mucronulate the base attenuate, the distal leaves sometimes grading into pal-
•^tisect laminas with 3-5 segments, about equal or unequal, filiform, linear, or lanceolate, 7-42 mm long, 1-6
mm Wide - the outer segments often shorter than the inner ones, margins entire, apex obtuse or acute, the base
attenuate, glabrous; petioles almost absent or 2-10 mm long. Inflorescences monochasial axillary cymes.
,1-3 ml
nn
502
Sonora .— Central and mostly southeastern part of the state in tropical deciduous forest, ca. 150-790 a.
Flowering at least August-November.
General distribution . — Texas and Arkansas to Florida; Mexico including Baja California Sur, Chihuahua,
uila, Guerrero, Jalisco, Edo. Mexico, Sinaloa; Argentina, Ecuador, Peru, Venezuela. Native to Mexico and
ttive in the southern United States and South America, and also naturalized in many parts of the Old
d. This species has been widely spread through the southeastern United States as a contaminant in soy-
seeds (Gunn 1969a, 1972). It continues to be dispersed and established in new areas.
Confusion between names for I. capillacea and I. muricata began in the 1800s and a new layer of confusion
was added by Gunn (1969a, 1969b, 1972). What these authors failed to realize, or at least point out, in addition
was clarified by Staples et al. (2005). Ipomoea capillacea is a moming-flowering herb with corollas 3-4 cm long
while I. muricata is an evening- and night-flowering vine with corollas 3-7.5 cm long. The leaves are also nota-
bly different: I. capillacea has nearly sessile highly dissected leaf blades with linear segments and I. muricata has
petiolate entire to 3- or 5-lobed blades. The current residual confusion involves Gunn’s conclusions so the
earlier problems will not be addressed. The underlying problem is that Gunn (1969b) used the wrong date for
the names involved, rejecting I. muricata (L.) Jacq. (1798) and using I. turbinata Lag. (1816). Staples et al. (2005)
Ipomoea nil (L.) Roth, Catal.Bot. 1:36. I/ 1 -)/. Type: Dillenius, Hort. Eltham. 1:96 i 80 1 91 1732(lec totype!). PhariritisnilO-
Herbs, annual, herbaceous, the stems twining or prostrate, to 3-4 m long, hispid, the trichomes yellow. Leave*
ovate to ± orbicular, 5-15 cm long, 2-14 cm wide, entire to 3- or 5-lobed, the apices acuminate, hirsute. Inflo-
rescences cymose, dichasial. Flowers 1-4. Sepals 1.5-2.5(-3) cm long, ± equal, linear-lanceolate, basally nar-
rowly ovate, the base densely hispid with yellow trichomes, hispid to strigose on the upper parts, or distally
glabrous. Corollas (2-)3-6 cm long, funnelform, purplish to blue, at times white or red, the tube white or yel-
low within, glabrous. Capsules 8-12 mm long, rounded-depressed, 3-locular, brown, glabrous. Seeds l-4(-®-
4-9 mm long, dark brown to black, densely short-pubescent. 2 n = 30.
Sonora .— Near the margins of the Sonoran desert, coastal and foothill thomscrub, and tropical deciduous
forest, in disturbed as well as natural habitats; 50-ca. 1400 m. Growing and flowering mostly following war®
weather rains, especially August-October.
General distribution .— Mexico (probably most or all states); Mesoamerica; Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Co-
lombia, Guyanas, Ecuador, Venezuela; Caribbean; cultivated and introduced into the Old World.
The seeds have been utilized as a laxative (Austin 2000c). There are three species of somewhat simi#'
Felgeret al, Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico S03
appearing morning glories that are often confused. One is I. nil, characterized by long, straight, subulate sepals,
in tropical regions worldwide. The second is I. hederacea, also characterized by long sepals, but curving and
with an ovate base and abruptly attenuate apex, in temperate regions by latitude or higher elevations in tropical
latitudes. The third member is I. purpurea, which has short fat sepals and is worldwide.
Ipomoea nil and I. hederacea can be hybridized with difficulty (Yoneda and Takenaka 1981). Historically
they were geographically isolated. Superficially I. nil seems similar to I. hederacea, but detailed morphological
and molecular genetics show that they are not as close as they may seem. Furthermore, I. nil seems closer to I.
eriocalyx Mart, of South America than to I. hederacea (Austin et al. 2001).
Selected references.— Austin (2000c), Austin et al. (2001), McDonald et al. (2011).
nth) G. Don, Gen. Hist. 4:275. 1838. Tm: VENEZUELA: Humbol
is parasiticus Kunth, Nov. Gen. Sp. (quarto ed.) 3:103. 1818 [1819].
Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 21:319-320. 1894. Type: MEXICO. Jalisco: Tequila, 1
Herbs, annual, the stems twining, herbaceous, to 2-7 m long, with fleshy tubercles on the older parts, or
smooth, glabrous or glabrate. Leaves 5-10 cm long, 6-9 cm wide, entire, cordate to broadly cordate, apically
acuminate to rounded and cuspidate, lightly pubescent or glabrous above, mostly glabrous below. Inflores-
cences usually simple cymes, less often compound-cymose. Flowers 2-10. Sepals 4-6 mm long, more or less
e qual, the outer ones ovate to ovate-lanceolate, more or less acute and cuspidate, with small appressed-puber-
u, ent indumentum. Corollas 2.5-3 cm long, funnelform, purple, sericeous on the interplicae. Capsules 10-12
mm lon g> ovoid to ovoid-globose, reflexed, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, 6-7 mm long, narrowly ellipsoidal, brown,
Wlth sma11 Puberulent indumentum or glabrous.
Sonora.— Eastern Sonora in Chihuahuan desert, foothills thomscrub, tropical deciduous forest, and ri-
P-Jrtan in oak woodland; 260-1290 m. Flowering November to February. Although not known from the Unit-
e States, its occurrence at Agua Prieta suggests that it might be found in nearby Arizona.
General distribution .— Baja California Sur, Chiapas, Chihuahua, Guanajuato, Guerrero, Jalisco, Edo. Mexi-
c °. Michoacan, Morelos, Nayarit, Oaxaca, Sinaloa, Veracruz; Mesoamerica; Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Venezuela.
These Pknts contain an ecdysone that was considered at one time as a potential insecticide. Subsequently,
or similar compounds were found in I. nil and became commercially known as “kaladana” (Austin
504
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
. Type: MEXICO. Chiapas: wooded slope 9 km N of Tuxda GutiCrrez along
MANTELA DE MARIA, TROMPILLO; JtCURE ‘TWISTED YARN’ (Mayo)
Lianas, perennial, the stems 2-10 m long, twining with a woody base, often winged, the younger parts herba-
ceous, smooth to somewhat winged, glabrous or pubescent. Leaves 3.5-14 cm long, 3-12 cm wide, ovate, often
broadly ovate, entire or 3- or 5-lobed, chartaceous, basally cordate, apically acuminate, glabrous or pubescent
on both surfaces at least near the base. Inflorescences cymose, axillary. Flowers (2-)5-15(-35). Sepals un-
equal; the 2 outer sepals 4-7 mm long, ovate-lanceolate, broadly elliptic to oblong, acute, muricate or more of-
ten with wings on the lower portion; inner sepals 5-8.5 mm long, obtuse to obtuse-mucronate, coriaceous, the
margins scarious, glabrous or pubescent only toward the apex. Corollas 5-9 cm long, funnelform, purple,
slightly pubescent at the apices of the petals. Capsules 10-19 mm long, ovoid, brown, apiculate, glabrous.
Seeds 1-4, 6-7 mm long, ellipsoid, brown, minutely puberulent or glabrescent.
Sonora . — Central and southern parts of the state in coastal and foothills thomscrub and tropical decidu-
ous forest; ca. 50-550 m. Flowering September to November. The seeds, ground, roasted, and boiled, were
used by the Guarijlos as a purgative (Gentry 1942). The Guarijlos also used a morning glory, possibly this spe-
cies, as follows: “If a woman does not wish to have a child, she will sometimes eat the seeds of trompillo, grind-
ing up the seeds, mixing the gruel into water, and drinking it” (Yetman & Felger 2002:193). The Mayos con-
sider the herbage of this fast-growing summer vine to be valuable forage for cattle and goats (Yetman and Van
Devender 2002).
General distribution. — Chiapas, Chihuahua, Colima, Guerrero, Hidalgo, Jalisco, Michoacan, Morelos,
Nayarit, Oaxaca, Puebla, San Luis Potosl, Sinaloa, Tamaulipas, Veracruz; Mesoamerica.
Selected reference .— Austin (1997).
Mpk> Alamos: San Bernardo, 24 Aug 1935, Gentry 1616 ; Rio Mayo Raft Trip, confluence of Rio Mayo with San Ignacio, 27°55'N, 108°4TW,
Jenkins & Rondeau 26 Sep 1991!; 23.3 mi by road W of Alamos, Soule & Krizman 2 8 Aug 1964!; Arroyo el Mentidero at El Chinal road, 113 b»
S of Alamos, 26°54 I 45"N, 108°55'05" W, 240 m, 20 Sep 1993, Van Devender 93-855!; Alamos, 28 Sep 1991, Van Devender 91-755 !; Gueybatnpo.
E edge of Arroyo Tojibampo, 26°42'30"N, 109°16’W, 50 m, 22 Sep 1994, Van Devender 94-713 !; 0.3 km E of Tqjibampo (S side of the Sierra*
Alamos), 26°48'50"N, 108°58'W, 240 m, 21 Sep 1994, Von Devender 94-659!; Arroyo Huirotal, Rancho Las Uvalamas, E slopes of Sierra*
Alamos, 550 m, vine 6-8 m in trees, flowers purple, 13 Sep 1994, Van Devender 94-564 (AR1Z!, ASU!). Mpio Huatabampo: 1 km SEofCer-
rillos, 9.5 km SE Melchor Ocampo, 40 m, flowers purple, 21 Sep 1994, Friedman 347-94 (ASU!). Mpio La Colorada: 7 mi NE of Colorado,
between Colorado and Mazatan, climbing vine to 8 or 10 m, corolla rich purple, 6 Sep 1941, Wiggins & Rollins 323 (CAS!): 3.5 km SE * '
from Navajoa-Alamos, sandy bottomlands, thorn forest, seeds used as purgative, M antela de Maria, 5 Nov 1939, Gentry 4880 !
Felger et al., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, K
Ipomoea pes-caprae (L.) R. Br. in Tuckey subsp. I
isiliensis (L.) Ooststr., Blumea 3:533. 1940. i
Batatilla, cmmisTATE de playa; bejuco de playa; beach morning glory, railroad vine, g
Herbs, perennial, the stems mostly prostrate on beaches, rarely twining, fleshy, to 10 m long (usually much
shorter in Sonora), glabrous, and with milky sap. Leaves 3-10 cm long, 5-10 cm wide, ovate to reniform, ba-
sally rounded, truncate to cordate, apically normally emarginate, the blade with 2 glands near the base. Inflo-
rescences axillary, monochasial and/or dichasial. Flowers 1-5. Sepals 5-11 mm long, equal or unequal, ellip-
tic, ovate-elongate to orbicular, glabrous. Corollas 5-6 cm long, funnelform, pinkish or lavender, the throat
darker within, glabrous. Capsules 1.5-2.2 cm long, rounded, straw-colored or brown with purplish patches,
glabrous. Seeds 1-4, 8-9 mm long, rounded, densely brown-tomentose. 2 n » 30, 60.
Sonora . — Cultivated on beaches from the vicinity of Bahia Kino southward and sometimes weakly estab-
lished, and perhaps native or at least established on beaches along coastal thomscrub in extreme southwestern
Sonora; near sea level. Flowering at least during the warmer months.
General distribution . — This species occurs on beaches and coastal dunes worldwide; subsp. brasiliensis is
widespread in the New World tropical shores. Texas; Baja California (norte) and Sur, Chiapas, Guerrero, Jalis-
co, Michoacan, Oaxaca, Sinaloa, Tamaulipas, Veracruz; Mesoamerica; Brasil, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyanas,
Pern, Venezuela; Caribbean. Subspecies pes-caprae occurs in a narrow range in the Indian Ocean. A close rela-
tive, I. asarifolia (Desrousseaux) Roemer & Schultes, has been introduced into wetlands in the American trop-
ics (Austin 2005).
Selected reference.— St. John (1970).
it, 26.6917°N, 109.587°W, o
a (by air) S of Us Bocas, 26.65°N, I09.331°W, s<
Perennial herbs with globose, tuberous roots, the stems erect to procumbent, ascending, not twining or only
slightly at tips, glabrous. Leaves 1-3 cm long, orbicular in outline, palmately and pedately lobed (rarely cune-
ate-obovate in which case the apex is laciniate-dentate), basally cordate, the lobes acute, glabrous; petioles 2-5
mm ^ng Inflorescences solitary. Flowers on peduncles 1.5-2.5 cm long, erect or reflexed in fruit; bracts ca-
duceus. Sepals unequal; outer sepals 5-8 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, oblong, obtuse to acute, mucronate, muri-
ate at least along the midrib; inner sepals 7-9(-10) mm long, 3-4 mm wide, broadly ovate, acute to acuminate,
muricate on the midrib or glabrous. Corollas funnelform, 2.5-3.1 cm long, purple, glabrous, the limb 1.8-2.2
cm wide. Capsules ± globose, 5-6 mm wide, with an apiculum to 5 mm long. Seeds 1-4, 2-2.5 mm long, ovoid,
black to dark brown, finely tomentose.
Sonora.— At least in southern Sonora, coastal thomscrub and in pine-oak forest in southeastern Sonora
near the Chihuahua border. Also southeastern Arizona near the border and expected in nearby Sonora and
Perhaps elsewhere in mountains in eastern Sonora. Open rocky slopes. 20-above 1250 m. Flowering April-
October;
General distribution. — Arizona, New Mexico, Texas; Chihuahua, Coahuila, Distrito Federal, Durango,
^go, Jalisco, Edo. Mexico, Michoacan, Puebla, Veracruz, Zacatecas; Argentina, Bolivia, Peru. McDonald
" 5) rec °gnized several widespread varieties, with the Sonoran population being var. plummerae.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Although McDonald (1995) recognized var. cmeifolia as distinct, DFA has seen individual populations in
southern Arizona with both “var. cuneifolia” and “var. plummerae ” growing intermixed. We suspect that the
two “varieties” are nothing more than variants in leaf shapes.
This species is easily confused with I. capillacea. Leaf segments are <1 mm wide in I. capillacea, and >1
mm wide in 1. plummerae. Also, I. capillacea is an erect herb, while I. plummerae is a prostrate or rarely twining
Selected reference. — McDonald (1995).
Mpio Alamos: Cliffs 5 km W of Chiribo, Sierra Saguaribo, 1400 m, pine-oak woods, Martin 24 Aug 1993. Mpio Yecora: Yecora, 28°22'25"N,
108°56'W, 1540 m, 6 Sep 1995, Rema-G. 96-373. CHIHUAHUA. Mpio Buenaventura: Rio Santa Maria, 10 km SW of Buena Ventura [Buena-
ventura], 2100 m, 14 Aug 1989, Jenkins et al. 89-311.
Ipotnoea pubescens Lam., Tabl. Encycl. 1:4
5. 1791 [1793]. Type: AMERICA, c
1707. Type MEXICO: horto Regio, 17
York Acad. Sci. 18:196. 1908. Type: U
7. Ortega (lectotype MA! ,
Perennial herbs from a large, oblong root; stems twining, hirsute with retrorse trichomes. Leaves with blades
2-8 cm long, 2-9 cm wide, ovate, nearly entire with the margins sinuate, or 3- or 5-lobed and palmate, basally
cordate, the lobes elliptic to ovate, hirsute with antrorse trichomes, at times sericeous, apically acute to obtuse,
mucronate; petioles 2-5 cm long. Inflorescences 1- or 2-flowered. Flowers on peduncles 15-18 mm long;
pedicels 3-10 mm long, erect in fruit; bracts 5-12 mm long, subulate, acuminate. Sepals unequal; outer sepals,
9-21 mm long, 5-11 mm wide, ovate, basally truncate, acuminate; middle sepals 9-19 mm long, 3-8 mm wide,
asymmetrical, ovate, acuminate; inner sepals 9-20 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, ovate-lanceolate, antrorsely his-
pid, at times sericeous. Corollas 5.5-8 cm long, funnelform, blue to violet with a white throat, glabrous, the
limb 6-7 cm wide. Capsules 10-12 mm wide, ± globose, surrounded by the sepals. Seeds (1-) 3-6, 5-6 mm
long, ovoid, brown to black, densely hairy with velvety trichomes.
Sonora.— Mountains in eastern Sonora. It grows in south-central and southeastern Arizona near the bor-
der and is expected in nearby Sonora. Oak woodland and pine-oak forests, especially rocky areas and near
streambeds; ca. 1200-2000 m. Flowering August-September.
General distribution. — Arizona, New Mexico, Texas; Chihuahua, Durango, Hidalgo, Michoacan, Quere-
taro, San Luis Potosi; disjunct to South America.
The Arizona plants have larger flower than those listed from South America by O’Donell (1959a) and
there is perhaps more than one taxon involved. McDonald et al. (2011) have placed all the large-flowered plants
of northern Mexico and the SW United States in I. lindheimeri. We cannot agree because the sepals are distinct
within the populations that we have studied in Sonora and Arizona. McDonald (pers. comm., June 2012) says
that he has found what appear to be hybrid swarms between the typical I. lindheimeri with narrow lanceolate-
linear, cuneate sepals and plants of I. pubescens with broadly ovate, basally truncate sepals. We have not seen
such populations and maintain them as separate species until future studies can be made of their relationships
Selected reference.— Austin (1991).
s: Sierra Saguaribo, Chir
d, rare, one patch along s
1 24 Aug 19931; Sierra Sahuaribo, ca. 2 km (by air) NE of La Vinateria, 27°17'30 , N,
Ipio San Felipe de Jesus: Cajbn Infiemo, northern Sierra Aconchi, 4480-5120 ft
•row part of canyon, 18 Sep 1982, Reichenbacher 11391 Mpio Yecora: ReS "‘^
;. 2000-561 (USONt).
Ipomoea purpurea (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobs
Ipomoea hirsutula Jacq. f.
U.84,f.97,1732(tECTorrf*
ype. Pharbitis htspida Cho^f’
r. diversifolia (Lindl.)
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Ipomoea scopulorum Brandegee, 1
(holotype: UC!, photo FTG-FAU!).
: 5:169. 1903. ^MEXICO. B*a California [Sur]: Cape F
Perennial twining herbs, with tuberous roots?, 1-2 m long, sparsely to densely pubescent throughout with
simple and stellate trichomes. Leaves 6-8 cm long, 4-6 cm wide, cordate-ovate, entire, stellate-pubescent
above and below; petioles 2-5 cm long. Inflorescences cymose or solitary, axillary. Flowers on peduncles 2-9
cm long, the pedicels 2-3 cm long, erect in fruit; bracts 2-3 mm long, subulate, caducous. Sepals 7-10 mm long,
4-6 mm wide, unequal, broadly oblong to broadly ovate, smooth, rounded to obtuse, the upper margins some-
what scarious, glabrous or less often sericeous on the outside of the outer two sepals. Corollas 6-8 cm long, 6-7
cm wide, funnelform, white with a purple throat or less often purplish throughout, glabrous. Capsules ovoid,
10-14 mm long, 8-10 mm wide. Seeds 1-4, 6-8 mm long, ovoid, brown, silky, with white or tawny trichomes
8-10 mm long on the margins, otherwise glabrous.
Sonora . — Southern to north-central parts of the state; Sonoran desert, coastal and foothills thornscrub,
and tropical deciduous forest; 150-725 m. Flowering August-September.
General distribution . — Baja California Sur, Sinaloa.
Ipomoea seaania Felger & D.F. Austin, Sida 21:1296. 2005. Type: MEXICO. Sonora: Mui
1 km north of Bahia San Carlos on old road to Bahia Algodones, 27 Feb 1985, Felger & Devini
MEXU!, MO!, NY! See label information below).
Openly-branched shrubs 1-4 m. tall, with multiple woody stems from the base, the upper twigs sometime 5
sinuous or moderately spiraling, sometimes becoming extremely slender. Herbage largely glabrous or glabrate
except newest growth densely to sparsely short-pilose, the trichomes mostly spreading. Leaves drought de
ciduous, lanceolate to ovate, long shoot leaves often 2-8 cm long, 1.5-2 cm wide, the blades lanceolate to ovate,
with 6— 8(— 10) lateral pairs of primary veins, the base obtuse to subtruncate, the apex obtuse to emarginate, tk
midrib often ending in a short mucrone, glabrous; petioles 8-15(-20) mm long, with a pair of glands, usua^
conspicuous, at the junction of petiole and blade, seen on the lower leaf surface. Spur branch leaves often 4^
cm long, to 4-11 mm wide, linear to linear lanceolate with 6-10 lateral pairs of primary veins, the base obtu#
to subtruncate, the apex obtuse or blunt, or sometimes shallowly emarginate, the midrid often ending io 1
Felgeretal., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
509
short mucrone; petioles to 2-9(-13.5) mm long. Inflorescences of 1 or 2 (3) flowers, appearing solitary but
cymose on short-shoots 2-5 mm long, these sometimes with a few small leaves; bracts 5-8 mm long, quickly
deciduous, broadly oblong with an obtuse tip; peduncles very short, to 5 mm long, the pedicels 8-22 mm long.
Sepals 12-17 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, broadly lanceolate to mostly ovate, puberulous to villous, the inner
surfaces generally more densely hairy than the outer surfaces, the trichomes white, appressed to mostly as-
cending, and curly to straight. Inner (adaxial) sepals obtuse, the surfaces with trichomes 0.15-0.6 mm long;
outer (abaxial) 2 sepals acute, slightly narrower and more sparsely pubescent than the inner 3, the trichomes
0.1-0.5 mm long, the sepal margins scarious and glabrous or glabrate. Corollas 4-6 cm long and 7-8 cm wide,
showy, funnelform, glabrous, white with yellowish interplicae and a maroon band at inside base of the tube.
Stamens 5, with 4 filaments 25-26 mm. long, the fifth stamen 23-24 mm long, filaments pubescent on the
basal 4 mm; anthers 6-7 mm, long oblong, sagittitate; pollen spheroidal, spinulose. Ovary 3 mm long, gla-
brous; style 37-38 mm long, glabrous; stigma 2-globose.
Sonora . — Near the southern margin of the Sonoran desert where it is endemic to hills and mountains west
of Bahia San Carlos, generally on rocky ridges, steep colluvium and rhyolite slopes of canyon sides and cliff
base; near sea level-100 m. Although locally common, the San Carlos population is threatened by tourist de-
velopment (Felger 1999). There are no other records for this unusual shrub. Flowering January-April.
Ipomoea sescossiana Baill., Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Par. 1:385. 1883. Type MEXICO. San Luis Potosc Sescosse s.n. (holo-
Perennial erect herbs, with tuberous roots, the stems shrubby, spreading, glabrous. Leaves 2-4 cm long, 0.5-
1-5 cm wide, orbicular in outline, irregularly pinnately divided into 5-9 obtuse-tipped divisions, the lobes
linear to filiform, entire or rarely toothed, glabrous; petioles 3-15 mm long. Inflorescences mostly of solitary
flowers, at times 2 or 3 flowers. Rowers on peduncles 0.8-3.5(-8) cm long, the pedicels 0.6-1.5 cm long, ac-
crescent and erect in fruit; bracts 2-3 mm long, lanceolate. Sepals 6-ll(-13) mm long, 3-6(-8) mm wide,
subequal, oblong-ovate, smooth, obtuse-rounded to emarginate or cuspidate, the margins scarious. Corollas
6-10 cm long, funnelform, rose-purple to purple, the tube whitish, glabrous, the limb 6-8 cm wide. Capsules
14-16 mm long, 10-14 mm wide, ovoid to almost globose. Seeds 1-4, 8-9 mm long, compressed ovoid, black,
finely appressed tomentose.
Although not documented for Sonora, it occurs in Chihuahua near high elevations in east-central Sonora
and * likel Y to turn up in the highlands of easternmost Sonora.
General distribution.— Chihuahua, Coahuila, Durango, San Luis Potosi, Zacatecas; 1000-2400 m. Flow-
erin gJune-October.
This species is an erect herb with bee-flowers. This xenogamous species is sister to I. ancisa and I. stans
(McDonald 2001; Ana Rita Simoes, pers. comm. 23 Nov 2011).
CHIHUAHUA. Mpio Moris: La Cieneguita, Rfo Mayo Upper Sonoran, 10 Sep 36, Gentry 26481 [ca. 35 km E of Sonora]; Mpio Madera:
510 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6 ( 2 )
Chuichupa, Aug 1936, Horde LeSueur 850\ [ca. 25 km E of Sonora] . Mpio Temosachi: N W of Yepdmera on hwy 180, 2100 m, flowers mostly
pale lavender, shrub Jenkins, Martin, & Moore 21 Jul 1986\
Ipomoea tenuiloba Torn, Rep. U.S. Mex. Bound., Bot. 148-149. 1859. Type: U.S.A. Texas: hills and rocky places near
pedately 5-9 lobed, the lobes linear to lanceolate, 0.5-6.5 mm wid
Perennial herbs, with tuberou
long, 3-10 cm wide, orbicular :
entire, glabrous; petioles 2-38 1
mm long, sessile or the pedicels to 8 mm long,
ate. Sepals unequal; outer sepals 5-11.5 mm lor
rved in fruit; bracts 1-3 mm long, 1
-3 mm wide, oblong-lanceolate, muricate along the midrib
nate, smooth, the margins scarious, glabrous. Corollas 4.5-10 cm long, funnelform or salverform, completely
white or white with pale rose to purple limb, glabrous, the limb 3-3.6 cm wide. Capsules 4-8 mm wide, ±
globose to broadly ovoid, with an apiculum 4-5 mm long. Seeds 1-4, 3.5-5 mm long, ovoid, black to dark
brown, finely appressed tomentose. This delicate twiner has moth flowers that McDonald (2011) considered
xenogamous.
Sonora . — Documented in Sonora with four specimens from mountains in the eastern part of the state, in
hills and rocky sites, oak woodland and pine-oak forest; ca. 1280-1950 m. Flowering August-September.
General distribution. — Arizona, New Mexico, Texas; Chihuahua.
Two varieties are recognizable: Variety tenuiloba with 5-7 leaf divisions to 1.2 mm wide, a mostly white
salverform corolla 6.5-10 cm long and the free portions of the filaments 8-11 mm long. Variety lemmoni (A.
Gray) Yatsk. & Mason with 7-9 leaf divisions to 6.5 mm wide, a funnelform corolla 3.5-6.5 cm long, with a
white tube and rose to purple limb and the free portion of the filaments 14-19 mm long. In some areas these
varieties intergrade, and a specimen from northeast Sonora (White 3474) was considered an intermediate by
Yatskievych and Mason (1984). The species is nocturnal and those studied in southern Arizona opened about
1:00 a.m. and often closed before dawn (Austin 1991).
Mpio Alamos: Sahuaribo and vicinity, 27°19'N, 108°34'W, 1550 m, Martin 23 Aug 19921 Mpio Bavispe: Sierra el Tigre, Las Tierritas deB
28.38°N, 108.8258°W, 1410 m, very common herbaceous perennial in dense
open at 9:30 a.m., 2 Sep 2000, Van Devender 2000-640 (USON!); Yficora, 28.3636°N, 108.9228°W, 1540 m, grassland, locally conn
.,5 Sep 2001, V
fectively selected the Thurber 977
Annual herbs, with a fibrous root system; stems slender and procumbent, twining at tips, glabrous. L*® 1 **
with blades pedately 5 or 7 parted, 1.5-3 cm long and wide, basally cordate, the segments linear, apically acute,
glabrous to remotely setose; petioles to 2 cm long. Inflorescences of solitary flowers or cymose. Flowers 1 ° r
2, the peduncles slender, equaling or exceeding the leaves, the pedicels (10-)15-18(-20) mm long, erect in
fruit; bracteoles 2-2.5 mm long, subulate. Sepals unequal; outer sepals 8-9 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, lanceolate;
a wide, attenuate-acuminate, glabrous or hirsute at least on the three main
ns, otherwise membranaceous. Corollas 2.5-3.2 cm long, funnelform, purple (oc-
casionally white), glabrous, the limb 3.2-4.6 cm wide. Capsules 3-5 mm wide, ellipsoid to ovoid depending on
the number of seeds, with an apiculum 5 mm long or longer. Seeds 1-4, 5-6 mm long, ovoid, black and gray
mottled, minutely appressed tomentose.
Sonora . — Statewide except the northwest; Sonoran and Chihuahuan deserts, foothills thomscrub, tropi-
cal deciduous forest, mesquite-grassland, and oak woodland; near sea level-ca. 2000 m. Flowering January
andJune-November.
General distribution .— The species, with 3 allopatric varieties, is widespread in deserts and tropical de-
dduous forests of southwestern United States to El Salvador. Variety leptotoma , the northernmost one, occurs
in southeastern Arizona, southwestern Chihuahua, and most of Sonora and Sinaloa, and Baja California Sur.
This species is self-incompatible and bee pollinated (McDonald 1995; McDonald et al. 2011).
Selected reference .— McDonald (1995).
MpioAgoaPrieta: Colonia Morelos, 2600 ft, 5 Oct 1941, White 4619! Mpio Alamos: Alamos, 16 Oct 1936, Gentry 2928!; 3.7 km N of Guiro-
coba, 450m, abundant annual infield, flowers white, 23 Sep 1994, Van Devender 94-759!; El Guayabo (upper) crossing of the Rio Cuchujaqui
3kmNE of Sabinito Sur and 15 km (airline) ESE of Alamos, near 27°00'N, 108°47’W, 350 m, tropical deciduous forest, 12 Oct 1992, Sanders
white flowers among abundant purple-flowered plants on disturbed roadside, flowers open 3:45 p.m., foothills thomscrub, 16 Sep 2000
1934, Shreve 6794!; Rancho el Carrizo, 2400 ft, Tomelson 7 Aug 1968\\ 2 km S of Los Chinos, 23 km N of El Oasis, foothills thomscrub, 665
m, flowers lavender, drying magenta, open 2:00 p.m., 6 Jan 2001, Van Devender 2001-14! Mpio La Colorada: 3 mi E of La Colorada, 1300 ft,
12 Jan 1981, Fischer 6869!; 4 km W of Cobachi (dirt road between paved roads to Tecoripa
Cnrarpe: Rancho Agua Fria, flowers white, Van Devender 6 Sep 197 6!; 4 mi SW of Agua Ft
Gunpas: 5 km ESE ofjecori, road to Moctezuma, 26 Oct 1984, Felger 84-380! Mpio Fronteras: 2
nal purple flowers, 4200 ft, 7 Sep 1960, Felger 4048! Mpio Guaymas: Arroyo Las Pirinolas, roat
Joside Robinson, 28.1112°N, 111.036667°W, 100 m, Felger 01-7421 Mpio Hermosillo: La Puerca,
10 a.m, 4 Sep 2000, Van Devender 2 000-671! Mpio Moctezu
ith white throat, open 8:00 am, 14 Aug 2006, R eina-G. 2006-468! Mp!
DV-NW of San Jose de Masiaca, 26.78170°N, 109.295°W, 200 m, 19 Jan 1995, Friedman
.an N of Teachive, SW end of Cerro 1 nscmb. 26°48.1'N, 109°14AV7, 100 m, 28 Sep 1'
96-582! Mpio Opodepe: 5.6 mi on Mex Hwy 15 S of Be
154-95 (ASU!); 2
51 3206°N, 110.367°W, 1555 m, grassland with isolated
, 30°23'38"N, 110°3r43"W, Meling I Oct 1986 (USON!). Mpio
:s, 29°25'30"N, 110°23'21"W, Meling 19 Sep
19 &(US0N!).
Ipomoea thurberi A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Amer. 2:212. 1878. Type: U.S.A. Arizona: Thurber 966 (ho^typh: GH!).
Ipomoea gentry! Sundl., Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 22:46. 1940. Type: MEXICO. Chihuahua: Gentry 2497 (holotype: F!; isotype: MO!).
Glabrous perennial twining herbs from an elongate, tuberous root, the stems trailing. Leaves with blades 1-5
on long, 2-6.5 cm wide, sagittate to pedately 5 or 7 lobed, the lobes divergent, lanceolate, linear to oblong
^tate, sparsely strigose; petioles 0.9-2 cm long. Inflorescences solitary. Flowers on peduncles 3
1,1111 lon g, the pedicels 7-8 mm long, erect in fruit; bracts ca. 1 mm long, scale-like. Sepals 12-15 mm long, 3
mmurirb, . . ,, -u obscurelv warty at base or not.
wide, ± equal, lanceolate, « HI |
-orollas 5-8 cm long, funnelform-salverform, white with a
ous-caudate, obscurely warl 7
mb and green tube (drying purple), opening
512
in the evening, glabrous, the limb 5-6.5 cm wide. Capsules 6-7 mm wide, ± globose to ovoid, with an apieu-
lum 4-5 mm long. Seeds 3-6, 3.5-4 mm long, ovoid, black to dark brown, finely tomentose.
Sonora . — Mountains of eastern Sonora in grassland, oak woodland, and pine-oak forest; at least 1150-
1600 m. Flowering Juiy-September. The flowers open at dusk when they are visited by hawkmoths, perhaps
Hyles lineata and probably others. Also near the Sonora border in Cochise and Santa Cruz Counties in Arizona
Herbs, annual, the stems prostrate and twining, 1-3 m long, glabrous or occasionally sparsely pubescent, the
indument concentrated on the nodes. Leaves 2-8 cm long, 2-7 cm wide, broadly ovate to orbicular, entire,
coarsely dentate to deeply 3-7-lobed, basally cordate, the basal lobes rounded to angular or lobed, apically
acute to obtuse, both surfaces glabrous or sparsely pilose. Inflorescences axillary, cymose. Flowers 1— 3(-12)
with peduncles variable in length from shorter to longer than the petioles, glabrous, angular, minutely ver-
ruculose at least toward the apex. Sepals 6-7 mm long, ± equal, the outer sepals oblong to narrowly elliptic-
oblong, obtuse to acute, mucronulate-caudate, glabrous or sparsely pubescent without, conspicuously cihate,
mostly glabrous otherwise. Corollas 1-2 cm long, funnelform, lavender, glabrous. Capsules 5-6 mm wide, ±
globose, brown, bristly pubescent. Seeds 1-4, 2.5-3.2 mm long, globose, dark brown, glabrous. 2 n = 30, 60.
Sonora .— A weed carried, at least partly, as a contaminant in rice and others seeds. Sonoran desert,
coastal thomscrub and tropical deciduous forest, often in disturbed sites; 0-950 m. Flowering all year.
General distribution. — California; Campeche, Chiapas, Guerrero, Jalisco, Edo. Mexico, Nayarit, Nuevo
Le6n, Oaxaca, Sinaloa, Tabasco, Tamaulipas, Veracruz, Yucatan; Mesoamerica; Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Co-
lombia, Ecuador, Paraguay, Peru, Venzuela; Caribbean.
Felgeretal., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
Vines, herbs or suffrutescent shrubs; stems herbaceous toward tips, procumbent to twining (except some-
times in ]. agrestis ), perennials or occasionally annuals, glabrous or hairy. Leaves chartaceous to herbaceous,
mosdy cordate, glabrous or hairy usually with stellate trichomes, entire or variously repand, dentate, or lobate,
petiolate. Inflorescences in scorpioid cymes, head-like cymes, umbelliform, or flowers solitary. Flowers on
pedicels 5-30 mm long, the bracts small and linear or lanceolate or large and foliose. Sepals equal or unequal,
variable in shape, hairy or glabrous. Corollas blue, lilac, or white (red in one West Indian species), subrotate,
campanulate, or funnelform, deeply lobed, dentate or almost entire, glabrous or hairy. Stamens and styles in-
cluded (in our species). Pollen 3-colpate, 12- or 15-rugate. Ovary 2-locular, 4-ovulate, glabrous or hairy; styles
1, filiform; 2 stigmas ellipsoid or oblong and flattened. Fruits capsular, 2-celled, with 4 or 8 valves, globose to
subglobose. Seeds 1-4, glabrous or pilose, or tuberculate, or winged.
About 80-100 species in the Americas and several in Australia.
Selected references .— Austin (2006), Robertson (1971).
Jacquemontia abutiloides Benth., Bot. Voy. Sulphur 34-35. 1844. Type: MEXICO. Baja Cauforn* [Sur]: Bay of Magdalena,
Hinds s.n. (holotype: K!; photo MO!).
Scrambling and twining perennial vines, the stems generally woody near the base and slender above growing
into and overtopping shrubs reaching 2 (3) m long; younger stems and herbage with 3-branched stellate hairs,
mostly crowded but varying from densly overlapping to sometimes moderately dispersed when vigorously
growing following ample rain, the hairs nearly white when young and golden-brown with age. Leaves ovate to
broadly ovate, to 8 cm long and 4.5 cm wide, usually Vi to% that size, apically obtuse, acute or rarely retuse,
mucronate, acuminate or cuspidate, basally cordate with a deep and wide sinus, pubescent; petiolate. Inflores-
cences axillary, cymose, rarely solitary, the dichasia 1-2 times compound, the peduncles 2.5-8(-13.5) cm
lon g. Flowers on pedicels 1-6 mm long, the bracts linear, to 12 mm long. Sepals of different sizes, the outer 2
ovate to narrowly ovate with attenuate apices, 7-11 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, the middle sepal narrowly ovate,
attenuate apically, sometimes slightly falcate, the inner 2 sepals ovate or broadly ovate, 5-7 mm long, 2.5-3 mm
^de, apically attenuate, the bases narrowed with a stipe ca. 1 mm long; all 5 sepals pubescent on the outer
surfaces and to a lesser extent on the inner surfaces, enlarging slightly in fruit. Corollas (1.8-) 2-3.5 cm broad
when open, broadly campanulate to rotate, blue. Stamens ± equal or unequal, the anthers 1.5-2.5 mm long,
^ary ovoid, 1.5-2 mm long, the styles 6-7 mm long, longer than the stamens. Capsules 5-6 mm ong
broadly ovoid, usually opening by 8 segments, partly enclosed by sepals. Seeds 1-4, 2.7-3.5 mm long, l.B-2.3
““a wide, trigonous, minutely areolate and ruminate. j J . .
, ^ region. — Sonoran desen on Ida Tiburdn from near sea level-a. least 490 m; widespread m the
b 'en mountain mass (Sierra Kunkaak) and its eastern bajada to the south shore of the island, especially a o g
Was ^ les and canyons, andalsoon desert plains and rocky slopes (Felger et al. 201 2). Flowering with sufficient
-tat a. various seasons, flowers recorded October-April Not known from mainland Sonora, whteh
Seems unusual since seemingly similar habitat to that on the island occurs on die adjacent Sonora mainland
* heic Fel s er et al. (2012) have searched for it.
515
Jacqnemontia pentanthos (Jacq.) G. Don
This species has not been verified for Sonora. While it is common in eastern Mexico, it is either absent or rare
in western Mexico. According to Robertson (1971) J. pentanthos is at the center of a group of species that in-
cludes J. abutiloides.J. albidaj. eastwoodianaj. polyanthaj. pringlei, and five others. This group of taxa ranges
from Arizona to Central America. We tentatively accept the distinctions made by Robertson (1971) in these
segregates (except for J. albida), although the relationships of these taxa generally remains confused. These
taxa are often misidentified or difficult to identify on herbarium specimens, while living plants are often con-
siderably different. Within this alliance J. polyantha and J. pentanthos are closely related (see J. polyantha ).
Jacquemontia albida Wiggins & Rollins, Contr. Dudley Herb. 3:277. 1943. Type: MEXICO. Sonora: [Mpio Hermosillo] Along an arroyo 1
mile NE of El Zapo, between Hermosillo and Tastiota, 4Sep 1941, Wiggins & Rollins 273 (holotype: DS at CAS!; isotypes: ARIZ!, GH!,
LL!, MICH!, MO!, NY!, RSA!,US!).
Paneya (Guarijio, Gentry 1081)
Perennial vines, sparsely to densely pubescent with 3-armed trichomes. Stems twining to several meters long
or procumbent, herbaceous or becoming woody near the base. Leaves: Blades 2.5-11.5 cm long, 1.5-6.5 cm
wide, ovate, broadly ovate, to almost circular; basally cordate to less often truncate; apically highly variable—
pand to undulate. Petioles 0.2-6.5 cm long. Inflorescences axillary, loosely cymose, of simple or often com-
pound dichasia; peduncles 5-13 cm long and often longer than the leaves. Flowers on pedicels 0.5-2 cm long,
the bracts linear, often 5-10 mm long. Sepals unequal to more or less equal; the outer two sepals 6-6.5 mm
long, 3.5 mm wide, elliptic, broadly elliptic, or ovate to broadly ovate, the bases narrowed, the the apices acute
or acuminate, or shortly attenuate; the inner sepals smaller (narrower and shorter), glabrous or sparsely to
densely stellate. Corollas 1-2.5 cm long, funnelform to campanulate, white, glabrous. Stamens unequal, 5-12
mm long; anthers 1-2 mm long. Ovary 1.5 mm long, ovoid to cylindrical, glabrous; styles 6-11 mm long. Cap-
sules 4-5 mm long, ovoid, partly enclosed by the sepals. Seeds 1-4, 2.7-3 mm long, rotund, brown, minutely
Sonora.— From near Hermosillo and the east-central part of the state southward and e;
desert, coastal thomscrub, and tropical deciduous forest; near sea level-770 m. Flowering a
March, September-December.
General distribution— Widespread in Mexico including the Sierra Madre Occidental i
Oriental, and Sierra Madre del Sur, and at least in Chihuahua, Guerrero, Edo. M<
Tamaulipas, Veracruz; from desert margins to oak and pine-oak zones
Robertson (1971: 133) reported that J. albida is closely related to J. polyantha, “which has outer sepals that
are broadly ovate or ovate and pubescent instead of elliptic and glabrous.” He knewj. albida only from the vi-
cinity of Hermosillo. Many additional specimens available to us from a wide range indicate that differences
between J. albida and J. polyantha are too few and do not distinguish them. As Robertson suspected, we con-
clude that they are best treated as a single species.
Robertson (1971: 168-169) also pointed out that, “Both J. polyantha and J. pentanthos are very closely re-
lated.” Primary differences between J. polyantha and J. pentanthos are in inflorescences, sepals, and flower color.
Jacquemontia pentanthos has compact cymes and usually rhomboidal outer sepals with long attenuate apices; J.
Polyantha tends to have open cymes and elliptic to ovate outer sepals and acute or acuminate to short-attenuate
apices. Moreover, J. pentanthos has blue flowers and those of J. polyantha are usually white.
516
Perennial vines, the stems twining, with 4-6-armed stellate trichomes, rarely glabrate. Leaves broadly ovate
to ovate, 2-6.5 cm long, 1.5-4.8 cm wide, basally shallowly cordate to truncate, apically acute or less often re-
tuse to obtuse, sometimes mucronate. Inflorescences axillary, loosely cymose or solitary. Flowers 1-7 on pe-
duncles 1-1 1 cm long, the pedicels 2-10 mm long, erect to nodding in fruit; bracts linear, to 6 mm long. Sepals
subequal, the outer ovate to broadly ovate, the middle sepal falcate, the inner narrowly ovate, 5.5-9 mm long,
the apices acute, pubescent without and to a lesser degree within. Corollas 1.4-2.7 cm long, funnelform, laven-
der to white, glabrous. Stamens 5-10 mm long, included, anthers 1.5-2 mm long. Ovary 1-1.5 mm long, ovoid,
2-locular, glabrous; styles 7-9 mm long. Capsules 5-6 mm long broadly ovoid, enclosed by accrescent sepals.
Seeds 1-4, 2-2.5(-3) mm long, trigonous, brown, minutely areolate and ruminate.
Sonora .— Widespread except the northwestern corner of the state; Chihuahuan and Sonoran deserts,
coastal and foothills thomscrub, and tropical deciduous forest. Near sea level-1000+ m. Flowering (March)
August-December.
General distribution. — Pima, Yuma and Cochise Cos, Arizona; southwestern Chihuahua to northwestern
Sinaloa.
Felger et al., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
517
Lianas or herbaceous annual or perennial vines (also flowering in first season or perhaps annuals), the stems
twining or prostrate. Leaves simple or palmately compound, ovate, hastate, sagittate, variably palmately or
pinnately divided, the segments 3-9, ovate-linear, the margins entire or sinuate-serrulate, sessile or if present
the petiole slender, cylindrical, occasionally sulcate, or rarely scale-like. Inflorescences axillary, in dichasia or
monochasia, sometime umbellate. Flowers 1-40, mostly diurnal. Peduncles usually similar to the stems and
petioles or reduced or absent, the pedicels usually shorter than the peduncle, smooth, striate, or notably five-
angled, slender, stout to distinctly clavate. Bracts glabrous or pilose, usually two, prominent and foliaceous to
reduced or scale-like or absent, usually caducous or fugaceous, rarely persisting in fruit, the bracteoles, when
present, similar to the bracts. Sepals 5, persistent, imbricate, ovate-lanceolate, herbaceous, membranaceous-
coriaceous, glabrous, pilose-appressed, or hirsute, the margins entire, the apex acute to obtuse, attenuate, or
rarely emarginate. Corollas campanulate to funnelform, the tube widening gradually or abruptly, the limb
more or less entire, the lobes 5-10, white, yellow, or rose-purple, usually glabrous. Stamens 5, included, in-
serted at the base of the corolla tube, erect, glabrous or pubescent with glandular trichomes; anthers helicoid-
contorted; pollen 3-colpate, or polycoplate (Austin et al. 2008; Ferguson et al. 1977). Style 1, white, glabrous,
the stigma 2-globose or superficially 4-globose. Fruits capsular, globose to more or less conical, brown to
straw-colored or gray or transparent when dry, entire or 4-lobed, the locules 2-4, the valves usually 4, glabrous,
dehiscence valvular or irregular. Seeds 1-4, brown or black (straw-colored in M. aegyptia ), rounded or 1-3-an-
gled, glabrous, puberulent, or tomentose.
About 100 species, largely in tropical zones; 27 species known from the Americas.
Selected references — Austin (1979, 1995), Gunn (1977), O’Donell (1941). Ana Rita Simdes (atBM, working
on the Merremieae, pers. comm. 2011).
11862],
Stems to 6 m long, herbaceous at least above, with appressed trichomes. Leaves palmately compound, the
leaflets 5, 1.5-6 cm long, 0.7-1.4 cm wide, ovate, the base decurrent, the margins entire, undulate, dentate or
dentate-sinuate, the apex acuminate, membranaceous, glabrous or appressed-pubescent, strigose or hirsute on
both surfaces. Petioles 3-5 cm long, hirsute-pilose to glabrous and/or glandular. Inflorescences of monocasia
519
Felgeretal., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
(USONt). Mpio Baviaccora: Suaqui along SON 89, 29 0 41'46''N, 1 10°09'18"W, 680 m, solitary vine to 3 m in tree away from houses, flowers
Merremia palmeri (S. Watson) Hallier f., Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst. Beih. 3:38. 1899. Type: Mexico. Sonora:
Trompiuo, huirote (these are general names; trompillo for any morning glory and huirote in Mexico for vine)
Large, robust perennial vines, glabrous, with milky sap, the stems to 8 m long; growing and flowering during
hot weather, often covering trees and shrubs, and leafless and dying back severely in dry seasons. Leaves
broadly ovate to circular in outline, palmately compound; leaflets 5, lanceolate 5-14 cm long, 0.6-2.5 mm wide
(the median one largest), basally attenuate, apically truncate and mucronate, the margins entire or nearly so;
petioles 1.5-2.5 cm long. Inflorescences solitary, axillary. Flowers nocturnal (opening around dusk and
quickly wilting with the early-morning heat), on peduncles greatly exceeding the petioles, the pedicles 2.2-4
cm long, the bracts deltoid-ovate and apically caudate, 4-5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Sepals 2.6-3.5 cm long,
in fruit and becoming pock-marked with glands on the inner surfaces. Corollas 5.5-7.3 cm long, 4-6(-8) cm
wide, white, salverform to funnelform-salverform, glabrous. Capsules brown, globose to ovoid, 1.5 cm long
and wide, subtended and partly enclosed by the accrescent sepals. Seeds 2-4, 9-11 mm long, 6-9 mm wide,
black, wedge-shaped, puberulent when fresh, glabrescent.
Endemic to Sonora and Sinaloa: Sonoran desert, coastal and foothills thomscrub, and tropical deciduous
forest. Northern Sonora from the vicinity of Trincheras, Benjamin Hill, and Presa Angostura southward to
Sinaloa; 10-800 m. Flowering recorded (January) March, May-October.
This species is self-incompatible. The nocturnal flowers are pollinated by hawk moths, but excess pollina-
tor visits can lead to a decline in female reproductive success as a result of flower damage or pollen interference
(Willmott & Burquez 1996). Alberto Burquez (personal communication 6 October 2001) writes that “the flow-
ers emit a faint, sweet fragrance after opening that lasts through the night. Hawkmonths use it as a long-dis-
tance cue. When close, they use eyesight and proboscis.” In contrast, pollination ecologist Robert A. Raguso
described the fragrance of flowers remaining open in the morning as being disagreeable (specimen label for
Raguso RAR 98-162).
The closely related species M. platyphylla (Femald) O’Doneli appears to have bat-pollinated flowers. M.
palmeri is also related to the Mexican M. tuberosa (L.) Rendle and M. discoidesperma (Donn. Sm.) O’Donell
(Austin 1998c).
m, 6 Nov 1982, Starr 192'. Mpio Sahuaripa: Mountains 6.7 mi Wof Sahuaripa, Gates 9 Sep 1959'. Mplo Soyopa: NE side of Rio Yaqui bridge
Perennial or sometimes annual herbs, twining or prostrate, glabrous or sparsely hirsute, the stems herbaceous
toward the apex, woody toward the base, to 5 m long. Leaves 1.5-5 cm long, 2.5-7 cm wide, palmately com-
pound, circular in outline, the leaflets 5, elliptic or lanceolate to oblanceolate, the margins sinuate-serrulate,
the segments more or less sessile, apically and basally acute to acuminate, glabrous. Petioles 2-9 cm long, gla-
brous or with a few scattered patent trichomes. Inflorescences of monochasia or dichasia. Flowers 1-10, diur-
nal. Sepals unequal, the outer ones 3-5 mm long, the inner ones 4-7 mm long, oblong, ovate to elliptic, coria-
ceous to chartaceous, the margins scarious or not, obtuse, mucronulate, glabrous. Corollas 1. 5-2.5 cm long,
campanulate, cream to white, glabrous. Capsules 5-8 mm long, more or less globose, straw-colored to brown,
glabrous, the sepals partly surrounding and covering the fruit. Seeds 1-4, 3-5 mm long, straw-colored or
black, pubescent with short, brown trichomes.
Sonora. — Southeast and east-central part of the state in tropical deciduous forest , often in disturbed sitesand
riparian habitats near rivers and along arroyos; 120-460 m. Flowering March-May and September-October.
General distribution. — Florida; Baja California Sur, Chiapas, SW Chihuahua, Colima, Guerrero, Jalisco,
Edo. Mexico, Michoacin, Nayarit, Oaxaca, San Luis Potosi, Sinaloa, Tamaulipas, Veracruz; Mesoamerica; Co-
lombia, Venezuela, Ecuador, Peru, Guayanas, Brasil; Antilles.
OPERCULINA Silva Manso, Enum. Subst. Braz. 16. 1836. [From Latin operculum, a lid or cover, and -inus,
pertaining to, referring to the covering of the capsule.]
Lianas or small twining herbs, the stems prostrate or climbing, to 6 m long, smooth or striate, glabrous.
Leaves ovate, broadly ovate, pinnatly or palmately lobed or compound, the segments 5 or 7 or entire, glabrous;
petioles and pedicels sometimes winged, mostly glabrous. Inflorescences in axillary monocasia. Flowers few
or solitary, often with foliose bracts. Sepals equal or unequal, enlarging in the fruit and becoming coriaceous,
sometimes irregularly dentate on the margins, glabrous. Corollas broadly campanulate, funnelform or salver-
form, white, yellow, or reddish to salmon, the interplicae pilose, the plicae glabrous. Stamens included (ex-
serted in O. pteripes); anthers twisted when fully mature; pollen 3-colpate. Ovary glabrous, bilocular, each
locule 2-lobed; style included (exserted in O. pteripes), filiform; stigma of 2 globose lobes. Fruits dehiscent, the
upper part separating by a circumscissile epicarp, the upper part more or less fleshy and separating from the
lower segment and from the endocarp, 2-locular. Seeds 1-4, ovoid to ovate, glabrous or pubescent.
Species about 15; 10 known from only the Old World.
Selected reference. — Staples and Austin (1981).
Gaujma, pata be GALLO (Friedman 1996); tansy-leaf lid-pod (USDA).
Perennial herbs, the stems twining or prostrate, to 6 m long, sometimes angular, glabrous. Leaves 2-12 cm
long, 2-11 cm wide, ovate in outline, pinnatisect to palmately compound, the segments 5-9, linear, lanceolate
toelliptic-obovate, apically obtuse-acuminate, basally truncate or auriculate, with few trichomes on upper and
lower surfaces, the margins entire. Inflorescences of monocasia. Flowers 1-3, on winged peduncles (at least in
the upper part), glabrous. Sepals 1.1— 1.6 cm long, equal, straw-colored to slightly rosy during anthesis, ovate to
obovate, accrescent in fruit, membranaceous, glabrous. Corollas 3.4-5.3 cm long, campanulate, white, the limb
more or less entire, widening gradually, the interplicae sericeous. Capsules 1.2-2 cm long, transparent,
brown, glabrous. Seeds 1-4, 5-7 mm long, ellipsoidal, black, glabrous.
Sonora .— Arroyos in coastal thomscrub in the far southwestern part of the state and foothills thomscrub
in the central part of the state; 10-730 m. Probably flowering May-October
General distribution— Texas; Guerrero, Edo. Mexico, Michoacan, Morelos, Nuevo Leon, Oaxaca, San Luis
Potosi, Sinaloa, Tamaulipas, Veracruz; Mesoamerica.
Through much of its range this species is known as queibra-platos and is considered such a drastic laxative
that even handling the plants will cause dishes to break at home (Alcorn 1984). In some areas it is an important
medicinal plant.
°perculina pteripes (G. Don) O’Donell, Lilloa 23:435, t. 6, 1950. Type: ECUADOR: Guayaquil, Ruiz & Pawn mil
1778-88 (printed label), 1800 (typed label) (holotype: MA!; isotype: F!). Cahmyction pteripes G. Don, Gen. Hist 4:264. 1838.
522 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6 ( 2 )
Campanula chocolate
Perennial herbs or lianas, glabrous, the stems twining, pendulous, or prostrate, reaching 5 m long, becoming
woody toward the base, striate to angular, glabrous. Leaves 3-17 cm long, 2-8 cm wide, simple, entire, ovate
to broadly-ovate, apically acute to acuminate, attenuate, mucronate, basally cordate to almost truncate; petioles
to about half as long as the blades. Inflorescences monocasial to dicasial. Rowers (1)2-12, on peduncles with
3 wings in the central part 0.6-3.5 mm wide, becoming attenuate toward both ends. Sepals more or less equal,
the outer ones 2.2-2.6 mm long, ovate to ovate-elliptic, the apex acute to obutse, the inner ones 2.3-2.5 cm
long, ovate, obtuse, glabrous or more often pubescent near the base, surrounding the base of the corolla. Corol-
las 4-7 cm long, salverform, the limb more or less entire, broadening abruptly, reddish or red-orange to salm-
on, tomentulose on the tube and the interpliae. Capsules 1.5-2 cm long, transparent, brown, glabrous. Seeds
1-4, 7-9 mm long, ovoid to ellipsoid, black, glabrous.
Sonora — Foothills thornscrub, tropical deciduous forest, and oak woodland in the southeastern and
east-central part of the state; 240-1250 m. Flowering July-October.
General distribution. — Chiapas, southwestern Chihuahua, Colima, Distrito Federal, Edo. Mexico, Guer-
rero, Jalisco, Michoacan, Morelos, Nayarit, Oaxaca, Sinaloa; Mesoamerica; Colombia, Venezuela, Ecuador,
Peru.
The flowers of this vine have the shape and color of bird flowers and are visited by hummingbirds. There
is an incredible variation in colors of the flowers even within the limited range available. No study of pollina-
tion or color variation has been made beyond casual observations. However, the various names given to it, and
the many illustrations from the 1800s onward show the fascination that Europeans had with the flowers.
Mpio Alamos: Arroyo el Mentidero at El Chinal road, 11.3 km S of Alamos, 26°54'45”N, 108 o 55'05"W, 240 m, 20 Sep 1993, flowers red. Van
Devender 93-843!; Rio Mayo Raft trip, 2 km beyond Palmarito on bank of Rio Mayo, 27°53'N, 108°48'W, 26 Sep 1991, Rondeau & Jenkins 91-
180 (FTG-FAU!); 1.3 km S of Guirocoba Road, 3.3 km S of Alamos on road to El CKinal, Sinaloa, 26°59'30"N, 108°55'25"W, 340 m, 11 Oct
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Over the years many friends and colleagues have provided information and assistance, and/or accompanied us
in the field. In this regard, we thank Thomas Bowen, Kathy Bunnell, Alberto Burquez-Montijo, Mark A. Dim-
mitt, Exequiel Ezcurra, Ana Luisa Rosa Figueroa-Carranza, Lloyd Findley, Mark Fishbein, Francisco Molina-
Freaner, Juan Pablo Gallo-Reynoso, Pedro Garcillan, Edward Erik Gilbert, Powell B. “Gill” Gillenwater, lllji®
Henrickson, Cathy Moser Marlett, the late Paul S. Martin, Angelina Martinez-Yrizar, J. Andrew McDonald,
William (Bill) Risner, the late Alexander Russell, Jean Russell, Andrew C. Sanders, Silke Schneider, Barbara
Straub, Raymond Marriner Turner, Benjamin T. Wilder, and Michael F. Wilson.
The staff at several herbaria have been especially helpful of our multiple requests and have provided sig-
nificant assistance: Bradley (Brad) Lome Boyle, Benjamin Daniel Brandt, W. Eugene Hall, Sarah Hunkins,
Philip D. Jenkins, and Michelle (Shelley) McMahon (ARIZ); Comision Nacional de Areas Naturales Protegidas
(CONANP); Prescott College Kino Bay field station; Jon P. Rebman, John F. Sanborn, and especially Judy Ann
Gibson who provided innumerable search results and other data (SD); Herbarium of the University of Sonora
(USON); and Herbarium of Centro de Investigaciones Biologicas del Noroeste (HCIB).
People at many herbaria provided generous assistance. In this regard we especial thank: Anne Barber an
Elizabeth Makings (ASU), Ana Rita Simoes (BM), Ria DAversa and Debra Track (CAS), Wendy Caye Hodgson
523
and Andrew Michael Salywon (DES), Jacqueline Kallunki (NY), Layne Huiet (DUKE), Brett Jestrow (FTG),
Laurent Gautie (G), Brian Franzone, Melinda Peters, Julie Shapiro, and Emily Wood (Harvard University Her-
baria), Kenneth R. Robertson (ILLS), Anita F. Cholewa (MIN), James C. Solomon, Cynthia Strickland (MO);
Richard Spellenberg (NMC), Tom Zanoni (NY), Ronald L. Hartman and Burrell E. Nelson (RM), Sula E. Van-
derplank (RSA); George Staples (SING); J. Andrew McDonald (PAUH), Andrew S. Doran (UC); Andrew C.
Sanders (UCR); Maria Teresa Buril (UFP), and Larry Hufford and Mare Nazaire (WS).
Ana Lilia Reina-Guerrero translated the abstract for the resumen and Pedro Garcillan drafted the map.
Two reviewers, J. Andrew McDonald and Javier Ortega provided constructive comments improving the manu-
From Tom Van Devender: I thank my wife Ana Lilia Reina-Guerrero for 16 years of botanical adventures
in her native Sonora. I thank Father William Trauba, Capuchin Franciscan Missionary, for sharing our field
work in the Yecora area. The late Paul S. Martin inspired us and a talented group of botanists in the Rio Mayo
area of southern Sonora.
The following herbaria have provided Cuscuta plant material: AAU, ALTA, ARIZ, ASU, B, BAB, BOL,
BRIT, CANB, CAS, CEN, CHR, CHSC, CIIDIR, CIM1, CTES, DAO, F, G, GH, H, HUFU, IAC, IEB, IND, J, JEPS,
LL, LP, LPB, LPS, K, MEL, MERL, MEXU, MICH, MO, NMC, NY, OAC, OKLA, OSC, OXF, PACA, PRE, QCNE,
QFA, P, PACA, RB, RSA, SAM, S, SD, SGO, SI, SPF, TEX, TRT, TRTE, UA, UB, UBC, UCR, UCT, UNB, UNM,
UPRRP, UPS, US, USAS, WTU and XAL. Cuscuta research was supported by a Natural Sciences and Engineer-
ing Research Council of Canada Discovery grant to Costea (327013-06 and 327013-12). Felger acknowledges
support from the Wallace Research Foundation and the David and Lucile Packard Foundation. Botanical col-
lections were made under Mexican Federal collecting permits including NOM-126-SEMARNAT-2000 with
the generous assistance of Exequiel Ezcurra.
Abel, W.E. and D.F. Austin. 1981. Introgressive hybridization between Ipomoea trichocarpa and /. lacunosa. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 108:231-239.
Aicorn, J.B. 1984. Huastec Mayan Ethnobotany. University Texas Press, Austin.
Aored, K.W. 201 1 . Flora Neomexicana I: annotated checklist, 2nd edition, http://www.lulu.com
Austin, D.F. 1978. The Ipomoea batatas complex-1. Taxonomy. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 105:1 14-1 29.
Ausun, D.F. 1979. Studies of the Florida Convolvulaceae— II. Merremia. Florida Scientist 42:216-222.
Austin, D.F. 1986. Moth pollinated Ipomoea longifolia (Convolvulaceae). Desert PI. 8(1): 15-16.
Austin, D.F. 1990a. Annotated checklist of New Mexican Convolvulaceae. Sida 14:273-286.
Austin, D.F. 1990b. Comments on southwestern United States Evolvulus and Ipomoea (Convolvulaceae). Madrono
37:124-132.
Austin, D.F. 1 991 . Annotated checklist of Arizona Convolvulaceae. Sida 1 4:443-457.
Ausun, D.F. 1992. Rare Convolvulaceae in the southwestern United States. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79:8-16.
Aus ™. D.F 1995. Merremia discoidesperma (Convolvulaceae) seeds as medicines in Mexico. Econ. Bot. 49:330-332.
Austin, D.F. 1 997. Dissolution of Ipomoea ser. Anisomerae (Convolvulaceae). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 1 24:1 40-1 59.
Austin, D.F. 1998a. The indiscriminate vector: human distribution of Dichondra micrantha (Convolvulaceae). Econ. Bot.
52:88-106.
Awin, D.F. 1998b. [Vascular plants of Arizona] Convolvulaceae, morning glory family. J. Arizona-Nevada Acad. Sci.
3061-83.
AufflN ' D. F. 1998c. Xixicamatic or wood rose ( Merremia tuberosa , Convolvulaceae): origins and dispersal. Econ. Bot
52:412-422.
*** D F - 2 °00a. Bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis, Convolvulaceae) in North America-From medicine to menace. J.
lur rey Bot. Club 1 27:172-1 77.
. USnN ' DF- 2 °00b. A revision of Cressa L. (Convolvulaceae). Bot. J. Linn. Soc 1 33:27-39.
a ust H OF. 2000c The search for"kaladana"(/pomoea, Convolvulaceae). Econ. Bot. 54:1 14-118.
u % D.F. 2001. Convolvulaceae In: D. Stevens, ed. Flora de Nicaragua vol. 85 (1), Missouri Bot
Lo ^is. Pp. 653-679.
al Garden Press, St.
524
Austin, D.F. 2005. The enigma of salsa da rua ( Ipomoea asarifolia, Convolvulaceae). Ethnobotany (Silver Jubilee Issue)
17(1-2):41-48.
Austin, D.F. 2006 Noteworthy distributions and additions in southwestern Convolvulaceae. Canotia 2:79-106.
Austin, D.F. 2007. Merremia dissecta (Convolvulaceae)— a condiment, medicine, ornamental, and weed. Econ. Bot
Austin, D.F. 2012. Convolvulaceae (in part). In: Jepson Flora Project. 2012 (v. 1.0). Jepson eFIora, http://ucjeps.berkeley.
edu/IJM.html (viewed 25 March 2012).
Austin, D.F., R.K. Brummitt, K.R. Robertson, C. Allen, and A. Krings. In prep. Convolvulaceae. In: Flora of North American North
of Mexico, vol. 14. Oxford University Press, New York.
Austin, D.F., R.S. Felger, and T.R. Van Devender. 2005. Nomenclature of Ipomoea arborescens (Convolvulaceae) in Sonora,
Mexico. Sida 21:1 283-1 292.
Austin, D.F. and R.K. Jansson. 1 988. Range extension of Ipomoea turbinata Lag. (Convolvulaceae) to southern Florida.
Florida Scientist 51(3-4):182, 183.
Austin, D.F., K. Kitajima, Y. Yoneda, and L. Qian. 2001 . A putative tropical American plant, Ipomoea nil (Convolvulaceae), in
Pre-Columbian Japanese art. Econ. Bot. 55:515-527.
Austin, D.F., G.W. Staples, and M. Carine. 2008 onward. Convolvulaceae pollen atlas, http://ag.arizona.edu/herbarium/as-
soc/projects/convolv/Convolvulaceae_Pollen_Atlas.htm (viewed 8 November 201 1).
Beliz, T. 2001. Cuscutaceae. In: W.D. Stevens, C. Ulloa Ulloa, A. Pool, and O.M. Montriel. Flora de Nicaragua, introduced,
Gimnospermas y Angiospermas.Tomo I. Missouri Botanical Garden Press, St. Louis. Pp. 719-720.
Bohac, J.R., D.F. Austin, and A. Jones. 1 993. Discovery of wild tetraploid sweetpotatoes. Econ. Bot. 47:1 93-201 .
Bohac, J.R., P.D. Dukes, and D.F. Austin. 1 995. Sweet potato. In: J. Smartt and N.W. Simmonds, eds. Evolution of crop plants,
ed. 2. Longman Group, Ltd, London. Pp. 57-62.
Brito-Castillo, L, M.A. Crimmins, and S.C. DIaz C. 2010. Clima. In: F. Molina-Freaner and T.R. Van Devender, eds. Diversidad
biologica del estado de Sonora. Universidad Nacional Autdnoma de Mexico, Mexico D.F. Pp. 73-96.
Brown, D.E. (ed.). 1982. Biotic communities of the American Southwest - United States and Mexico. Desert PI. 4:3-341.
Bcirquez, A., and A. Martinez-YrIzar, A. 2007. Conservation and landscape transformation in northwestern Mexico. In: RS.
Felger and B. Broyles, eds. Dry borders: great natural reserves of the Sonoran desert. University of Utah Press, Salt
Lake City. Pp. 537-547.
Carranza, E. 2008. Convolvulaceae II. Flora del Bajio y de regiones adyacentes. Fasciculo 155, Instituto de Ecologia AC,
Centro Regional del Bajio, Patzcuaro, Michoadin, Mexico.
Castellanos-Villegas, A.E., LC. Bravo, G.W. Koch, Lllano, D. Lopez, R. Mendez. J.C. Rodriguez, R. Romo, T.D. Sisk, and G. Yanes-
In: F. Molina-Freaner and T.R. Van Devender, eds. Diversidad biologica del estado de Sonora. Universidad Nacional
Autonoma de Mexico, Mexico D.F. Pp. 157-186.
Costea, M., D.F. Austin, R.S. Felger, T.R. Van Devender, and J J. Sanchez-Escalante. 201 2b. Convolvulaceae (morning glories) of
Sonora. University of Arizona Herbarium (http://ag.arizona.edu/herbarium/node/80) and Wilfrid Laurier Herbarium
(httpV/www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2147&p=2061 2).
Costea, M., R.S. Felger, D.F., Austin, T.R.Van Devender, and J J. SAnchez-Escalante. 201 2a. Convolvulaceae of Sonora, Mexico. ft
Cuscuta. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 6:527-548.
Costea, M. and G.L Nesom. In prep. Cuscuta (Convolvulaceae). In: Flora of North American North of Mexico, vol. 14. Oxford
University Press, New York.
Costea, M. and FJ.Tardif. 2006. The biology of Canadian weeds. Cuscuta campestris, C. gronovii, C. umbrosa, C. epithymw n
and C. epilinum. Can. J. Plant Sci. 86:293-31 6.
Costea, M. and S. Stefanowc. 201 2. Cuscuta. In: B.G. Baldwin, D.H. Goldman, DJ. Keil, R. Patterson, and TJ. Rosatti, eds.The
Jepson manual, vascular plants of California, 2nd Ed. University of California Press, Berkeley. Pp. 659-662.
DeTheis, A. 1810. Glossaire de botanique ou Dictionnaire etymologique de tous les noms et termes relatifs a cette sci-
ence. G. Dufour, Paris.
Elmore, C.D. 1 986. Mode of reproduction and inheritance of leaf shape in Ipomoea hederacea. Weed Sci. 34:391-395.
Felger, R.S. 1999. The flora of Cafion del Nacapule: a desert-bounded tropical canyon near Guaymas, Sonora, Mexi®
Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 35:1-42.
Felger, R.S. 2000. Flora of the Gran Desierto and Rio Colorado of northwestern Mexico. University of Arizona Pre»
525
Felger, R.S., and B. Broyles (eds.). 2007. Dry borders: great natural reserves of the Sonoran Desert. University of Utah Press,
Salt Lake City.
Felger, R.S., M.B. Johnson, and M.F. Wilson. 2001 . Trees of Sonora, Mexico. Oxford University Press, New York.
Felger, R.S. and C.H. Lowe. 1 976. The Island and coastal vegetation and flora of the Gulf of California, Mexico. Contrib. Sci.
Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County, Contr. Sci. 285:1-59.
Felger, R.S. and M.B. Moser. 1985. People of the desert and sea: ethnobotany of the Seri Indians. University of Arizona
Press, Tucson.
Felger R.S. and B.T. Wilder with H. Romero-Morales. (forthcoming, 201 2). Plant life of a desert archipelago: flora of the So-
noran Islands in the Gulf of California. University of Arizona Press, Tucson.
Felger, R.S., B.T. Wilder, and J.P. Gallo-Reynoso. 2011. Floristic diversity and long-term vegetation dynamics of Isla San
Pedro Nolasco, Gulf of California, Mexico. Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 43:1 -42.
Ferguson, I. K., B. Verdcourt, and M. M. Poole. 1977. Pollen morphology in the genera Merremia and Operculina
(Convolvulaceae) and its taxonomic significance. Kew Bull. 31:763-773, pi. 30-33.
Friedman, S.L. 1996. Vegetation and flora of the Coastal Plains of the Rfo Mayo Region, Southern Sonora, Mexico. MS
thesis, Arizona State University, Tempe.
Gentry, H.S. 1942. Rio Mayo plants: a study of the flora and vegetation of the valley of the Rio Mayo, Sonora. Carnegia
Institution of Washington publ. 527.
Gentry, H.S. 1 963. The Warihio Indians of Sonora-Chihuahua: an ethnographic survey. Anthr. Pap. 35. Bureau Amer. Eth-
nol. Bull. 1 86. Smithsonian Institution. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Gunn, C.R. 1969a. Seeds of the United States noxious and common weeds in the Convolvulaceae, excluding the genus
Cuscuta. Proc. Assoc. Official Seed Analysts North America 59:101-1 15.
Gunn, C.R. 1 969b. History and taxonomy of the purple moonflower, Ipomoea tubinata Lagasca y Segura. Proceedings of
the Association of Official Seed Analysts of North America 59:1 1 6-1 23.
Gunn,C.R. 1972. Moonflowers, Ipomoea section Calonyction, in temperate North America. Brittonia 24:150-168.
Gunn, C.R. 1 977. Merremia discoidesperma (Donn.-Sm.) O'Donell: its taxonomy and capacity of its seeds to drift in ocean
currents. Econ. Bot 31:237-252.
Hammel, B.E. 2010. Convolvulaceae, pp. 72-126. In: B.E. Hammel, M.H. Grayum, C. Herrera, and N. Zamora, eds. Dico-
tiledoneas (Clusiaceae-Gunneraceae). Manual de plantas de Costa Rica, vol. V. Monog. Syst. Bot. Missou
119:1-970.
House, H.D. 1908. The North American species of the genus Ipomoea. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 18:181-263.
Johnston, M.C. 1 963. The geography of the five Texas species of Dichondra (Convolvulaceae). Wrightia 1 :252-253.
Madrean Archipelago Biodiversity Assessment (MABA). 2012 http://www.madrean.org/rn '
201 2 and earlier).
Manitz, H. 1 983. Zur nomenklatur einiger Convolvulaceae und Cuscutaceae. I. Feddes Repert. 94:1 73-182.
Martin, P.S., D. Yetman, M. Fishbein, P. Jenkins, T.R. Van Devender, and R.K. Wilson. 1998. Gentry's Rio Mayo plants. University of
Arizona Press, Tucson.
Martinez-YrIzar, A., R.S. Felger, and A. BOrquez. 2010. Los ecosistemas terrestres de Sonora: un diverso capital natural.
In: F. Molina-Freaner and T.R. Van Devender, eds. Diversidad biologica del estado de Sonora. Universidad Nacional
Autbnoma de Mexico, Mexico D.F. Pp. 129-156.
Mason, C.T., R.K. Van Devender, and G.D. Starr. 1 986. Notes on the flora of Arizona VIII. Desert PI. 8:38-40.
McClaran, M.P. and T.R. Van Devender (eds.). 1 995. The desert grassland. University of Arizona Press, Tucson.
McDonald, JA 1 982. Biosystematics of the Ipomoea tricolor complex (Convolvulaceae), Ph.D. dissertation, University of
Texas, Austin.
JA 1991. Origin ami diversity of Mexican Convolvulaceae. An. Inst Biol. Univ. Mac. Anton. Mfe. SArie Bo-
tunica 62:6-82.
McDonald, J a 1 993a. A new species of Ipomoea (Convolvulaceae) from Costa Rica and notes on the circumscription of
section Calonyction (Choisy) Griseb. Harvard Pap. Bot. 4:53-56.
McDonald, JA. 1 993b. Convolvulaceae I. Flora de Veracruz 73:1-99.
McDonald, J.A. 1 994. Convolvulaceae II. Flora de Veracruz 77:1-133.
McDonald, J.A. 1 995. Revision of Ipomoea section Leptocaulis (Convolvulaceae). Harvard Pap. Bot. 6:97-1 22.
).Lundellia 4:76-93.
J A, DA Hansen, J~R. Md^xun B.B.'srMesoc Ml L A phylogenetic assessment of breeding systems and floral
morphology of North American Ipomoea (Convolvulaceae). J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 5:1 59-1 77.
ri Bot. Gard.
i/ (viewed 20 April
. Diversidad biologica del <
O'Donell, C.A. 1941. Revision de las especis americanas de Merremia. Lilloa 6:467-554.
O'Donell, C.A. 1957. Convolvulaceas Chilenas. Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 6(3-4):143-184.
O'Donell, C.A. 1959a. Convolvulaceas argentinas. Lilloa 29:87-343, pi. I-V.
O'Donell, C.A. 1 959b. Las especies Americanas de Ipomoea L. sect. Quamoclit (Moench) Griseb. Lilloa 29:1 9-86.
OED onune. 201 2. Oxford English dictionary. Oxford University Press, Oxford, http://www.oed.com.
Oviedo y Valdes, C.F. de. 1 526 [1 969]. De la natural hystoria de las Indias. University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill.
Paredes Aguilar, R, T.R. Van Devender, and R.S. Felger, with G.P. Nabhan and A.L Reina Guerrero. 2000. Las Cactciceas de Sonora:
su diversidad, uso y conservation. Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum
Pennington, C.W. 1969. The Tepehuan of Chihuahua, their material cult
Robertson, K.R. 1971. A revision of the genus Jacquemontia (Convolvuli
Indies. Ph.D. dissertation, Washington University, St. Louis.
Roxburgh, W. [1824] 2006. Roxburgh's flora Indica. http://apps.kew.org/floraindica/hi
Rzedowski, J. 1978. Vegetacion de Mexico. Editorial Limusa, Mexico, D.F.
Sa'ad, F. 1967. The Convolvulus species of the Canary Islands, the Mediterranean Region
.do (viewed 29 Dec 201 1)
Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijks Univ. Utrecht 281 :1 -288.
Shreve, F. 1951. Vegetation of the Sonoran Desert. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication 591:1-192.
Southwest Environmental Information Network (SEInet). 2012. http://swbiodiversity.org/seinet/index.php (viewed 20 March
2012 and earlier).
Standley, P.C. 1920-1926. Convolvulaceae. In: Trees and shrubs of Mexico, vol. 2. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 23:1 194-1208.
Standley, P.C. and LO. Wiluams. 1 970. Convolvulaceae. Flora of Guatemala. Fieldiana Bot. 24(9):4-85.
Staples, G.W. (ed). 201 1 . Convolvulaceae unlimited, http://convolvulaceae.myspecies.info/ (viewed 7 October 2011).
Staples, G.W. and D.F. Austin. 1 981 . Changes in West Indian Operculina (Convolvulaceae). Brittonia 33:591 -596.
Staples, G.W., D.F. Austin, and J A McDonald. 2006. (1 724) Proposal to reject Ipomoea glaucifolia L. (Convolvulaceae). Taxon
55:535-536.
Staples, G.W., D.F. Austin, and R. Simao-Bianchini. 2012. Disposition of the names published by A. Peter in Convolvulaceae.
Taxon 61:671-679.
Staples, G.W., J.H. Wiersema, N.A. Chambers, and D.F. Austin. 2005. The restoration of Ipomoea muricata (L.) Jacq.
(Convolvulaceae). Taxon 54:1 075-1 079.
Steinmann, V.W. and R.S. Felger. 1997. The Euphorbiaceae of Sonora, Mexico. Aliso 16:1-71.
St. John, H. 1970. Classification and distribution of the Ipomoea pes-caprae group (Convolvulaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst
89:563-583.
Stoleson, S.H., R.S. Felger, G. Ceballos, C. Raish, M.F. Wilson, and A. BOrquez. 2005. Recent history of natural resource use and
population growth in northern Mexico. In: J-.LE. Cartron, G. Ceballos, and R.S. Felger, eds. Biodiversity, ecosystems
and conservation in northern Mexico. Oxford University Press, New York. Pp. 52-86.
Tharp, B.C. and M.C. Johnston. 1961. Recharacterization of Dichondra (Convolvulaceae) and a revision of the North Ameri-
can species. Brittonia 13:346-360.
Thiers, B. 201 1 . NYBG.org: Index Herbariorum: a global directory of public herbaria and associated staff. sciweb.nybd-
org/science2/lndexHerbariorum.asp (viewed 30 October 201 1 ).
Turner, R.M., J.E. Bowers, andT.L. Burgess. 1995. Sonoran Desert plants, an ecological atlas. University of Arizona Press.
(an Devender, T.R. 1 995. Desert grassland history: changing climates, evolution, biogeography, and community dynam-
ics. In: M.P. McClaran and T.R. Van Devender, eds. The desert grassland. University of Arizona Press, Tucson. Pp. 68-9*
'an Devender, T.R., R.S. Felger, F. Mouna-Freaner, M. Fishbein, J J. Sanchez-Escalante, and A.L Reina-Guerrero. 2010. Biodiversidad
de plantas vasculares. In: F. Molina-Freaner and T.R. Van Devender, eds. Diversidad biologica del estado de Sonora.
Universidad Nacional Autbnoma de Mexico, Mexico D.F. Pp. 229-262.
an Ooststroom, SJ. 1934. A monograph of the genus Evolvulus. Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijks Univ. Utrecht. 14:1-267.
'erdcourt, B. 1 961 . Notes from the East African Herbarium: XII. Kew Bull. 1 5:1-18.
Yard, D.B. 1968. Contributions to the flora of Florida-3. Evolvulus. Castanea 33:76-79.
Amer.J. Bot. 83:1050-1056.
Felgeretal., Convolvulaceae (excluding Cuscuta) of Sonora, Mexico
Yatskievych, G. and C. Mason. 1984. A taxonomic study of Ipomoea tenuiloba Torrey (Convolvulaceae), with notes
lated species. Madrono 31:102-108.
Yetman, D. and R.S. Felger. 2002. Ethnoflora of the Guarijios. In: D. Yetman, The Guarijfos of the Sierra Madre,
people of northwestern Mexico. University of New Mexico Press. Albuquerque. Pp. 1 74-230.
Yetman, D. andT.R. Van Devender. 2002. Mayo ethnobotany: land, history, and traditional knowledge in northwest
University of California Press, Berkeley.
528
BOOK REVIEW
Emily Monosson. 2012. Evolution in a Toxic World: How Life Responds to Chemical Threats. (ISBN-13: 978-
1-59726-976-6, hbk.). Island Press, 1718 Connecticut Ave., NW, Suite 300, Washington, DC 20009,
U.S.A. (Orders: http://islandpress.org/index.html). $35.00 hbk., $29.95 pbk., 240 pp., 10 figures, notes,
“The best way to envisage the situation is as follows: the environment presents challenges to living species, to
which the latter may respond by adaptive genetic changes.” — Theodosius Dobzhansky.
. . . And this is exactly what Emily Monosson discusses throughout the ten chapters of Evolution in a Toxic
World: How Life Responds to Chemiccd Threats. This 222-page book is a thought-provoking summary of an im-
portant but often ignored subject matter, environmental toxicology. The introduction (Chapter 1) is a fascinat-
ing overview of the subject matter. Monosson opens her introduction with two powerful sentences: “All of life
is chemical. But not all chemicals are compatible with life.” Think about that contrast! The author gives an
overview of the four sections of the book: 1) Nature’s Toxicants (everything is a poison in the right dose), 2)
Evolutionary History of Toxicology, 3) Toxic Evolution in Action, and 4) Looking Forward by Looking Back.
Chapter 2 — Shining a Light on Earth’s Oldest Toxic Threat, looks at UVR, a highly energetic and destruc-
tive force to be reckoned with. We all know metals like arsenic and the secondary plant metabolite strychnine
are poisonous, but Monosson throws at the reader chemical toxicants that most of us don’t think about, like
oxygen. Monosoon points out, “we cannot live without it, yet every day we struggle to coexist with this highly
reactive and potentially toxic chemical.” Oxygen is discussed in detail in Chapter 3 — When Life Gives you
Oxygen, Respire. Chapter 5 looks at the many toxic metals that life deals with. Chapter 6 discusses chemical
warfare ... the battle to protect and to survive. The combatants? Plants and animals. Sounds like a sci-fi movie,
and it very well could be. Maybe people would watch and then take notice of the thousands of chemicals in our
environment. If you like war, then Chapter 6 is a captivating account of this historical battle and challenge to
stay alive; it’s my favorite chapter in the book. This is not to say that the rest of the book is not interesting. Quite
the contrary. Chapter 7 — Sensing Chemicals is enticing, Chapter 8 — Coordinated Defense is inviting, Chap-
ter 9— Toxic Evolution is captivating, and Chapter 10 is all about toxic overload: “How will life’s toxic defense
mechanisms respond to industrial age chemicals?” And yes, there are many. “In 2009, the Chemical Abstracts
Service, which catalogs and tracks all known chemicals, announced the registration of its fifty-millionth
‘novel’ chemical — the last ten million chemicals having been registered over the preceding nine months. There
are plenty more novel chemicals to be found.” In the conclusion, Monosson writes that this toxic world we live
in is challenging to each and every human. We do live in a sea of toxic chemicals. “Life on Earth is now subject
to a virtual onslaught of chemicals associated in one way or another with human activity. We are a society built
on chemicals, and there is no turning back ” Monosson says that we must strive to better understand how
chemicals affect wildlife and human health. “We have to do so. There is no higher ground, no corner on earth
where life can escape the influence of toxic chemicals. The choice must not be to ‘evolve or die.’”— Barney
Lipscomb, Botanical Research Institute of Texas, 1700 University Dr., Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, USA
). Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 6(2): 528. 2012
CONVOLVULACEAE OF SONORA, MEXICO. II: CUSCUTA
Mihai Costea Richard S. Felger
Department of Biology
Wilfrid Laurier University
75 University Avenue W
Waterloo, ON, N2L 3C5, CANADA
Daniel F. Austin
Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum
2021 N. Kinney Road, Tucson, Arizona 85743, U.SA.
and Herbarium, University of Arizona
P.O. Box 21 0036, Tucson, Arizona 8572 1, U.SA.
Herbarium, University of Arizona
P.O. Box 210036, Tucson, Arizona 85721, U.S.. ,
and Sky Island Alliance, P.O. Box41165
Tucson, Arizona 85717, U.S.A.
Thomas R. Van Devender
Sky Island Alliance, P.O. Box 41 165
Tucson, Arizona 85717 and Herbarium
University of Arizona
P.O. Box 21 0036, Tucson, Arizona 85721, U.SA
VanDevender@skyislandalliance.org
J. Jesus Sanchez-Escalante
Dept, de Investigaciones Cientificas y Tecnoldgicas
Rosales y Ninos Heroes, Centro
Hermosillo, Son, 83000, MEXICO
RESUMEN
INTRODUCTION
^ is the second part of a comprehensive study regarding the Convolvulaceae of Sonora (Felger et aL 2012).
® the firs t Part, we included a general introduction, information about the growth forms, cases of endemism/
f s P«te, species diversity, and types of vegetation for all the genera/species. The first part also provided
Wentihcation keys, and extensive taxonomic and floristic data for all the Convolvulaceae genera except Cus-
530
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
cuta (dodder). Since the diversity of dodder species and their association with certain vegetation types were
presented together with the other Convolvulaceae (Felger et al. 2012), this article concludes the monographic
study of this botanical family in Sonora with a taxonomic and floristic account of the genus Cuscuta.
Cuscuta is nearly cosmopolitan and comprises over 200 species (Costea 2007-onwards). Although some
dodders are agricultural pests (Costea & Tardif 2006), more numerous Cuscuta species require conservation
measures (Costea & Stefanovic 2009). Roughly 75% of species are native to the Americas and about 30% to
Mexico and southern USA (Stefanovic et al. 2007). We have documented 21 species of Cuscuta in the flora of
Sonora, a number that is higher or comparable to that of the neighboring areas to the north and west (Arizona,
the two Baja California states, California, and New Mexico; see table 1, Felger et al. 2012). Interestingly, while
the species diversity of the other Convolvulaceae genera increases towards southern Mexico and Central
America, dodder species richness declines sharply in these geographical areas (Felger et al. 2012). The 21 spe-
cies that occur in Sonora belong to nine of the 15 clades of subgenus Grammica, the most complex infrageneric
taxon of Cuscuta (Stefanovic et al. 2007). The best represented in Sonora is the C. umbellata clade (clade “L”)
with seven of the nine North American species growing in Sonora (C. desmouliniana, C. legitima, C. leptantha,
C. odontolepis, C. polyanthemos, C. tuberculata, and C. umbellata). This strongly suggests that Sonora is part of
the genetic center of origin for this clade, which has a complicated evolutionary history shaped by reticulate
evolution (Costea & Stefanovic 2010). The other eight clades of subg. Grammica are represented in Sonora by
one species (C. salina, clade “A”; C. tinctoria, clade “G”; C. corymbosa var. grandiflora, clade “J”, C. indecora, clade
“M”; C. campestris, clade “B”; C. vandevenderi, clade “N”), two species (C. azteca and C. chinensis var. applanata,
Clade “H”; C. americana and C. macrocephala, clade “D, or three species (C. boldinghii, C. costaricensis, andC.
erosa, clade “K”).
CUSCUTA L.,Sp. PI. 124. 1753. [Based on the Aramaic and Hebrew triradical root of the verb K-S-Y PH Kaph, ® Shin, ’ Yodh), XT.
Common names.— Dodder; fideo
Herbaceous vines. Stems filiform, yellow or orange, trailing or dextrorsely twining and attached to the host by
numerous small haustoria, glabrous. Leaves reduced to minute, alternate scales. Inflorescences monochazial
clusters further grouped in cymose inflorescences that are often confluent. Flowers 4-5-merous, small, always
± fleshy when fresh, thick or membranous-thin when dry, white, white-cream, sometimes yellowish or red-
dish. Conic-cylindrical papillae present or absent on the pedicels, perianth and ovary/capsule; laticifers visible
or not in the calyx, corolla, ovary/capsules, translucent, white, yellow or orange, isolated or arranged in rows
especially in the midveins of the calyx and corolla lobes, round, ovoid or elongated. Calyx gamosepalous; lobes
basally overlapping or not, sometimes with multicellular projections (C. chinensis var. applanata, C. boldinghii)-
Corolla gamopetalous with lobes imbricate in bud, sometimes with a subapical cusp or horn-like multicellular
appendage (C. boldinghii, C. costaricensis, C. erosa). Stamens alternating with the corolla lobes. Pollen 3-colpate
(sometimes 4- or 5-colpate in the same anther), tectum imperforate to reticulate. Infrastaminal scales com-
monly present, scale-like appendages dentate or fringed, bridged and adnate to the corolla tube base, forming
a corona alternating with the corolla lobes. Ovary superior, 2-locular, each locule with 2 anatropous ovules.
Styles 2, terminal, distinct or united, equal or unequal. Stigmas spherical to linear (only distinct unequal styles
with spherical stigma in the species from Sonora). Fruits capsules, indehiscent (sometimes opening irregu-
larly between the styles) or circumscissile by a ± regular line near the base. Seeds 1-4 per capsule, 3-angled or
dorsoventrally compressed; endosperm nuclear; embryo uniformly slender, 1-3-coiled, without cotyledons,
consisting mostly from the hypocotyl; seed coat alveolate when dry and papillate when hydrated (rarely not
alveolate/papillate with cells ± rectangular, puzzle-like arranged).
Cuscuta campestris and C. indecora are weeds, the former subcosmopolitan, the latter widespread in North
and South America. Both species have been likely introduced to Sonora with contaminated legume seeds (e g -
alfalfa; Costea & Tardif 2006). Another species, C. tinctoria, may also have been introduced to Sonora on the
cultivated tree Schinus terebinthifolia. Although none of the Cuscuta spp. are endemic to Sonora, many occur
only here and in adjacent geographical areas (Table 1, Felger et al. 2012). The diversity of Cuscuta species in
Sonora is most similar to that of the Baja California Peninsula and Arizona (12 and 11, respectively common
species), followed by New Mexico (9 common species), while only three of the Sonoran species occur in
California (Table 1, Felger et al. 2012).
Selected references . — Stefanovid et al. (2007), Welsh et al. (2010), Wright et al. (2011, 2012), Yuncker (1932,
1965).
Identification of most Cuscuta spp. is a lengthy process because rehydration of flowers, dissection, and
examination under a microscope are usually necessary. Measurements of floral parts were done on rehydrated
herbarium material. Length of flowers was measured from the base of calyx to the tip of straightened corolla
lobes. The texture of flowers and the color of calyx were noted on dry herbarium material. Observation of pa-
pillae and laticifers requires magnifications of at least 100 x. Examination of seed surface requires magnifica-
tions of at least 150 x. In describing the stem, the following categories based on stem diameter were used
(Yuncker 1921): “slender” with the diameter of 0.35-0.4 mm, “medium” with the diameter of 0.4-0.6 mm, and
“coarse” when diameter is greater than 0.6 mm. The geographical distribution, both in Sonora and Mexico, is
The host range is also based on herbarium labels as well as observations by Richard Felger; hosts ob-
served in other geographical areas are included when they are present in Sonora.
SEM images of the flowers for some species are provided to help identification. The vouchers are indicated
(“SEM”) in the lists of typical collections examined. Pictures were taken with the scanning electron micro-
scopes Hitachi S-570 and LEO 1530 FE-SEM at 15 KV. Samples were coated with 30 nm gold using an Emitech
K 550 sputter coater. Numerous images for all the species, including the types, with details of dissected flowers
are available from Digital Atlas of Cuscuta (Costea 2007-onwards). All specimens cited have been seen by
Costea and are at ARIZ unless otherwise indicated. For citation of herbarium specimens see Felger et al. (2012).
Plants not native to flora area are marked with an asterisk (*).
532
-0.5 x 0.2-0.3 1
. nil
537
desert grassland, 31°11'23"N, 110°36’22"W, 1340 m, on Ambrosia confertiflora, 17 Aug 2001, Von Devender 2001-710 (ARIZ, USON, WLU)
[SEMI.
Cuscuta corymbosa Ruiz & Pav. var. grandiflora Engelm., Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 1:483. 1859; Syst. Ar-
rang. Sp. Cuscuta 33. 1859. (Engelmann published the same name in both publications, the same year).
Type: COLOMBIA, [from Popaydn?]: Humboldt 2002, ex herb Witldenow 3157 (lectoiyfe here designated: B!; fragment at MO!). En-
. Sulphur 35. 1844. Type MEXICO. Baja California Sur: Magdalena Bay, Bentham s.n. (K!).
ay. Sulphur 138. 1844. Type: MEXICO. Guerrero: Acapulco, Bentham s.n. (K!).
Stems medium, orange. Inflorescences dense, corymbiform or umbellate, often confluent. Pedicels 2-6 mm
long. Bracts 1 at the base of clusters, absent at the base of pedicels, 0.5-1 mm long, ovate lanceolate, margins
entire, apex acute. Flowers 5-merous (Fig. le), 4.5-6.5(-7) mm long, membranous, white when fresh, creamy
brownish when dried, papillae absent. Laticifers barely visible in the calyx and corolla lobes, isolated, ovoid to
elongate. Calyx 2-2.5 mm long, straw-yellow to brownish, membranous, finely reticulate, not shiny, cylindric
campanulate, V2- 3 /4 as long as the corolla tube, divided ca. l A its length; tube 1.1-2 mm long; lobes 0.4-0.75 mm
tong, not overlapping or only slightly so, rounded, not carinate, margins entire. Corolla 4-6 mm long; tube 3-5
nun long, cylindric, becoming dilated in the lower W; lobes 1-1.5 mm long, initially erect, later spreading, VS-Va
of the corolla length, ovate, mar gins entire, apex obtuse to rounded, ± incurved. Stamens included, shorter
than the corolla lobes; filaments 0.1-0.3 mm long; anthers 0.5-0.6 x 0.3-0.4 mm, subround to elliptic. Infra-
staminal scales 1.5-2 mm long, Vi-% as long as the corolla tube, bridged at 0.2-0.35 mm, forming oblong
ridges with fringed margins, fimbriae 0.4-0.15 mm long. Styles 2.4-4.2 mm long, much longer than the ovary,
evenly filiform. Capsules circumscissile, 2-2.9 x 2.2-2.6 mm, globose to slightly depressed, not thickened or
risen around the small interstylar aperture, translucent, surrounded by the withered corolla. Seeds 2-4 per
capsule, 1.1— 1.3 x 0.7-0.9 mm, slightly angled, broadly elliptic, sometimes with a longitudinal groove on the
ventral face; seed coat cells alveolate/papillate.
Sonora.— Locally in Gulf Coast of the Sonoran Desert in a large, ecologically pristine canyon in the Guay-
mas region opposite Isla San Pedro Nolasco and in foothills thornscrub in east-central Sonora; also on Islas San
Pedro Nolasco and San Esteban; ca. 5-450 m. Flowering December-April. Probably more widespread in the
state. Parasitic especially on Colubrina viridis and Vaseyanthus insularis (Felger et al. 2011); alsc
urtfornicum, Acalypha califomica, Cottsia linearis (Janusia linearis ),
n ka, and Poaceae.
General distribution.— One of the most common species in Mexico, where it is sometimes weedy. Baja
California Sur, Chiapas, Colima, Durango, Edo. Mexico, Guerrero, Guanajuato, Hidalgo, Jalisco, Michoacan,
Morelos, Nayarit, Sinaloa, Tamaulipas, Veracruz; also in Central and South America.
Selected references — Felger and Wilder (2011, 2012), Yuncker (1932).
M P» Guaymas: Caft6n las Barajitas Sierra el Aguaje, 28°03'27"N, lll o 09’27"W, 90 m, 19 Feb 1995, Felger 95-208. Mpio Soyopa: 0.6 km N
16 on road to T6nichi just E of Rfo Yaqui, 28.5758°N, 109.5505°W, 270 m, foothills thornscrub, on Janusia linearis, 7 Jan 2001. Van
I96« ,der2001 ' 16 SONORAN ELANDS. San Esteban: N side of island, o
S ?' Fdger 1755 °- St eep N slope of NE peak, 28°42'N, 112 0 35'W, 450 m, o
® Nolasco: NE side of Island, 18 Jan 1965, Felger 12082 [S
5, Felger 12082; l'
i. TorreyBot. Club 18:227. 1932. i
e: MEXICO. Durango: Santiago Papasqui;
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
The type locality is in pine-oak forest and the host plant is Bouvardia temifolia. In addition to the type collec-
tion, C. dentatasquamata is recorded from a canyon in southern Arizona mountains in oak woodland and
should be sought elsewhere with Bouvardia in southern Arizona and northern Sonora mountains.
General distribution. — Arizona; Chihuahua, and Sonora; apparently very rare.
Selected reference. — Yuncker (1932).
S Biol. Monogr. 6(2-3):40-41. 1931. Type: MEXICO. SONORA: hills near Altar,
UZ!, ASU1, Gl, GH!, IND, MEXU!, MO!, NY!, US!).
iol. Monogr. 6(2-3):41. 1921. Regarding Pringle 105, Yuncker (1921, p 41) raen-
Following two distinguishable varieties (“typical” and “attenuiloba”).
rr. 6(2-3):43. 1921. Type: MEXICO. Sonora: Guaymas, 22 Feb 1904, Palmer 1209
Stems slender, yellow-orange. Inflorescences loose, umbellate, often confluent. Pedicels 1-5 mm long. Bracts
1 at the base of clusters and 0-1 at the base of pedicels, 0.6-1 mm long, ovate-lanceolate, margins entire, apex
acute. Flowers 5-merous (Fig. 3d), 2-3 mm long, membranous, white when fresh, creamy-white when dried.
Papillae usually present on the pedicels, calyx, abaxial and adaxial epidermis of corolla lobes, and sometimes
on the ovary/capsule. Laticifers not visible or hardly so in the midveins of corolla lobes, elongate. Calyx 0.6-1.2
mm long, brownish-yellow, ± reticulate or shiny, campanulate, equaling or somewhat longer than the corolla
tube, divided VS-Vi the length; tube 0.25-0.5 mm long; lobes 0.5-0.76 mm long, not overlapping, triangular-
ovate to lanceolate, weakly to distinctly carinate, with small dome-like multicellular projections on the mid-
veins, margins irregular, ± revolute at the base and forming angled sinuses (especially when lobes are triangu-
lar ovate), apex acute to acuminate. Corolla 1.5-2.9 mm long; tube narrow-campanulate, 0.8-1.5 mm long
lobes 1-1.5 mm long, initially erect, later spreading or reflexed, slightly longer than the tube, lanceolate, mar-
gins entire sometimes involute upon drying and appearing very narrow, apex acute, ± incurved. Stamens
short-exserted, shorter than corolla lobes; filaments 0.4-0.7 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.6 x 0.2-0.3 mm, ovate to
oblong. Infrastaminal scales 0.6-1 mm long, ca. % of the corolla tube, bridged at 0.1-0.2 mm, oblong to spath-
ulate, short-fringed, fimbriae 0.05-0.15 mm long. Styles 1.2-2.1 mm long, longer than the ovary, evenly fili-
form. Capsules circumscissile, 1.5-2 x 0.9-1.7 mm, globose, to globose-depressed, slightly thickened and
risen, or with a few protuberances around the inconspicuous interstylar aperture, translucent, capped by the
withered corolla (Fig. 3e). Seeds 2-4 per capsule, 0.75-0.9 x 0.7-0.8 mm, angled, subrotund to broadly elliptic;
seed coat cells alveolate/papillate.
Sonora. — Common in the Sonoran Desert, especially on sandy flats, valley floors, and bajadas, and in
coastal and foothills thomscrub; near sea level-300 m. Recorded on herbaceous hosts including Amaranthus
watsonii, Boerhavia (including B. coccinea, B. triquetra). Euphorbia subgenus Chamaesyce (especially E. poly-
carpa), Pectis (including P. coulteri , P. papposa), and occasionally on Tumamoca macdougalii.
General distribution. — Baja California (norte) and Sur, Sinaloa.
Selected reference. — Costea and Stefanovic (2010).
Mpio Caborca: 35.2 km W of Caborca on road to Desemboque, desertscrub on sandy flats with Lama and Olneya, 30°44'35"N, 112°26'32’W,
63 m, 16 Jan 2002, Van Devender 2002-23 (WLU). Mpio Guaymas: 6 mi NW of Guaymas, 28 Feb 1933, Shreve 6134; Old road to Algodone.
San Carlos, 27°57'42"N, 111«03’43"W, ca. 35 m, 26 Dec 2000, Reina-G. 2000-917 (CAS, US, WLU) Mpio Hermosillo: 5 mi by road E of Bahia
Kino, 19 Oct 1963, Felger 9046. Mpio Huatabampo: 6.25 km E of Camahuiroa, 1.9 km W of Tierra y Libertad, 26°33'00"N, 109°12’45’W, 23
tn 20 |.,n f 2H-*.s Mpio Pitiquilo: at coast on N side of headland ca 10 ,h „f PcsomhocpK |sm hyuM-l 22 Man
Spellenberg 4943 (NMC). Mpio Soyopa: Arroyo Los Garambullos, 1.5 km E of T6nichi, 28°34'10"N, 109°33'00"W, 180 m, 15 Sep 1998> V*
Devender 98-1 120 (ARIZ, WLU); 4 Sepl996, Von Devender 96-360 (ARIZ, NMC, WLU) [SEM]. SONORAN ISLANDS. DAtik NW side of
land, 20 Dec 1966, Felger 15313A. Tiburon: SE side of Agua Dulce Valley, ca. 12 mi S from Tecomate, 28°57'20"N, 112°24.5 , W, ca. 280®^
26 Sep 2008, Felger 08-120. poy rpa, qu
Cuscuta erosa Yunck., Illinois Biol. Monogr. 6(2-3):26. 1921. Type: MEXICO. Sonora: 1869, Palmer s.n. (holotype: US!)
Cap-
543
ment bases, bridged at 0.5-0.7 mm, obovate to spathulate, rounded, uniformly dense, long fringed, fimbriae
0.2-0.4 mm long. Styles 1-2.5 mm long, ca. as long as the ovary, evenly filiform. Capsules indehiscent, 1.9-4(-
5) x 2-3.5 mm, globose to subglobose, thickened and risen around the medium large interstylar aperture,
semi-translucent, surrounded or capped by the withered corolla. Seeds 2-4 per capsule, 1.42-1.86 x 1.25-1.6
mm, shape heterogeneous on the same plant: dorsoventrally compressed to weakly angled, broadly elliptic to
transversely oblique, seed coat cells variable: alveolate/papillate, polygonal (not alveolate/papillose), and puz-
zle-like arranged, or both kinds present on the same seed. In * 30.
Sonora.— Sonoran Desert and coastal thornscrub; ca. 10-100 m. Flowering August-November(-March).
Apparently spreading as a weed of alfalfa (with contaminated seeds); other hosts include Baccharis, Chenopo-
dium, Helianthus, Heterotheca, Ipomoea, Pluchea, Polygonum, Rhynchosia, and Tephrosia.
General distribution. — throughout most of the USA; Aguascalientes, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Edo. Mexico,
Jalisco, Michoacan, Nuevo Leon, Puebla, Queretaro, Sinaloa, Tabasco, Tamaulipas, Veracruz, Zacatecas, Yuca-
tan; West Indies; Central America; South America. As in the case of C. campestris, C. indecora may be more
widely distributed in Mexico than current herbarium data suggest.
Selected reference. — Costea et al. (2006b).
ir Garcia 9 Aug 2010 Cm-
a 2010-01574,” WLU). Mpio Hus
Van Devender 92-1 101. and 1 '> M.ir log \ p, u „ J, , ■. t-,522 ■ \RIZ U.UR ARI7 l ( >.2 km Wot lurr.i v l.ik-i Lid mi \ ro.ul (<’ c .tm.i-
hmroa, 26°33'50”N > 109°12'50"W. 24 Nov 1093, Van Devender 93-1283 (ARIZ, ASU, CAS, TEX, UC.UCR, USON). Mpio Etchojoa: Etchojoa,
Febrero, weed in alfalfa, Ley 21 Aug 2010 (“muestra 2010-01980,” WLU). Mpio San Ingnacio: Ejido San Ignacio Rio Muerto, weed in alfalfa,
Sdanr-Garda 9 Aug 2010 (“muestra 2010-01573,” WLU).
Cuscuta legitima Costea & Stefanov., Taxon 59:1795. 2010. Type: MEXICO. Sonora: NW side of Rio Yaqui at MEX 15 near
r. reflexa (J M. Coult.)
, 1889, Nealley 338 (holotype: US!; iso
Stans slender, yellow-orange. Inflorescences dense to loose, umbelliform, confluent. Pedicels 2-10 mm long,
tacts 1 at the base of clusters and 0-1 at the base of pedicels, 2.0-3.6 mm long, broadly triangular-ovate, mar-
gins entire, apex acuminate. Flowers 5-merous (Fig. 3f), 4.0-5.5(-6.0) mm long, membranous, white when
fresh, creamy-white when dried. Papillae absent. Laticifers evident in the bracts, calyx, corolla, tips of infras-
taminal scale fimbriae, and ovary, isolated, ovoid. Calyx 2.5-3.2 mm long, straw-yellow, finely reticulate,
slightly shiny, campanulate, longer than corolla tube, divided ca. % the length, tube 0.6-1.0 mm long, lobes
l5 ~ 22 mm long, not basally overlapping, ovate-lanceolate, not carinate, margins entire, apex acuminate.
Corolla 3.8-5.2(-5.6) mm long, tube 1.6-2.1 mm long, campanulate, lobes 1.8-3.0 mm long, initially erect,
fcr reflexed, longer than the tube, linear-lanceolate, margins entire, apex acuminate, straight. Stamens ex-
j^ ned ’ starter than the lobes, anthers 0.50-0.70 x 0.24-0.36 mm, elliptic to oblong, filaments 0.6-1.0 mm
0ng hrfrastaminal scales 1.8-2.2 mm long, equaling or slightly longer than the tube, bridged at 0.2-0.4 mm,
^thulate to obovate, uniformly dense-fringed, fimbriae 0.2-0.5 mm long. Styles 0.9-2.5 mm, longer than the
° Var y- eve nly filiform. Capsules circumscissile, 2-3 x 1-2 mm, depressed, irregularly thickened and slightly
'lj Cn arou nd the inconspicuous interstylar aperture, translucent, surrounded or capped by the withered cor-
Seeds 2-4 per capsule, 0.9-1.2 x 0.8-0.9 mm, broadly elliptic to subround.
Sonora. Chihuahuan and Sonoran Deserts, coastal and foothills thornscrub, tropical deciduous forest;
200 m - lowering August-November. Common but not weedy; hosts herbaceous, including Allionia in-
, Boerhavia, Chamaesaracha, Evolvulus, Kallstroemia, Salsola, Solanum, Tidestromia la-
„.n, and Tribulus terrestris.
General distribution. Arizona Kansas New Mexico, Texas; Baja California (norte). Chihuahua, Coa-
tala, Tamaulinas
544
Selected reference . — Costea and Stefanovic (2010).
Mpio Agna Prieta: S edge of Agua Prieta on Mex 17, Chihuahuan desertscrub, 31°18’21"N, 109°34'55"W, 1204 m, 13 Sep 2006, Van Devender
h, ii, m. • II 'AH Mpio Manios: t .> pi i ,i hu.t -..i 2oBT W N I0S V. W In) m i=> Vp Van Dcvntdei ••’.-J/.MiARIZ
UC, UCR). Mpio Cajeme: Ciudad Obregdn, 29 Sep 1933, Gentry 272 (ARIZ, MICH); Cerro La Antena, 1 km N of Microondas La Cabana,
27°27'45"N, 109°46'20"W, 200 m, Sinaloan thomscrub, 19 Sep 1994, Van Devender 94-603 (ARIZ, ASU, MEXU, UC, USON); NWsideof Rio
Yaqui at MEX 15 near Esperanza, ca. 9 km N of Ciudad Obregdn, 27°35'45"N, 109°56’W, ca. 40 m, 10 Sep 1994, Van Devender 94-458 (ARIZ,
ASU, MEXU, UC, UCR) [SEM], Mpio Hermosillo: New Year’s Mine, 20 mi S of Hermosillo, Jones 28 Oct 1926 (MO); 27 mi W of Hermosillo,
on road to Kino Bay, 28 Aug 1941, Wiggins & Rollins 1 33 (ARIZ, CAS, DS). Mpio Navojoa: Sanjose de Masiaca; 26°45'N. 109 B 50"W 70 m
22 Sep 1994, Van Devender 94-710 , 94-711 (ARIZ, MEXU, UC). Mpio Puerto Penasco: Pinacate Region, MacDougal Crater, 8 Sep 1964, Fel-
Pinacate Region, 155 m, 8 Dec 1970, Felger 20035 - 1 km SWW Papago Tanks, 28 Sep 1964, Felger 10608 ; Rancho Grijalva (Rancho Guadalupe
Victoria), 32°00'35"N, 113°34'25"W, 225 m, Ezcurra9Nov 1982. Mpio Soyopa: Tdnichi, 28°35'55"N, 109°33'50"W, 200 m, 17 Aug 2006, Van
Devender 2006-627 (ARIZ, NMC, WLU); Arroyo Las Tinajas below ruins of Toledo smelter, near Loma Maderista, 3.5 km S of TOnichi, W
(MEXU, WLU), Reina-G. 2006-606 (WLU), Reina-G. 2006-612 (WLU).
a leptantha Engelm., Tra
:r544 (holotype: NY!; ts
Stems slender, yellow-orange. Inflorescences loose, umbellate, confluent. Pedicels (l-)2-7 mm long. Bracts 1
at the base of clusters and 0-1 at the base of pedicels, 0.75-1 mm long, triangular ovate, margins entire, apex
acute. Flowers 4-merous (Fig. 3h), 3.5-4.5(-5) mm long, membranous, white when fresh, creamy-white when
dried, papillae usually present on the pedicels and perianth. Laticifers not visible. Calyx 1.5-1.8 mm long,
straw-yellow, not reticulate or shiny, campanulate, V1-V2 of the corolla tube, divided ca. Vi the length, the tube
0.5-0.8 mm long, lobes 0.8-1 mm long, not basally overlapping, triangular-ovate, not carinate, margins entire,
apex acute. Corolla 3-4 mm long, tube cylindric, 1.5-2.5 mm long, lobes 1.5-2 mm long, initially erect, later
spreading or reflexed, as long as the tube, lanceolate, margins entire often involute upon drying and corolla
lobes appearing narrow, apex acute ± cucullate. Stamens short-exserted, shorter than corolla lobes, anthers
0.4-0.6 x 0.35-0.45 mm, subround to broadly elliptic, filaments 0.3-0.6 mm long. Infrastaminal scales 1.3-2J
mm long, ca. Vi of the corolla tube, bridged at 0.4-0.8 mm, oblong, uniformly short-fringed, fimbriae 0.05-0.15
mm long. Styles 1.2-2. 1 mm long, longer than the ovary, evenly filiform. Capsules circumscissile, 1-5-2 *
1.6-1.9 mm, globose, slightly thicken and risen or with a few protuberances around the inconspicuous mter-
stylar aperture, translucent, capped by the withered corolla. Seeds 2-4 per capsule, 0.75-0.9 x 0.7-0.8 mm,
angled, subrotund to broadly elliptic, seed coat cells alveolate/papillate.
Sonora. — Sonoran Desert; 5-150 m. Flowering December-May. Parasitic on Euphorbia subgenus Charnae-
syce, especially E. polycarpa.
General distribution. — Texas, New Mexico; Baja California (norte) and Sur, and Sinaloa.
Selected reference. — Costea and Stefanovtf (2010).
Mpio Hermosillo: 1 .5 mi E of Santa Rosa, 15 Feb 1965, Felger 12575; 4 mi by road NW of Rancho Noche Buena at ca. 0.5 mi E of crest of “Sm
Pass,” Sierra Seri, 14 May 1966, Felger 14035 ; Roadside 3.7 mi S of Punta Chueca, 13 Apr 1980, Bowers 1966; Playa Esthela, just N of Bahia
Kino, 28°52’28"N, 112°0r20"W, 50 m, 31 Dec 2000, Von Devender 2000-933 (WLU) [SEM] . Mpio Pitiquito: 5.9 mi S of Desemboque RioS»
Ignacio, 14 Apr 1968, Felger 17762; 19.8 mi S of Desemboque Rio San Ignacio, 14 May 1966, Felger 14080; ca. 1 mi E of 19 mi by roadSd
Desemboque, vie. 29°20'N, 11214^, 18 Feb 1968, Felger 17205. SONORAN ISLANDS. Tiburon: SW Central Valley, Felger 17342 ; 1
inland at Zozni Cmiipla, at base and N side of Punta San Miguel, 23 Nov 2006, Wilder 06-368; Canyon at base of CapxOlim, 24 Nov
Wilder 06-381.
Cuscuta macrocephala W. Schaffn. ex Yunck., Illinois Biol. Monogr. 6(2-3):36. 1921. Type: MEXICO. Sinau* !®>
date], Schaffners.n. (uoi.otypi : NY!).
Stems orange, coarse. Inflorescences dense, paniculiform-glomerulate. Pedicels 0.3-3.2 mm long. Bracts 1 i[
the base of clusters and 0-1 at the base of pedicels, 1.5-3 mm long, ovate, margins entire, apex obtuse. Flo** 1 *
5-merous (Fig. lb), 5-6.5 mm 1
ca. % of its length, tube 1.3-2
1 per capsule, 1.4-1.9 x 1-1.3 mm, a
(osteaetal..
547
x 1.25-1.43 mm, ± visible through the pericarp, dorsoventraily compressed, broadly elliptic to subround; sur-
face of seed coat epidermis alveolate when dried and papillate when hydrated.
Sonora. — The species is apparently localized at Sonoyta (400 m) and Quitobaquito (at the Arizona-
Sonora border, 335 m). Flowering April-May. Growing on Suaeda moquinii.
General distribution. — Arizona, California, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Texas; Baja California (norte) on
herbaceoushosts (e.g. , species ofFrankenia, Salsola, Suaeda, Wislizenia) from inland salt flats, marshes, and ponds.
Selected references. — Costea et al. (2006c, 2009), Felger (2000).
I Type: MEXICO. Oaxaca; 1827,
Pedicels 0.5-2.6 mm long. Bracts 1 at the base of clusters, usually absent at the base of pedicels or flowers,
1.5-3 mm long, oblong to oblong lanceolate, acute to obtuse, margins entire. Flowers 5-merous, 4-5.2 mm
long, thick, white when fresh, reddish-brownish when dried. Papillae absent. Laticifers visible in the calyx,
corolla, isolated or in rows, ovoid to elongated. Calyx 2-3 mm long, reddish-brownish, more or less reticulate,
± glossy, campanulate, equaling corolla tube, divided VS-*A the length, tube 0.5-1 mm long, lobes 1.6-2.2 mm
long, broadly overlapping, round to broader than long or occasionally broadly elliptic, not carinate or with
multicellular protuberances on the midveins, margins entire, apex rounded. Corolla 3.5-5 mm long, tube
2.3-3 mm long, campanulate, lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long, initially erect, later reflexed, equaling or shorter than the
lube, oblong-ovate, overlapping, margin entire, apex rounded, straight. Stamens exerted, shorter than corolla
lobes, anthers 0.7— 1.1 mm long, oblong-elliptic, filaments 0.8-1.2 mm long. Infrastaminal scales 2.5—3 mm
long, equaling corolla tube, bridged at 0.8-1.2 mm, oblong to ovate, uniformly dense-fringed, fimbriae 0.2-0.5
mm long. Styles 1.2-2.1(-3) mm long, longer than the ovary, thick, but uniform. Capsules circumscissile,
1-5-3 x 1.8-2.5 mm, globose to depressed-globose, not thickened and/or risen around the small interstylar
aperture, translucent, capped by the withered corolla. Seeds (2-)4 per capsule, 1.5-2 x 12-1.9 mm, angled or
slightly dorsoventraily compressed, elliptic-oblong to subround, seed coat cells alveolate/papillate or wrin-
Sonora.— This species may be a sporadic introduction. It was collected in northern Sonora in 1994 from a
cultivated Schinus terebinthifolia tree. On many subsequent visits, however, it was not found again. Ornamental
trees and shrubs grown in Sonora are often brought from nurseries in Guadalajara, Jalisco, which points to a
Potential source for new introductions. Sonoran Desert. Flowering December-January.
General distribution.— Juncker (1932, 1965) mentioned that C. tinctoria is common throughout Mexico to
Guatemala. This species is part of the largest and most complicated taxonomically clade in Mexico (clade “G”;
Stefanovic et al. 2007) and the delimitation of species and their distribution require more study.
Selected reference.— Yuncker (1932).
10 °8(ariz, mexu, uson, WLU) ISEM], 5153 gd
Guscuta tuberculata Brandegee, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot 3 38Q 1909 Type MEXICO. Lower California [Baja California
S ‘ ems fiIif °rm, yellow-orange. Inflorescences loose, umbelliform or racemiform, confluent. Pedicels 2-3(-5)
!" m lon & Bracts 1 at the base of clusters, usually absent at the base of peduncles, 0.5-0.75 mm long, ovate-
nce °late, margins entire, apex acute. Flowers 5-merous (Fig. 3i), 2.5-4 mm long, membranous, white-
when fresh, creamy when dried. Papillae present especially at the base of the corolla tube. Laticifers
^visible in the corolla, isolated, ovoid to elongated. Calyx 0.5-1.5 mm long, yellow, not or finely reticulate,
^Pulate-angular, Vi-Vi as long as the corolla tube, divided almost to the base, tube 0.2-0.5 mm long,
fr-1-3 mm long, not basally overlapping, triangular to lanceolate, carinate and/or with multicellular pro-
Costea et al., Convolvulaceae of Sonora, Mexico: Cuscuta
General distribution. — Arizona, Colorado, Ne'
Federal, Guanajuato, Guerrero, Edo. Mexico, Hidalgo, Jalis
rftaro, San Luis Potosi, Tamaulipas, Veracruz; West Ind
Selected reference . — Costea and Stefanovic (2010).
i, Durango, Distrito
on, Oaxaca, Puebla, Que-
and South America.
Cuscuta vandevenderi Costea & St<
:r. Pedicels 0.7-6 ir
*s corymbiform cymes arranged in dense globose inflorescences, 1-3 cm in diame-
lg. Bracts 1 at the base of clusters, 0.5-0.75 mm long, triangular-ovate, margins entire
. Flowers (4-) 5-merous, 2-2.6 mm long, membranous, white turning cream yellow-
ish when fresh, creamy-light brown when dried. Papillae absent. Laticifers prominent in the calyx and corolla
articulated or isolated, rectangular, ovoid to elongated. Calyx 0.9-1.6 mm long, yellow-gray, not shiny, cam
panulate, divided y h- l h mm, tube 0.4-0.8 mm long, lobes 0.5-1.2 mm long, not overlapping to overlapping
triangular to triangular-lanceolate, carinate, margins ± entire to serrulate, apex acute, acuminate to obtuse
Corolla 1.5— 2.1 mm long, tube campanulate, 0.9-1.3 mm long, lobes 0.6-1.3 mm long, erect to slightly spread
ing, triangular, margins entire to irregular, apex obtuse to acute. Stamens equaling to longer than corolla lobes
anthers 0.3-0.5 x 0.3-0.4 mm, subround to broadly elliptic, filaments 0.6-1.5 mm long. Infrastaminal scales
1-1.2 mm long, equaling corolla tube, bridged at 0.4-0.5 mm, oblong-ovate to truncate, densely fringed, fim-
briae 01-0.2 mm long. Styles 0.8-1.2 mm long, longer than the ovary, uniformly filiform. Capsules indehis-
cent , 1-8-2.4 x 0.8— 1.2 mm globose— depressed to globose— obovoid, slightly thickened but not risen around
the relatively large interstylar aperture; persistent corolla surrounding the base of capsules. Seeds 3-4 per
tapsule, 0.9-1.1 x 1-1.2 mm, subrotund, seed coat cells alveolate/papillate.
Cuscuta vandevenderi resembles C. gracillima from which it differs through the smaller flowers and inde-
hiscent capsules surrounded by persistent corollas, and the often serrate calyx and corolla lobes. From C. del-
tottko, which is the closest related species, it can be separated by the indehiscent capsules and denser inflores-
cences (Costea et al. 2008).
Sonora.— Southeast and central part of the state in tropical deciduous forest, oak woodland, and pine-oak
forests (sometimes in openings); 350-1550 m. Flowering September-December. Parasitizing various herbs,
e &,Ayenia, Chamaecrista, Cosmos, Euphorbia, Sida, and Evolvulus.
General distribution .— Sonora and Baja California Sur.
Selected reference .— Costea et al. (2008).
^ Ahmos: Sierra Tecurahui, 1200-1500 m, 26-28 Oct 1961, Gentry 19423 (US); 3.9 km above Rancho El Palmarito, 23.9 km, E-NE of
AUmos ’ 27 °03'04"N, 108°45'51"W, 516 m, 1 Oct 2006, Van Devender 2006-983 (WLU); El Guayabo Crossing of Rio Cuchujaqui, 14 Km (by
^E-SEof Alamos, 27°00’05"N, 108°47'08"'W, 370 m, 2
3, Steinmann 93-349 (ASU). Mpio Mazatan: Sierra de Mazatfn,
E-SEofYecora, 2
^ see Felger et al. (2012) for full acknowledgments.The following herbaria have provided Cuscuta plant
^ nal: AA U ALTA, AR1Z, ASU B BAB BOL BRIT, CANB, CAS, CEN, CHR, CHSC, CIIDIR, CICY, CIMI,
rf- DA 0. F, G, GH, H, HUFU, IAC, IEb] IND, j, JEPS, LL, LP, LPB, LPS, K, MEL, MERL, MEXU, MICH, MO,
C ’ ***• ° A Q OKLA, OSC, OXF, PACA, PRE, QCNE, QFA, P, PACA, RB, RSA, SAM, S, SD, SGO, SI, SPF,
550
TEX, TRT, TRTE, UA, UB, UBC, UCR, UCT, UNB, UNM, UPRRP, UPS, US, USAS, WTU and XAL. Cuscuta
research was supported by a Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada Discovery grant
to Costea (327013-06 and 327013-12). We thank J. Andrew McDonald and Javier Ortega for providing helpful
Austin, D.F. 1982. 165.Convolvulaceae. In: G.W. Harling and B.B. Sparre, eds. Flora of Ecuador, vol. 15. University of Gote-
borgand Swedish Museum of Natural history, Goteborg and Stockholm. Pp. 1-98.
Costea, M. 2007-onwards. Digital atlas of Cuscuta (Convolvulaceae). Wilfrid Laurier University, Ontario, Canada, https://
www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2147&p=8968&pv=1 (viewed 16 June 2011).
Costea, M. and FJ. Tardif. 2004. Cuscuta (Convolvulaceae) — the strength of weakness: a history of its name, uses and
parasitism concept during ancient and medieval times. Sida 21:369-378.
Costea, M. and FJ. Tardif. 2006. The biology of Canadian weeds. Cuscuta campestris, C. gronovii, C. umbrosa, C. epithymum
and C. epilinum. Canad. J. PI. Sci. 86:293-31 6.
Costea, M., and S. StefanoviC. 2009. Cuscuta jepsonii (Convolvulaceae), an invasive weed or an extinct endemic? Amer. J.
Costea, M., and S. StefanoviC. 2010. Evolul
evidence of extensive hybridization from discordant nuclear and plastid phylogenies. Taxon 59:1 783-1800.
Costea, M., G.L. Nesom, and S. StefanoviC. 2006a. Taxonomy of Cuscuta pentagona complex. Sida 22:151-175.
Costea, M., G.L. Nesom, and S. StefanoviC. 2006b. Taxonomy of Cuscuta indecora complex. Sida 22:1 76-1 95.
Costea, M., G.L. Nesom, and S. StefanoviC. 2006c. Taxonomy of Cuscuta californica-salina complex. Sida 22:197-207.
Costea, M., F. Aiston, and S. StefanoviC. 2008. Species delimitation, phylogenetic relationships and two new species in the
ex (Convolvulaceae). Botany 86:670-681 .
3 S. StefanoviC. 2009. Untangling the systematics of salt marsh dodders: Cuscuta pacifka a
i Una. Syst. Bot. 34:787-795.
Costea, M., I. Spence, and S. StefanoviC. 2011a. Cuscuta chinensis species complex evidence for long-distance dispersal and
one new species. Org. Divers. Evol. 1 1:373-386.
Costea, M., I.R. Garcia, and S. StefanoviC. 201 1 b. 'Horned' dodders: phylogenetic relationships and two new species within
Cuscuta chapalana complex (Convolvulaceae). Botany 89:71 5-730.
Felger, R.S. 2000. Flora of the Gran Desierto and Rio Colorado of northwestern Mexico. University of Arizona Press.
Felger, R.S., D.F. Austin, T.R. Van Devender, J J. SAnchez-Escalante, and M. Costea. 201 2. Convolvulaceae of Sonora, Mexico. L
Convolvulus, Cressa, Dichondra, Evolvulus, Ipomoea, Jacquemontia, Merremia, and Operculina. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas
6:459-527.
Felger, R.S., B.T. Wilder, and J.P. Gallo-Reynoso. 201 1 . Floristic diversity and long-term vegetation dynamics of Isla San
Pedro Nolasco, Gulf of California, Mexico. Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 43:1 -42.
StefanoviC, S., M. Kuzmina, and M. Costea. 2007. Delimitation of major lineages within Cuscuta subg. Grammica using pbs-
tid and nuclear DNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 94:568-589.
Welsh, M., S. StefanoviC, and M. Costea. 2010. Pollen evolution and its taxonomic significance in Cuscuta. PI. Syst Evol
285:83-101.
Wright, MAR., M. Welsh, and M. Costea. 2011. Diversity and evolution of gynoecium in Cuscuta (dodders, Convolvulaceae)
in relation to their reproductive biology: two styles are better than one. PI. Syst. Evol. 296:51 -76.
Wright, M.A.R., M.D. ianni, and M. Costea. 201 2. Diversity and evolution of pollen and ovule production in Cuscuta (dod-
ders, Convolvulaceae) in relation to floral morphology. PI. Syst. Evol. 2:369-389.
Yuncker, T.G. 1921. Revision of the North American and West Indian species of Cuscuta. Illinois Biol. Monogr. 691-231
Yuncker, T.G. 1932. The genus Cuscuta. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 18:113-331.
Yuncker, T.G. 1965. Cuscuta. North American Flora, ser. 2, 4:1-51.
TREPTOSTEMON (LAURACEAE), A NEW GENUS OF FOSSIL FLOWER
FROM MID-TERTIARY DOMINICAN AMBER
Kenton L. Chambers George 0. Poinar, Jr. Andre S. Chanderbali
Department of Botany and Plant Pathology
Oregon State University
Corvallis, Oregon 9733 1, U.S.A.
chamberk@science.oregonstate.edu
Department of Zoology
Oregon State University
Corvallis, Oregon 97331, U.SJ
Department of Biology
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida 3261 1, U.S.A
ABSTRACT
be assigned to any modem gem
RESUMEN
INTRODUCTION
Amber deposits of the Cordillera Septentrional, Dominican Republic, continue to yield interesting fossil angio-
sperm flowers from the low-elevation tropical forests characteristic of Mid-Tertiary Caribbean vegetation
(Poinar & Poinar 1999). We have recently described fossils assignable to Licania (Chrysobalanaceae) (Poinar
etal. 2008a, revised by Chambers & Poinar 2010), Persea (Lauraceae) (Chambers et al. 2011a), Thchilia
(Meliaceae) (Chambers et al. 2011b), Swietenia (Meliaceae) (Chambers & Poinar 2012), and Trochanthera (pos-
sibly Moraceae) (Poinar et al. 2008b). A second flower of Lauraceae is described in the present paper. It has
several well-marked features, including 6 fertile stamens in whorls 1 and 2, whose anthers have 2 pairs of pores
tlwt °P en extrorsely. The stamens of whorl 3 display 2 upright valves but are possibly staminodial, since their
terminal portion is dissimilar in size and shape from the fertile anthers. The anthers are closely adjacent and
are on short filaments. The epidermis of the anthers and staminodes is densely covered with minute trichomes.
No PisfiHode or whorl 4 staminodes are visible. Because of the extrorse dehiscence of the 6 anthers of whorls 1
3nd 2 ’ the fossil cannot easily be accommodated in any modem genus of Lauraceae. We therefore propose to
Separate 11 as the new genus and species Treptostemon domingensis.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
AH the amber fossils referred to above came from mines in the Cordillera Septentrional, between Puerto Plata
®nd Santiago, Dominican Republic. Dating methods applied to the deposits are thus far equivocal. An age of
30 ®ybp was assigned by Cepek in Schlee (1999) based on fossil coccoliths, and one of 20-15 mybp was
ermined by Iturralde-Vinent and MacPhee (1996) based on foraminifera. The amber is found in turbiditic
552
sandstones of the Upper Eocene to Lower Miocene Mamey Group (Draper et al. 1994). Animals and plants of
the forest vegetation present at the time of amber deposition were described by Poinar and Poinar (1999), the
original resin having been a product of the arborescent genus Hymenaea (Fabaceae). In Poinar and Poinar (op.
ciL), the present flower was inadvertently assigned to the genus Nectandra (Pg. 21, Fig. 10).
DESCRIPTION
Treptostemon K.L. Chambers, Poinar, & A.S. Chanderbali, gen. nov. Type Species: Treptostemon domingensis K.L. Chan-
Diagnosis.— Flower staminate, radially symmetrical (Fig. 1), receptacle flat, pedicel remnant strigose, tepals6,
in 2 whorls of 3, separate, approximately equal, spreading, lightly strigose on both surfaces, margins involute,
glabrous (Fig. 2), stamens 9, in whorls of 3, at least the outer 2 whorls fertile, anthers minutely puberulent,
those of whorls 1 and 2 with 4 pores arranged as 2 pairs, one above the other, all extrorse, opening by apical
valves, stamens of whorl 3 functional or staminodial, their distal portion dissimilar in size and shape from the
fertile anthers (Fig. 2), 2 or 4 small pores probably present, the distal pair opening extrorsely by upturned
valves, glands of whorl 3 stamens small, whorl 4 staminodes and pistillode not evident. Pistillate flower un-
Etymology. — From Greek “treptos,” turned, and “stemon,” stamen.
Description.— Tepals lanceolate, acute, laterally spreading, 3.1 to 4.0 mm long, 1.1 to 1.6 mm wide (Fig. 1), an-
thers of whorls 1 and 2 0.9 to 1.0 mm wide, ca. 1,0 mm long, with short filaments, pores extrorse, circular to
oblong, ca. 0.3 mm in diameter, valve remnants visible in a few cases (Fig. 2), connective forming an adaxial
ridge, stamens of whorl 3 club-shaped, distal portion cylindrical, 0.7 mm in diameter, pores extrorse, the distal
pair defined by small, upturned valves (Fig. 2), otherwise not observable, glands of whorl 3 stamens 0.19 mm
wide (only 1 observed).
Etymology. — From source of amber in Domin
DISCUSSION
Examination of the fossil is best done from above, as in Figures 1 and 2. In a lateral view, obtained with diffi-
culty, the outer anthers display all 4 extrorse pores, although in apical view, the lower pair may be barely visible
(Fig. 2). The filaments of the outer stamens are quite short and curve at the tip, so that the anthers face dorso-
laterally. The positioning of the stamens does not allow observation of pores on whorl 3, and their number is
uncertain. The upraised valves of the distal pores (Fig. 2) are in an extrorse position. Despite the reduced size
and cylindrical shape of these anthers, it is uncertain whether the whorl 3 stamens are fertile or staminodial. A
staminodial condition is possible, considering the report by Kubitzki and Kurz (1984) that in staminate flow-
ers of 3 dioecious species of Ocotea they studied, “[tjhe staminodes often possess valves that open after the
wilting of the stigma” (i.e., stigma of the pistillode). Only one gland of the whorl 3 stamens is in view (Fig. 2)
On some anthers, small, black air bubbles that have settled among the surface trichomes may be confused for
pores, but these are artifacts. The extrorse dehiscence in all androecial whorls of Treptostemon is unique in
Lauraceae, although in Pleurothyrium there are 9 tetrasporangiate, latrorse anthers which may look almost
extrorse (J. Rohwer, pers. comm.).
The shortness of the stamens of Treptostemon and their close positioning in the flower are features similar
to Aniba and Aiouea (Kubitzki and Renner 1982), among other genera, although a close relationship to these 2
taxa, which are hermaphrodite, with upright tepals and only 2 pores per anther, is not likely. Furthermore, the
usual laurad introrse dehiscence of whorls 1 and 2 anthers occurs in the 2 genera. Stamens with short filaments
also occur in the New World dioecious genera Rhodostemonodaphne (MadriMn 2004) and Ocotea (the
Chambers et al., Treptostemon, a new f
553
v of complete flower. Scale bar = 1 .4 mm.
with bisexual or unisexual flowers). Both have 4-pored, introrse anthers, but in Khodostemonodaphne the pores
form a more or less horizontal row (Rohwer 1993; van der Werff 1991 , Fig. 2E), unlike the pores of Treptostemon
anthers. The latter two genera are similar in lacking staminodes of whorl 4 but differ in their receptacle, which
15 narrow ly tubular in Rhodostemonodaphne (Rohwer op. cit.). The closest relative among genera with 4-pored
*«heis is probably Ocotea, a species-rich and variable taxon characterized by Rohwer (1993, p. 382) as “the
dustbin of the Perseae.” Dioecious species such as O. pyramidata (Allen 1945) may have anthers 1.0 mm long,
Wuh the filament only 0.5 mm. (As an aside, although pollen is shed inwards by these anthers, it is also released
outwards from the 2.1 5 mm-long stamens of whorl 3). According to Rohwer (op. cit.) the whorl 4 staminodes
of Ocot ea are absent in unisexual flowers, the receptacle varies from flat to deeply tubular, and the pistillode in
flower s may be present or absent. The principal difference between Ocotea and Treptostemon, therefore, is
1 at the former has anthers of whorls 1 and 2 dehiscing introrsely.
Pollen had recently been discharged from the Treptostemon flower before it became imme
555
in, as shown by a cloud of tiny pollen grains belc
would have had to release pollen from the stami
visiting insects for transfer to pistillate flowers on another tree. It is likely that dioecy, nectar ]
extrorse anther dehiscence were adaptive features of the species’ pollination syndrome, but w
moved in time to reconstruct other details of its floral biology. A brief review of reports on poll
present-day Lauraceae may be of interest, nonetheless, in conjunction with a discussion of avail
in the insect fauna already known from Dominican amber (Michener & Poinar 1997; Poinar & Poinar 1999).
A report on pollinators identified from modern tropical rain forests in Costa Rice (Bawa et al. 1985) lists
only one member of Lauraceae, an unidentified species of Ocotea. It is cited as hermaphroditic and a member
of the subcanopy, its major pollinators being beetles. Whether the flowers offer both nectar and pollen as food
rewards is not mentioned. However, in her generic description of Ocotea, Allen (1945) states that stamens of
the inner series always bear two sessile or stipitate glands, presupposing the presence of a nectar reward for
visitors. In a study of dichogamy and dioecy in Neotropical Lauraceae, Kubitzki and Kurz (1984) included ob-
servations of pollinators for 3 dioecious species of Ocotea. Two species were seen to be visited by brown bees,
about 1 cm in length, while small diptera, wasps and moths sucking nectar were occasionally encountered.
Larger flies were observed visiting flowers of O. guianensis and O. opifera but could not be caught for identifica-
tion. A more detailed study of pollination in a single dioecious species, Laurus azorica of Macaronesia, was
published by Forfang and Olesen (1998). In a sample of over 200 trees, flower visitors included at least 11 dif-
ferent insect species. These were: Hymenoptera-2 species of Halictidae, 1 of Apidae, and 1 of Ichneumonidae;
Diptera-1 species of Musicidae, 1 of Syrphidae, 1 of Tachinidae, and 1 of Bibionidae; Lepidoptera-1 species of
Nymphalidae; Coleoptera-1 species of Nitidulidae; Hemiptera-1 species of Pentatomidae. Only Halictidae and
Tachinidae were common, comprising 97% of the visits. Bees are also considered to be the principle pollinators
of the avocado, Persea americana, even though flies and other insects also visit the flowers (Free 1993).
Generalized, radially symmetrical flowers of Lauraceae, with spreading perianth and exposed stamens
and pistil, are open to visits by many different groups of anthophilous insects. A potential pollinator might
develop a specific attraction to the odor of pollen or nectar in such a flower and become faithful to one or a few
species (Faegri & van der Pijl 1979). However, it is unlikely that an unspecialized flower like that of Treptoste-
mon - even with its modified form of pollen presentation atypical of the family, would have been closely adapted
to a single kind of pollinator. Since their origination in the Early Cretaceous (Danforth & Poinar 2011), bees,
which rear their young on pollen, have been among the most dependable pollinators of angiosperms. Based on
the above reports indicating that bees are frequent visitors of present-day Lauraceae, it is likely that this group
of insects also visited and pollinated T. domingensis in the Tertiary forests of Hispaniola. The bee fauna of Do-
toinican amber includes representatives of families Apidae, Andrenidae, Colletidae, and Halictidae (Michener
& Poinar 1997). Of these, the most common bee in Dominican amber is the small, stingless Proplebia domini-
““ (Apidae, tribe Meliponini), which could well have been significant in the pollination system of Treptoste-
mon - D espite their presence in the fossil record, stingless bees do not occur in Hispaniola today. Their disap-
pearance as keystone species could have led to the elimination of many plant species, including Treptostemon.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Jens G. Rohwer and Santiago Madrinan for their helpful review comments.
REFERENCES
^ CA 1945. Studies of the Lauraceae, VI. Preliminary survey of the Mexican and Central American species. J. Arnold
Arbor. 26:280-434.
Bawa ' K - s - s -H. Bullock, D.R. Perry, R.E. Coville, and M.H. Grayum. 1 985. Reproductive biology of tropical lowland rain forest
bees- "• Pollination systems. Amer. J. Bot. 72:346-356.
T*®*’ K.L and G.O. Poinar, Jr. 201 0. The Dominican amber fossil Lasiambix (Fabaceae: Caesalpimoideae?) is a Ucama
hrysobalanaceae). J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 4:21 7-21 8.
556
K.L., G.O. Poinar, Jr., and A.E. Brown. 201 la. A fossil flower oiPersea (Laura
tes. Inst. Texas 5:457-462.
», K.L, G.O. Poinar, Jr., and A.E. Brown. 201 1 b. Two fossil flowei
nst. Texas 5:463-468.
», K.L. AND G.O. Poinar, Jr. 2012. A Mid-Tertiary fossil flower of Swietenia i
Danforth, B.N. and G.O. Poinar, Jr. 201 1 . Morphology, classification, and antiquity of Mellittosphex burmensis (Apoidea:
Melittosphecidae) and implications for early bee evolution. J. Paleontol. 85:882-891 .
and J.F. Lewis. 1 994. Hispaniola. In: S. Donovan and T.A. Jackson, eds. Caribbean geology: an introduc-
sity of the West Indies Publishers' Association, Kingston, Jamaica. Pp. 129-150.
der Pul. 1979. The principles of pollination ecology. Ed. 3. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
Forfang, A-S. and J.M. Olesen. 1 998. Male-biased sex ratio and promiscuous pollination in the dioecious island tree Laurns
azorica (Lauraceae). PI. Syst. Evol. 21 2:1 43-1 57.
Free, J.B. 1993. Insect pollination of crops. Ed. 2. Academic Press, New York.
1850-1852.
Kubitzki, K. and H. Kurz. 1984. Synchronized dichogamy and dioecy in Neotropical Laurai
Kubitzki, K. and S. Renner. 1982. Lauraceae I (Aniba and Aiouea). FI. Neotropica 31:1-124.
MadriNAn, S. 2004. R
’aceae). FI. Neotropica 92:1-102.
Michener, C.D. and G.O. Poinar, Jr. 1997. The known bee fauna of Dominican amber. J.
1. Syst. Evol. 147:253-266
s Entomol. Soc 69, suppL
1996:353-361.
Poinar, G.O. Jr. and R. Poinar. 1 999. The amber forest. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ.
Poinar, G.O. Jr., K.L. Chambers, and A.E. Brown. 2008a. Lasiambix dominicensis gen. and sp. nov., a eudicot flower in Domini-
can amber showing affinities with Fabaceae subfamily Caesalpinioideae. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 2:463-471.
Poinar, G.O. Jr., K.L Chambers, and A.E. Brown. 2008b. Trochanthera lepidota gen. and sp. nov., a fossil angiosperm inflores-
cence in Dominican amber. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 2:1 167-1173.
Rohwer, J.G. 1 993. Lauraceae. In: K. Kubitzki, J.G. Rohwer, and V. Bittrich, eds. The families and genera of vascular plants
II. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Germany. Pp. 366-391 .
Schlee, D. 1999. Das Bernstein-Kabinett. Stuttgarter Beitr. Naturk. Ser. C, 28.
VAN DER Werff, H. 1 991 . A key to the genera of Lauraceae in the New World. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78:377-387.
A NEW FOSSIL SPECIES OF COLPOTHRINAX (ARECACEAE) FROM
MID-TERTIARY MEXICAN AMBER
Kenton L. Chambers George 0. Poinar, Jr.
Alex E. Brown
Department of Botany and Plant Pathology
Oregon State University
Corvallis, Oregon 97331, U.S.A.
:e.oregonstate.edu
Department of Zoology
Oregon State University
Corvallis, Oregon 97331, U.S.A.
629 Euclid Ave.
Berkeley, California 94708, U.S.A.
RESUMEN
INTRODUCTION
A new fossil species of palms, described here as Colpothrinax chiapensis, is represented by 4 flowers embedded
m Mid-Tertiary amber from a mine in the state of Chiapas, Mexico. The floral morphology of the species is
similar in general features to the modern genus Colpothrinax, whose three species are found in Cuba and Cen-
tral America, from Guatemala to Panama (Evans 2001). The pistil, in particular, is like that of this genus, with
3 separate but apposite carpels and an elongate style, which appears to be fused and grooved rather than com-
posed of 3 separate units. The style tip is tapering and lacks an enlarged stigma. The basally connate petals,
forming a short tube surrounding the ovary, and the almost completely united sepals with short, triangular
lobes, provide further similarities. Principal differences are in the androecium of C. chiapensis, in which the
longer, linear-subulate filaments are widened only near the base and slightly united into a staminal tube. The
anthers are large, dorsifixed, and latrorse in dehiscence, as described for Colpothrinax (Dransfield et al. 2008).
The probable age of the fossils, 22.5-26 Ma, is commensurate with an estimated mean stem age for the genus of
28-56 Ma (Bacon et al 2012). The species’ Mexican origin gives evidence for an evolutionary radiation of Col-
pothrinax in the Caribbean region, as suggested by Bacon et al. (op. cit.) for Copemicia and certain other genera
s . Specimen originated from an amber mine in the
unojovel area in Chiapas, Mexico. Maps of the area i
Was P rod «ced by Hymenaea mexicana (Poinar & Brc
Lorthem mountain ranges (Chiapas Highlands) of the
e given in Poinar (1992). Amber from Chiapas, which
m 2002), occurs in lignitic beds among sequences of
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
primarily marine calcareous sandstones and silts. The particular amber under study is associated with the
Balumtun Sandstone of Early Miocene and the La Quinta Formation of Late Oligocene, with radiometric ages
from 22.5-26 Ma (Berggren & Van Couvering 1974). The amber is secondarily deposited in these marine for-
mations and may be somewhat older than the above dates. The original vegetation was probably a wet to moist
tropical to subtropical forest.
Colpothrinax chiapensis K.L. Chambers, Poinar, & A.E. Bi
deposited in the Poinar amber collection maintained at Oregon Stat
2, catalogue number Sd-9-181B, Figs. 3-4, c
nov. (Figs. 1-4). Type: MEXICO. Chiapas: amber 1
y, Corvallis, Oregon 97331, U.S.A.; paratypes: see Fig
Flowers hermaphrodite, ca. 6 mm in diameter when petals spread, calyx cupulate, glabrous, 0.4 mm (Fig. 4),
sepals united, with 3 free, triangular, 0.4-1.1 mm lobes, petals 3, glabrous, ovate-lanceolate, ca. 3.3 mm,
spreading or reflexed, with numerous parallel veins and no raised mid-nerve adaxially (Fig. 1), shallowly
grooved abaxially (Fig. 2), tip boat-shaped (Fig. 1), stamens 6, exserted, glabrous, filaments subulate, 1.0-1.2
mm, widened at base, the connate portion short (Fig. 3), attached at the mouth of the corolla tube, anthers ca.
2.3 mm, dorsifixed, locules 4, dehiscence latrorse (Fig. 2), gynoecium glabrous, 3-carpellate, ovary loosely
enclosed in corolla tube (Fig. 1), carpels free, apposite, style appearing united, ca. 1.2 mm, 3-grooved, tip acute,
stigma not enlarged (Fig. 2).
Etymology. — from the fossils’ origin in Chiapas, Mexico.
r, the species’ pres-
DISCUSSION
The fossils differ from other genera of Trachycarpeae in such features as the enlarged anthers, persistent petals
(cf. Pritchardia), cupulate calyx (cf. Brahea, Acoelorrhaphe), long filaments (cf. Copemicia), and presence of a
staminal tube (cf. Serenod) (see Dransfield et al. 2008, pp. 272—285, for illustrations). The orientation of the
flowers does not allow measurement of the depth of the corolla tube. In other respects, the fossils can be
matched with excellent descriptions and floral illustrations of Colpothrinax in Uhl and Dransfield (1987),
Dransfield and Uhl (1998), Dransfield et al. (2008), and Evans (2001). Whether the proposed new species falls
within the full morphological variation of any of the extant taxa is uncertain, but we believe that the androe-
cium, in particular, sets it apart from Colpothrinax wrightii (Bailey 1940) and C. cookii (Read 1969), and
large petals and long, subulate, scarcely united filaments are adequately distinct from C. aphanopetala (Evans
2001). The published treatments of the 3 modern species include much information about stem and leaf mor-
phology, inflorescence, pollen (esp. Dransfield et al. 1990), habitats, and associated vegetation. Vegetativi
inflorescence morphology is, of course, unknown for C. chiapensis, as is the pollen; howevr
ervation in resin from Hymenaea mexicana is evidence of moist tropical or subtropical forest vegetation as u*
preferred habitat. .
The phylogenetic relationships of the genera of tribe Trachycarpeae (Dransfield et al. 2008 [formerly
istoneae, Dransfield et al. 2005]) have begun to be clarified by recent molecular studies utilizing nuclear
plastid DNA (Asmussen et al. 2006; Roncal et al. 2008; Baker et al. 2009; Bacon et al. 2012). In the first 3 pape*
cited, Colpothrinax is in a clade that includes several other genera with which it had previously been assoCiat ^
including Pritchardia, Washingtonia, Serenoa, Acoelorraphe, Brahea, Lmstona, and Chamaerops. However, in ^
report by Bacon et al. (2012), involving matK, ndhF, tmD-tmT and 3 nuclear loci, Colpothrinax is alone m
highly supported clade that is sister to 2 large clades containing, inter alia, Brahea, Chamaerops, Serenoa,
lorraphe, and Lmstona, and is well separated from Washingtonia and Pritchardia. The subtribal classification
Trachycarpeae is presently in flux, it appears, as perhaps is true also in other large families now under int
molecular phylogenetic study.
The new intrafamilial relationships of palms revealed by molecular research have been used to in J eSt ^
additional questions beyond taxonomy alone. These include the origin and global diversificatic
rain forests (Couvreur et al. 2011) and the effects of Miocene dispersal on island radiations ii
559
560
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
tailed attention by Bacon et al. (2012). Of interest here is the authors’ estimation of the age of crown and stem
nodes for the clades that they resolve within this tribe. The clade comprising Colpothrinax alone, mentioned
above, is assigned a mean stem age of 28.56 Ma (dates for upper and lower age estimates were not well sup-
ported in posterior probabilities analysis). The mean crown age for the genus is 7.87 Ma, with upper and lower
estimates of 14.44 and 2.74 Ma. The age range assigned to the Mexican amber (Berggren & Van Couvering
1974) of 26-22.5 Ma is therefore in good agreement with a stem position for C. chiapensis. It is reasonable that
crown species radiation would have occurred later, in the Central American and Caribbean area. This is one of
the regions of interest to Bacon et al. (op. cit.), which they specifically mention as characteristic of the evolution
of this genus, as well as of Rhapidophyllum, Brahea, Washingtonia, and Caribbean Copemida (their Fig. 5).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Careful review comments by John Dransfield and Scott Zona are much appreciated. We thank Deborah Car-
roll, Valley Library, Oregon State University, for help with bibliographic material.
REFERENCES
Asmussen, C.B., J. Dransfield, V. Deickmann, A.S. Barford, J.C. Pintaud, and WJ. Baker. 2006. A new subfamily classification of the
palm family (Arecaceae): evidence from plastid DNA. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 151:1 5-38.
Bacon, C.D., WJ. Baker, and M.P. Simmons. 2012. Miocene dispersal drives island radiation in the palm tribe Trachycarpeae
(Arecaceae). Syst. Biol. Advanced Access, pp. 1-17.
Bailey, L.H. 1940. The problem of Colpothrinax. Gentes Herb. 4:256-260.
Baker, WJ., V. Savolainen, C.B. Asmussen-Lange, M.W. Chase, J. Dransfkld, F. Forest, M.M. Harley, N.W. Uhl, and M. Wilkinson.
2009. Complete generic-level phylogenetic analysis of palms (Arecaceae) with comparison of supertree and super-
matrix approaches. Syst. Biol. 58:240-256.
Berggren, W.A. and J AH. Van Couvering. 1974. The late Neogene. Palaeogeogr. Palaeodimatol. Palaeoecol. 16:1-216.
Couvreur, T.L.P., F. Forest, and WJ. Baker. 201 1. Origins and global diversification patterns of tropical rain forests: infer-
ences from a complete genus-level phylogeny of palms. BMC Biol. 9:44.
Dransfield, J., I.K. Ferguson, and N.W. Uhl. 1990. The coryphoid palms: patterns of variation and evolution. Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 77:802-81 5.
Dransfield, J. and N.W. Uhl. 1 998. Palmae. In: K. Kubitzki, ed.The families and genera of vascular plants. IV. Springer Verlag,
Berlin. Pp. 306-389.
Dransfield, J., N.W. Uhl, C.B. Asmussen, WJ. Baker, M.M. Harley, and C.E. Lewis. 2005. A new phylogenetic classification ottne
palm family, Arecaceae. Kew Bull. 60:559-569.
Dransfield, J., N.W. Uhl, C.B. Asmussen, WJ. Baker, M.M. Harley, and C.E. Lewis. 2008. Genera palmarum— the evolution and
classification of palms. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, UK.
Evans, RJ. 2001 . Monograph of Colpothrinax. Palms 45:1 77-1 95.
Poinar, G.O. Jr. 1992. Life in amber. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, CA.
Poinar, G.O. Jr. 2002. Fossil palm flowers in Dominican and Mexican amber. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 1 38:57-61 .
Poinar, G.O. Jr. and A.E. Brown. 2002. Hymenaea mexicana sp. nov. (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae) from Mexican am
indicates Old World connections. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 1 39:1 25-1 32.
Read, R.W. 1 969. Colpothrinax cookii — a new species from Central America. Principes 1 3:1 3-22.
Roncal, J., S. Zona, and C.E. Lewis. 2008. Molecular phylogenetic studies of Caribbean palms (Arecaceae) and their relat
ships to biogeography and conservation. Bot. Rev. 74:78-102.
ADDITIONAL FOSSILS IN DOMINICAN AMBER GIVE EVIDENCE
OF ANTHER ABORTION IN MID-TERTIARY TRICHILIA (MELIACEAE)
Kenton L. Chambers George O. Poinar, Jr.
562
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The fossils originated from mines in the Cordillera Septentrional of the Dominican Republic, between the cit-
ies of Puerto Plata and Santiago, island of Hispaniola. Two differing ages have been proposed for this amber
deposit the older being 45-30 Ma, based on fossil coccoliths (Cepek in Schlee 1999) and the younger being
20-14 Ma, based on foraminifera (Iturralde-Vinent & McPhee 1996). Most of the amber is secondarily depos-
ited in turbiditic sandstones of the Upper Eocene to Lower Miocene Mamey Group (Draper et al. 1994). The
specimens described here were found during a search of the Poinar amber collection for additional flowers of
Meliaceae that might relate to those already described. They are designated as numbers D-9-27C, D-9-27D and
D-9-27E in this collection. A newly described species of Swietenia, which incidentally had been illustrated
earlier (Poinar & Poinar 1999), is also representative of fossil Meliaceae flowers in these amber deposits from
the Dominican Mid-Tertiary tropical forest (Chambers & Poinar 2012).
RESULTS
The first illustrated flower, designated A (Figs. 1, 2) resembles Trichilia glaesaria in the shape and pubescence
of its calyx and corolla (cf. Fig. 2 in Chambers et al. 2011). Its lobed, strigillose calyx differs from that of T. an-
tique which was described as glabrous and rotate. In apical view (Fig. 1), the ovary of flower A is well devel-
oped, 1 mm wide, strigillose, and situated at the base of the staminal tube. Four anthers can be seen, showing
different degrees of extreme abortion. Three have knob-like terminal structures, which resemble the one much
reduced anther seen in A. antiqua (op. cit.. Fig. 5). A short filament is present on one of these (upper left arrow,
Fig. 1), while the fourth remnant is a tiny filament with a mere suggestion of an anther (upper right arrow).
Anthers are absent at other potential sites on the irregularly lobed, partly obscured staminal tube. On the evi-
dence from this flower, the filament stubs of T. antiqua shown in Fig. 3 of Chambers et al. (op. cit.) might be
reinterpreted as lacking anthers from the beginning, rather than having them removed earlier by an herbivo-
In the flower designated B (Figs. 3, 4), the adaxial and abaxial sides of the petals are densely covered with
shiny droplets of a glassy deposit, which obscures the natural pubescence of these surfaces. The calyx, barely
in view, also has this deposit. In lateral view (Fig. 3), anthers with much reduced locules are visible in alterMt-
ing higher and lower notches between acute lobes on the rim of the staminal tube. The apical view of is
flower (Fig. 4) shows approximately 10 anthers, which are also covered with the glassy deposit. The stigma ol
the pistil is visible, but the ovary is too deeply placed to be characterized as to its pubescence or size.
The third flower, C, is illustrated in lateral view in Figure 5. Its calyx is not in view, and its petals a«
mostly too darkly stained to show the necessary details for a complete description. However, on the petal at
left (arrow), the abaxial surface can be seen to be strigillose, as was the abaxial petal surface in T. glaesaria
(Chambers et al. 2011, Figs. 1, 2), and the petal at the right appears to have the papillate adaxial surface charac-
teristic of flower A. At least 8 much reduced anthers are present on the rim of the staminal tube, in alternating
higher and lower positions between acute lobes as in flower B, above, and in T. glaesaria (op. cit.. Fig. D-
locules of these anthers appear to be more reduced than in flower B. In an apical view of flower C (not shown,
the ovary is glabrous, unlike that of flower A. It is interesting that in two extant Trichilia species, the ovary «s
glabrous before fertilization but develops pubescence afterward, as does the fruit (Pennington et al. 198k P-
11). The intense staining of flower C does not allow further details to be observed. Flowers A and C i e
greatly in anther development; however, as noted by an anonymous reviewer, “(t)he range of anther reduction
between the 3 flowers described here could easily be found in a single modem day species.”
DISCUSSION
The flowers under consideration here were not discovered until our earlier paper had been published.
fossils are linked through their having been excavated from amber mines in the same ocean-deposite
Tertiary strata, now uplifted in the Cordillera Central of Hispaniola. As discussed by Poinar and Poinar (1^ ^ ^
Chambers and Poinar, Fossil (
563
possible that the Trichilia fossils described here do not represent contemporaneous species. What they illus-
trate is that Trichilia taxa in these forests were diverse in features such as perianth pubescence, pistil pubes-
cence, and especially the nature of anther reduction and loss in pistillate flowers. However, lacking evidence
relating to staminate flowers or to differences in the vegetative parts and inflorescence structure of the sampled
taxa, we are limited as to any broad taxonomic conclusions that might be drawn from the observed variability
in pistillate flowers. It is important, nevertheless, that these fossils be placed on record as part of the history of
floral evolution in the genus, to be considered in possible future discussions of Meliaceae phylogeny.
The loss and extreme reduction of anthers in flower A, and probably also in Trichilia antiqua , goes beyond
the description by Pennington et al. (1981) of androecia in functionally female flowers. These authors simply
^te (p. 26) that in Trichilia the “antherodes [are] narrower than anthers, not dehiscing, without pollen ” In
view of the review comments quoted above, this may be a generalization that omits a complete description of
anther abortion and loss in modern species. That two of the Dominican fossils display such androecial reduc-
tion is evidence of its occurrence earlier in Trichilia floral evolution than might have been expected.
As discussed by Pennington et al. (1981), Trichilia is today the largest genus of Meliaceae in the New
World, with ca. 85 species in lowland tropical America as well as ca. 14 species in Africa and 2 in the Indo-
Malesian region. Its floral diversity, particularly in the androecium, well exceeds our sample of amber fossils
(Pennington et al. op. cit., illustrations on pages 36-226). Respecting the age of Trichilia, Muellner et al. (2006)
^ evidence from known Meliaceae fossils, combined with chloroplast rbcL data, to estimate divergence times
» the family. The DNA cladogram presented by these authors includes a monophyletic clade of Trichilia and 1 1
other genera, which is assigned an origin in the Oligocene. Apart from Trichilia, members of this clade are to-
limited to the Old World tropics, from Africa to Madagascar, India, lnto-China, Malesia, and Austroasia.
Muellner et al. (2006) propose a West Gondwanan Cretaceous origin for the family, followed by dispersal
**°ss Eurasia and between Eurasia and North America over the Beringian and North Atlantic land bridges.
Eurther movement from North to South America occurred via island hopping and/or direct land connections
uunng the Tertiary ( see also Muellner et al. 2010, with a dense sampling of Cedreleae). As noted previously
^Chambers et al. 2011), Pennington et al. (1981) recognized only two sections in Trichilia, Sect. Trichilia and
T* Moschoxyhim C. DC. The fossils discussed here are best placed in the emended Sect. Moschoxylum, the
defimn g trai ts of which are the valvate petals and completely united filaments.
565
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Andrea Muellner and 2 anonymous reviewers for their helpful comments, which improved the con-
tent and clarity of our presentation.
REFERENCES
Chambe «. K.L, G.O. Poinar, Jr., and A.E. Brown. 201 1 . Two fossil flowers of Trichilia (Meliaceae) in Dominican amber. J. Bot
Res. Inst. Texas 5:463-468.
K.L. and G.O. Poinar, Jr. 2012. A Mid-Tertiary fossil flower of Swietenia (Meliaceae) in Dominican amber. J. Bot.
Res. Inst. Texas 6:1 23-1 27.
Drapb '. G, P. Mann, and J.F. Lewis. 1 994. Hispaniola. In: S. Donovan and T.A. Jackson, eds. Caribbean geology: an introduc-
tion. The University of the West Indies Publishers’ Association, Kingston, Jamaica. Pp. 129-150.
itURRAiDE-ViNENT, M.A. and R.D.E. Macphee. 1966. Age and paleogeographic origin of Dominican amber. Science 273:
1850-1852.
Mueuner ' A.N., V. Savolainen, R. Samuel, and M.W. Chase. 2006. The mahogany family 'out-of-Africa": divergence
estimation, global biogeographic patterns inferred from plastid rbcL sequences, extant and fossil distributi
diversity. Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 40:236-250.
AJU.D. Pennington, A.B. Koecke, and S.S. Renner. 2010. Biogeography of Cedrela (Meliaceae, Sapindales) in Ce
tral and South America. Amer. J. Bot. 97:51 1-518.
p INGT0N ' ID - B.T. Styles, and D.A.H. Taylor. 1981. Meliaceae. FI. Neotropica 28:1 -470.
G -°” jR - R- Poinar. 1 999. The amber forest. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ.
*** D - 1999- Das Bernstein-Kabinett. Stuttgarter Beitr. Naturk. Ser. C, 28.
566
BOOK REVIEW
Scott Calhoun. 2012. The Gardener’s Guide to Cactus: The 100 Best Paddles, Barrels, Columns, and
Globes. (ISBN-13: 978-1-609469-200-6, pbk.). Timber Press, Inc., The Haseltine Building, 133 S.W.
Second Avenue, Suite 450, Portland, Oregon 97204-3527, U.S.A. (Orders: www.timberpress.com, 800-
327-5680). $24.95, 227 pp„ color throughout, 8” x 9”.
Thinking of going to the Desert Botanical Garden in Phoenix, Arizona? If so, now is the time to read Scott
Calhoun’s The Gardner’s Guide to Cactus: The 100 Best Paddles, Barrels, Columns, and Globes. The juxtaposition
of Dale Chihuly’s innovative glass sculptures with cactus and succulents was a stroke of genius. Likewise is Mr.
Calhoun’s new cactus guidebook.
Succulent plant expert Scott Calhoun has selected 100 of the best cactus available and shows how they
can make striking additions to desert gardens or serve as dazzling container specimens. His writing style is
one which offers a clean, helpful, well-presented text with reliable design suggestions.
Mr. Calhoun’s stunning photograph on the book cover clearly demonstrates to the book publishing world
and its gardening readership how easily cactus appreciation can be for everyone— not just specialists. He is the
quintessential model of cactus authorship. It is a great book for beginners and expert gardeners.
Paddles, barrels, columns, and globes add new meaning to the cactus gardening neophyte! One look at
the Tuna Colorado cactus in its purple high-winter coloration photograph at the Desert Botanical Garden sur-
rounded by a purple Chihuly glass sculpture suggests Mr. Calhoun’s new book is set apart from normal cactus
guidebooks. First of all, it is a total delight to look at!
As an effort to simplify the issues related to plurals, Mr. Calhoun has chosen to call the plants cactus. He
describes cactus conservation and defines Crassulacean Acid Metabolism (CAM). A glance at the Introduction
and Table of Contents describes planting and care, cactus planted in the ground and containers, tools of the
prickly trade, and the art of showing cactus. Mr. Calhoun not only describes how one plants and cares for
cactus; he gives tips for staging cactus at shows sponsored by the Cactus and Succulent Society of America
(CSSA). The 100 plants are grouped as follows: low and mounding, barrels and globes, paddles and rods, and
columns. Each entry has a colorful photograph, scientific and common names, habitat, mature size, hardiness,
flowering season, cultivation, design suggestions, and, yes, culinary value!
In addition, the book has extensive cross-referenced index, bibliography, plant hardiness tables, cactus
pests, cactus for special purposes, and selected cactus nurseries. One can tell after reading The Gardner’s Guide
to Cactus: The 100 Best Paddles, Barrels, Columns, and Globes, cactus sagacity can be great fun and rewarding.
When is your first CSSA entry to demonstrate what you have learned from Mr. Calhoun ?— Kay M.
Stansbery, Ph.D., Library Volunteer, Botanical Res
76107-3400, U.SA.
e of Texas, 1700 1
y Dr., Fort V
I. Bot. R«. Inst Texas 6(2): 566. 2012
LIMITATIONS TO NATURAL PRODUCTION
OF LOPHOPHORA WILLIAMSU (CACTACEAE)
II. EFFECTS OF REPEATED HARVESTING AT TWO-YEAR INTERVALS
IN A SOUTH TEXAS POPULATION
Martin Terry
KeeperTrout Bennie Williams
Sul Ross State University
Alpine, Texas 79832, U.SA.
Cactus Conservation Institute
P.O.Box 561
Alpine, Texas 79831, U.S.A.
Cactus Conservation Institute
P.O.Box561
Alpine, Texas 79831, U.S.A.
Teodoso Herrera
Norma Fowler
P.O. Box 460346
San Antonio, Texas 78246, U.S.A
The University of Texas at Austin
Department of Integrative Biology C0930
1 University Station
Austin, Texas 78712, U.SA.
RESUMEN
568
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Lophophora williamsii (Lem. ex Salm-Dyck) J.M. Coult. (Cactaceae), known as peyote both in Spanish and in
English, is a small cactus (rarely exceeding 10 cm in diameter) of northeastern Mexico and adjacent border
areas of Texas. The aerial crowns of plants are approximately hemispherical in shape. Some plants are caespi-
tose; i.e., they have multiple crowns arising from a single rootstock. The literature on the biology of this plant
up to the mid-1990s is summarized by Anderson (1996), who first suggested that the species might be endan-
gered by overharvesting (Anderson 1995).
There is active commercial trade in the harvested crowns of peyote, which are collected and sold by li-
censed distributors to the Native American Church (NAC) for religious use as protected by U.S. law. There is
substantial concern that the rate of harvest of peyote from wild populations is not sustainable. Anecdotal re-
ports by members of the NAC include descriptions of the decline or decimation of natural populations and a
decrease in both the availability and the quality of peyote being offered for sale in the regulated peyote market
(TH, pers. obs.). A number of papers in the scientific literature have described the decline of peyote in its native
habitat, apparently due to overharvesting (Anderson 1995; Trout 1999; Terry & Mauseth 2006; Powell etal.
2008; Terry 2008a, b,c; Terry et al. 2011). Despite such reports involving both Texas and Mexican populations,
the species is not (yet) considered in danger of extinction (NatureServe 2012; Fitz Maurice and Fitz Maurice
2009), except in Texas, where NatureServe determined it to be in the S4 (imperiled) category. The work of
Terry et al. (2011) was the first experimental investigation of the effects of harvesting on peyote plants in situ.
In that paper we reported the effects that were detectable two years after the initial harvest. The present report
focuses on effects detectable four years after the initial harvest.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The study site was described in Terry et al. (2011). Because of the multi-year duration of the ongoing study and
the complexity of the study design, it is appropriate to provide a clear, detailed description of what was done to
which plants, and when.
At the start of the study, in March 2008, 100 L. williamsii plants that appeared not to have been previously
harvested were individually numbered and tagged along a transect through the population. The number of
crowns on each plant was counted and the horizontal diameter of each crown was measured. Fifty of these
plants that were single-crowned were then harvested (i.e., the crown of each plant was cut off transversely at
ground level and removed), and the other 50 plants (most but not all of which were single-crowned) were left
unharvested as controls. The harvested crown of each plant in the harvested group was weighed, to determine
the harvested fresh biomass obtained from each of these “virgin” plants.
At the end of the second year of the study, in March 2010, all surviving plants from the original groups of
50 harvested and 50 control plants were located, the number of crowns on each plant was counted, and the
diameter of each crown was measured. Then the 43 surviving plants in the harvested group were divided into
two subgroups: 20 multiple-harvest plants and 23 single-harvest plants. All regrowth crowns were harvested
from the 20 multiple-harvest plants, leaving these now twice-harvested plants without crowns (and thus with-
out photosynthetic tissue) for the second time in two years. Reharvest at two-year intervals is typical in current
commercial harvest (MT, pers. obs.). The harvested crown(s) of each multiple-harvest plant were weighed to
obtain harvested fresh biomass at a second harvest. A comparison of harvested biomass between the 2008 and
2010 harvests was reported by Terry et al. (2011). The single-harvest plants were not reharvested, and the sur-
viving plants of the 50 original control plants continued to serve as unharvested controls.
At the end of the fourth year of the study, in March 2012, all surviving plants were again located, counted,
and measured. In addition, all new regrowth crowns were again harvested and weighed from the 16 surviving
plants in the multiple-harvest treatment. In summary, control plants have never been harvested, single-harvest
All stalls
lalyses were done with SAS 9.1 (
:, Cary, NC, USA).
Teny et al., Harvesting effects on wild populations of Lophophora in Texas
569
RESULTS
Survival. — Of the 100 plants of the initial (2008) census, 4 (2 control, 2 harvested) were dug up by feral hogs
and were therefore dropped from all further analyses, leaving 96 plants. Of these 96 plants, 6 (1 control, 5
harvested) died before the second (2010) census. Ninety plants were still alive in 2010 (census 2): 47 control
plants and 43 plants that had been harvested in 2008. Of these 43 surviving plants that had experienced one
harvest, 23 were assigned to the single-harvest treatment and 20 were assigned to the multiple-harvest treat-
Of the 47 control plants alive in 2010, 45 were still alive at census 3 in 2012. Nineteen of the 23 single-
harvest plants (83%) and 16 of the 20 multiple-harvest plants (80%) were still alive in 2012. By 2012 the sur-
vival rate of control plants from census 1 through census 3 was significantly higher than the survival rate of
harvested plants over the same interval (94% [45/48] versus 73% [35/48], x 2 = 8.65, P = .0033; Fig. 1).
Harvested mass .— Weights of all the crowns of a plant were summed to calculate harvested fresh mass per
plant. Mass per crown was calculated for each plant by dividing its total mass by its crown number; these val-
ues were then averaged for statistical analysis and for Figure 2. Average harvested mass per plant decreased
from census to census: 44% between the first and second censuses and 32% between the second and third
censuses (Fig. 2, solid line). The differences between harvests were significantly different from zero (paired t-
tests: harvest 1 vs harvest 2: 14.0 g average difference, N = 20, t = 6.73, P < 0.0001; harvest 2 vs harvest 3: 6.9 g
average difference, N = 16, t = 4.24, P = 0.0007).
Plants initially responded to harvesting by increasing the average number of crowns per plant (Fig. 2,
dashed line), although this increase was not sufficient to counterbalance the decrease in mass per crown (Fig.2,
dashed and dotted line). After the second harvest, both the average number of crowns per plant and the average
mass per crown decreased.
Volume.— The above-ground volume of each plant was estimated by first estimating the volume of each
trown as a hemisphere from its measured diameter: estimated volume = % n (diameter/2) 3 .
The estimated volumes of all the crowns on the plant were then summed to estimate total plant above-
ground volume. The estimated volume of each plant in 2012 was very closely correlated with its harvested
fresh mass in 2012 (Fig. 3).
Volumes were log-transformed before analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) to improve normality of the re-
siduals. Volume at census 2 (2010) was used as a covariate. Treatments did not differ significantly in their
sfopes: the slope of the relationship between log-transformed volume in 2010 (x-axis) and log-transformed
volume in 2012 (y-axis) was the same for each treatment. Therefore the final ANCOVA model assumed equal
Note that equality of slopes in a model fitted to log-transformed data does not imply that slopes will be
near w hen untransformed data are graphed on a linear scale (e.g., Fig. 4).
Estimated plant volume at census 3 (2012) was closely related to estimated plant volume at census 2; 74%
the variation in the former was explained by variation in the latter amount. Treatment accounted for an ad-
r°nal 10% of the variation among plants at census 3. The effects of the single-harvest treatment did not differ
,llose of the control (Scheffe contrast, Fj 75 = 1.33, P * 0.25), but each of these treatments differed signifi-
cantly fro m the multiple-harvest treatment (Scheffe contrasts; control versus multiple-harvest: F 1J5 = 29.20, P
< 0001; single-harvest versus multiple-harvest, F, 75 = 41.46, P < 0.0001; Fig. 4). In other words, the surviving
^-harvest plants were growing (on a logarithmic scale) about as fast as the surviving control plants be-
, een 2010 and 2012, but they began the interval with much smaller sizes than the control plants. In contrast,
mu ltiple-harvest plants were decreasing in size. For example, the final ANCOVA model predicts that a
COntro1 P lant with a volume of 10.0 cm 3 , the average size of all 90 surviving plants at census 2, would have
to 21.9 cm 3 and a single-harvest plant of the same size would have grown to 26.3 cm 3 (not significantly
1 erent from 21.9 cm 3 ), but a multiple-harvest plant with a volume of 10.0 cm 3 would have decreased slightly
nsi ze, to 9.66 cm 3 .
Regional harvesting trends in South Texas .— Annual peyote sales data covering the years 1986-2011 (Texas
Anient of Public Safety, unpublished data) are presented in Figure 5. Although these figures do not in-
570
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
census
s. Solid line: control plants; dotted line: harvested plants.
elude all sales of peyote (Terry et al. 2011), it is reasonable to assume that the number of buttons sold in the
regulated trade is positively correlated with the total number of buttons harvested in the region of South Texas
known as “the Peyote Gardens.” In 2011, the DPS-regulated peyote sales totaled slightly over 1.4 million but-
tons, continuing the generally downward trend which such sales have followed since 1997. It is noteworthy
that prior to the current decline there was a decrease in numbers of buttons sold during the late 1980s that
appears to have corresponded to the historical decline in the available harvest of mature plants, followed in the
early to mid-1990s by a marked increase in numbers of buttons sold when the proliferation of small regro
buttons began to be harvested to meet the needs of the NAC. Anecdotal accounts from NAC meetings during
the period of temporary increase in numbers of buttons noted the prevalence of fresh buttons as small as dira®
(TH & KT, pers. obs.). The number of buttons sold in 2011 was the lowest for any year in the last quarter o a
century. As the annual number of buttons sold has declined steadily since 1997, the price has shown a ma
increase; the price per button is roughly equal to total sales (in U.S. dollars) divided by the number of buttons
sold.
DISCUSSION
Effects of harvesting on plant survival and growth
The negative effects of harvesting on survival may be delayed. The initial harvest did not significantly reduce
survival during the first two years after the harvest (2008 to 2010; Terry et al. 2011), but its effects were higWy
significant by 2012 (73% survival to the four-year time point in 2012 among plants harvested in 2008, vers®
94% among control plants). Any delayed effects of the second (2010) harvest on survival were not yet evide»
in 2012. sub-
file effects of precipitation may also be delayed. The six months preceding the 2010 census received su
era 9 e fresh above-ground mass per harvested plant, number of crowns per plant, and average fresh mass pc
wrage fresh mass per crown, an average was calculated for all cr r _
Ptots were used to calculate the values in this graph. Vertical bars: 1 standard error.
n at each date. To calculate
stantially more rain (32.4 cm October-March precipitation) than the six months periods preceding the other
censuses (6.0 cm and 15.4 cm October-March precipitation preceding the 2008 and 2012 censuses, re-
U.S. Department of Agriculture 2012), but the average size of control plants declined in the first in-
terval and incre ased in the second (Fig. 4). However, it may be that in wetter years peyote experiences more
“^Petition from other plants that have responded rapidly to the increased soil moisture. Harvesting also sig-
m Cantl >’’ and strongly, affected plant growth rate and therefore plant size (Fig. 4). Each harvest reduced plant
tom ratCS ThC 2008 harvest reduced the average growth rate of all harvested plants (Terry et al. 2011). The
harvest of the multiple-harvest plants significantly reduced their growth rate below that of the single-
est plants (harvested only in 2008) as well as below the growth rate of the never-harvested control plants
/ & 4). While the single-harvest plants and the controls had about the same growth rate between 2010 and
-the single-harvest plants were so much smaller in 2010 (due to the 2008 harvest) that they remained
. smaller than the control plants in 2012. Meanwhile, the multiple-harvest plants continued to decline in
tween 2010 and 2012. Plant size and plant survival are usually highly correlated (Harper 1977), so we
1*^0 ^ continuing excess mortality of the multiple-harvest plants,
infec . re are P r °bably several reasons why harvesting reduces growth rate, size and survival rate. Microbial
out ft, 0 " ° f Ae ° PCn Wound crated by the act of harvesting the crown of a plant, for example, cannot be ruled
Mon mectlanism that appears to be an inevitable consequence of harvesting is that of exhaustion due to
n ged deprivation of solar energy. The crown, being the only aerial organ of the peyote plant, is the plant’s
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
only site of photosynthesis. Without photosynthesis, the plant cannot use solar energy to create and store car-
bohydrates, and nutrient, carbon, and water uptake are greatly reduced. The crown is also the part of the plant
that is always harvested for ceremonial use. When the crown is harvested— thereby becoming a button in the
peyote trade — the plant’s ability to photosynthesize is ipso facto reduced to zero. The harvested plant then uses
stored energy, nutrients, and water to regrow its above-ground biomass. If reharvesting occurs before the p
has had time to rebuild its stored reserves from photosynthesis in its regrown above-ground tissue, it w
come successively smaller at each harvest and eventually die. The reduced size and growth rate, and increase
mortality, of harvested plants strongly support the hypothesis that a two-year cycle of harvesting of this spe-
cies is too frequent for plant recovery. A sustainable frequency of harvesting would be low enough to allow a
plant to fully regrow and to fully rebuild its supply of stored resources between harvests. We hope eventua }
to be able to determine the maximum sustainable harvesting frequency. Whatever that frequency may be, our
As is true of most plant species, the removal of the apical meristem (part of the harvested crown of pep
te), in addition to stimulating regrowth, probably also de-represses axillary meristems, resulting in the forma-
tion of multiple crowns. In the absence of the continual secretion by the apical meristem of the hormone t
normally suppresses lateral branching (presumably auxin, based on Mauseth and Halperin 1975), one <*
more) of the axillary meristems in the areoles on the subterranean portion of the stem is de-repressed and
gins to form a new crown at the apex of a lateral branch which emerges from the subterranean stem and g roWS
toward the surface of the ground. This phenomenon accounts for harvested plants of this species having ®
crowns than unharvested plants (Fig. 2). It is a temporary phenomenon, however, because eventually a P la ^ s
stored resources are exhausted by too frequent harvesting, causing the number of crowns per plant to e
573
census
single-harvest
multiple-harvest plants
► average - control plants
* average - single-harvest plants
* average - multiple-harvest plants
buttons sold (millions)
574
annual numbers of buttons sold (in millions)
•••&•• total sales (in thousands of US $)
Fig. 5. Annual peyote sales by licensed distributors in South Texas from 1986 through 2011.
crease. This stage appeared to be reached at the second harvest: the number of crowns per plant increased after
the first harvest but declined after the second.
The negative impact of harvesting will be greater if portions of the subterranean stem are also removed
To avoid such damage to the harvested plants, in this study we used only best harvesting practices, viz., cutting
the crown at its base, parallel to the surface of the ground. However, commercial harvesting practices may re-
move a substantial portion of the subterranean stem along with the crown (Terry & Mauseth 2006). Such re-
moval of subterranean stem tissue reduces the number of areoles available to initiate lateral branching, reduc-
ing the number of new crowns that can be formed. In addition it removes even more resources from the plant,
reducing the amount available for regrowth.
Changes in harvest yield over time
As a result of the effects of harvesting on plant size, the yield per plant of harvested biomass decreased after
each biennial harvest, first by 44% and then by 32% (Fig. 2, solid line). If one includes mortality in these calcu-
lations, the decrease in harvest yield is even more marked: the third harvest produced only 25% of the bioma*
that the first harvest did. For example, if we had begun with 100 plants, the first harvest would have yield* 1
3125 g (i.e., 100 plants x 31.25 g/plant), the second harvest would have yielded 1547 g (100 plants x 0.895 sur-
vival rate of harvested plants 2008-2010 x 17.27 g/plant), and the third harvest would have yielded 769 g (10°
plants x 0.895 x 0.800 survival rate 2010-2012 x 10.73 g/plant), declines of about 50% per harvest. The absolute
(as opposed to relative) decline was smaller in the second two-year period, but only because it began fro® 4
Terry etal., Harvesting effects on wild populations of Lophophora in Texas
575
lower baseline. These are exactly the effects on harvest yield to be expected if harvesting is occurring too fre-
quently for plants to regrow and to rebuild their stored resources.
The fact that harvested mass was even more closely correlated with estimated volume at census 3 (Fig. 3)
than at census 2 (Fig. 3 in Terry et al. 201 1) may seem surprising in that the crowns of most adult peyote plants
do not appear to have a true hemispherical shape, but rather the shape of half of an oblate sphere. However,
many of the younger plants — and especially young regrowth crowns — do indeed have vertically extended
crowns, and all peyote plants tend to expand vertically in response to rain (MT, pers. obs.), which would tend
to balance out the more flattened shape of the adults and the flattening effect of drought, over time.
Peyote shows many of the hallmarks of a classic case of unsustainable harvesting of a wild resource. First, the
decline in total harvest combined with an increase in price/unit is characteristic of overharvested wild species
(cf. Fig. 1 in Schippman et al. 2002). A declining number of wild plants is a likely explanation for the failure of
the harvest to increase in response to the increase in unit price (because a declining population causes de-
there are still individuals to be harvested (Hilbom & Walters 1992; Thurstan et al. 2010). Second, there are
anecdotal reports of declining unit (button) size (TH, pers. obs.). Declining body size is another classic indica-
tor of overharvesting (Stergiou 2002; Berkeley et al. 2004; Genner et al. 2010). Third, there are anecdotal re-
ports of declining quality of the harvested buttons (TH, pers. obs.). Fourth, the harvesting frequency (every
other year) shown to be unsustainable by the present study is typical. Finally, our results may underestimate
impacts of harvesting, as our harvests may have been less damaging to individual plants than a commercial
harvest, due to the care taken in the harvests of this study.
As far as we are aware, this study is the first well documented case of overharvesting of a cactus species
(but see Jimenez-Sierra and Eguiarte 2010, in which browsing was also involved). It is also one of a limited
number of well documented cases of overharvesting of non-timber plant species in general. Most well docu-
mented cases of overharvesting of wild resources involve marine and freshwater animal species (Jackson et al.
2001; Allen et al. 2005; Genner et al. 2010). There are detailed reports of overharvesting of many tree species
(e g., Schwartz et al. 2002; Schulze et al. 2008). There are some detailed reports of overharvesting of herbaceous
plant species, of which ginseng ( Patiax quinquefolius) is perhaps the best documented (Nantel et al. 1996; Mc-
Graw 2001; Case et al. 2007; McGraw et al. 2010). However, many hundreds (at least) of other plant species are
threatened by overharvesting, especially plant species harvested for medicinal uses (Schippman et al. 2002),
for lumber (Oldfield et al. 1998), or for collectors (Oldfield 1997).
The regulatory panorama
At the moment there are only two major interested parties with any standing in the discussion about the fate of
P^ote in its natural habitat: (1) the Native American Church (NAC), whose right to consume peyote for reli-
cs purposes is protected by legislation such as the American Indian Religious Freedom Act (AIRFA), and (2)
the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), which is obligated by the Controlled Substances Act to regulate
^ use and distribution of peyote by and for the NAC, and to prevent the diversion of peyote to non-authorized
Persons. Neither of these parties is speaking very audibly about regulatory solutions to mitigate the deteriorat-
ln g state of the wild peyote populations. This is unfortunate, as the problem has a feasible solution, namely the
regulated cultivation of peyote by and for the NAC, which would reduce the harvesting pressure on the wild
Populations (as in, e.g., Kay et al. 2011). Furthermore, this solution is technically within reach (Chandra et al.
311(1 oulturally acceptable (TH, pers. obs.). The barrier to bringing this solution to fruition is essentially
a regulatory one. Cultivation of L. williamsii is anticipated in the American Indian Religious Freedom Act (as
tended 1994), which “. . .does not prohibit such reasonable regulation and registration by the Drug Enforce-
Administration of those persons who cultivate. . .peyote. . ..” But to date no interested party (e.g., the NAC
° orth America) has petitioned the DEA to promulgate any such “reasonable regulation” spelling out the
QClaik for SUc h registration. Pending such action, cultivation of peyote, though not illegal, lacks the needed
te ** ulator y framework to provide legal certainty and protection for NAC members who would prefer to produce
populations of peyote continue to produce steadily decreasing yields, as demonstrated in this study and in the
regulated peyote market. Under the current system— which can accurately be described as “management by
extirpation” — at some point the conservation crisis will become so critical that the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Ser-
vice will be obligated by the terms of the Endangered Species Act to evaluate the conservation status of the
species Lophophora williamsii. At that point the regulatory situation will become substantially more complex.
If a regulatory stalemate then ensues, the NAC’s options may broaden (or narrow) to include the Supreme
Court and/or Congress as sources of relief.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We are most grateful to C.W. Hellen Ranches, Ltd. - La Mota Division - Charles W. (Bill) Hellen, Managing
Partner, for providing access to his ranch and good company. We also thank the younger generations of the
Herrera and Terry families for their help with the hard labor involved in the logistics of conducting the study.
Garry Stephens kindly provided USDA Field Office climate data for Hebbronville, Texas. Essential funding for
the study was generously provided by Libbie and Jerald Mize, the Alvin A. and Roberta T. Klein Foundation,
Sul Ross State University (in the form of a Research Enhancement grant), and all the donors supporting the
scientific work of the Cactus Conservation Institute, Inc. We appreciate the helpful comments of Michael Pow-
Allen, J.D., Ft Abell, Z.E.B. Hogan, C. Revenga, B.W. Taylor, R.L. Welcomme, and K. Winemiller. 2005. Overfishing of inland waters.
Bioscience 55:1041-1051.
Anderson, E.F. 1995. The "Peyote Gardens' of South Texas: A conservation crisis? Cact. Succ J. (U.S.) 67:67-73.
Anderson, E.F. 1996. Peyote: The divine cactus. University of Arizona Press, Tucson.
Berkeley, SA., MA Hixon, R J. Larson, and M.S. Love. 2004. Fisheries sustainability via protection of age structure and spatial
distribution offish populations. Fisheries 29:23-32.
Case, M.A., K.M. Funn, J. Jancaitis, A. Alley, and A. Paxton. 2007. Declining abundance of American ginseng ( Panaxquinque-
folius) documented by herbarium specimens. Biol. Conservation 134:22-30.
Chandra, B„ L Palni, and S. Nandi. 2006. Propagation and conservation of Picrorhiza kurrooa Royle ex Benth.: an endan-
gered Himalayan medicinal herb of high commercial value. Biodivers. & Conservation 1 5:2325-2338.
Fnz Maurice, B. and W.A. Fitz Maurice. 2009. Lophophora williamsii. In: IUCN, ed. 201 2. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species
Version 201 2.1 . <www.iucnredlist.org>. Accessed: 28 June 201 2.
Genner, M J., D.W. Sims, AJ. Southward, G.C. Budd, P. Masterson, M. McHugh, P. Rendle, EJ. Southall, VJ. Wearmouth, and SJ.
Hawkins. 2010. Body size-dependent responses of a marine fish assemblage to climate change and fishing over a
century-long scale. Global Change Biol. 16:51 7-527.
Harper, J. 1977. Population biology of plants. Academic Press, London.
e, dynamics, and uncertainty. Chapman
Jackson, J.B.C., M.X. Kirby, W.H, Berger, K A Bjorndal, L.W. Botsforo, B J. Bourque, R.H. Bradbury, R. Cooke, J. Erlandson, J A Es®>
T.P. Hughes, S. Kidwell, C.B. Lange, H.S. Unihan, J.M. Pandolfi, C.H. Peterson, R.S. Steneck, M J. Tegner, and R-R. Warner- 2001-
Historical overfishing and the recent collapse of coastal ecosystems. Science 293:629-637.
JimEnez-Sierra, C. and L Egularte. 2010. Candy barrel cactus ( Echinocactus platyacanthus Link & Otto): a traditional P^
Kay, J. r A. Strader, V. Murphy, L. Nghiem-Phu, M. Calonje, and M.P. Griffith. 201 1 . Palma Corcho: a case study in botanic garde*’
conservation horticulture and economics. HortTechnol. 21:474-481.
Mauseth, J.D. and W. Halperin. 1 975. Hormonal control of organogenesis in Opuntia polyacantha. Amer. J. Bot. 62:869-877.
Terry et al„ Harvesting effects on wild populations of Lophophora in Texas
S77
McGkaw, J.B., S. Souther, and A.E, Lubbers. 201 0. Rates of harvest and compliance with regulations in nat
of American ginseng (Panax quinquefolius L.). Nat. Areas J. 30:202-210.
Nantel, P, D. Gagnon, and A. Nault. 1996. Population viability analysis of American ginseng and wild l<
stochastic environments. Conservation Biol. 10:608-621.
NatureServe. 2012. NatureServe Explorer: An online encyclopedia of life [web application]. Version 1
Arlington, Virginia. Available at http://www.natureserve.org/explorer (Accessed: July 3, 201 2.)
Outfield, S. (ed). 1997. Cactus and succulent plants— Status survey and conservation action plan. IUCN/SSC Cactus and
Succulent Specialist Group. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
OoFfiD, S., C. Lusty, and A. MacKinven. 1 998. The world list of threatened trees. World Conservation Press, Cambridge, UK.
Powell, A.M., J.F. Weedin, and S.A. Powell. 2008 . Cacti of Texas: a field guide. Texas Tech University Press, Lubbock.
Schippmann, U„ DJ. Leaman, and A.B. Cunningham. 2002. Impact of cultivation and gathering of medicinal plants on biodiver-
sity: global trends and issues. In: Departmental Working Group on Biological Diversity for Food and Agriculture, FAO
(ed). Biodiversity and the Ecosystem Approach in Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. Satellite event on the occasion
of the Ninth Regular Session of the Commission on Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture. Rome, 1 2-1 3 Octo-
ber 2002. FAO, Rome. Available at http://www.fao.org/DOCREP/005/AA010E/AA010E00.HTM
Schulze, M, J. Grogan, C. Uhle, M. Lenttni, and E. Vidal 2008. Evaluating ip# (Tabebuio, Bignoniaceae) logging in Amazonia:
sustainable management or catalyst for forest degradation? Biol. Conservation 141 :2071 -2085.
Schwaru, M.W., T.M. Caro, and T. Banda-Sakala. 2002. Assessing the sustainability of harvest of Pterocarpus angolensis in
Rukwa Region, Tanzania. Forest Ecol. Managem. 170:259-269.
Stehgiou, K.1. 2002. Overfishing, tropicalization of fish stocks, uncertainty and ecosystem management: resharpening
Ockham's razor. Fish. Res. 55:1-9.
Terry, M. 2008a. Stalking the wild Lophophora. Part 1 . Chihuahua and Coahuila. Caet. Succ. J. (US) 80:1 81 -1 86.
Terry, M. 2008b. Stalking the wild Lophophora. Part 2. Zacatecas, San Luis Potosi, Nuevo Leon, and Tamaulipas. Cact
Succ. J.(U.S.) 80:222-228.
Terry, M. 2008c. Stalking the Wild Lophophora. Part 3. San Luis Potosf (central), Quer#taro, and Mexico City. Cact. Succ.
J. (US.) 80:310-31 7.
Terry, M. and J.D. Mauseth. 2006. Root-shoot anatomy and post-harvest vegetative clonal developnr
williamsii (Cactaceae: Cacteae): implications for conservation. Sida 22:565-592.
Terry, M, K. Trout, B. Wiluams, T. Herrera, and N. Fowl£r. 201 1 . Limitations to natural production of Lophophora willi
(Cactaceae) I. Regrowth and survivorship two years post harvest in a South Texas population. J. Bot. Res. Inst
5:661-675.
Texas Department of Public Safety. Peyote sales data. Unpublished.
"f™"' R - H - s - Brockington, and C.M. Roberts. 2010. The effects of 118 years of industrial fishing on UK bottom
fisheries. Nature Commun. 1 : 15 .
Jout, K. 1999. Sacred cacti. Second Edition. Better Days Publishing, Austin.
■5. Department of Agriculture. 2012. USDA Field Office Climate Data for WETS Station at Hebbronville, Texas.
578
BOOK REVIEW
Ellen Sousa, Foreword by William Culuna. 2011. The Green Garden: A New England Guide to Planning,
Planting, and Maintaining the Eco-Friendly Habitat Garden. (ISBN-13: 978-1-59373-091-8, pbk).
Bunker Hill Publishing, 285 River Road, Piermont, New Hampshire 03779, U.S.A. (Orders: www.bun-
kerhillpublishing.com). $34.95, 224 pp., color throughout, 7" x 10".
A growing number of people are becoming more agricurious. They are interested in how things are grown,
land stewardship, animal husbandry, and soundscape ecology.
Thus, planning an eco-friendly habitat garden and landscape is like becoming a creative gourmet cook
orchestrating a perfect dinner party with tried and tested recipes. Ellen Sousa’s The Green Garden: A New Eng-
land Guide to Planning, Planting, and Maintaining the Eco-Friendly Habitat Garden is the ideal manual/reference
book to use if one wants to establish a notable green garden, particularly for those wanting to stop the deteriora-
tion of the natural world around us. Ms. Sousa presents new concepts for gardening that allow the gardener to
work with nature to develop an area’s natural ability to maintain its own health and sustainability. Her cogent
writing style is a true testimonial that she is a cognoscente of natural habitat gardening. She and her husband
live on a farm landscaped as a Certified Wildlife Habitat and Monarch Waystation. Renowned native plant au-
thor William Cullina’s Foreword in the book is a validation that Ms. Sousa is the real deal!
Even though the title suggests it is only about the New England area of the country, it is not. Remember,
the fight for establishing eco-friendly habitats is a universal challenge.
Fifty-plus contributing photographers fill this book with amazing wildlife photos and native plants. It is
not only a wonderful primer for those just learning about natural habitat gardening but also a valuable educa-
tional resource for seasoned gardeners seeking to increase their eco-friendly habitat gardening knowledge,
A quick glance at the Table of Contents denotes the principles Ms. Sousa cites are applicable from forests
to seasides, from lots to farmlands and, yes, to what Victorian gardeners called a “moon garden” of fragrant
tese are for gardeners who are only able to enjoy their garden during the evening
In addition, the book includes a guide of the best plants for the region. The plants are grouped by plant
type in alphabetical order by genera. Common names are listed after each plant genus name. A key of numer-
ous icons is included.
Thoreau wrote “the world is but a canvas for your imagination” — when are you going to begin developing
your own Eden?— Kay M. Stansbery, Ph.D., Library Volunteer, Botanical Research Institute of Texas, 1700 Univer-
sity Dr, Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, U.S.A.
J. Bot Res. Inst. Texas 6(2): 57S. 2012
A COST-EFFECTIVE METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING
MAGNETIC FUMICELS FOR HERBARIUM CABINETS
Richard Carter
Director, Herbarium (VSC), Biology Department
Valdosta State University
Valdosta, Georgia 31698-0015, U.S.A.
ABSTRACT
RESUMEN
INTRODUCTION
Substantial literature exists on the importance and efficacy of various pest repellants in herbaria and their
health risks (e.g.. Hall 1988; Strang 1999). However, methods for containing and securing repellants such as
naphthalene and paradichlorobenzene (PDB) in herbarium cabinets have received little attention. A variety of
methods are used for containment in herbaria, e.g., cloth bags with drawstrings, paper envelopes, small paper
bags, small cardboard boxes, or small compartments in cabinet doors, and some entomologists use fumicels
constructed from small cardboard boxes with wire mesh tops (Anonymous 2012). Because naphthalene and
PDB vapors are heavier than air and tend to settle at the bottom of the cabinet, the repellant is normally placed
011 t0 P uppermost folder of specimens in the uppermost pigeonhole of each column of the herbarium
^net. However, there are several annoying aspects of this widely used method. When specimens are re-
trieved from the uppermost pigeonholes, the packets of repellant fall out, often striking the individual remov-
mg the specimens, or the packets are inadvertently pushed toward the back of the pigeonhole where they slip
°w of sight. Retrieving the “lost” packets usually requires use of a ladder or step-stool, which is time-consum-
wg and potentially hazardous.
I devised, tested, and recommend placement of solid repellant in fumicels constructed from acid-free
8“Ssine envelopes suspended from the metal ceilings of herbarium cabinets by small neodymium magnets
ed to small rectangles cut from herbarium paper. This method uses archival materials, is cost effective,
a «d— except for magnets and glassine envelopes — employs materials commonly available in the herbarium.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
United States, neodymium magnets and glassine envelopes are normally sold by English units; thus,
x 8 9 UnitS are P rilT tarily employed here. Paper magnet-holders were made from 2 Vi inch x 3V4 inch [6.4 cm
Thec Cm ] P a P er rectangles cut from 0.12 caliper archival herbarium paper using a guillotine type paper cutter.
‘^terofeach rectangle was marked usinga wooden pencil, and a V4 inch x Vie inch [6.4 mm x 1.6 mm] N42
^ 1Um (NdFeB) disc magnet was affixed at the center with a small dot of water-base herbarium glue. The
^ ve was allowed to dry, and the paper magnet-holder was placed in a 2)4 inch x 3)4 inch [7 cm x 9.5 cm]
matehT’ glassirie envelope with a single opening along one 2)4 inch end and a foldable end flap. Approxi-
Og of naphthalene (three Enoz® moth-balls) was placed in the packet against the surface of the paper
Vnolder opposite the magnet. The envelope was closed, and a 1V+ inch stainless steel paper-clip was
3.75 inches
placed across one corner to secure the flap. See Figs. 1, 2 and 3. Alternatively, the loose flaps can be taped
closed, but this would most likely prevent reuse of envelopes. Glassine paper is relatively non-porous and ini'
pervious. Therefore, 1 punctured the lower surface of each gWw envelope about 20 times with a steel sewing
needle to increase its permeability to naphthalene.
Magnets.— % inch x Vis inch [6.4 mm x 1.6 mm] Grade N42 Neodymium (NdFeB) Disc Magnet, 3x nickel
plated, pull force 2.5 lbs: MAGNETman® via amazon.com®. http://www.amazon.com/shops/A2WOM254L'
CFKNF
Glassine envelopes.— Vh inch x Vh inch [7 cm x 9.5 cm] acid-free, glassine envelope with foldable end Ihp
and single opening along 2Y4 inch end: Uline®, 12575 Uline Drive, Pleasant Prairie, W1 53158, USA. h«F
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The major expense was the cost of the neodymium magnets ($0.24 each, including shipping; pack of 1°°**
$12.99, excluding shipping), the acid-free, glassine envelopes ($0.07 each, including shipping; box of lOOOfor
jft-OO, excluding shipping), and stainless steel paper-clips ($0.07 each, including shipping; box of 500 for
9.95, excluding shipping). The cost of the other, commonly used materials was negligible. Thus, I equipped
rtwrium cabinets, each with two fumicels, at a cost of less than $0.40 per fumicel. Although 1 recommend
siting the fumicels to ceilings of cabinets, they also seem to work well on cabinet doors, which might be a
consideration when the uppermost pigeonholes are packed with specimens.
j. ^ ve t0 l hcir size, neodymium magnets are very strong, and they are readily available from several on-
vendors. Marketed as permanent, they are subject to chipping if allowed to snap together. Although I used
^ 1 10g of repellant per fumicel, these small magnets are sufficiently strong to suspend at least 20g of
k Kpellant (Le., six moth-balls and the maximum capacity of the fumicel envelope) securely, and they can
^easily detached from the herbarium cabinet. In addition to being dangerous, larger, stronger neodymium
C al^ CtS 310 m ° re ex P ens * ve and would require considerable effort to detach from the metal surface of the
Caching them would most likely result in tearing both glassine envelope and paper mag-
«ver magnet £ rade and size recommended herein seem ideal for this particular application. How-
iUm ma S nets c ome in a variety of sizes and shapes, and heavier containers could easily be at-
e Wlth larger, stronger magnets.
This article should not be construed to be a recommendation by either the author or this journal
th at ^ g h n ^ hthalene ’ PDB » or other pest repellants in herbaria. Rather, its purpose is to provide information
* beneficial t0 th °se who find it necessary to use repellants or other solid materials such as desic-
3 Patt ofthe overall program for herbarium pest management.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
^ assistant Zachary J. Buning is gratefully acknowledged. The constructive criticism of Wendy B. Zorn-
5g2 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
lefer (GA), Kent D. Perkins (FLAS), and Melanie Link-Perez (AASU) improved this paper. This work was sup-
ported in part by NSF DBI-1054366 (J R- Carter, PI).
Anonymous. 2012. Australian Entomological Supplies Pty. Ltd. http://www.entosupplies.com.au (18 January 2012).
Hail, A.V. 1988. Pest control in herbaria. Taxon 37:885-907.
Stoang, TJ.K. 1999. A healthy dose of the past: a future direction in herbarium pest control? In: DA. Metsger and S.C.
Byers, eds. Managing the modern herbarium, an interdisciplinary approach. Society for the Preservation of Natural
History Collections (SPNHC). Washington, D.C. Chapter 3:59-80.
NUEVOS REGISTROS DE POACEAS PARA EL NORTE DE MEXICO
Y. Herrera Arrieta 1 , C.A. Silva Salas, L. Ruacho Gonzalez y 0. Rosales Carrillo
Instituto Politicnico Nacional, CIIDIR Unidad Durango-COFAA
Sigma 1 1 9, Fracc. 20 de Noviembre II, Durango, Dgo. 34220, MEXICO
ABSTRACT
& Columbus, is ex
Durante el desarrollo de estudios de biodiversidad (floristica y citologica), cuyo objetivo principal fue realizar
lesisde Maestrfa en el IPN CIIDIR Durango, sobresale el hallazgo de localidades no registradas con anteriori-
para dos especies de gramineas (familia Poaceae), familia reconocida por su importancia ecologica y gran
calidad alimenticia de muchas de sus especies (ejemplo cereales, forrajes, cana de azucar). Se encontro que la
•ocalidad de colectas recientes en la vegetation de cimas del cerro Huehuento, San Dimas, Durango expande el
area de distribucion conocida de Muhlenbergiafiliculmis Vasey (taxon de distribucion boreal conocido de las
nontafias del W de Estados Unidos), resultando ser este e 1 primer registro para Mexico. As! tambien, colectas
recientes en la Laguna de Salitrillo, Zacatecas expanden el area de distribucion de Distichlis eludens (Soderstr.
&H.F. Decker) H.L. Bell & Columbus, taxon escaso y endemico de suelos halofilos en terrenos inundables del
“°ne-centro de Mexico, cuya distribucion conocida se restringia a dos localidades disyuntas: Humedal de
ga, Durango y Salinas de Hidalgo, San Luis Potosi, siendo la nueva localidad un punto intermedio entre las
Baades an, ertormeme conocidal.
METODOS
esludia r°n ejemplares de los taxa incluidos, provenientes de colectas recientes, realizadas en las areas de
n^ribucion registradas en el reporte presente. La determination de la identidad de las especies se llevb a cabo
rzando claves y descripciones de diversas obras floristicas para Norteamerica (Hitchcock & Chase 1951) y
^“nas regiones de Mexico (McVaugh 1983; Herrera 1998; Herrera 2001; Herrera y Pamanes 2006; Herrera y
RESULTADOS
^identifiearon ejemplares con el nombre de Muhlenbergia filiculmis de la vegetacibn de alta montana en el W
range y de Distichlis eludens proveniente de la laguna del Saladillo, Zacatecas. Ambas localidades am-
n a distribucion conocida de estas especies.
** 3ra ^ x * co y P ara e * f stado de Durango
n r g»a filiculmis Vasey es una especie que habita en lugares templados frios de los
1 ** s - Inst Teas 6,2): 583 _ 5g$ j 01 2
bosques de
584
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
conlferas de las montanas del NW de Estados Unidos, entre los 2500 y 3300 m de altitud, con distribution
conocida en Arizona, California, Colorado, Nuevo Mexico, Utah, Washington y Wyoming (Herrera, 1998). Es
una especie perenne pero de porte pequeno, de 10 a 35 cm de alto, por lo que pudo haber pasado desapercibida
a los ojos de colectores anteriores, sumado a ello la caracteristica de que es apetecida por los herbivorosyse
encuentra generalmente ramoneada. Es una especie del complejo aparentemente monofiletico de Muhlenberg
montana (Nutt.) Hitchc., propuesto por Herrera (1998), cuya caracteristica morfologica principal es tenerla
segunda gluma 3-nervada; siendo ahora reconocido como un linaje natural (subgenero Clomena), con base a
el andlisis filogenetico del ADN (Peterson y col. 2010).
Las colectas de material botanico en la vegetation de alta montana de la Sierra Madre Occidental son es-
casas, especialmente en el municipio de San Dimas, Durango, donde lo inaccesible del terreno hace quesean
pocos los colectores que se internan en sus caminos para realizar estudios floristicos.
La localidad del ejemplar de M.filiculmis [Mexico. Durango. Municipio San Dimas: Cima del cerro Hue-
huento, 24°04’3rN, 105°44’24”W, 3262 m, M. Gonzdlez 4288A (CIIDIR)] es nueva para Mexico y se constituye
como el extremo septentrional de distribution para esta especie, a un limite altitudinal sobre los 3200 m,
misma que sale del limite sur conocido hasta ahora, cerca del paralelo 32° N en Arizona y Nuevo Mexico hasta
cerca de 24° N correspondientes a la nueva localidad en San Dimas, Dgo. Podria sospecharse la existenciade
otras localidades en que posiblemente se encuentre creciendo esta especie, sin embargo dichas localidades
debieran ser en las altas montanas de la Sierra Madre Occidental, a fin de compensar las diferencias de latitud
con altitud que permite se presenten los requerimientos climaticos del habitat de la especie.
Las localidades de alta montana en Mexico son escasas. Challenger (1998) marca 18 picos altos con vegetation
alpina o subalpina, 10 de ellos en el Eje Volcanico Central, 7 en la Sierra Madre Oriental y 1 en la Sierra Madre
Occidental (el cerro Mohinora). Sin embargo en la Sierra Madre Occidental, se encuentran otros picos que
quizes no Uegan a tener vegetacidn alpina tipica, pero que presentan elementos de vegetacion alpina por la alti-
tud que alcanzan, como es el caso de los cerros siguientes: Cerro Mohinora (3,293 m), mpio. Guadalupe y
Calvo, Chih.; Cerro Barajas (3,280 m), mpio. Guanacevi, Dgo.; Cerro Huehuento (3,233 m), mpio. San Dimas,
Dgo., donde se encontrd M. filiculmis para este registro; Cerro Gordo (3,328 m), mpio. Pueblo Nuevo, Dgo.;
Cerro de las Antenas (3,221 m), mpio. Canatlan, Dgo. Ruacho (2011), inicio muestreos y dejo marcas enlas
localidades de algunas de estas montanas (en aquellas donde la seguridad actual lo permitio), con el fin de re-
alizar monitoreo para ver cambios posteriores en la vegetacion de la Sierra Madre Occidental.
II. Nuevo registro para el Estado de Zacatecas
El gdnero Distichlis, fue propuesto por Rafinesque en 1819 (L6pez y col. 2009). Se le conoce vulgarmente como
“pasto salado” ya que habita en suelos naturalmente salitrosos o salinizados artificialmente, desde elevadas
montaiias hasta la orilla del mar, se destaca en la clasificacion sintaxonomica, debido a la relation tan estrecha
que tiene con los ambientes en los que habita (Pelliza y col. 2005). Generalmente, estas plantas permanecenen
estado verde durante el periodo de sequia, al tiempo que el resto de los pastos forrajeros en el sitio no estan
disponibles, por esta razon el ganado lo consume (Estrada-Hemandez y col. 2005).
Un nivel elevado de salinidad en el suelo aumenta el punto de marchitamiento de las plantas como conse-
cuencia del incremento de la presion osmotica y de los efectos toxicos de las sales (Proyecto SoCo 2009). U
salinidad puede llegar a ser un factor importante en la reproduction de las especies de Distichlis, lo que hace
que su estudio sea de singular importancia (Proyecto SoCo 2009).
Distichlis esta formado por un pequeno grupo de plantas herbaceas, dioicas, perennes y rizomatosas, con
espiguillas multifloras y hojas conspicuamente disticas, pertenecen a la familia Poaceae, subfamilia Chloridoi-
deae, tribu Cynodonteae y subtribu Monanthochloineae (Lopez y col. 2009). La taxonomia de este grupo, fue
definida recientemente por Bell y Columbus (2008) con base en caracteres de la topologia nuclear y del cloro-
plasto, adicionales a los caracteres morfolbgicos y anatomicos del grupo. Concluyendo que los generos MoruW-
thochloc y Rcederochloa estan anidados dentro de un Distichlis parafiletico, conformado por unas siete especi*
distribuidas en sitios salinos del Hemisferio Occidental y Australia (Bell y Columbus 2008, Barkworth y BeU
2011), cinco de esas especies se encuentran en Mexico.
Distichlis eludens (Soderstr. & H.F. Decker) H.L. Bell & Columbus (antes Reederochloa eludens Soderstr.
& H.F. Decker) (Fig. 1) es una planta perenne, dioica, estolonifera que se-desarrolla en zonas de alta concen-
tration de sales en pastizales halofilos o en claros de matorral xerofilo y requiere de altos niveles de agua para
su crecimiento. Se encuentra en cualquier epoca del ano aunque este marchita y es por ello que el ganado la
consume. Es una planta que en ocasiones es dificil de encontrar por el tamaiio tan pequeno que presenta y por
elgrado de ramoneo que el ganado ejerce sobre ella, asi tambien en otras ocasiones, se puede Uegar a observar
facilmente ya que la densidad de individuos que forman una colonia puede ser hasta de 10 m continuos. La
especie se consideraba endemica de las dos localidades disyuntas, en los Estados de Durango y San Luis Potosi,
d ejemplar recientemente colectado [Mexico. Zacatecas: orilla SE de la Laguna el Saladillo, 22°38’38.7 , 'N,
102°02'24.9"W, Silva, Carrillo y Herrera 29 (CIID1R)], amplia el area de distribution conocida para este taxbn
alEstado de Zacatecas, region intermedia a las de distribution conocida.
El estudio citologico en poblaciones de D. eludens realizado por Silva (2011), proportion un ideograma
del cariotipo de esta especie, confirma el numero cromosomico (x=9) y la aneuploidla (2n=4x+2=38) reporta-
dos anteriormente, con resultados novedosos adicionales que se reportaran en un artlculo en proceso.
CONCLUSION
U revi si6n y colecta de material botanico con fines de estudios de biodiversidad floristica, citologica, ecologica
0 de otra indole, siguen aportando information novedosa y relevante para el conocimiento de nuestra flora
®exicana. Se dan a conocer a la comunidad botanica localidades nuevas de dos importantes gramlneas que se
rep °rtan por primera vez: Muhlenbergiafiliculmis nuevo registro para Mexico y Distichlis eludens nuevo registro
P® 3 el Estado de Zacatecas.
AGRADEC1MIENTOS
%adecemos a la Secretaria de Investigation y Posgrado del 1PN por el financiamiento recibido en los proyec-
^ S ' ^E-20110017 “Citologia de Gramineas y Ciperaceas de importancia economica del n-c de Mexico y
S1P2 °1 10681 “Fitodiversidad y Ecosistemas de la Sierra Madre Occidental”. Asi tambien agradecemos al
CONACyT por las becas de estudios de posgrado a la 2 a (VU: 331664) y 4° coautores. Por ultimo agradecemos
a J J. Ortiz y un revisor anonimo por las observations y sugerencias al manuscrito del presente reporte.
586
Barkworth, M.E. and H.L. Bell. 201 1 . 1 7.04 Distichlis Raf. http://herbarium.usu.edu/treatments/Distichlis-1
Bell, H.L. and J.T. Columbus. 2008. Proposal for an expanded Distichlis (Poaceae: Chloridoideae): support
morphological, and anatomical characters. Syst. Bot. 33:536-551.
Challenger, A. 1998. Utilizacton y Conservacton de los Ecosistemas Terrestres de Mexico, pasado, presente y futuro.
CONABIO (Comiston Nacional para el Conocimiento y Uso de la Biodiversidad)-UNAM Universidad Autonoma de
M6xico)-Agrupaci6n Sierra Madre, S.C., Mexico.
Estrada-HernAndez, A., E. Troyo-Dieguez., J.L GarcIa-HernAndez, H. HernAndez-Contreras, B. Murillo-Amador, y R. LOpez-Aguiuul
2005. Potencial forrajero del pasto salado Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene en ecosistemas costeros de Baja California Sur,
Mexico porel m&odo de"componentes principales.'Tec. Pecuaria Mexico 43(1):1 3—25.
Herrera A., Y. 1 998. A reviston of the Muhlenbergia montana (Nutt.) Hitchc. complex (Poaceae: Chloridoideae). Brittonia
50:23-50.
Herrera A., Y. 2001 . Las Gramfneas de Durango. Institute Politecnico Nacional (IPN)-CONABIO, Mexico.
Herrera A., Y y D.S. PSmanes G. 2006. Guia de pastes para el ganadero del Estado de Durango. IPN-COCyTED-Fundac6n
Produce, Durango, A.C.
Hitchcock, A.S. y A. Chase. 1951. Manual of the grasses of the United States. 2nd ed. USDA Misc. Publ. 200.
Herrera A., Y„ P.M. Peterson, y A. Cort£s 0. 201 0. Gramfneas de Zacatecas, Mexico. Sida, Bot. Misc. 32:1 -239.
Lopez S., Ma.M., S.D. Koch, M. Flores-Cruz y E.M. Engleman. 2009. Anatomfa comparada de la lamina foliar del genera Disti-
chlis (Poaceae). Acta Bot. Mexicana 89:1-23.
McVaugh, R. 1983. Gramineae. In: Anderson, W.R., ed. Flora Novo-Galiciana Vol 14. University of Michigan Press, Ann
Peluza, A., L. Borrelu y G. Bonvasuto. 2005. El pasto Salado ( Distichlis spp.) en la Patagonia: una forrajera adaptada a la
aridezy a la salinidad. Facultad de Ciencias Agropecuarias. Rev. Ci. Agropecuaria 9(2):1 19-131.
Peterson, P.M., K. Romaschenko, and G. Johnson. 2010. A phytogeny and classification of the Muhlenbergiinae (Poaceae:
Chloridoideae: Cynodonteae) based on plastid and nuclear DNA sequences. Amer. J . Bot. 97:1532-1554.
Proyecto SoCo. 2009. Agricultura sostenible y conservation de los suelos, procesos de degradation del suelo. Ficha
informativa n°4: Salinidad y Sodificacton.
Ruacho G., L 201 1. El elemento alpino en la vegetation de cimas de la Sierra Madre Occidental. Tesis de Maestrfa, IPN
CIIDIR Dgo., Mexico.
&lva S., C.A. 201 1 . Citologfa de especies de gramfneas en el norte-centro de Mexico. Tesis de Maestrfa, IPN CIIDIR Dgo,
distribucion actual y potencial
DE TAXUS GLOBOSA (TAXACEAE) EN MEXICO
Mario A. Garda-Aranda, Cesar Cantu-Ayala, Eduardo Estrada-Castillon,
Marisela Pando-Moreno y Antonio Moreno-Talamantes
Facultadde Ciencias Forestales
Universidad Autdnoma de Nuevo Ledn
Km 145 Carr. Nacional, Apartado Postal 41
C.P. 67700, Unares, N. L, MEXICO
RESUMEN
Clave Taxus globosa, Modelacion, Habitat, MaxEnt
ABSTRACT
NOM-059-SEM ARNAT-20 1 0 , a modeling distribution procedure of maximum entropy or MaxEnt, based on 40 occurrences of field records
REM1B-CONABIO records. Two different scenarios of geographical and environmental coverages— climatic and topographic— were
Proved statistically. The BIOCL1M variables scenario with topography data show a more accurate model in the range of 0.9 to 1.0 probability
roth a 53% coincidence; it was statistically significant at (AUC=0.985). Slope variable indicates an environmental variable with more influ-
““ in potential modeling, followed by Biol4 (Precipitation of Driest Month). In agreement with the MaxEnt analysis with 19B10CLIM and
3 topographic variables, the main plant communities in the modeling area (where Taxus globosa is distributed in Mexico) are pine-oak for-
^osk-pine forest, pine forest, and cloud mesic forest. Taxus globosa is potentially distributed in Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, Puebla, Tamaulipas,
aodVm
k prediction de la distribution potencial de especies raras o en riesgo de extintion es relevante para llevar a
un se guimiento y conservation, ya que proporciona un punto de partida en practicas de recuperacion de
suscondiciones ambientales o del establecimiento de areas de repoblacion artificial (Leal 2009). Taxus globosa
« una conifera incluida en la NOM-059-SEMARNAT-20I0 en la categorla de sujeta a protection especial
(SEMARNAT 2010). La information de registros de especies raras como Taxus globosa, en bases de datos o
Publicaciones, es escasa, aun lo es mas sobre las areas de distribucion local o regional (Zamudio 1992; Garcia y
^Uo 2000; Contreras y Luna 2001; Zavala 2002; Zavala et al. 2001; Bonilla y Canchola 2008). Existen diver-
** metodos para el modelado de las areas de distribucion potencial (Phillips et al. 2006; Ward 2007; Phillips y
Dud* 2008; Hernandez et al. 2008; Garcia 2008), algunos de los cuales se han aplicado en estudios en plantas
en categoria de riesgo de extintion o de distribucion restringida (Engler et al. 2004), ademas de un estudio
sobre el modelado del nicho de Taxus globosa con analisis de los efectos del cambio en uso de la tierra y
conservation en Mtirico (Contreras etal. 2010).
H proposito del estudio fue modelar el area de distribucion potencial de Taxus globosa y conocer la m-
de enables bioclimaticas y topograficas en la precision del modelado a traves de una comparacion.
i el objetiv
aportar information para planes c
MATERIALES Y MfiTODOS
Se visitaron 40 sitios donde crece Taxus globosa en recorridos de campo ei
Nuevo Leon y Tamaulipas, en el noreste de Mexico, en estos sitios se tom:
cuales fueron incorporadas a una base de datos.
En estos sitios se colectaron ejemplares botanicos Estrada et al, con numeros de colecta 11804, 15993,
16129, 16299, 16373, 16383, 16507, 16545, 16820, 16828, 19155, 19436, 2000 los cuales fueron depositadosen
el herbario CFNL. Una serie de 39 registros (coordenadas geograficas) de Taxus globosa se obtuvieron de la
consulta a la base de datos de la Red Mundial de Information sobre Biodiversidad REMIB, CONABIO, http#
www.conabio.gob.mx/remib/doctos/remib_esp.html. Los 40 registros de campo se sumaron a los 39 registros
de REMIB integrando una base de 79 registros totales utilizados en la modelacion de la distribution potenciaL
Posteriormente del uso de esta base de datos, se utilizaron 42 registros de colecta adicionales obtenidos de visi-
tas de campo posteriores con el propbsito de realizar pruebas de validation de los modelos por porcentaje de
Del sitio web de WorldClim (Hijmans et al. 2005; http://www.worldclim.org/bioclim) se obtuvieron cu-
biertas geograficas de variables ambientales de 1960-1990 en formato raster de un km 2 de resolution. La base
de datos BIOCL1M utilizada en el modelado de distribution consta de 19 cubiertas (Cuadro 1), la cual fue
combinada en una segunda modelacion con un grupo de tres variables topograficas altitud, exposition y pen-
diente (Cuadro 1) que fueron calculadas a partir de la cubierta ‘altitude’ de WorldClim (Hijmans et al. 2005;
http://www.worldclim.org/bioclim), todas estas fueron recortadas en ArcGIS version 9.2 a los limites de
118°20'3.42 n a 86°25'3.42" Oeste y 34° 01'0.08" a 12° 5530.76" Norte, correspondiente al territorio de Mexico;
las capas se transformaron en ArcGIS version 9.2 a formato ASCII Grid.
Se utilizb el modelado Maximum Entropy Distribution o MaxEnt, el cual es el mejor metodo (Kumar y
Stohlgren 2009), es de los que procesan bases de datos con pocos registros (Hernandez et al. 2006; Pearson et
al. 2007). Es un mtiodo basado en un protocolo que estima la probabilidad de ocurrencia de las especies basa-
do en requerimientos ambientales que genera una estimation de probabilidad de presencia de la especie am
valores de 0 y 1, donde 0 se considera como la minima y 1 para la maxima probabilidad (Phillips et al. 2006),
para realizar el analisis solo se requiere de datos de presencia de la especie (no ausencia) y cubiertas geograficas
de variables ambientales de las areas de analisis (continuas o categoricas). El software MaxEnt versibn 3.3.2 es
de uso libre y esti disponible enhttp://www.cs.princeton.edu/~schapire/maxent/.
La base de datos compilada de 79 registros de Taxus globosa y los cuatro grupos de variables ambientales
fueron utilizadas para la modelacion de un escenario climatico actual (periodo de 1950 a 2000). El programs
generb intigenes logisticas acumulativas y analizo a un maximo de 500 aproximaciones sucesivas (iteraciones).
Los dos modelos generados se sometieron a las pruebas curva de respuesta (analisis de omision/comision
y sensitividad ROC AUC=Area Under Curve) y una prueba Jackknife para medir el efecto de cada variable u0-
lizada en la generacibn de los modelos. Para realizar esto se dividio la base de datos de 79 registros en un
subgrupo de 40 registros para el modelado de habitat potential y otro de 39 para pruebas estadisticas de vaK-
Con una base de 42 registros adicionales de Taxus globosa, a traves del modulo Point Analyst 10 pan
Arcview, se registrb el valor de los dos modelos de distribution potential generados en formato raster los cualti
presentan valores de probabilidad de habitat de 0.1 a 1.0, de manera que solo se contabilizaron los registroscon
valores entre 0.8 y 1 .0 para expresarlos en porcentaje de ocurrencias >80 % de probabilidad de tener un habitat
potential para Taxus globosa.
Se realizb un analisis de distributibn de la superficie actual y potential (entre los pixeles de 0.8 a 1.0 pR>*
babilidad) generado en el mejor modelo de acuerdo al uso actual de la tierra y vegetation (INEGI 2005). A*
mismo, se determino su area de distributibn actual y potential en Mexico.
Garcia et al.. Distribution de Taxus globosa en Mexico
0*«»1.Ustadodelasvariablesambientales BIOCLIM 2 y topografi
589
RESULTADOS Y DISCUSlON
de distribution potencial para Taxus globosa en Mexico se muestra en la Figura 1 el cual considera
^ 19 cubiertas geograficas BIOCLIM sin la de topografia. Este mapa tiene un alto nivel de prediccion. El
del area bajo la curva ROC (AUC = 0.987) (Cuadro 2). En contraste el mapa del modelo de habitat poten-
Pwa T. globosa considerando las 19 cubiertas geograficas BIOCLIM y las tres cubiertas geograficas de topo-
2 X genero una tasa de exito mayor en su prediccion con un valor de area bajo la curva ROC (AUC -
M , ) (Cuadr ° 2), estos valores son menores al obtenido por el modelo (AUC = 0.997) generado por Contreras
tt *l (2010).
ilidacion de MaxEnt (Cuadro 2), los dos modelos generados tuv
Rirv-T Vaiiables 9 ue tuvieron mayor ponderacion en la generacion de los modelos, fueron: para el modelo
tem Peratura maxima del mes mas calido (Bio05) 39.4%, isotermalidad [P2A>7] [*100] (Bio03)
’ Pecipitacion del mes mas seco (Biol4) 15.3% y temperatura minima del mes mas frio (Bio06) 10.3%;
590
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
las de mayor probabilldad.
para el modelo BiOCLIM con topografla: Pendiente (Topo03) 39.8%, precipitacion del mes mis seco (Biol4)
25.5%, elevacibn (TopoOl) 14.0% y temperatura minima del mes mas frio (Bio06) 7,5%, muestra que la pen*
diente del terreno tiene relevancia en uno de los dos modelados, seguida de la precipitacion en el mes mas seco
y elevacibn. Esto significa que el segundo modelo produjo areas mas especificas que discriminan zonas p®
topografla (Fig. 3, Cuadro 1),
Los patrones de distribucion biogeografica estan cambiando en respuesta a recientes alteraciones del cfr
ma, como lo establece un indice que mide la velocidad de cambio de la temperatura (km afio) y la velocidad
cambio varia en los ecosistemas (Loarie et aL 2009). En relacibn a la influencia de la topografla, dicho tadis
establece que el efecto topografko, influye de manera importante en la velocidad de cambio de la temper®" 1 *’
siendo menor (0.11 km ano) en el ecosistema con bosques de coniferas tropicales y subtropicales, dondest
distribuyen las comunidades vegetales con presencia de Taxus globosa. Ademas, el tiempo de residencia Ok®"
po que permanece un ecosistema en una regibn) de este es mayor (63.6 anos) respecto a otros ecosistemas
analizados (Loraie et al. 2009).
La Figura 4 muestra la distribucion de los registros usados en el modelado de habitat potencial con la '^
liable Topo03 (pendiente), donde se observa que los datos se concentran entre los 89.99 y los 90.00 grades
pendiente, lo cual indica que la especie prefiere crecer en los canones. En la Figura 5 se muestra la distribuc*®
de los registros en la variable Biol4 (precipitacion del mes mas seco), los datos se concentran entre 8.0 y 32®*®
de precipitacibn (mes mSs seco del ano), lo que indica zonas con periodos de sequla. La Figura 6, muesttf
distribucibn de los registros para la variable Topo02 (elevacibn), en la que se observa una preferencia por
aones etitre 1,200 y 3,000 m, ubicando la condition del habitat en zonas elevadas. En la Figura 7, se muestra la
nbucidn de los registros en la variable Bio06 (temperatura minima del mes mds frlo), los datos se ubican
entre 24 y 33 °C, lo que denota una preferencia por sitios templados,
En el analisis de distribucion por deciles de probabilidad (entre 0.1 y 1.0) de presencia de distribution
P^ial de Toxus globosa en Mexico para lo dos modelos, se observo que los uitimos dos deciles (0.8-0.9 y
1 °) re P re sentan las areas donde sc advierte mayor probabilidad de encontrar a la especie y coincide con la
20113 nticleo del area potential de distribucion de la especie (Figs. 1 y 2).
Earaelpcnultimodecilde probabilidad (0.8-0.9) la superficie calculada para la distribution potencial fue
en el modelo BlOCLIM con 9,299.38 km 2 que representa un 0.47% del territorio de Mexico, mientras
qUCenel mod elo Biocilm+Topografia genero una superficie de 8,581 km 2 que representan el 0.43% del territo-
Porelc.
**** nna suj
^CLIM+Topografia genero una superficie de 1,804 km 2 (0.09% del territorio mexicano). Es probable que la
cam CnCia Cn tendencia Sca resultado del efecto de la pendiente y elevaciOn ya que los registros tornados en
Po estan ubicados en zonas de elevation mayores a 1,200-3,800 m y con pendiente pronunciada (Fig. 4).
1 grupo de 42 registros adicionales de Taxus globosa se realizO una prueba de validation de
s generados, contabilizando los registros que coinridieran geograficamente con las zonas de los
e marcaron valores de probabilidad entre los deciles 0.8-0.9 y 0.9-1.0, estos se expresaron en valo-
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
ft. s. Mapa de la distnbucidn de 79 registros de Taxus globosa en reladdn con la variable ambiental Bio14 (precipitation promedio del mes mis seco).
res porcentuales de coincidencia con los modelos. Para el modelo BIOCLIM se obtuvo una precision general de
52% en el deed 0.8-0.9 y 2% en el deed 0.9-1 .0) mientras que para el modelo BIOCLIM+Topografia se
obtuvo una precision de 55% (36% en el decil 0.8-0.9 y 19% en el deed 0.9-1.0), Considerando el total de valo-
probabilidad de los pixeles, el modelo BIOCLIM tiene mayor precision con 83%, mientras que si consi-
^ ran,os Flores del decil de mayor probabilidad de ocurrencia de habitat potencial para Taxus globosa, el mo-
*° B I0CLIM+ Topografia tiene la mayor precision con 55% (Cuadro 4).
U P meba muestra que el modelo de BIOCLIM+Topografia tiene una mayor eficiencia en el Ultimo percen-
" de ma r or probabilidad de ubicar Taxus globosa de 0.9-1.0, mientras que el modelo BIOCLIM es mA s preciso
* wpercentil de menor probabilidad de ubicacion de Taxus globosa 0.8-0.9 (Fig. 8), en contraparte Contreras
C,a ' ^ 01 °) obtuvieron un 94 5% de eficacia en la prediction para su modelo; esta diferencia se establece ya que
^subdividio el modelo en deciles y fue considerada la totalidad de la superficie del modelo, la eficiencia de
“todelos considerando las coincidencias de los registros de la prueba de eficiencia son del 90% para el mo-
un ° y 81 % p ara m0{ j e l 0 2 ( a partir de una probabilidad del 0.6 al 1.0.
t ^ fealizo un analisis de la superficie del habitat potencial (0.8-1.0) para T. globosa, de acuerdo al uso de la
y Ve g e taci6n (INEGI 2005), al cruzarla information se analizO la distribution de los 10,385 km 2 en rela-
° n a 'os tipos de vegetation y uso actual de la tierra. De este analisis se obtuvo que la comunidad con mas
P^dicie del area de distribution potencial es el bosque de pino-encino con 2,230 km 2 , (21.48%), el bosque de
"O-Pino eon 1,638.5 km 2 (15.78%), el bosque de pino con 1,244.75 km 2 (11.99%). Existe un Area abierta a la
594
agriculture de temporal de 1,031.53 km 2 (9,93%), el bosque mesofilo de montana con 1,027.12 km 2 (9.89%), d
bosque de encino con 10,016 km 2 (9.78%), ver Cuadro 5.
En un analisis de distribucion posterior de la superficie generada de habitat potencial (0.8-1.0) para I
globosa de acuerdo al modelo BIOCLIM+Topografia, los estados con mayor superficie potencial son: Hidalgo,
Nuevo Leon, Veracruz, Puebla y Tamaulipas. En el percentil de mayor probabilidad (0.9-1.0) los estados de
Veracruz (474,5 km 2 ), Puebla (401.3 km 2 ), Hidalgo (329.9 km 2 ) y Nuevo Leon (310.1 km 2 ) son los que tienen
mayor superficie. En el percentil medio (0.8-0.9) los estados de Hidalgo (1,935.95 km 2 ), Nuevo LeOn (1,775
km 2 ), Veracruz (1,342 km 2 ), Puebla (1,258 km 2 ) y Tamaulipas (1,173 km 2 ) son los que tienen mas superficie
(Cuadro 6).
Los modelos desarrollados en MaxEnt para obtener distribucion potencial para Taxus globosa en Mexico, advi-
erten un area muy reducida, con una superficie entre los 9,650 km 2 (BIOCLIM) y los 10,385 km
(BIOCLIM+Topografia) que representan entre el 0.49% al 0.52% del territorio nacional.
El modelo BIOCLIM (19 variables climaticas) resulta tener el mejor porcentaje de precision global enel
percentil de probabilidad (0.8-0.9) de presencia de habitat potencial para Taxus globosa en Mexico.
Para el percentil de mayor probabilidad de presencia de la especie (0.9-1 .0), el modelo BIOCLIM+Topogr 3 " 2
resulto ser mas preciso con el 55% en la prueba de validacion. La variable de pendiente es de mayor influence
en el modelado de habitat potencial, seguida por Biol4 (precipitation del mes mas seco).
II /IIIIIIIII! I
Garcia et al.. Distribution deTaxus globosa en Mexico
595
1,843,243.20
56,857.47
23.614.17
13.427.17
10,439.67
8,558.69
8,093.88
1,828,028.46
62,255.25
27,856.23
16,507.72
It, 496.47
9,701.42
La ubicacion del habitat potencial de Taxus globosa en zonas de montana correspondientes al bosque de
atferas " ’ • 1 im bio de temperatura por efecto global, asf como una
[iempo de residencia de este habitat
L °S tipos de vegetation que
el habitat potencial de los ultimos dos percentiles de probabilidad
de encino-pino, bosque de pino y bosque mesofilo de montafla,
Garda etal., Distribution de Taxus globosa en Mexico
597
Gmm» 5. Distribution de la superfide generada de habitat potential para Taxus globosa (0.8-1 .0) con base en ei mapa uso del suelo y vegetation (INEGI, 2005).
Gmdro6. Superficies (km 2 ) de habitat potential para Taxus globosa (km 2 ) de los principles estados en Mexico en los percentiles 0.8-0.9 y 0.9-1 .0 de probabilidad
scgun el modelado BIOCLIM+Topografia.
odstiendo para el 2005 una area abierta a la agricultura de 1,027 km 2 que representa casi un 10% de este habi-
tat potencial en Mexico.
De acuerdo al analisis MaxEnt utilizando las 19 cubiertas geograficas BIOCLIM y tres topograficas, los
estados de Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, Veracruz, Puebla y Tamaulipas poseen mayor superficie donde se puede dis-
tnbuir Taxus globosa en Mexico.
REFERENCIAS
Bomua ' L -L y P.B. Canchola G. 2008. Fitogeografia de Taxus globosa en la regitin centro-oriente de Mtixico.Tesis licencia-
tura - Divisitin de Ciencias Forestales, Universidad Autonoma Chapingo.Texcoco, Edo. Mexico.
CoNm£RAS < M.R. e |. Luna. 2001 . Presencia de Taxus globosa Schltdl. (Taxaceae) en el estado de Chiapas, Mexico. PolibofcS-
nka 1251-55.
M.R., |. Luna y CA Rios. 2010. Distribution de Taxus globosa (Taxaceae) en Mexico: Modelos ecolbgicos de
nkho, efectos del cambio del uso de suelo y conservation. Revista Chilena Hist. Nat. 83:421-433.
kLoNG, E.R., D.M. DeLong y D.L. Clarke. 1988. Comparing the areas under two or more correlated receiver operating
characteristic curves: a nonparametric approach. Biometrics 44:837-845.
***' R- A. Guisan y L. Rechsteiner. 2004. An improved approach for predicting the distribution of rare and endangered
species from occurrence and pseudo-absence data. J. Appl. Ecol. 41 :236-274.
M R - 2008. Modelos predictivos de riqueza de diversidad vegetal, comparacion y optimization de mbtodos de
Modelado ecologico. Ph. D.Tesis. Facultad de ciencias biologicas, Departamento de Biologia Vegetal, Universidad
Complutense de Madrid. Espana.
598
Garcia, S.F. v P.L Castillo. 2000. Aspectos ecolbgicos de Taxus globosa Schltdl. en las Mesas de San Isidro, Municipiode
Rioverde, San Luis Potosi. BIOTAM 1 1(3):1 1-18.
Hernandez, PA, C.H. Graham, LL.Master y D.L Albert. 2008. The effect of sample size and species characteristics on perfor-
mance of different species distribution modeling methods. Ecography 29:773-785.
Humans, RJ., S.E. Cameron, J.L. Parra, P.G. Jones y A. Jarvis. 2005. Very high resolution interpolated climate surfaces for
global landa areas. Int. J. Climatol. 25:1 965-1 978.
Instttuto Nacional de EstadIstica, GeografIa e InformAtica. 2005. Mapa uso del suelo y vegetacibn, Mexico [CD-ROM].
Kumar, S. y TJ. Stohlgren. 2009. MaxEnt modelling for predicting suitable habitat for threatened and endangered tree
Canacomyrica monticola in New Caledonia. J. Ecol. Nat. Environm. 1 (4):094-098.
Leal, N.0. 2009. Aspectos y patrones de distribucibn de Pinus martinezii Larsen en la cuenca del lago de Cuitzeo, Mexico:
Un modelo de distribucibn potencial aplicado a la conservacibn.Tesis Posgrado en Geografi'a, UNAM. Mexico, D.F.
Loraie, R.S., B.D. Phiup, H. Hamilton, G.P. Asner, C.B. Field y D.D. Ackerly 2009. The velocity of climate change. Nature
462:1052-1057.
Pearson, R.G., CJ. Nakamura, y A.T. Peterson. 2007. Predicting species distributions from small numbers of occurrence
records: a test case using cryptic geckos in Madagascar. J. Biogeogr. 34:102-1 17.
Phillips, SJ., R.P. Anderson y R.E. Schapire. 2006. Maximum entropy modeling of species geogra;
Model. 190:231-259.
Phillips, SJ. y M. DudIk. 2008. Modeling of species distributions with MaxEnt: new extensions and a comprehensive evalu-
ation. Ecography 31:161-175.
Semarnat [Secretary del Medio Ambiente y Recursos Naturales]. 2010. Norma oficial mexicana NOM-059-SEMARNAT-2010que
determina las especies nativas de Mexico de flora y fauna silvestres-categorias de riesgo y especificaciones para su
inclusibn, exclusion o cambio-lista de especies en riesgo. Diario oficial de la federacion, 2 a seccibn, 30 de Diciembre
de 2010.
Ward, D.F. 2007. Modelling the potencial geographic distribution of invasive ant species in New Zeland. Biol. Invasions
9:723-735.
Zamudio, S. 1992. Familia Taxaceae. En: Flora del Bajfo y de regiones adyacentes. Institute de Ecologia. PStzcuaro, Mi-
choacan, Mbxico. Fascfculo 9.
Zavala, C.F. 2002. Anblisis demogrbfico preliminar de Taxus globosa Schltdl. en el Parque Nacional El Chico, Hidalgo,
Mbxico. I: Poblacibn de adultos y algunas caracteristicas del hbbitat. Ciencia 8(2):169-1 74.
Zavala, C.F., M. Soto H. yT. Rodriguez G. 2001. El romerillo (Taxus globosa Schlecht.): biologfa, dificultades y perspectivas
de su uso. Revista Chapingo, Ser. Hort. 7:77-94.
DISTRIBUTION AND MORPHOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF
ARCEUTHOBIUM HONDURENSE AND A. NIGRUM (VISCACEAE) IN MEXICO
Robert L. Mathiasen
School of Forestry
Northern Arizona University
Flagstaff, Arizona 86011 U.S.A.
Robert.Mathiasen@nau.edu
Shawn C. Kenaley
Department of Plant Pathology
and Plant-Microbe Biology
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853 U.S.A.
sck26@cornell.edu
Brian P. Reif
School of Forestry
Northern Arizona University
Flagstaff, Arizona 860 1 1 U.S.A.
Brian.Reif@nau.edu
ABSTRACT
RESUMEN
Tfe genus Arceuthobium (Santalales: Viscaceae) consists of 42 species (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996) that are
aenal parasites of Pinaceae or Cupressaceae. Many of the species, commonly known as dwarf mistletoes, are
cognized as serious forest pathogens (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996; Mathiasen et al. 2008). Morphological
characters consistent throughout the genus include small flowers produced on male and female plants, leaves
reduced to squamate scales, and morphologically similar bi-colored fruits (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996). The
8enus ^ long been considered a taxonomically difficult group because of the extreme morphological reduc-
’'° n dialed with the parasitic habit and the morphological similarities between species (Hawksworth &
lens 1996 )- Factors that complicate classification and identification include a large amount of variation in
morphology and geographic distributions as well as flowering periods that occasionally overlap. Two species
' 1 exem Phfy the problems associated with field identification of morphologically similar dwarf mistletoes
^ in southern and central Mexico: Arceuthobium hondurense Hawksw. & Wiens (Honduran dwarf mistle-
106 3ndA - "igrum Hawksw. & Wiens (black dwarf mistletoe).
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Arceuihobium hondurense was originally described from central Honduras (Hawksworth & Wiens 1970)
and thought to be extremely rare, even on the verge of extinction due to rapid and extensive harvesting of its
pine hosts (Hawksworth & Wiens 1972). However, Honduran dwarf mistletoe was later found to occur from
northern Nicaragua, through much of Honduras into Chiapas, Mexico and as far north as central Oaxaca (Ma-
thiasen et al. 2001; Mathiasen et al. 2002a; Mathiasen et al. 2003; Mathiasen et al. 2006; Mathiasen & Melgar
Wiens 1977; Mathiasen et al. 2003). Another dwarf mistletoe, originally described as A. hawfesworthii Wiens
and C.G. Shaw (Hawksworth’s dwarf mistletoe), was recombined as a subspecies of A. hondurense (Mathiasen
2007). Therefore, A. hondurense presently consists of two subspecies: A. hondurense subsp. hondurense which
occurs from Nicaragua north to Oaxaca, Mexico (Mathiasen et al. 2010) and A. hondurense subsp. hawksworthu
(Wiens & C.G. Shaw) Mathiasen which is primarily distributed in the Mountain Pine Ridge area of Belize
(Mathiasen 2007), but also has been reported from central Honduras (Mathiasen et al. 2002b).
Because plants of Arceuthobium hondurense subsp. hondurense (hereafter referred to as A. hondurense) art
similar in size and color to those of A. nigrum, determining the geographic distribution of these species in
southern Mexico has been difficult (Hawksworth & Wiens 1989, 1996; Mathiasen et al. 2001, 2002a, 2003,
2010). Although A. nigrum was thought to be distributed from northern Durango, Mexico into southern Mexi-
co (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996), it is now thought to be distributed only as far south as central Mexico (Ma-
thiasen et al. 2010). Further, both A. hondurense and A. nigrum produce red flowers that bloom in the fall. We
have collected additional morphological data for A. hondurense and A. nigrum since 1998. Here we report our
findings and discuss the distribution of these dwarf mistletoes in Mexico based on our field observations and
morphological measurements. Because prior studies (Mathiasen et al. 2003; Nickrent et al. 2004) have success-
fully used ribosomal DNA (rDNA) sequence information to discriminate between A. hondurense and A ni-
grum, we conducted additional analyses of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region for several populations
of both species, particularly populations in central Mexico where these species may be sympatric (Nickrent et
al. 2004). In addition, because A. vaginatum (Willd.) Presl subsp. vaginatum (Mexican dwarf mistletoe) is also
morphologically similar to A. hondurense as well as A. nigrum, and often confused with them, we have provided
information on how to distinguish these species from A. vaginatum. The primary objective of this study, how-
ever, was to provide additional data on how to discriminate A. hondurense from A. nigrum — and vice versa-
and in so doing, better determine their geographic and host ranges. Morphological data and ITS sequences for
A. vaginatum were taken from Hawksworth and Wiens (1996) and obtained from GenBank, respectively.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Morphology and Phenology
To compare morphological characters we sampled 16 populations of Arceuthobium hondurense (two fro®
Oaxaca, Mexico, one from Nicaragua, and 13 from previous work by Mathiasen (2007)) and 14 populations
A. nigrum from throughout its geographic range (Fig. 1). Plants were measured from the type locality for both
mistletoe species (Hawksworth & Wiens 1965, 1970, 1977) (Fig. 1; locations 6 and 23). From each population,
10-20 male and 10-20 female plants were collected and the dominant shoot from each infection was used for
morphological measurements. Characters measured were those used by Hawksworth and Wiens (1996) far
taxonomic classification of Arceuthobium: height, basal diameter, third internode length and width, and color
of male and female plants; mature fruit length, width, and color; seed length, width and color; length and width
of staminate spikes; staminate flower diameters for 3- and 4-merous flowers; length and width of stamina*
flower petals; and, anther diameter and anther distance from the petal tip. Plants were measured within 2
hours after collection using a digital caliper and a Bausch and Lomb 7X hand lens equipped with a micromeW
Staminate spike and flower measurements were made during the peak of anthesis and fruit and seed measure-
ments were made during the peak of seed dispersal. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to exam-
ine the variance in the above characters for A. hondurense and A. nigrum and significant differences between
means were determined using a Tukey’s honestly significant difference (HSD) post-hoc test (a = 0.05). All s»
tistical analyses were performed using JMP 8.0.2 software (SAS Institute, Cary, NC).
601
Because the times of flowering and seed dispersal for Arceuthobium hondurense and A. nigrum are poorly
known (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996), additional observations of the phenology of these taxa were made dur-
ing the spring and fall of 1999, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2008, and 2010 as well as during the early spring of 2011.
DNA Extraction and ITS Sequencing
^nples of DNA were obtained from five and six specimens, each representing a geographically separate popu-
!ati °n, of Arceuthobium hondurense and A. nigrum , respectively. Locality and voucher number for each speci-
"•en (bold print) are presented in Fig. 1. For each specimen, total DNA was extracted using the DNeasy™ Plant
MlruKit (Qiagen, Valencia, CA) according to the manufacturer’s instructions. DNA purity and concentration
Were quantified for each sample using a NanoDrop ND-1000 (Thermo Fischer Scientific, Wilmington, DE).
^'kngth, ITS sequences (comprising ITS1, 5.8S rDNA gene, and ITS2) were PCR-amplified using the primer
P® 1 IBS 1830for and 26S 40rev (Nickrent et al. 2004). PCR amplifications were carried out in 25 pL reaction
"jhuures containing 12.5 pL of 2X AmpliTaq Gold® Master Mix (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA), 0.5 pL
ofea ch20pM primer, 11.25 pL nuclease-free water, and -2-18 ng (0.25 pL of 8-78 ng/pL) of genomic DNA.
602
PCRs were performed in an Eppendorf Mastercycler® pro thermal cycler (Eppendorf, Westbury, NY) with the
following cycling parameters: initial hold for 6 min. at 95°C; 5 cycles at 94°C for 30s, 55°C for 30s, and 72°C for
1 min.; 33 cycles at 94°C for 30s, 48°C for 30s, and 72°C for 1 min.; and, a final extension step of 72°C for 10 min.
Blank reactions (i.e., minus genomic DNA) were run concomitantly to check for contamination of the reagents.
The size of each PCR product (bp) was checked separately by ultraviolet fluorescence after 1.2% agarose
gel electrophoresis in 0.5x TAE buffer and staining with GelRed™ (Phenix Research Products, Candler, NQ.
Amplification products were purified directly from reactions using ExoSAP-lT (0.4 pL per pL of reaction prod-
uct; USB Inc., Cleveland, OH) and normalized to 130 ng per sequencing reaction. Sequencing was carried out
using a BigDye terminators DNA sequencing kit (Applied Biosystems), ABI 3730 DNA sequencer, and the
above forward and reverse primers. PCR products were sequenced in both directions. Sequences were proof-
read and assembled in CodonCode Aligner (CodonCode Corporation, Dedham, MA). Boundaries to the 5-
and 3'-region of ITS1 and ITS2, respectively, were previously identified by Nickrent et al. (1994). ITS sequences
for A. hondurense (n=5) and A. nigrum (n=6) produced in this study were deposited in GenBank.
Phylogenetic Analysis
ITS sequences for Arceuthobium hondurense and A. nigrum obtained in this study and from GenBank (A. hondu-
rense AY2888263 and A. nigrum AY288271) as well as A. vaginatum subsp. vaginatum (AY288286 and
AY288287) and A. douglasii Engelmann (L25687; outgroup) were included in the dataset. Sequences were
aligned using ClustalX ver. 2 (Larkin et al. 2007) and visually edited as necessary in CodonCodon Aligner.
Maximum Likelihood (ML) trees were constructed using PAUP* 4.0bl0 (Swofford 2003). The DNA substitu-
tion model TIM2 and the parameter estimates for tree reconstruction were determined using the Akaike Infor-
mation Criterion (AIC; Akaike 1974) as implemented in jModelTest 0.1.1 (Posada 2008). All nucleotides were
included in the phylogenetic analysis; gaps were treated as missing characters. Heuristic searches were per-
formed with 200 replicates of random sequence addition and tree bisection-reconnection (TBR) branch swap-
ping. Branch support was evaluated using 1000 bootstrap replicates and 10 random additions of sequences per
pseudo-replicate. Inter- and intraspecific genetic distances were also examined using Kimura’s two-parameter
model (K2P; Kimura 1980) for base substitution as implemented in PAUP*.
Bayesian analysis was also performed using MrBayes 3.1.2 (Huelsenbeck & Ronquist 2001). The best-fit
model for DNA substitution was determined as described previously; however, Hasegawa-Kishino-Yano (HKY;
Hasegawa et al. 1985) model and parameter estimates were determined using the Bayesian Information Crite-
rion (BIC; Schwarz 1978). One cold and three heated Markov chain(s) were run, and samples were taken every
100 generations over 5.0 x 10 6 generations. The potential scale reduction factor (PSRF) for each of the model
parameters was > 1.0 when the program was terminated. Stationarity was accessed by examining the average
standard deviations of split frequencies and likelihood values. Bum-in value (10%) was determined using
Tracer vl.5 (Rambaut & Drummond 2009). The r emaining trees were used to calculate a 50% majority rule
consensus tree and to determine the posterior probabilities.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Our measurements of Arceuthobium hondurense indicate it forms larger plants than previously reported by
Hawksworth and Wiens (1970, 1996); they reported plant heights averaged approximately 14 cm with a ma»-
mum height of 21 cm, but we measured plants (male and female combined) that averaged 22 cm. We found
some male plants in Chiapas, Mexico that were over 65 cm in height (Table 1). The discrepancy in maximum
heights is probably related to Hawksworth and Wiens only measuring specimens from central Honduras
where plants were generally smaller than in southern Mexico (Mathiasen et al. 1999; Mathiasen 2007). A*
mean basal diameter of dominant shoots was the same as reported by Hawksworth and Wiens (1996); ap
proximately 5 mm. However, we measured some shoots with basal diameters of nearly 13 mm, while Hawk'
sworth and Wiens (1996) only reported a maximum of 9 mm for this character. The means and ranges for m^
of the remaining morphological characters were similar to those previously reported (Hawksworth & W*® 5
Previously, Mathiasen et al. (2003) listed the pines parasitized by Arceuthobium hondurense in Central
America and Chiapas, Mexico. Our observations support their findings, except that A. hondurense also parasit-
ized Pirns teocote Schiede ex Schlechtendal & Chamisso in central Oaxaca. Although we have only observed
A. hondurense infecting this pine in one location north of Ixtlan (Fig. 1, location 13), the level of infection (>
90%) indicated Pinus teocote was a principal host. This population was misidentified as A. vaginatum subsp.
vaginatum by Hawksworth and Wiens (1996), as our morphological and ITS analyses indicated this population
was indeed A. hondurense. Mistletoe plants on P. teocote at this location were dark brown to black, similar in
color to A. vaginatum, but male plants flowered in the fall producing dark red flowers. Large male plants at this
locality also had swollen nodes and parasitized P tecunumanii Eguiluz et J. P. Perry, a principal host of A. hon-
durense elsewhere in southern Mexico (Mathiasen et ai. 2003). In addition, A. hondurense was found parasitiz-
ing P. lawsonii Roezl ex Gordon & Glendining in central and northern Oaxaca. Although Hawksworth and
Wiens (1977, 1996) reported A. hondurense (but identified as A. nigrum ) parasitizing Pinus oaxacana Mirovand
P. patula Schiede ex Schlechtendal & Chamisso in Chiapas, we did not observe these host-mistletoe combina-
tions during our field work in southern Mexico.
Arceuthobium nigrum is morphologically very similar to A. hondurense. Both species produced relatively large,
dark brown to black plants on their pine hosts (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996). Male and female plants of A ni-
grum averaged nearly 25 and 18 cm in height, respectively, but were not significantly larger than A. hondurense
(Table 1). It is difficult to compare our results for plant heights with those of Hawksworth and Wiens (1996)
because they only provided a range of heights for A. nigrum (15-35 cm, maximum = 45 cm). However, the larg-
est plant we measured for A. nigrum was a male over 53 cm tall from Puebla, Mexico. We also found that the
basal diameter of shoots averaged two-mm larger (7.6 mm) than that previously reported (5 mm, Hawksworth
& Wiens 1996) with a maximum basal diameter nearly twice that described by Hawksworth and Wiens. Mea-
surements of the third intemode widths also indicated that A. nigrum produced thicker plants (about 5 mm)
than what Hawksworth and Wiens reported (about 4 mm). The means for the basal diameters of male (7 mm)
and female plants (7.8 mm) and third intemode widths of A. nigrum were significantly greater than those for A
hondurense (Table 1). Furthermore, the mean length of the third internode of female plants of A. nigrum (16.5
mm) was significantly longer than those of A. hondurense (13.8 mm) but not the mean length of the third inter-
node of male plants.
The only flower characteristics Hawksworth and Wiens reported for Arceuthobium nigrum was the diam-
eter of 3-merous flowers (3.5 mm), which was sUghtly larger than the mean diameter for the 3-merous flowers
we measured (3.2 mm). Our observations indicated that A. nigrum commonly produced 4-merous flowers also,
thus, we sampled these flowers and found they averaged nearly 5 mm in diameter (Table 1). Collectively, the
mean diameters of 3 and 4-merous flowers of A. nigrum were significantly larger than those of A. hondurense.
Petal sizes were also relatively large for A. nigrum when compared to other dwarf mistletoes (Hawksworth &
Wiens 1996). We found petals longer than 2 mm and nearly as wide, both significantly larger than those for A
hondurense (Table 1). Another key characteristic of A. nigrum flowers that was consistent throughout its geo-
graphic range, was that the adaxial surface of its petals was dark red. While this characteristic was easily ob-
served, and is similar to flowers for A. hondurense, a review of the literature (Hawksworth & Wiens 1989, 1996)
on A. nigrum revealed that the petal color, as a diagnostic character, had never been mentioned before,
The mean f
fruits 8.8 rr
of fruits we
Arceuthobium nigrum were remarkably glaucous and large compared to other dwarf mistletoes
it length was nearly 7 mm, which is what Hawksworth and Wiens reported. However, we found
in length compared to 9.0 mm by Hawksworth and Wiens (1996). In contrast, the average width
amined was larger (4.1 mm) than that reported by Hawksworth and Wiens (3.5 mm). We
lat were shorter, but wider on average than those examined by Hawksworth and Wiens (1996)
• fruit length and width of A. nigrum were significantly larger than those of A. hondurense, ho*
i length and width of seeds were similar for both species (Table 1).
605
The phenology of A. nigrum requires additional observations as we were unable to confirm the incidence
of two flowering periods — one in March-April and one in September-October— as reported previously by
Hawksworth and Wiens (1989, 1996). We examined male plants of A. nigrum at several localities in mid- to
late-March during 2003, 2005, and 2007 as well as in early April 2011 and never observed open flowers. Fur-
thermore, staminate flowers did not appear to be approaching anthesis in late March or early April. Our field
observations, however, indicated that it flowers beginning in mid-September and continued into November in
Durango, Mexico, while in central Mexico, A. nigrum flowers in late-September and continued into at least
January. Peak flowering was in early October in Durango; however, the peak flowering period in central Mex-
ico is still poorly understood. Seed dispersal initiated in early September and peaked in mid-October continu-
ing to mid-November in Durango and elsewhere in central Mexico.
Our field observations of pines infected by Arceuthobium nigrum in Mexico did not reveal any additional
hosts. The principal hosts of A. nigrum in Durango were clearly Pinus leiophylla Schiede ex Schlechtendal &
Chamisso, P. lumholtzii B. L. Robinson & Femald, P. teocote, and P chihuahuana Engelmann as reported by
Hawksworth and Wiens (1996). This mistletoe also been reported to rarely infect P. arizonica Engelmann and
P. cooperi Blanco in northern Mexico (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996), but we have not observed it on these infre-
quent hosts. In central Mexico its principal host was P teocote. Pinus patula Schlechtendal & Chamisso was a
secondary host at several locations in Hidalgo and Puebla. While we agree with the classification of P. pseu-
dostrobus Lindley as an occasional host of A. nigrum (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996), we were unable to verify
whether P montezumae A. B. Lambert was also an occasional host. Moreover, we did not observe any P mont-
ezumae at the location where Hawksworth and Wiens reported an infestation of A. nigrum in Hidalgo nor in
Veracruz where we found large, mistletoe-free P. montezumae growing near P teocote severely-infected with A.
nigrum. Therefore, the susceptibility of P. montezumae to A. nigrum needs further study. Although Hawksworth
and Wiens (1989, 1996) reported that both P. lawsonn and P. oaxacana Mirov were principal hosts of A. nigrum ,
this host susceptibility classification was based on infection of these pines by A. hondurense in Oaxaca and
Chiapas, respectively (Mathiasen et al. 2003).
DNA Analyses
DNA sequence analysis demonstrated that Arceuthobium hondurense, A. nigrum, and A. vaginatum occurred in
three well supported clades (Fig. 2). All samples identified morphologically as A. hondurense and A. nigrum
yielded a 627 and 623 bp fragment, respectively, consisting of the 3'end of the 18S (4 bp), complete ITS1-5.8S-
HS2 sequence (604 and 600 bp), and the 5'end of the 26S (19 bp). Four of five sequences for A. hondurense were
identical (mean K2P value= 0.0017); however, RLM 98107 differed by an A/G nucleotide change at positions 22
and 40 in 1TS1. Similarly, ITS sequences for A. nigrum were nearly identical (mean K2P value= 0.0018); except
for A/T nucleotide changes at position 508 in ITS2. The alignment for phylogenetic analyses consisted of 649
characters including those of A. douglasii and A. vaginatum. Of these characters, 574 were constant, 50 were
tree supported three distinct clades (Fig. 2) with bootstrap values >98% and posterior probability values equal
to 1.00, respectively. Each plant identified according to morphometric data as A. hondurense or A. nigrum
formed a distinct clade with either A. hondurense (RLM 0136, Nickrent et al. 2004) or A. nigrum (DLN 2019,
Nic krent et al. 2004). Sequences of A. nigrum differed from those of A. hondurense and A. vaginatum by ap-
proximately 43 nucleotides (mean nucleotide difference = 43.07, mean K2P value= 0.0775). Likewise, the mean
number of nucleotide changes between A. hondurense and A. vaginatum was 13.0 (mean K2P value= 0.0224).
Nickrent etal. (2004) reported thatA. hondurensemay occur in Veracruz based on molecular data (GenBank
accession no. L25693; voucher DLN 2018), but our results did not support this. Plants collected south of Sierra
de A A Ua (RLM 1083), the approximate location where Nickrent collected DLN 2018 (D. Nickrent, pers. comm.),
Were morphologically similar to those of A. nigrum. As suspected, the ITS sequences generated from RLM 1083
identical to L25693 (data not shown). However, in a separate phylogenetic analysis (data not shown),
the se collections/sequences were unrelated to A. nigrum (AY288271) as well as GenBank accessions of A. du-
r ®«go«eHawksw. & Wiens, A. gUlu Hawksw. & Wiens, A. hondurense, and A. vaginatum. Nickrent previously
A. nigrum in Mexico
607
identified DLN 2018 (L25693) as either A. vaginatum (Nickrent et al. 1994) or A. hondurense (Nickrent et al.
2004). The species identity of this mistletoe (RLM 1083 and DLN 2018), therefore, remains unresolved and
requires further study.
SUMMARY
Although Arceuthobium hondurense, A. nigrum, and A. vaginatum are morphologically similar and often diffi-
cult to distinguish from each other in situ, there are several diagnostic characteristics that can be used to iden-
tify t h e m in central Mexico where they may be sympatric. Our results support the classification of these taxa
as distinct species and the principal morphological and physiological characters that can be used to distin-
guish these species are summarized in Table 2. While the overall height of male and female plants and their
color cannot be used to easily separate these species, A. hondurense is a more slender plant than both A. nigrum
and A. vaginatum. It also has swollen, rounded nodes, particularly near the base of older plants. This character-
istic is most evident on older, male plants. In contrast, A. nigrum and A. vaginatum lack swollen, rounded nodes
near the base of plants.
Another key characteristic of A. hondurense that separates it from the other dwarf mistletoes is the width
of its staminate spikes. While the length of staminate spikes often is too variable to be of any diagnostic value,
the width of the staminate spikes of A. hondurese are thinner (mean 1.7 mm) compared to those of A. nigrum
(2.9 mm) andA. vaginatum (2.0 mm). Furthermore, the staminate spikes of A. nigrum and A. hondurense gener-
ally do not form secondary branches, while those of A. vaginatum typically do.
Arceuthobium hondurense primarily forms 3-merous flowers, and occasionally 4-merous flowers, but A.
nigrum andA. vaginatum commonly form both 3- and 4-merous flowers. Although the adaxial surface of petals
of male flowers for A. hondurense andA. nigrum is distinctively dark red, the 3-merous flowers of A. hondurense
are smaller (2.5 mm) on average than those of A. nigrum (3.5 mm). The color of male flower petals of A. vagina-
turn, however, is dark brown to green. While the fruits of both A. hondurense and A. nigrum are usually mark-
edly glaucous, the fruits of A. nigrum are larger than those of A. hondurense as well as A. vaginatum. Addition-
ally, A. hondurense and A. nigrum primarily flower from late August through September and October, but A.
vaginatum flowers from March through April (Hawksworth & Wiens 1965, 1996). Additional observations of
A. nigrum are still necessary to determine if it flowers in the spring as reported by Hawksworth and Wiens
(1989, 1996). Our observations of A. nigrum over multiple seasons and years in Durango, Mexico, do not sup-
port a spring flowering period for A. nigrum. Furthermore, our analyses confirm that these species can be
readily distinguished using ITS-rDNA sequences as previously demonstrated by Nickrent et al. (1994, 2004).
The host specificity of these mistletoes may help separate them, depending on the locality in Mexico. In
Arango, Arceuthobium nigrum and A. vaginatum both parasitize P. teocote, but P. teocote is less susceptible to A.
vaginatum (a secondary host) (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996). Moreover, A. vaginatum does not parasitize P
Iftophylla, P lumholtzii, nor P. chihuahuana, which are all highly susceptible to A. nigrum. In central Mexico, the
Principal host of A. nigrum is P. teocote, but P. patula is also infected by A. vaginatum there. Now that A. hondu-
rense h as been discovered severely infecting P teocote in Oaxaca, Mexico, infection of this pine cannot be used
10 distinguish A. nigrum from A. hondurense, since these mistletoes both flower in the fall, have red flowers, and
are similar in size and color. The width of internodes and staminate spikes, therefore, are likely the best char-
acters for distinguishing between them. The size of 3-merous flowers, petals, and fruits will also assist in dis-
tln guishing A. nigrum (larger flowers and fruits) from A. hondurense (Table 2).
Based on our field observations and measurements of plant characteristics of the dwarf mistletoes in
**thern Mexico, we do not agree that Arceuthobium nigrum or A. vaginatum occur in Oaxaca or Chiapas,
hese species are primarily distributed along the Central Volcanic Cordillera of central Mexico and north into
Durango. Arceuthobium vaginatum extends as far north as central Chihuahua in the Sierra Madre Occidental
an d as far north as southern Coahuila in the Sierra Madre Oriental (Hawksworth & Wiens 1996). However, the
graphic distribution of A. nigrum is centered on the eastern side of the Central Cordillera and extends north
rato Durango (Fig. 1). Arceuthobium vaginatum is sympatric with A. nigrum in central Mexico (Hawksworth &
608 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas6(2)
Wiens 1996) and since it also extends as far north as Chihuahua, it is probably sympatric with A. nigrum in
Durango.
Honduran dwarf mistletoe, which was once thought to be near extinction (Hawksworth & Wiens 1972),
is now known to be distributed from northern Nicaragua to northern Oaxaca, Mexico (Fig. 1). Our surveys in
2010 confirmed thatArceuthobiumhondurense occurs in northern Oaxaca (Fig. 1, location 16), so we now know
this species occurs almost to Veracruz and Puebla in central Mexico. Moreover, it has only been found in
widely-scattered, small populations throughout its geographic range and therefore, should not be considereda
common parasite of its pine hosts. It should also be noted that the reports of A. nigrum in Guatemala and 0
Salvador (Hawksworth & Wiens 1977, 1989, 1996) should be considered as reports of A. hondurense. In addi-
tion, sinf-p our results demonstrated that at least one of the populations of A. vaginatum from north-central
Oaxaca was misidentified by Hawksworth and Wiens (1996) and is indeed A. hondurense (Fig. 1, location 13),
we suspect the southern distribution of A. vaginatum only extends into Puebla and not Oaxaca. Further inves-
tigations, however, are warranted to assess whether A. vaginatum occurs in Oaxaca as several collections of this
species have been made in the Sierra Juarez near Ixtlan. While all of these were classified as A. vaginatum by
Hawksworth and Wiens (1996, page 370), we suspect these collections represent additional populations of A
hondurense in Oaxaca, but this needs to be confirmed.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The field assistance provided by Carolyn Daugherty and earlier reviews of the manuscript by Carolyn Daugh-
erty, Dan Nickrent, and Job Kuijt are greatly appreciated. We also appreciate the help of Gustavo Perez, Socorro
Gonzalez-Elizondo, and Juan Tun Garrido with reviews and Spanish translation for the Resumen.
REFERENCES
Akaike, H. 1974. A new look at the statistical model identification. IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control AC-19:
716-723.
Hawksworth, F.G. and D. Wiens. 1 965. Arceuthobium in Mexico. Brittonia 1 7:21 3-238.
Hawksworth, F.G. and D. Wiens. 1970. New taxa and nomendatural changes in Arceuthobium (Viscaceae). Brittonia
22:265-269.
Hawksworth, F.G. and D. Wiens. 1 972. Biology and classification of dwarf mistletoes {Arceuthobium ). Agriculture Handbook
401, USDA Forest Service, Washington, DC.
Hawksworth, F.G. and D. Wiens. 1 977. Arceuthobium in Mexico: additions and range extensions. Brittonia 29:41 1 -41 8.
Hawksworth, F.G. and D. Wiens. 1989. Two new species, nomendatural changes, and range extensions in Mexican Arceu-
thobium (Viscaceae). Phytol. 66:5-1 1 .
Hawksworth, F.G. and D. Wiens. 1996. Dwarf mistletoes: biology, pathology, and systematics. Agriculture Handbook 709,
USDA Forest Service, Washington, DC.
of nucleotide sequences. Molec. Evol. 16:1 1 1-120.
Larkin, M A, G. Biackshieids, N.P. Brown, R. Chenna, PA McGettigan, H. McWiluam,TJ. Gibson, and D.G. Higgins. 2007. ClustalW
and Clustal X version 2.0. Bioinform. 23:2947-2948.
Hasegawa, M„ H. Kishino, andT. Yano. 1 985. Dating of the human-ape splitting by a molecular clock of mitochondrial DNA.
Molec. Evol. 22:1 60-1 74.
Huelsenbeck, J.P. AND F. Ronquist. 2001. MRBAYES: Bayesian inference of phylogenetic trees. Bioinform. Appl. Note 17:
754-755.
Mathiasen, R.L. 2007. A new combination for Hawksworth's dwarf mistletoe (Viscaceae). Novon 1 7:21 7-221 .
Mathiasen, R.L, C.M. Daugherty, and V. Guerra de ia Cruz. 2010. Muerdagos enanos {Arceuthobium spp.) en el sur de Mexico:
Distribucion, hospederos y cambios en la nomendatura. In: Proceedings of the XV Simposio Nacional de Parasitoto-
gia Forestal, November 18-20, 2009, Oaxaca, Mexico. Pp. 160-166.
Mathiasen, R.L., B. Howell, and J. Melgar. 2002b. First report of Arceuthobium hawksworthii in Honduras. PI. Dis. 86:81 5-
Mathiasen, R.L, J. Melgar, J. Beatty, C. Parks, D. L Nickrent, S. Slsnie, C. Daugherty, B. Howell and G. Garnett. 2003. New distri-
butions and hosts for mistletoes parasitizing pines in southern Mexico and Central America. Madrono 50:115-121-
. 2006. First report of Arceuthobium hondurense in Department El Paraiso, Honduras. PI. Dis.
> C. Daugherty. 2002a. First report of Arceuthobium hondurense in Oaxaca, Mexico. PI. Dis.
Mathiasen, R.L., D.L Nickrent, D.C. Shaw, and D.M. Watson. 2008. Mistletoes: pathology, systematics, ecology, and manage-
ment. PI. Dis. 92:988-1 006.
Mathiasen, R.L., D. Nickrent, C. Parks, J. Beatty, and S. Sesnie. 2001 . First report of Arceuthobium hondurense in Mexico. PI. Dis.
Mathiasen, R.L., C.G. Parks, B.W. Geils, and J.S. Beatty. 1 999. Notes on the distribution, host range, plant size, phenology, and
sex ratio of two rare dwarf mistletoes from Central America: Arceuthobium hawksworthii and A. hondurense. Phytol.
84:154-164.
Mathiasen, R.L., A. Sediles, and S. Sesnie. 2006. First report of Arceuthobium hondurense and Struthanthus deppeanus in
Nicaragua. PI. Dis. 90:1 458.
Nickrent, D.L., M.A. Garc(a, M.P. Martin, and R.L Mathiasen. 2004. A phytogeny of all species of Arceuthobium (Viscaceae)
using nuclear and chloroplast DNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 91 :1 25-1 38.
Nickrent, D.L., K.P. Schuette, and E.M. Starr. 1994. A molecular phytogeny of Arceuthobium (Viscaceae) based on nuclear
Posada, D. 2008. jModelTest: Phylogenetic modellveraging. Molec. Biol. Evol. 25:1 253-1 256.
Rambaut, A. and J. Drummond. 2009. Tracer 1 .5, 2009. MCMC Trace File Analyser. http://tree.bio.ed.ac.uk/software/tracer/.
Schwarz, G. 1978. Estimating the dimension of a model. Ann. Stat. 6:461-464.
Swofford, D.L 2003. PAUP*. Phylogenetic analysis using parsimony (*and other methods). Version 4. Sinauer Associates,
Sunderland, Massachusetts, USA.
610
BOOK REVIEW
Alex George. 2011. A Banksia Album: Two Hundred Years of Botanical Art. (ISBN-13: 978-0-642-27739-8,
pbk. flexbound). National Library of Australia, Canberra ACT 2600, Australia. (Orders: www.nla.gov.
au/). $34.95, 128 pp., color throughout, 9 l A” x 11W.
This volume not only comes with a beautiful eye-catching cover, it captures the reader’s attention with its in-
troductory paragraph.
“The banksia illustrations chosen for this book are the work of botanical artists who are represented in
the collections of the National Library of Australia. The images cover a period of nearly 240 years, beginning in
1770 with the art of Sydney Parkinson, who sailed on HM Bark Endeavour under Lieutenant James Cook, and
ending in 2007 with two prints by Celia Rosser of Banskia rosserae, a species named in her honour. This intro-
duction discusses the artists whose works appear in this publication.”
The author provides a quick three page overview, entitled Biology and Ecology, also with three smaller
pictures. This is extremely helpful for those of us who have never been fortunate enough to visit Australia. He
also thoughtfully provides definitions of Type specimens, Species, Subspecies, and Variety. Occasionally, he
adds additional helpful insights and comments
Get comfortable, and be prepared to get lost in fascination of these species . — Helen Jeude, Volunteer and
Assistant Editor, Botanical Research Institute of Texas, 1700 University Dr., Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, USA
J. Bot Res. Inst Texas 6(2): 610. 2012
TAXONOMIC HISTORY, REDISCOVERY, AND ASSESSMENT OF THREAT STATUS
OF STREBLUS 1LICIFOLIUS (MORACEAE) FROM INDIA
Bikarma Singh, Arun Chettri, Dibyendu Adhikari, and Saroj K. Barik 1
Centre for Advanced Studies in Botany
i - Eastern Hill University, Shillong 793 022, INDIA
ABSTRACT
e cit6 por primera vez en 1914 de las Lushai Hills, actus
to de S. ihafohus — despues de ui
INTRODUCTION
The genus Streblus Lour, comprises 25 species (Mabberley 2008; Berg et al. 2006) distributed mostly in tropical
and subtropical Asia (Haridasan & Rao 1987). In China, the genus is represented by seven species viz., S. tax-
oides (Roth) Kurz, S. tonkinensis (Dubard & Eberhardt) Corner, S. asper Lour., S. indicus (Bureau) Comer, S.
tsylmcus (Thwaites) Kurz, S. ilicifolius (S. Vidal) Comer and S. macrophyllus Blume (Fu et al. 2003). There are
four Streblus species in India viz., 5. asper, S. ilicifolius, S. zeylanicus, and S. indicus (Haridasan & Rao 1987).
Only two species viz., S. asper and 5. ilicifolius were reported from north-eastern India by Kanjilal and Bor
(1940). While S. ilicifolius was restricted only to one site in Lushai Hills, S. asper was reported to have more
common occurrence in the former undivided province of Assam (Kanjilal & Bor 1940). Haridasan and Rao
(1987) also reported the occurrence of S. asper from Baghmara in Garo Hills of Meghalaya.
Streblus ilicifolius (S.Vidal) Corner has not been collected and/or reported by any worker since its first re-
port by U. Kanjilal in 1914 (ASSAM herbarium/Accession no. 28476, 28477 & 28478) from Lushai Hills in
northeastern India under the name Balanostreblus ilicifolia Kurz. These accessions were renamed by G.K.
Upadhaya in 2008 as Streblus ilicifolius (S. Vidal) Comer. The species has a very restricted occurrence, and is
found only on calcareous habitat. The occurrence of S. ilicifolius in Meghalaya has been recorded and is re-
ported for the first time, thereby extending the known distribution of the species in South-East Asia.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
^ring the floristic exploration of Nongtrai and its adjoining areas in Sheila, Meghalaya, specimens of Streblus
“Kifolius (Fig. 1A) were collected, processed, and housed in the ASSAM herbarium at Botanical Survey of In-
■ Eastern Regional Circle, Shillong, Meghalaya. During the survey, the habitat conditions, associated spe-
<aes as WeU a s biotic and abiotic pressures to which the species is exposed to were also recorded. Based on the
Population data, and habitat characteristics, the species was assessed for threat category following 2001 IUCN
. Ust Categories and Criteria version 3.1 (IUCN 2001) and Guidelines for Using the IUCN Red List Catego-
065 and Criteria (IUCN 2010).
612
After critical observation of the newly collected specimens, and comparison with the existing herbarium
specimens housed at ASSAM, and the original description, the identity of the species was confirmed as Strebhs
ilicifolius (S. Vidal) Comer. The location map and photographs of live and herbarium specimens of the species
(Fig. 1) along with a line drawing (Fig. 2) are given.
TAXONOMIC TREATMENT
Streblus ilicifolius (S. Vidal) Comer, Gard. Bull. Singapore 19:227. 1962. Taxotrophis ilicifolia S. Vidal, Revis.
PI. Vase. Filip. 249. 1886.
j., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 13:295. 1891.
Bushy scandent spinous shrubs, 2.5-3 m tall, often gregarious in patches; dioecious; stems solitary, few
branched, dark brown; bark grayish white, smooth, with latex; branchlets glabrous, divaricate or angular;
spines straight, 1-2 cm long; stipules tapered, 0.4-0.5 cm long, caducous. Leaves mostly solitary, longer than
broad; leaflets alternate, distichous, 1.4-5 cm long, 0.6-2.5 cm wide, elliptic to oblong-obovate, thickly leath-
ery, the abaxial surface dark green, with cystoliths, the adaxial surface light green, glabrous and shiny, the
margin loosely revolute, with 5 or more spiny teeth, the apex acute, blunt, with 2 or 3 spiny teeth, the base
cuneate to decurrent; the midveins conspicuous on both sides and the abaxial surface prominent; the second-
ary veins pinnate, the abaxial surface inconspicuous, the adaxial surface slightly depressed; petioles 0.3-0.4
cm long, transversely verrucose. Male inflorescences axillary, cylindric catkin-like spikes, spicate, 0.5-1.2 cm;
the bracts conspicuous, imbricate, margin dark. Female inflorescences shortly spicate, in pendent racemes, 2
to 6-flowered; the bracts minute. Male flowers: shortly pedicellate; perianth lobe 4, free, ± orbicular, margin
indexed and ciliate; pistillode 3.2-3.5 cm long, branched. Female flowers: perianth lobe 4, opposite, outer 2
smaller; ovary oblique, fleshy, glabrous. Fruits: drupes on brachyblasts, globose, 0.8-1.2 cm long, 0.8-1.1 cm
wide, with persistent bracts, half enclosed by the persistent perianth lobes.
Habitat, Distribution, and Phenology.— The species was recorded at an elevation of 47.5 m a.s.l. in tropical
forest of Phlangkaruh in Nongtrai area, Sheila (Fig. 1). It grows in limestone areas, and on rocky substratum.
The altitudinal distribution range of the species is 40-500 m a.s.l. The species is distributed in Meghalaya and
Mizoram (Lushai Hills) in India, Bangladesh, China, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Thailand
and Vietnam. The species flowers in March-April and fruits in May-June.
Voucher specimens: INDIA. Meghalaya: Nongtrai village in East Khasi Hills district, 25°11.171 N & 91°37.202 E, 30 Oct 2010, Sintfitta l
74965 & 7 4966 (ASSAM). Additional specimens examined: INDIA. Mizoram: Lushai Hills, Jul 1914, Kanjilal 28478, 28476 & 28477 (AS-
Threatened Status.— Not yet evaluated by IUCN. In spite of repeated search in the entire state of Meghalaya in
10 km x 10 km grids, only one population with 6 individuals of the species could be located in Nongtrai village-
All the individuals in this locality were adults and were in fruiting stage. No seedling and sapling of the species
was encountered, indicating poor regeneration of the species. One of the important features of the habitat of
this species population was Karst topography. The main features of Karst topography are limestone terrain,
and the absence of surface water flow. The species was classified from threat perspective based on population
size, extent of occurrence, area of occupancy, and habitat quality (Table 1) following 2001 IUCN Red List Cat-
egories and Criteria version 3.1 (IUCN 2001). The species was classified as “Critically endangered” [CR At (*-
b, c, d); B2. a, b (ii, iv, v); C2.a (i)J.
DISCUSSION
; from Meghalaya, and rediscovery after nearly 100 years of its first report
With this new report of the specie
613
India, the existence of the species in the country is confirmed along with new extension of its geographi-
131 distribution area. The plants were growing in calcareous and moist under-canopy habitat. The associated
^cies were Breynia rhamnoides Muell.-Arg., Ficus hirta Vahl, Tetrameles nudiflora R. Br., Caryota urens L.,
“ton a purpurea L„ Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br., Antidesma acuminatum Wight, Artocarpus heterophyllus
r®-’ Brassa 'opsis glomerulata (Blume) Regel, Cayratia pedata (Lam.) Juss. ex Gagnep., Duabanga grandijlora
IRoxb. ex DC.) Walp.
The habitat of S. ilicifolius is increasingly exposed to disturbance due to forest clearance for large scale
Besides, small scale private limestone quarrying is also destroying the natural habitat of the species. In
of high intensity of disturbance to its natural habitat, and poor regeneration as observed in the field, the
Species ®ight become extinct in the near future, unless adequate conservation measures for the species are
THREE NOTEWORTHY ADDITIONS TO THE ALABAMA FLORA
Alvin R. Diamond
Brian R. Keener
Department of Biological Sciences &
Environmental Sciences
21 OL McCall Hall
Troy University
Troy, Alabama 36082, U.S.A.
Email: adiamond@troy.edu
The University of West Alabama
Livingston, Alabama 35470, U.S.A.
ABSTRACT
a la flora de Alabama: Ligustru
Ligustnun quihoui Carriere (Oleaceae), Waxy Leaf Privet. Ligustrum quihoui is a medium-sized evergreen
shrub native to China (Chang et al. 1996). In a recent paper, Nesom (2009) cited specimens from Arkansas,
Mississippi, and Oklahoma and also noted its occurrence in several other southeastern states from apparent
previous documentation. The two collections listed below are the first records documenting the presence of
this species in Alabama. Even though both collections were from highly disturbed sites, this species has been
known to inhabit more natural habitats in other states (Nesom 2009).
Voucher specimens: ALABAMA. Sumter Co.: 0.25 air mi NNE of Livingston, along North Street opposite of jet. with McConnell Street,
nwtside, margin of disturbed woodlands, 32.585833° -88.189444°, 25 Jul 2007, Brian R. Keener 3775 with R. Mu stain (TROY, UWAL). Mont-
gomery Co.: Herron Street at the railroad, disturbed woodland along the tracks, 32.375139' -86.328917°, 15 May 2011, Alvin R. Diamond
22122 (TROY, UWAL).
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. (Plantaginaceae), Sharpleaf Cancerwort. Kickxia elatine is a decumbent annual
kerb native to Eurasia (Fernandes 1972). It has long been known to be a naturalized element of the North
American flora and has been documented to occur in several southeastern, northeastern, midwestern, and
Pacific coast states (Pennell 1935; USDA, NRCS 2012). Prior to the ones listed below, the only known specimen
from Alabama was collected on ballast ground in Mobile County by Charles Mohr (UNA; C. Mohr s.n.). That
specimen is undated but was probably collected sometime in the late 1800s and was subsequently reported in
Mohr’s Plant Life of Alabama (1901). The following are the first collections of this species in Alabama in at least
hO years.
Voucher specimens: ALABAMA. Marengo Co.: 0.6 air mi SW of Demopolis, along S side of W Franklin Street (dirt road), in barren chalk
»eas of open field, 32.515302° -87.845843°, 16 Oct 2011; Brian R. Keener 6779 (TROY, UWAL, VDB). Marengo Co.: 1 . 1 air mi SE of Demopo-
"• « jet with E Pettus Street and Bailey Dr., 32.505841° -87.825028, 6 Jun 2012, Brian R. Keener 7300 (TROY, UWAL, VDB).
Poterium sanguisorba L. subsp. muricatum Rouy & E.G. Camus (Rosaceae), Salad Burnet [= Sanguisorba
minor ^op- subsp. muricata (Spach) BriqJ. Salad Burnet is a rosette forming perennial herb native across Eur-
*** and south to North Africa. Seven subspecies are recognized, with subsp. muricatum native to southern
Euro Pe (Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh 2008). In North America it occurs from British Columbia, Montana,
and Ne braska south to California and New Mexico in the west and from Ontario and Quebec south to Tennes-
*" and North Carolina in the east (Fryer 2008; USDA, NRCS 2012). It is often a component of seed mixes for
Inst Texas 6(2): 615-616. 2012
western rangelands, and is recommended for erosion control and as a wildlife food (Fryer 2008; USDA, NRCS
2002). In England, Salad Burnet is often associated with chalk grasslands (Graham & Hutchings 1988). The
collection cited below is the first record documenting the presence of this species in Alabama.
Voucher specimen: ALABAMA. Butler Co.: Logging road 0.84 mi S of the Lowndes County line, cut-over limestone prairie, 31.949667*
-86.762278", 10 Jun 2011, Alvin R. Diamond 22217 with W. Webb (TROY, UWAL, VDB).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We appreciate the valuable review comments by LJ. Davenport (SAMF).
REFERENCES
Chang, M.C., La Qiu, and P.S. Green. 1 996. Ligustrum (Oleaceae). Flora of China 1 5:299-307.
Fernandes, R. 1 972. Kickxia. In: T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. Valentine, S.M. Walters, and DA
Webb. Flora Europaea. Volume 3. Cambridge, England.
Fryer, J.L 2008. Sanguisorba minor, In: Fire Effects Information System, [Online], U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest
Service, Rocky Mountain Research Station, Fire Sciences Laboratory (http://www.fs.fed.us/database/feis/).
Graham, DJ. and M J. Hutchings. 1 988. A field investigation of germination from the seed bank of a chalk grassland ley on
former arable land. J. Appl. Ecol. 25:253-263.
Mohr, C.T. 1 901 . Plant life of Alabama. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Pennell, F.W. 1935. The Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North America. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Monogr.
1:1-650.
Nesom, G.L. 2009. Taxonomic overview of Ligustrum (Oleaceae) naturalized in the United States. Phytologia 91 :467-482.
Royal Botanic Garden Edinburgh. 2008. Flora Europaea [Online]. (http://rbg-web2.rbge.org.uk/FE/fe.html). Royal Botanic
Garden Edinburgh, Edinburgh, UK.
USDA, NRCS. 2002. Plant guide, small burnet Sanguisorba minor Scop. (ftp://ftp-fc.sc.egov.usda.gov/ID/programs/plant/
burnet_small.pdf). USDA, NRCS, Idaho State Office, Boise.
USDA, NRCS. 201 2. The PLANTS Database (http://plants.usda.gov, 22 February 201 2). National Plant Data Team, Greens-
boro, NC 27401 -4901 USA,
A FIRST SPONTANEOUS RECORD OF ACTINIDIA CHINENSIS VAR. DELICIOSA
(ACTINIDIACEAE) IN THE UNITED STATES FLORA
Brett E. Serviss
Department of Biology
Henderson State University
Arkadelphia, Arkansas 71999-0001, U.S.A.
servisb@hsu.edu
David H. Mason Troy L. Bray
State Survey Coordinator Department of Biology
Arkansas State Plant Board Henderson State University
Little Rock, Arkansas 72205, U.S.A. Arkadelphia, Arkansas 71999-0001, U.SA.
david.mason@aspb.ar.gov brayt@hsu.edu
RESUMEN
levo para la flora de Arkansas y los Estados Unidos.
;n el condado de Saline County ocurrid potencialmente mediante el transporte e introduccidn
una depuradora. Se incluyen fotografias de Atiinidia chinensis var. deliciosa, junto con una clave
n los Estados Unidos.
INTRODUCTION
Inihe United States flora, non-native plant species are continuously being documented and added, both at the
regional and national levels (Whittemore 2004; Neves et al. 2009; Serviss 2009; Wunderlin et al. 2010; Peck &
Serviss 2011). In some instances, subsequent to introduction, these species naturalize or occasionally even
become invasive; therefore, it is extremely important to record first encounters with escaped populations and
monitor new spontaneous occurrences of non-native species in order to evaluate their potential as invasive
species (Neves et al. 2009; Yatskievych & Raveill 2001). Introduction of non-native plant species into the
United States is often intentionally driven based on their potential as ornamentals or lucrative agronomic
crops.
A case-in-point example would be the genus Actinidia. Actinidia is an Asiatic genus consisting of about 55
^cies of lianas, with its center of diversity in China (52 species, 44 of which are endemic) (Flora of China
Editorial Committee 2007). Some species of Actinidia are important as ornamentals because of their showy and
°ften colorful foliage and flowers, and a few species are important for their edible fruits, such as A. arguta, A.
ttanensis, and A. kolomikta . These represent the principle reasons why Actinidia species were introduced into
the US.
Actinidia chinensis Planch, var. deliciosa (A. Chev.) A. Chev. (green kiwifruit, Chinese gooseberry) is the
^tidard kiwi fruit of commerce and represents one of the few temperate fruit crop species to have beendomes-
t’cated in the last 100 years (Ferguson 1999). The kiwifruit industry began in 1904 when seed collected from
China were brought to New Zealand, and by 1970, the green kiwifruit had been developed into a production
a °P Ferguson and Bollard 1990). At present, on an annual basis, over one million metric tons of kiwifruit are
Produced worldwide, most of which is grown in four countries: Italy, China, New Zealand, and Chile (World
JCwifruit Review 2009), and although only small amounts are produced commercially in the United States, the
kiwifruit has become a popular commodity in this country (Ferguson 1999). Actinidia chinensis var. deliciosa
35 recend y been recorded as spontaneous in a few European countries (Kasperek 2004; Essl & Stoehr 2006),
u not surprising, based on its relative cold hardiness and seed viability, along with the popularity of its
7* as a food in this country (as it is in Europe), that A. chinensis var. deliciosa has also been documented out-
cultivation in the United States.
Servissetal.,
ir. deliciosa in the USA
NEW SPECIES RECORD FOR THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES
Actinidia chinensis Planch, var. deliciosa (A. Chev.) A. Chev. (A. deliciosa (A. Chev.) Liang & Ferguson) (Ac-
tinidiaceae) (Fig. 1). Green kiwifruit is a large, deciduous liana that can climb by means of twining stems to a
height of 10 meters or possibly more. It is native to China and Taiwan. Actinidia chinensis Planch, var. deliciosa
is easy to distinguish from other vines in the eastern United States by the combination of the dense indument
of large, red, reddish-brown, or whitish-tan, setose or hispid trichomes that cover the young stems and leaves,
relatively thick, robust stems, and large (at maturity — up to 20 cm long), cordate-acuminate, pubescent,
prominently-veined leaves. The large leaves and colorful new growth give the plant a tropical appearance. The
the United States (Fig. 2).
Two clusters of stems, separated by about 2-3 meters, were observed at the site, but it was not determined
whether or not each was a separate plant or a single, interconnected system of stems and roots. Both clusters of
stems were present as large, multi-trunked, reproductive-age, staminate (A. chinensis has bisexual flowers but
is functionally dioecious) lianas, growing on a wooded slope and up into and through the canopy to edge of
woods. The immediate location of the A. chinensis var. deliciosa plant(s), while bordered by streets and residen-
tial areas, appears to be relatively undisturbed, with no evidence of a prior home site or areas of cultivation
observed. However, a sewer pump station with associated cleanout valves is present at the site, which offers a
potential explanation as to route of introduction of the Actinidia plant(s), which were rooted in close proximity
to the cleanout valves. Introduction via seed may have occurred during routine cleaning of the sewer lines, or
possibly even during an overflow event; subsequent seed germination and development resulting in the spon-
In addition to A. chinensis var. deliciosa, two other species of Actinidia: 1. A. arguta (Siebold & Zucc.)
Manch. ex Miq. (hardy kiwi, tara vine) and 2. A. polygama (Siebold and Zucc.) Maxim, (silver vine) have been
documented outside of cultivation in Ohio and the northeastern United States (NRCS 1999; Mitchell 2000;
Wilder & McCombs 2002; Haines 201 1). See below for key to identification of these species (for a detailed treat-
“tont of Actinidia, including A. chinensis and its three varieties, see Flora of China Editorial Committee 2007).
J SPECIES OF ACTINIDIA IN THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES
(s (branchlets) densely strigose- to hispid-pubescent; fruits variously hispid-p
glabrous
2- Pith of stems solid
2. Pith of stems lamellate (r
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Wtsincerely thank Theo Witsell (Arkansas Natural Heritage Commission) and one anonymous reviewer for
toeir helpful comments and suggestions regarding this paper. We would also like to thank the Arkansas State
Board and the Henderson State University Biology Department for supporting this work.
references
Inc 2009. World kiwifruit review. Pullmam, WA. U.SA
7 ^0- 5toeh «- 2006. Remarkable floristic records from Vienna, lower Austria, Burgenland, and Styria, part
“^■Beitr. 38:121-163.
t III. Linzer
PALLENIS MARITIMA (ASTERACEAE) NEW TO CALIFORNIA,
WITH NOTES ON RECENT INTRODUCTIONS OF SALT-TOLERANT
ORNAMENTAL PLANTS
Richard E. Riefner, Jr.
Research Associate
Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden
1500 North College Avenue
Claremont, California 9171 1-3157, U.S.A.
rriefner@earthlink.net
Werner Greuter
c/o Orto Botanico
Via Lincoln 2/A
1-90121 Palermo, ITALY
>n, extending to S. Portugal along the
on rocky shores and sea cliffs mostly
Keywords: Pflllenis maritima (=Asteriscus maritimus), California, halophytes, non-native plants, c
INTRODUCTION
Pallenis maritima (L.) Greuter was not reported for California in The Jepson Manual (Keil 2012a; Jepson Flora
Project 2012), the Consortium of California Herbaria (2012), or other publications that address non-native spe-
des growing outside of cultivation in California (Hrusa et al. 2002; DiTomaso & Healy 2007; Dean et al. 2008;
Roberts 2008). Pallenis maritima also was not included in the Flora of North America treatment of the Inuleae,
“or has it been reported at all, outside of cultivation, for North America (Preston 2006; USDA, NRCS 2012).
In this paper, we provide the first documented records of P. maritima for California and North America,
w be f e it grows spontaneously outside of cultivation on rocky shores and sea cliffs in coastal Orange County,
southern California. We provide voucher documentation, and review horticultural uses, seashore ecology, and
a PParent mode of introduction into the State. We also review the taxonomy and nomenclature of the species
^ ,ts Placement within the Asteriscus alliance, in view of the fact that it is still often referred to as Asteriscus
B 6(2): 621 -629.2012
lilli
622
, Riefner 11-86 (RSA); City of Dana Point, rocky shore between Mussel Cove and Salt Creek Beach, 33° 29'
2.5 m-5 m, subshrubs and seedlings in rock crevices at the edge of an ephemeral calcareous-saline seep c
on the coastal strand, 25 May 2012, Riefner 12-393 (RSA).
Patterns maritima has long been known as Asteriscus maritimus (L.) Less., a name that has still some usage at
present. As any given species can only bear one correct name once its taxonomic placement and limits are ac-
cepted, an overview of the historical background may be helpful to understand the disparity. That background
is fairly intricate: the genus in which P. maritima has been placed through time, or to which it is currently as-
signed, has been given no fewer than eight different names: Asteriscus Mill., Athalmum Kuntze, Bubonium Hill,
Buphthalmum L„ Nauplius Cass., Odontospermum Sch. Bip., Patterns Cass., and Saulcya Michon. For more de-
tails, see Greuter (1997).
Patterns maritima belongs to a group of 15 Mediterranean and Macaronesian species, together forming a
natural unit defined by morphology and chromosome number that has been called the Asteriscus alliance (An-
derberg 1994; Francisco-Ortega et al. 1999; Goertzen et al. 2002). These species have been monographed by
Wiklund (1983, 1985, 1987). Most are local, little known endemics of North Africa and the Atlantic Islands and
need not be considered here. The three most widespread, however, were known to botanists even m pre-lin-
naean times. They are the upright, annual, non-pungent Asteriscus aquaticus (L.) Less., the annual to biennial
Pallenis spinosa (L.) Cass., characterised by pungent involucral bracts, and the perennial P. maritima, which is
discussed in this paper.
These three species together formed the original genus Asteriscus, first described and named by Toumefort
(1700). The name, he explained, means “little star” and refers to the star-like appearance of the “calyx” (invohi-
crum) surrounding the “flower” (capitulum). The remarkably natural Toumefortian concept was maintained
by Miller (1754) when he validated the generic name, but was lost when Linnaeus (1737) included Asteriscus in
his own artificial new genus Buphthalmum (the name means “ox eye”). Linnaeus (1753) redefined Buphthal-
mum considerably, but did not succeed in making it more natural. Of the 11 Buphthalmum species he descnbed
and named over the years only two are left today, the remainder are currently placed in no fewer than seven
different genera (Jarvis 2012).
Greuter (1997) summarized the post-Linnaean taxonomy, which is outlined here. Most 19 th century au-
thors essentially reverted to the Toumefortian generic concept of Asteriscus, but split it in two based on the
obvious character of pungent vs. unarmed involucral bracts. That is, they left Pallenis maritima and Asteriscus
aquaticus together, but separated Pallenis spinosa. The first to do so was Cassini (1822), who named the spiny
plants Pallenis (after the borough Pallini E. of Athens— Fournier 1934-1940) and the unarmed ones Nauplius
(perhaps, by analogy, after the Greek harbour, Nauplion). Subsequent authors accepted the division but too
up the name Asteriscus for one of the genera— unfortunately not always for the same one. The problem was that
Asteriscus had not been typified. A type was not designated until very late (Jeffrey 1982), and the monograp
Wiklund (1985) refused to accept Jeffrey’s choice of A. aquaticus.
Meanwhile Briquet (in Briquet & CavilUer 1917) had discovered profound micromorphological differ-
ences between the two unarmed species, placing them at least as far apart from each other as from their spiny
relative. By consequence, he placed each of the three in a genus of its own. Wiklund (1985, 1987) went one step
further, uniting the superficially dissimilar P. maritima and P. spinosa in one genus (her mis-typified Aste^
iscus”) while leaving Asteriscus aquaticus in the other (which she named Nauplius). Apart from her splitting
one deviating species as a monotypic genus Ighermia (Wiklund 1985), which has gained little acceptance,
taxonomic conclusions, with the nomenclature rectified, has been generally accepted (e.g., Greuter 2003, >
Greuter & Raab-Straube 2006-2009). That treatment, including the repatriation of Ighermia to Asteriscus,
received firm support by molecular studies (Goertzen et al. 2002). ._.
Back then, to the initial question: which name, Pallenis maritima or Asteriscus maritimus, is correct,
answer, as so often: it depends. Accordingly, if one follows the concepts of Toumefort (1700), and wis ^
recognize a single genus comprising the whole Asteriscus alhance, then A. maritimus is correct— a sri ^
cally tenable if somewhat outmoded choice. However, if one honors the taxonomic progress made during
last 3+ centuries and maintain two genera, then P. maritima is the preferred choice.
Pallenis maritima is a cushion-forming subshrub (a low, spreading woody perennial) that grows up to 40
on tall and about 1 mwide. It is known from the Western Mediterranean region, extending to S. Portugal along
the Atlantic Coast, with casual occurrences in Great Britain and N. France (Wiklund 1985). Pallenis maritima
grows on sand dunes, cliffs, and rocky shores primarily along the coastline, and it frequently occurs within the
salt-spray zone (Beckett 1993; Mucina 1997; NATURA 2003; Estrada et al. 201 1). It is also found m dry grass s
ofNorth Africa and Spain, and grows on limestone, clayey soils, including marl, and sandstone (Wiklund 1985).
In spring through early summer, P. maritima produces abundant golden-yellow flower heads up to 4 cm
wide, with showy, finely toothed ray florets about as long as or longer than the involucre. The leaves and rnvo-
hcral bracts of P maritima are narrowly obovate-spathulate, sparsely to densely villous, glandular, and some-
what folded. The receptacular scales contain oxalate crystals, and the achenes are irregularly four-sided to
subcylindrical and densely strigose-hispid (see Wiklund 1985 for a detailed description). Pallenis mantxma is
^own by the common names of gold coin, Mediterranean beach daisy, and sea daisy. A photograph is pro-
ved as Figure 1.
Horticultural Use
Poflenis maritima exhibits a high tolerance to severe water stress and highly saline irrigation water and there-
I°re is useful for revegetation programs and xeroscape gardens (Rodriguez et al. 2005). Owing to diese proper-
t * es ' h has been widely cultivated in Europe (Brickell 1996; Walters & Yeo 2000; Vogl-Lukasser & Vogl 2004).
Htlfenis maritima is a!so cultivated in California, where it is marketed by the nursery trade as a drought-tolerant
indy soils and coastal gardens (Brenzel 2007; California Gardens 2012; San Marcos Growers 2012).
s posted on Dave’s Garden (2012) webpage confirm P. maritima is a hardy, drought-tolerant plant for
1 southern California coastal gardens; Dave’s Garden is an on-line forum where people share garden-
and information about growing or purchasing ornamental plants. Casual observations by the senior
licate P. maritima is often planted in street-side gardens in the coastal communities of Laguna Beach
ort Beach, southern California.
dwide, escaped garden plants are one of the primary sources of non-native plant introductions, and
is no exception (Mack 2000; Reichard & White 2001; Bell et al. 2007). Although the mode of intro-
a species can be difficult to identify, documenting whether or not the plant is intentionally cultivated
ommercially can be significant (Dehnen-Schmutz et al. 2005; Dean et al. 2008). Because P. maritima
to be cultivated in our area, it likely escaped from residential gardens and commercial landscape
to become naturalized in seashore habitats along the southern California coast.
Salt Tolerance and Specialized Seashore Habitats
Halophytes grow naturally in saline environments and have evolved various mechanisms to cope with salinity
where other plants cannot thrive (Breckle 2002; Parida & Das 2005). Tolerance to highly saline soils, exposure
to salt spray, and periodic inundation are critical factors affecting vegetation and the establishment of non-na-
tive species in many habitats of coastal California (Barbour & De Jong 1977; Kuhn & Zedler 1997; Grewellet
al. 2007; Pickart & Barbour 2007). Therefore, knowing whether or not a non-native plant is tolerant of saline
conditions can have important implications regarding its potential invasive spread and the habitats it might
Pallenis maritima was not identified as a halophyte in the databases of Aronson (1989), Menzel and Lieth
(2003), or Yensen (2012). Experimental data, however, indicate it is tolerant of high salinity levels, with electri-
cal conductivity measurements ranging from 1.25 to 12.61 dS/m-1 during 150 days of treatment (Rodriguez et
al. 2005). For Aronson (1989), the minimum criterion required for a plant to be classified as a halophyte is a
salinity level with an electrical conductivity of at least 7-8 dS/m-1 during significant portions or all of the
plant’s life cycle. More recently, however, halophyte classification has become more demanding, and the
threshold of salinity tolerance for a plant to qualify as halophyte has been raised to 20 dS/m-1 (~ 200 mM Nad)
(Flowers & Colmer 2008). For comparison, the salt concentration of seawater is approximately equivalent©
50 dS/m-1 (~ 500 mM NaCl). See Grigore et al. (2010) for a review of the history and evolving concepts that
Rodriguez et al. (2005) also reported that salt-treated P. r
ulate high Na+ and d-
mechanism and osmotic adjustment that maintains leaf tugor in response to salt stress. The preferential accu-
mulation of either Na+ and/or Cl- may account, in part, for salt tolerance (Nieman et al. 1988; Gibbs etal. 1989;
Boursier & Lauchli 1990). Accordingly, P. maritima is a salt-tolerant species and should be considered forindu-
sion in future revisions of the world-wide halophyte database.
In Orange County, southern California, P. maritima grows on rocky shores or sea cliffs, often within the
salt-spray zone and in habitats periodically inundated during storm surge. At one location, it also grows at the
edge of an ephemeral calcareous-saline seep. The known distribution of P. maritima in southern California is
depicted in Figure 2.
Laboratory analysis using saturated extracts of soil samples taken within the root zone of P maritima at
each naturalized population indicate the substrate is slightly to moderately alkaline (7.5-8.1 pH), slightly to
strongly saline (6.5-34.7 dS/m-1), and slightly to highly calcareous. In addition, the micro-habitat of the*
rocky seashore environments is barren or covered with sparse vegetation, often with documented halophyte 5
such as Cakile maritima Scop., Carpobrotus chUensis (Molina) N.E. Br, Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene, Extripk*
califomica (Moq.) E.H. Zacharias (syn., Atriplex califomica Moq.), and Limonium perezii (Stapf) Hubb. There-
fore, P. maritima functions as a halophyte in coastal southern California, and the habitats it occupies here are
similar to its seashore environment along the Mediterranean Sea.
Riefrier and Greuter, F
625
There is always some concern about the possible invasiveness of new non-native plants that become estab-
lis hed in natural ecosystems. Pallenis maritima is cited as a “casual alien or weed” for Great Britain and is listed
** 3 >tential weed introduction” in Australia, but is not known to be invasive anywhere around the world
(GCW 2012; ISSG 2012; PIER 2012; Randall 2007, 2012; Weeds Australia 2012).
Wiklund (1985) noted that P. maritima plants kept in isolation produce viable seed, pointing to autoga-
®° Us 0r apomictic reproduction. Additionally, in 2003 a gardener in Huntington Beach, coastal Orange
Count y, California, posted a comment on-line indicating that P. maritima may become slightly invasive (Dave’s
Garden 2012). Accordingly, P. maritima possesses reproductive and physiological traits that enable it to escape
cultivation and become established in seashore environments. We do not know if it will become a pest plant in
North America, but it is expected to expand its range and establish elsewhere in coastal southern Califor nia
Ornamental horticulture promotes invasions in many ways, and the tradition of selecting and distributing
showy species purely for aesthetic reasons remains an important pathway of dispersal (Dehnen-Schmutz &
Touza 2008). Aesthetically-pleasing and easy-to-grow plants often become popular with gardeners, and
thereby frequently become available for sale in large numbers of nurseries and in expanding horticultural mar-
kets. Market availability drives prices, so the more often a species is offered for sale, purchased, and planted,
the greater its chance to escape cultivation and find suitable natural habitats (Lockwood et al. 2005; Dehnen-
Schmutz & Touza 2008). In addition, biological characteristics that make a plant interesting and easy to grow
for gardeners, such as climatic suitability, long blooming period, quick propagation, hardiness, and drought-
tolerance, may also enhance the successful establishment of escaped plants in new regions and start an invasion
process (Mack 2000; Dehnen-Schmutz et al. 2005; Anderson et al. 2006). We believe salt-tolerance in orna-
mentals, especially those selected and marketed for coastal gardens, contributes to their ability to successfully
escape cultivation and become established in unintended habitats.
Pallenis maritima is one of a growing number of salt-tolerant, hardy, and attractive ornamental plants that
have naturalized recently in southern California. Others include Lagunariapatersonia (Andrews) G. Don (Mal-
vaceae), Plecostachys serpyllifolia (PJ. Bergius) Hilliard & B.L. Burtt (Asteraceae), and several species of Umo-
nium (Plumbaginaceae) (Hill 2012; Keil 2012b; Preston 2012). Plecostachys serpyllifolia and several Limonium
taxa are highly invasive species (Riefner & Nesom 2009; BAEDN 2012).
Halophytes are receiving substantial attention from botanists and agriculturists as potential fodder crops,
food plants, biofuel sources, turf grasses, ornamentals, sand dune stabilizers, and redeemers of salt-affected
land, among others (Glenn et al. 1999; Barrett-Lennard et al. 2003; Rozema & Flowers 2008; Yensen 2008). As
greater numbers of salt-tolerant plants become cultivated, and as the horticultural trade continues to meet
consumers’ demands for hardy and attractive plants for coastal gardens, we can expect to find other non-native
halophytes naturalized along the California coast.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Edward P. Glenn (University of Arizona) and David J. Keil (California Polytechnic State University, San Luis
Obispo) provided helpful comments that greatly improved the manuscript. We also greatly appreciate the ef-
forts of Harvey Brenneise and Irene Holiman (Library of Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden) for assistance
with document retrieval, and to Gam Wallace (Wallace Laboratories) for helpful review of saline and calcare-
ous substrate data.
± Office of Arid Land Studies, University of
291^ 1 ^ TribC lnUleae ' ln: Asteraceae ' cladistics and classification. K. Bremer, ed. Timber Press, Portland. Pp-
Anderson, N.O., S.M. Galatowitsch, and N. Gomez. 2006. Selection strategies to reduce the invasive potential in introduced
plants. Euphytica 148:203-216.
Aronson, J.A. 1989. Haloph: a data base of salt tolerant plan
Arizona, Tucson.
Barbour, M.G. and T.M. De Jong. 1977. Response of West Coast beach taxa to salt spray seawater inundation, and soil
salinity. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 1 04: 29-34.
Barrett-Lennard, E.G., C.V. Malcom, and A. Bathgate. 2003. Saltland pastures in Australia-a practical guide, ed. 2. Land, Water
and Wool, Canberra, Australia.
Bay Area Early Detection Network (BAEDN) 2012. Algerian sea lavender: 2010-2011 report. Available at: http://***
baedn.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=artide&id=1%3Awelcome-to-the-bay-area-early-detection-
network<emid=2 [accessed June 2012].
627
Beckett, E 1 993. Illustrated flora of Mallorca. Ed. Moll. Palma de Mallorca.
feu, CE, J.M. DiTomaso, and C. When. 2007. Invasive plants pest notes. University of California Agriculture and Natural
Resources Publication 741 39. University of California Statewide IPM Program, University of California, Davis.
Boorsier, P. and A. LAuchli. 1990. Growth responses and mineral nutrient relations of salt-stressed sorghum. Crop Sci.
30:1226-1233.
Breckle, S.W. 2002. Salinity, halophytes and salt affected natural ecosystems. In: A. Lauchli and U. Luttge, eds. Salinity:
environments-plants-molecules. Kluwer, Dordrecht. Pp. 53-77.
Brenzel, K.N. (ed.). 2007. Western garden book, ed. 8. Sunset Books, Sunset Publishing Corporation, Menlo Park, CA.
Brickell, C. (ed.). 1 996. Royal Horticultural Society A-Z encyclopedia of garden plants, ed. 3. Dorling Kirtdersley, London.
Briquet, J. and F. Caviluer. 1 91 7. Compositae (suite) [Achillea-Calendula]. In: E. Burnat, ed. Flore des Alpes Maritimes, 6. H.
Georg, Geneve & Basel. Pp. 171-316.
California Gardens. 2012. Drought tolerant plants for a xeric garden. Available at:httpy/www.californiagardens.com/
Lists/Drought_Tolerant_List.htm [accessed January 2012].
Cassini, H. 1822. Inures, Inuleae. In: Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D., ed. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles dans lequel on traite
methodiquement des differents etres de la nature, 23. Levrault, Strasbourg, Paris. Pp. 559-583.
Consortium of California Herbaria. 201 2. Pallenis maritima, Asteriscus maritimus, Nauplius maritimus, and Odontospermum
maritimum. Available: http://ucjeps.berkeley.edu/consortium/ [accessed December 201 1 -April 2012].
Dave's Garden. 2012. PlantFiles: Asteriscus maritimus. Available at: http://davesgarden.com/guides/pf/go/60531/ [ac-
cessed February 2012].
Dean, E, G.F. Hrusa, G. Leppig, A. Sanders, and B. Ehtter. 2008. Catalogue of nonnative vascular plants occurring spontane-
ously in California beyond those addressed in the Jepson manual-Part II. Madrono 55:93-1 12.
Dehnen-Schmutz, K., J. Touza, C. Perrings, and M. Williamson. 2005. Ornamental horticultural trade as pathway for invasion.
BCPC Proceedings Introduction and Spread of Invasive Species. Pp. 7-12.
Dehnen Schmutz, K. and J.Touza. 2008. Plant invasions and ornamental horticulture: pathway, propagule pressure and the
legal framework. In: JATeixeira da Silva, ed. Floriculture, ornamental and plant biotechnology: advances and topical
issues. Global Science Books, Isleworth. Pp 15-21.
DiTomaso, J.M. and E.A. Healy. 2007. Weeds of California and other western states, Vol. 1 , Aizoaceae-Fabaceae. U.C. Agri-
culture and Natural Resources Publication 3488, Oakland, CA.
Estrada, B., J. Palenzuela, JosE-Miguel Barea, J.M. Ruiz-Lozano, G.A. Da Silva, and F. Oehl. 2011. Diversispora clara
(Glomeromycetes)-a new species from saline dunes in the Natural Park Cabo de Gata (Spain). Mycotaxon 1 1 8:73-81 .
Flowers, TJ. andT.D. Colmer. 2008. Salinity tolerance in halophytes. New Phytol. 1 79:945-963.
FouRNIEfl , p - 1934-1940. Les quatre flores de la France, Corse comprise. Lechevalier, Paris.
Franosco-Ortega, J., L.R. Goertzen, A. Santos-Guerra, A. Benabid, and R.K. Jansen. 1 999. Molecular systematics of the Asteriscus
alliance (Asteraceae: Inuleae) I: evidence from the internal transcribed spacer of the nuclear ribosomal DNA. Syst
Bot. 24:249-266.
&B8S ' J -' M - Dra cup, H. Greenway, and J.A. McComb. 1989. Effects of high NaCI on growth, turgor and internal solutes of
tobacco callus. J. Plant Physiol. 1 34:61-69.
Glenn, E.P., J j. b R0W n, and E J. Blumwald. 1 999. Salt tolerance and crop potential of halophytes. Crit. Rev. PI. Sci. 1 8:227-255.
Gu3Bal Comp endium of Weeds (GCW). 2012. Asteriscus maritimus/Pallenis maritima (Asteraceae). Available: http://www.
he aror 9 /gcw/species/asteriscus_maritimus/ [accessed January 201 2].
plzen, L.R., J. Franosco-Ortega, A. Santos-Guerra, J.P. Mower, C.R. Under, and R.K. Jansen. 2002. Molecular systematics of
the Asteriscus alliance (Asteraceae: Inuleae) II: combined nuclear and chloroplast data. Syst. Bot. 27:81 5-823.
Reuter, w. 1 997. Save Asteriscus, sink Nauplius (Compositae). FI - Medit. 7:41 -48.
ulep-W. 2003. The Euro+Med treatment of Gnaphalieae and Inuleae (Compositae)-generic concepts and required
”ew names. Willdenowia 33:239-244.
2007 - Med-Checkiist. A critical inventory of vascular plants of the circum-mediterranean countries. 2. Dicoty-
^edones (Compositae). OPTIMA Secretariat, Palermo, Geneve, Berlin.
' AN0 E. von Raab-Straube (ed.). 2006-2009. Compositae. Euro+Med Plantbase - the information resource for
uro-Mediterranean plant diversity. Available: http://ww2.bgbm.org/EuroPlusMed/PTaxonDetail.asp?Nameld=141
PTR efFk=7000000/ [accessed June 2012].
L * Bj < J.C Callaway, and W.R. Ferren, Jr. 2007. Estuarine wetlands. In: M.G. Barbour, T. Keeler-Wolf, and A.A. Schoen-
124^ TeiTeStrial ve 9 etation California, ed. 3. University of California Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London. Pp.
628
Grigore, M.N., C.Toma, and M. Boscaiu. 201 0. Dealing with halophytes: an old problem, the same continuous exciting chal-
lenge. Ann. Alexandru loan Cuza Univ. Ia$i, N.S., Sect. 2, Veg. Biol. 56:21-32.
Hill, S.R. 2012. Lagunaria. In: B.G. Baldwin, D.H. Goldman, DJ. Keil, R. Patterson, TJ. Rosatti, and D.H. Wilken, eds.The
Jepson manual: vascular plants of California, 2 nd ed. University of California Press, Berkeley. Pp. 882.
Hrusa, F., B. Ertter, A. Sanders, G. Leppig, and E. Dean. 2002. Catalogue of non-native vascular plants occurring spontane-
ously in California beyond those addressed in the Jepson manual-Part I. Madrono 46:61 -98.
Invasive Species Specialist Group (ISSG). 2012. Global Invasive Species Database. Available: http://www.issg.org/database/
welcome/ [accessed January 201 2].
Jarvis, C.E. 2012. The Linnaean plant name typification project. Available: http://www.nhm.ac.uk/research-curation/
research/projects/linnaean-typification/ [accessed June 2012].
Jeffrey, C. 1 982. Generic names of Compositae IV. Additions; corrections; Ar-Az. Compositae Newsletter 1 3:28-38.
Jepson Flora Project. 201 2 (v. 1 .0). Jepson eFIora, Asteriscus maritimus/Pallenis maritima. Available: http://ucjeps.berkeley.
edu/IJM.html [accessed June 2012].
Keil, DJ. 2012a. Asteraceae. In: B.G. Baldwin, D.H. Goldman, DJ. Keil, R. Patterson, TJ. Rosatti, and D.H. Wilken, eds. The
Jepson manual: vascular plants of California, 2 nd ed. University of California Press, Berkeley. Pp. 21 1-433.
Keil, DJ. 2012b. Plecostachys. In: B.G. Baldwin, D.H. Goldman, DJ. Keil, R. Patterson, TJ. Rosatti, and D.H. Wilken, eds. The
Jepson manual: vascular plants of California, 2 nd ed. University of California Press, Berkeley. P. 401 .
Kuhn, N.L. and J.B. Zedler. 1 997. Differential effects of salinity and soil saturation on native and exotic plants of a coastal
salt marsh. Estuaries 20:391-403.
Linnaeus, C. 1737. Hortus cliffortianus, plantas exhibens quas in hortis tarn vivis quam siccis, Hartecampi in Hollandia,
coluit vir nobilissimus & generosissimus. Georgius Clifford.
Linnaeus, C. 1753. Species plantarum, exhibentes plantas rite cognitas, ad generarelatas, cum differentiis specifics,
nominibus trivialibus, synonymis selectis, locis natalibus,secundum systema sexuale digestas. Salvius, Stockholm.
Lockwood, J.L., P. Cassey, andT. Blackburn. 2005.The role of propagule pressure in explaining species invasions. Trends Ecd
Evol. 20:223-228.
Mack, R.N. 2000. Cultivation fosters plant naturalization by reducing environmental stochasticity. Biol. Invas. 2:1 1 1-122.
Menzel, U. and H. Lieth. 2003. Halophyte database version 2.0. In: H. Lieth and M. Mochtchenko, eds. Cash crop halophytes:
recent studies. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht. Pp. 221-250.
Miller, P. 1754. The gardeners’ dictionary ... abridged from the last folio edition, ed. 4. Rivington, London.
NATURA 2000 (NATURA). 2003. Interpretation manual of European Union habitats. EUR 25, European Commission DG
Environment, Nature and Biodiversity.
Nieman, R.H., RA Clark, D. Pap, G. Ogata, and E.V. Mass. 1 988. Effect of salt stress on adenine and uridine nucleotide pools,
sugars and acid soluble phosphate in shoots of pepper and sunflower. J. Exp. Bot. 39:301 -309.
Pacific Island Ecosystems at Risk (PIER). 2012. Plant threats to Pacific ecosystems, Asteriscus maritimus/Pallenis maritima
(Asteraceae). Institute of Pacific Islands, Forestry. Available: http://www.hear.org/pier/ [accessed January 2012].
Parida, A.K. and A.B. Das. 2005. Salt tolerance and salinity effects on plants: a review. Ecotoxicol. Environm. Safety
60:324-349.
Pickart, AJ. and MJ. Barbour. 2007. Beach and dune. In: M.G. Barbour, T. Keeler-Wolf, and A.A. Schoenherr, eds. Terrestrial
vegetation of California, ed. 3. University of California Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London. Pp. 155-179.
Preston, R.E. 2006. Dittrichia, Inula, and Pulicaria (Inuleae). In: Flora of North America Editorial Committee, eds. Flora of
North America North of Mexico, Vol. 1 9, Magnoliophyta: Asteridae, Part 6: Asteraceae, Part 1 . Oxford University Press.
New York and Oxford. Pp. 471-474.
Preston, R.E. 2012. Limonium. In: B.G. Baldwin, D.H. Goldman, DJ. Keil, R. Patterson, TJ. Rosatti, and D.H. Wilken, eds.The
Jepson manual: vascular plants of California, 2 nd ed. University of California Press, Berkeley. P. 1035.
Randall, R. 2007. The introduced flora of Australia and its weed status. CRC for Australian Weed
ment of Agriculture and Food, Western Australia.
Randall, R. 2012. Rod Randall’s big weed list: Asteraceae. The Global Invasive Species Team. /
sive.org/gist/biglist.html [accessed January 2012].
White. 2001. Horticulture as a pathway of invasive plant introductions ir
e51:103-113.
R.L, Jr. and G. Nesom. 2009. Plecostachys serpyllifolia (Asteraceae) naturalized in California. Phytologia 91 541-564-
Riefnerand Greuter, Pallenis r
629
Roberts, F.M., Jr. 2008. The vascular plants of Orange County, California: an annotated checklist. F.M. Roberts Publica-
tions, Encinitas, CA.
on growth and leaf water rela
Rozema, J. and T. Flowers. 2008. Crc
San Marcos Growers. 2012. Asteri
asp?plant_id=3343 [accessed
nufto, and M J. SAnchez-Blanco. 2005. Effects of NaCI salinity and water stress
is of Asteriscus maritimus plants. Environm. Exp. Bot. 53:1 1 3-1 23.
for a salinized world. Science 322:1478-1480.
s maritimus. Available: http://www.smgrowers.com/products/plants/plantdisplay.
uary 2012].
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resource Conservation Service (USDA, NRCS). 2012. The PLANTS Database.
National Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA. Available: http://plants.usda.gov [accessed January 2012].
Vogi-Lukasser, B. and C.R. Vogl 2004. Ethnobotanical research in homegardens of small farmers in the Alpine Region of
Osttirol (Austria): an example of bridges built and building bridges. Ethnobotany Res. & Applic. 2:1 1 1 -1 37.
Walters, S.M. and P.F. Yeo (eds.). 2000. The European garden flora, Vol. VI: Loganiaceae to Compositae, Dicotyledons: Part
IV. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Weeds Australia. 201 2. Australian Weeds Committee National Initiative. Asteriscus maritimus, Pallenis maritima. Available:
http://www.weeds.org.au/ [accessed January 201 2].
Wikujnd, A. 1983. Ighermia, a new genus of the Asteraceae-lnuleae. Nord. J. Bot. 3:443-446.
Wiklund, A. 1 985. The genus Asteriscus (Asteraceae-lnuleae). Nord. J. Bot. 5:299-314.
Wiklund, A. 1 987. The genus Nauplius (Asteraceae-lnuleae). Nord. J. Bot.7:1 -23.
Yensen, N.P. 2008. Halophyte uses for the twenty-first century. In: M.A. Khan and DJ. Weber, eds. Ecophysiology of high
salinity tolerant plants. Dordrecht, Springer. Pp. 367-3%.
Yensen, N.P. 2012. Halophyte database: salt-tolerant plants and their uses. USDA-ARS, U.S. Salinity Laboratory, Riverside,
California. Available: http://www.ussl.ars.usda.gov/pls/caliche/halophyte.query [accessed April 2012].
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
BOOK NOTICES
Adam Cross. 2012. Aldrovanda. The Waterwheel Plant. (ISBN-13: 978-1-9087870-4-0, hbk.). Redfem Natural
History Productions, 61 Lake Drive, Hamworthy, Poole, Dorset BH15 4LR, England, UK. (Orders: www.
redfemnaturalhistory.com, sales@redfemnaturalhistory.com, inside UK 01202 686585, outside UK +44
1202 686585). £34.99, 248 pp., 91 figures (b/w and color), 6" x 9".
From the Publisher: The first comprehensive monograph of Aldrovanda, the rare and extraordinary carnivorous
“Waterwheel Plant.” This incredible carnivore, known for trapping aquatic prey between jaw-like lobes that
dramatically snap shut when triggered, is related to the famous Venus Flytrap and employs one of the fastest
movement responses known in the plant kingdom. Not only arthropods are caught in its deadly jaws, but even
small vertebrates including tadpoles and fish fry.
Representing over four years of study and research, this long-awaited work presents a pioneering and
uniquely detailed treatment of all aspects of the botanical history, ecology, evolutionary history, distribution
and cultivation of this novel plant. The text also addresses the pressing need for integrated conservation and
Review forthcoming!
Robert Lee Riffle, Paul Craft, and Scott Zona. 2012. The Encyclopedia of Cultivated Palms, Second Edition.
(ISBN-13: 978-1-609469-205-1, hbk.). Timber Press, Inc., The Haseltine Building, 133 S.W. Second Ave-
nue, Suite 450, Portland, Oregon 97204-3527, U.S.A. (Orders: www.timberpress.com, 800-327-5680).
$59.95, 517 pp., 950 color plattes, 8 Vi" x 11".
From the Publisher: “This essential reference, now completely revised and updated, describes more than 900
species of palms that can be grown in climates ranging from tropical to temperate. With new species, current
taxonomy, plant characteristics, cultural requirements such as cold hardiness and water needs, and uses in the
landscape as well as Indoors, this is the definitive resource on this economically and horticulturally important
plant group.”
“ Winner of an American Horticultural Society Book Award in 2004, it also provides history, ethnobotany,
“The magnificent new edition includes an expanded discussion of palm health as well as information on
gardens with important palm collections that are open to the public. Generously illustrated with more than
730 new photos for a total of nearly 1000, this volume i<
Palm lovers have surely discovered this fantastic palm book by now. But this book is not just for pa
experts; gardeners, botanists, and taxonomists will also surely find this a useful reference. Aside from the cen-
ter piece of 950 colorful plates, the section on Palm Descriptions A to Z is filled with botany, taxonomy,
horticultural information. Each genus/species has a phonetic pronunciation guide. I like this and you will toft
With this, you too, can roll these Latin names off your tongue in no time and sound like an expert.
VASCULAR FLORA AND PLANT COMMUNITIES OF DEAD HOR
(RUCKER’S KNOB), MADISON COUNTY, KENTUCKY
Derick B. Poindex
632
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
This survey is the first comprehensive flora from an individual peak in the Knobs Region of south-central
Kentucky and provides additional information to augment the rich natural history of southern Madison
County (e.g., Grossman & Pittillo 1962; Jones & Thompson 1986; Wade & Thompson 1990; Thompson &
Fleming 2004; Thompson 2005; Thompson 2008). Furthermore, DHK serves as an area of historic and cul-
tural importance due to a small private Revolutionary War cemetery at the summit and the remnants of an old
clay pit area at the westernmost foot slope, which was used in the past for the brick and tile industry of Berea
College.
The objectives of our descriptive study were to: 1) document the vascular plants growing at DHK through
collection of representative voucher specimens for deposit in the Berea College Herbarium (BEREA); 2) discuss
the present effects of invasive species and livestock disturbance on the native flora and forest vegetation, 3)
designate plant communities and describe plant habitats with characteristic associated species; and 4) increase
our understanding of vascular plant diversity in preparation of a future publication of the Madison County
flora. Additionally, all of these objectives provide a reference baseline for future comparative studies and poten-
tial land management decisions.
History
Pullins-Rucker Cemetery — Dead Horse Knob on topographic maps by Weir (1967) was historically known as
Rucker’s Knob to acknowledge two pioneer families who initially colonized and farmed the immediate sur
rounding land. A unique feature at the knob summit is an abandoned small private cemetery, the Pulh° s '
633
Rucker Cemetery. Descendants of the Pullins and Rucker families intermarried and used the graveyard as a
burial ground for their relatives. The cemetery dates from Revolutionary War times, with the interment of
Loftus Pullins, Jr. (1764-1841), a Revolutionary War soldier with the Virginia Militia who served in the regi-
ment of Colonel Sampson Matthew under General George Washington at the Battle of Yorktown in 1781. After
his Revolutionary War service, Loftus Pullins, Jr. received a small pension in Kentucky, and he moved to south-
ern Madison County with his family in 1787 (E.T. Pullins, pers. comm. 2010). His grandson, Alva Pullins, Jr.,
married Alma Rucker, a descendant of Jeremiah Rucker, Jr. and Susan Ann Morton, owners of the land that
encompassed Rucker’s Knob in the 1860s. One of their sons, John Morton Rucker, farmed the land until it was
sold to Joseph and Sallie Coyle in 1888.
On September 27, 1898, Berea College acquired “the Jeremiah Rucker Place” of 15.8 ha from the Coyle
family including the knob, which then became known as “Rucker’s Knob” (S. Wilson, pers. comm. 2011).
Among the few markers in the Pullins-Rucker Cemetery, only Loftus Pullins, Jr. (1764-1841), Celia Pullins
(1775-1841), Samuel Pullins (1807-1832), James Pullins (1794-1854), and Susan A. (Morton) Rucker (1815-
1855), are identified. The Daughters of the American Revolution placed an additional marble commemorative
marker on the Loftus Pullins grave site on November 8, 1981 (E.T. Pullins, pers. comm. 2010).
Brick and Tile Yard . — Another significant historic feature of Dead Horse Knob was the presence of gray
clay from weathered New Albany Shale in the vicinity of the western foot slope. This clay was excavated from
a group of shallow pits that were used for brick and tile making by Berea College workers in the early 1900s.
These obliterated clay cavities range from 1.0-2.0 m in depth and now he in the concave flatlands contiguous
to the western foot slope of Rucker’s Knob (Foerste 1906).
During the 19th century, Berea College building campaigns needed great quantities of bricks for college
buildings and as a labor industry for many male students (Boyce 2006). In 1901, Berea College created a large
Brick and Tile Yard adjacent to the western side of Rucker’s Knob where bricks were hand-made by students. In
1902, a brick machine and kiln increased the operation to a high capacity of several thousand bricks per day.
By 1906, because of higher production needs, the brickyard industry created up to 25,000 bricks per day from
four kilns with excess bricks shipped to other regional cities by a switch line of the Louisville & Nashville
Railroad. The Berea College Brick and Tile Yard operation at Rucker’s Knob was closed down in January 1911
(Boyce 2006). Among college buildings constructed with the red bricks from the clay pits at Rucker’s Knob,
were the Edwards Building (Men’s Industrial Building/College Square) in 1902-1903, the Phelps Stokes Cha-
Pd (Main Chapel) during 1903-1906, and the Frost Building (originally Carnegie Library) in 1904-1907
(Boyce 2006).
Physiography
Fenneman (1938) classified the physiographic region comprising Dead Horse Knob as the Kentucky Knobs
e gion within the Interior Low Plateaus Physiographic Province. Braun (1950) described the southern Ken-
tUck y Kn °bs Border Area of the Interior Low Plateaus from Berea to Frenchburg to be included within the Hill
Sttbon of the Norman Uplands. Quarterman and Powell (1978) designated this hilly region as the Knobstone
^rpment of the Interior Low Plateaus. Keys et al. (1995) classified the ecological unit, which would include
bHK, into the Eastern Knobs Transitional Subsection of the Interior Low Plateau, Highland Rim Section of the
“stem Broadleaf Forest Province.
Based the most recent classification per Woods et al. (2002), the knobs of southern Madison County
Phvc^ted Cntirely within the 400 million-year-old Knobs-Norman Upland Ecoregion of the Interior Plateau
jT ,0 graphic Province. These Uplands are interspersed among the western and eastern Outer Bluegrass
region, the southern Hills of the Bluegrass Ecoregion, the northeastern Cumberland Plateau Ecoregion,
m e Nor them Forested Plateau Escarpment of the Western Alleghany Plateau (Woods et al. 2002). The
JSged terrain of the Knobs is characterized by colluvial and residual shale, limestone, and sandstone slopes
higher ridgetops often capped by vertical conglomeratic sandstone cliffs inclining down steep V-
hiUs and rid ges into broad U-shaped valleys. These landscapes are subsequently drained by numerous
led mterraiUent first or der and flowing second order streams. In the Knobs Region, vast open agriculture
P**ure lands adjoin and surround the moderately hilly terrain (Woods et al. 2002).
Geology
The Knobs-Norman Uplands are underlain by Silurian, Devonian, Mississippian, and Pennsylvanian-aged
sedimentary bedrock (Woods et al. 2002). At DHK, the bedrock is entirely underlain by the New Albany Shale
Formation of the Middle and Upper Devonian System (Weir 1967). To the north and west of DHK, the Knobs-
Norman Uplands intergrade into the Outer Bluegrass Ecoregion. The Outer Bluegrass is characterized by
broad rolling hills consisting of Upper Ordovician limestone bedrock on open, flatland topography dissected
by shallow, narrow streams (Woods et al. 2002).
The New Albany shale of southern Madison County consists of carbonaceous, black shale about 24 to 30
m thick containing sparsely crystalline pyrite and concretions of fine-grained calcitic and iron-rich or phos-
phatic material. When weathered, this black shale is typically brownish-black to yellowish-brown often with
a few thin seams (2.5-4.0 cm)of yellowish-green shales, which locally form abundant chips and plates on
outcrops (Campbell 1946). Megafossils are scarce and are mainly comprised of small brachiopods, fish plates,
plant parts, and spores (Campbell 1946). In the vicinity of DHK, basal content is evident where shale rests
concordantly above the Middle Devonian Boyle Dolomite.
Although the DHK summit is only 312 m above sea level, it is unique in being the only solitary, isolated
knob to be separate from other higher elevated peaks of the Berea College Forest (BCF). Within the adjacent
BCF in southern Madison County, higher knob summits range from Welch Mountain (383 m). West Pinnacle
or Barton Knob (453 m). East Pinnacle (458 m). Robe Mountain (465 m), and Pinnacle Knob (487 m) to Bear
Mountain (504 m), the highest point in Madison County (Weir 1967; Weir et al. 1971). Within the city of Berea
proper on the Devonian black shale Berea Ridge, elevations vary from 267 m at Silver Creek to 316 m on the
Berea College campus to 324 m in the Dogwood Heights subdivision (Thompson et al. 2008).
Forest Vegetation
Deciduous forest vegetation of southern Madison County mainly consists of Oak-Hickory Forest (Kuchler
1964; Woods et al. 2002; Thompson 2008). Braun (1950) classified some forest vegetation of more separated
hills in the Knobs Region as examples of Oak-Hickory communities within the Western Mesophytic Forest
Region, a transitional mosaic of Oak-Hickory Forest and Mixed Mesophytic Forest. Evans (1991) character-
ized vegetation in the Knobs Region as Acidic Sub-Xeric Forest based on topographic moisture, slope aspect,
and dominant forest vegetation consisting of Oak-Hickory components with a poorly-developed understory
and sparse herbaceous cover.
In the oil-bearing Devonian black shale Knobs Region, Wharton (1945) described five upland forest
types: oak, oak-pine, chestnut oak-scarlet oak, white oak, and mixed mesophytic, while Muller and McComb
(1986) reported white oak, chestnut oak, scarlet oak, and mesophytic hardwoods forest types in their study of
upland forests of the Knobs Region. Vegetation studies in the Knobs Region have emphasized the correlation
of forest types with soils, site moisture characters, slope position, topographic aspect, and physiognomy over
time (Wharton 1945; Braun 1950; Fedders 1983; Muller & McComb 1986; Woods et al. 2002; Thompson
2008). Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest is the major vegetation, albeit altered, of DHK from the knob summit
down to interspersed planted pines stands of upper slopes, middle slopes, lower slopes, and foot slopes at the
boundary, with the perimeter being grassland pasture habitat.
As mapped by the Web Soil Survey (Soil Survey Staff 2012) from Newton et al. (1973), the 2.6 ha of DHK is
comprised of four major forest soil series (Fig. 2). The knob residual and colluvial soils belong to the Coyler-
Weikert-Captina Association. These series are characteristically shallow, moderately well-drained, acid in m*
aetton (4.5-5.0 pH) from the summit down all steep slope aspects to foot slopes (Newton et al. 1973).
Coyler shaley silt loam (CoF) comprises the shallow soils of 0.8 ha (of the total 2.6 ha DHK site), for 310*
of the area on the summit and upper western-trending slopes. Coyler soils are clayey-skeletal residuum weath-
ered from New Albany Shale on steep 12 to 50 percent slopes. This soil is very strongly acidic in reaction, exces-
sively well-drained, channery silt clay loam from 0 to 51.0 cm to the shale bedrock. The soil profile of* 1 *
surface horizon is 0 to 12.7 cm deep, brown, friable, fine granular channery shaley silt loam with small Hat*
mimm
^ fragments; the B horizon varies from 12.7-38.1 cm deep, yellowish-brown, friable to firm, very heavy
channery silty clay with 35 percent black shale fragments; the C horizon is 38.1-50.8 in depth, brown heavy
silty clay with 75 percent highly weathered black shale layers down to the unweathered hard, brittle, black
shale bedrock of the R horizon (Newton et al. 1973; Fig. 2).
The highly eroded Coyler shaley silty clay loam (CsF3) is the principal soil of another 0.6 ha, for 21.8% of
the area - on southern and eastern upper and middle 12 to 50 percent slopes. Coyler shaley silty clay loams are
different in composition from CoF in having the top brown surface layer lost through erosion and a surface
fryer of exposed yellowish-brown silty clay loam present (Newton et al. 1973; Fig. 2).
Whitley silt loam soils (WhC) comprise the deep soils of a circular, crescent-shaped band of 0.5 ha, for
* 68% of die site, on the southern and western middle slopes, lower slopes, and foot slopes. Whitley silt loam is
“ne-silty colluvium derived from weathered New Albany Shale on 6 to 12 percent slopes. This weathered soil
Bver y strongly acid, deep, well-drained, silt loam to gravelly silty clay loam from 0 to 122 cm to shale bedrock.
J^soil profile is an A horizon from 0-23 cm deep, dark yellowish-brown, friable granular silt loam; the B
finnzon ranges from 23-91.4 cm deep, brown to yellowish-brown, moderate to fine and medium blocky heavy
r* loam w «fr a few, small black concretions; and the C horizon ranges is 91.4-122 cm in depth of yellowish-
° Wn % day loam with fine, distinct light, brownish gray clay mottles with an abrupt smooth boundary.
R horizon beyond 122 cm consists of highly fissured black shale bedrock (Newton et al. 1973; Fig. 2).
Whitley silt loam (WhD) soils are in colluvial areas totaling 0.7 ha, for 29.8% of the area, at the base of 12
J? ^ rctm foot slopes at the northern and eastern aspects and part of the southern mid-slope. The WhD soil
k simil ar to the WhC soils but differs in a 7.6 cm thick yellowish-brown silt loam surface layer inter-
m *ith cl ayey subsoil material (Newton et al. 1973; Fig. 2).
The continental climate of Kentucky has warm to hot summers, mild to cold winter temperatures, and gener-
ally abundant moisture during all seasons (Trewartha & Horn 1980). Kentucky climatic data for 1971-2000
were obtained from the Berea College Weather Station-150619 (Midwest Climate Center 2011). Mean length of
the growing season is 194 days. Median first frost is October 22 and the median last frost occurs April 10. Mean
annual precipitation is 120.2 cm with the highest in May at 13.4 cm and the lowest in October at 7.8 cm. Mean
annual snowfall approximates 29.7 cm. Mean annual temperature of Berea is 13.6°C with January the coldest
month at 1.5°C and August the warmest month at 24.3°C (Midwest Climate Center 2011).
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Vascular plants at DHK were collected from 26 field trips during the growing seasons of 2010 (11 trips), 2011
(10 trips) and spring 2012 (5 trips). A complete voucher specimen set is deposited at the Berea College Her-
barium (BEREA) and a partial duplicate set is filed at the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill Herbarium
(NCU). In the annotated species list, the following data are assigned for each taxon: origin (native vs. exotic),
invasive plant pest status, Madison County distribution records, relative abundance, habitat(s) of occurrence,
and collection numbers).
Gleason and Cronquist (1991), Jones (2005), and Weakley (2011) were the primary manuals consulted for
taxon identification. Madison County records were determined based on Campbell and Medley (2012), Clark
and Weckman (2008), USDA, NRCS (2012), and from herbarium searches of BEREA and Eastern Kentucky
University Herbarium (EKY). A relative abundance value was assessed for each taxon utilizing the definitions
of Thompson (2007). Each taxon was assigned a single comprehensive value inclusive for all plant community
Nomenclature follows Weakley (2011), with two exceptions mentioned later. Assigned exotic status was
also based on Weakley (2011), except where origin was dubious and the species are considered invasive in
Kentucky (e.g., Chenopodium album, Dysphania ambrosioides). Invasive pest plant status is from the current list
from the Kentucky Exotic Plant Pest Council (KY-EPPC 2012).
Plant communities were delineated through field reconnaissance and sampling data of characteristic as-
sociated and/or dominant species in conjunction with physical factors (general topography, slope aspect,
moisture regimes, soil types, geology) and anthropogenic influences (livestock disturbance, invasive plant
impact, farming practices).
Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) measurements were made on selected canopy trees with Haglof Swedish
Mantax Black Calipers® and transverse core samples for age determination of the largest pine species usings
Haglof Swedish Increment Borer®.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Taxonomic Summary
The vascular flora of Dead Horse Knob consists of 291 species (this total includes infraspecific taxa) in 191
genera from 67 families (Table 1). The flora includes two Monilophytes (0.69%), five Gymnosperms (1.72%),
and 284 Angiosperms (97.59%), comprised of 71 Monocots (24.40%) and 213 “Dicots” (73.20%), the latter in-
cluding eudicots and the paraphyletic grade of “basal angiosperms.” The six largest families in species are the
Poaceae (43), Asteraceae (39), Cyperaceae (17), Brassicaceae (15), Fabaceae (15), and Rosaceae (13). Carexis the
largest genus with 15 taxa, followed by Quercus with 8 taxa. The 116 exotic taxa (39.86% of the total flora) art
all Angiosperms (27 Monocots and 89 “Dicots”). PySek (1998) reported that the Poaceae, Asteraceae, Fabaceae,
and Brassicaceae are the four families that accounted for the greatest percentage of exotic species in local flora*
from 26 regions in a worldwide survey, and indeed, the DHK flora follows the same trend, as the four families
with the most naturalized species are Poaceae (24), Asteraceae (13), Brassicaceae (12), and Fabaceae (ID-
state-listed rare, endangered, or threatened species according to the Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commi*'
sion list (KSNPC 2010) are present.
637
Nine taxa (3.09% of the total flora) are ne\
from Campbell and Medley (2012), Clark
map distributions for Kentucky counties
(2006).
ity distribution records for Madison County based on map data
/eckman (2008), USDA, NRCS (2012). The USDA, NRCS (2012)
mainly from atlas map data provided by Campbell and Medley
1. Carex gravida L.H. Bailey. — Campbell and Medley (2012) map Heavy Sedge for Campbell County
(Noczi CGE 45, 06 June 1996, KNK) and Trigg County ( Thompson and Poindexter 04-412, 08 May 2004, BEREA)
from Thompson and Poindexter (2006). This sedge is not listed for Kentucky by the USDA, NRCS (2012).
2. Carex umbellata Schkuhr ex Willd. — Campbell and Medley (2012) list 26 counties for Parasol Sedge
and remark that it is often overlooked in scattered, dry open woods. We found several populations on the dry
western lower slope and foot slope in a mixed Juniperus virginiana var. virginiana and Pirns echinata stand.
3. Carex texensis (Torr. ex L.H. Bailey) L.H. Bailey. — Campbell and Medley (2012) record the Texas Sedge
for 14 counties with our specimen listed for Madison County. Our collection was rare under Pinus echinata on
a western lower-slope.
4. Crataegus macrosperma Ashe. — Clark and Weckman (2008) record 12 counties for the Fanleaf Haw-
thorn mostly from eastern Kentucky, while Campbell and Medley (2012) confirm it from seven counties. The
USDA, NCRS (2012) lists only Harlan and Letcher counties.
5. Galium divaricatum Pourr. ex Lam. — Campbell and Medley (2012) catalog Lamarck’s Bedstraw for
Campbell, Estill, and Powell Counties. USDA, NRCS (2012) record Campbell and Estill Counties, from records
m Campbell and Medley (2006). Medley (1993) does not list G. divaricatum for Kentucky.
6- Malus baccata (L.) Borkh. — The complexity of Siberian Crabapple cultivars is discussed in Clark and
Weckman (2008), but the taxon is not mapped. Campbell and Medley (2012) record Siberian Crabapple for
Fayette, Floyd, and Jefferson Counties. The USDA, NRCS (2012) map Fayette and Floyd Counties. Our docu-
mented taxon appeared to be spontaneous, rather than planted, from a single fertile tree on the eastern aspect
near the knob crest. Jones (2005) notes that the flowering crabapples, especially M. baccata, may occasionally
csca P e in Kentucky.
1 Malus prunifolia (Willd.) Borkh.— Although the Chinese Plum-leaf Crabapple tends to escape and be-
COme loc % established from cultivation (Campbell and Medley 2012), neither Clark and Weckman (2008)
m Campbell and Medley (2012) map Chinese Crabapple for Kentucky. Gleason and Cronquist (1991) cor-
roborate that Chinese and Siberian Crabapples occasionally escape from cultivation. Several uneven-age
^cimens of this crabapple (including fruiting and flowering material) were documented from the western
001 slope, so even if it might originally have been planted in the area, it is now clearly naturalized.
(20 * 1 2 3 4 5 & ^ ercus phellos L — Willow Oak is documented from 22 counties according to Campbell and Medley
^ 12) and fr om 19 Kentucky counties by the USDA, NRCS ( 2012). A single, mature individual at DHK is pres-
muithough its origin is not clear. Given the long history of human presence in the area, this tree may be de-
om a local source, or it may be a natural volunteered tree.
638
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
9. Ranunculus bulbosus L.— The naturalized Bulbous Buttercup is confirmed for 10 Kentucky counties in
Campbell and Medley (2012) and also is listed for 10 counties by the USDA, NRCS (2012).
Fifty-two of the exotic species from Dead Horse Knob are considered naturalized invasive plant pests for Ken-
tucky (KY-EPPC 2012). Based on our intensive observations, the most deleterious species on the peak appear
to be the Old World woody plants: Ailanthus altissima, Celastrus orbiculatus, Elaeagnus umbellata, Euonymus
alatus, E.fortunei, Ligustrum obtusifolium var. obtusifolium Lonicerajaponica, L. maackii, and Rosa multiflora, all
of which were deliberately introduced to the United States as ornamentals. Reichard and White (2001) dis-
cussed the role of ornamental horticulture in the spread of invasive plant introductions in the United States.
Major horticultural sources of naturalized and invasive taxa include plant nurseries, landscaping enterprises,
botanical gardens and arboreta, city and state parks, individual gardeners and farmers, and soil erosion control
measures by state and governments agencies (Reichard & White 2001). We have no means of determining if
any of these taxa were deliberately introduced at DHK, but there is no disputing that these ornamental taxa are
now naturalized invasives having a profound impact on the vegetation in the area.
These same woody invasive taxa were the most significant woody plant pests in a comprehensive vascular
plant survey of the Berea College Forest (Thompson 2008). At the knob, all nine of these invasive woody plants
clearly meet the criteria of being “novel, invasive colonizers,” i.e., the true invaders sensu Davis and Thompson
(2000), aggressively expanding their geographical range and constituting a severe impact on the natural native
flora and vegetation. Without doubt, the most aggressive invasive species with the greatest deleterious impact
on the total vegetation and native plants of the knob is Lonicera maackii. This omnipresent species comprises a
dense understory cover throughout all slope aspects of the Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest. Reichard and Ham-
ilton (1997) noted that invasive woody plants are frequently more capable of vegetative reproduction than na-
tive woody plants in North America, but it is not clear how much, if at all, L. maackii spreads vegetatively at
DHK. While it certainly regenerates readily when cut back, the clumps are of uneven sizes and ages, do not
appear to be connected via rhizomes, and fruit copiously, which indicate that L. maackii may be spreading
primarily by seed.
Invasive herbaceous plants with significant impact on the native flora and vegetation of the Dry-Mesic
Oak-Hickory Forest include Alliaria petiolata, Commelina communis, M icrostegium vimineum, Persicaria longi-
seta, Schedonorus arundinaceus, and Stellaria media, among several others. Stellaria media in the spring, Com-
melina communis and Persicaria longiseta (in the summer) and Microstegium vimineum (in the fall) are espe-
cially abundant throughout the entire knob forested habitats.
Plant Communities
Plant communities are defined as an assemblage of associated species with a definite floristic composition and
a uniform physiognomy under rather consistent habitat conditions as detectable through field reconnaissance
and sampling data (Thompson & Jones 2010). The DHK study area is completely bisected by a four-wired elec-
tric fence from the eastern foot slope aspect to the knob summit down through the western aspect foot slope
This nearly equivalent division of the study area into southern and northern halves was useful for delineating
southern, western, northern, and eastern slope aspect habitats. The circular knob perimeter is surrounded by
barbed wire fences where all foot slope aspects adjoin nearly level agricultural grassland pasture. We define
essentially two community types here: a highly altered Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest Community comprised
of five specific habitats and a heavily disturbed Culturally-Derived Ruderal Community composed of two
habitats.
Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest Community
The major vegetation of the knob is a substantially human-influenced second and third growth stand of Dry-
Mesic Oak-Hickory from the knob summit with mixed oaks and hickory down to upper, middle, and lower
slopes where oaks and hickories are intermixed with planted pines on all four directional slope aspects. Inditf'
tor oak and hickory and other characteristic hardwoods in varying quantities are typically found in all size-age
Thompson et al.. Vascular flora of Dead Horse K
classes from seedlings, saplings, pole-s
the occurrence of these pine stand plantings at approximately 22% of the total canopy cover of the forested
knob, which included the entire study area and other communities/habitats described below.
Herbaceous and woody vegetation development has been considerably disturbed by livestock and by the
severe influences of naturalized woody invasive plants. The overall effects on the flora and vegetation from
cattle grazing, browsing, and trampling activities are currendy more evident on the fenced northern half of the
knob; nevertheless, the southern half has also been affected in species richness (number of plant species) and
species diversity (types of plant species). The Dry-Mesic Oak Community is described from four slope aspect-
delineated habitats: Knob Summit, Southern and Eastern Aspects, and Northern and Eastern Aspects, and a
seasonal Western Foot Slope Seep.
1. Knob Summit. — Soils are mostly Coyler shaley silt loams at the DHK mountain crest (Fig. 2). Vegetation
is comprised of Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest without planted pines. This dry, open-canopied knob summit
habitat is typified by a sparse native herb layer, a very dense nearly impenetrable Lonicera maackii understory
shrub layer and some tree seedlings and saphngs in a canopy overstory of mature Quercus and Carya species.
Important indicator trees are Carya ovata, C. glabra, Quercus alba, Qfalcata, Q. stellata, and a hardwood mix-
ture of Acer rubrum var. rubrum, Fraxinus americana, Nyssa sylvatica, Prunus serotina var. serotina, Quercus ve-
hitina, and Robinia pseudoacacia. The two largest Quercus alba at the knob crest are 100.3 and 102.5 cm DBH,
while the two largest Q. stellata are 103.1 and 105.8 cm DBH.
Besides Lonicera maackii, other naturalized woody plants include Euonymus alatus, E.fortunei, Ligustrum
obtusifolium var. obtusijolium, and a single Pyrus calleryana. Symphoricarpos orbiculatus and Rubus pensilvanicus
we typical native shrubs. The preeminent woody vines are Lonicera japonica and Toxicodendron radicans var.
xbona-nox, S. glauca, and Vi-
sparse mainly due t<
The herbaceous layer of the knc
maachii and the dry topographic-moisture gradient from high ir
"icdifl forms a nearly continuous spring ground cover. Importa
Carex blanda, C. glaucodea, C. swami, Danthonia spicata, Dichanthelium acuminatum var. fasciculatum, and
Sphenopholis intermedia. Among the few native dicot herbaceous species are Cardamine concatenata, Corydalis
Mi, Erigeron annuus, Galium aparine, Oxalis violacea. Paronychia canadensis, Penstemon brevisepalus, Phyto-
lacca americana, and Potentilla simplex.
At the Knob Summit during May 2011, Thompson and Poindexter (2011) conducted a quantitative floris-
study °f species richness within the Pullins-Rucker Cemetery after the removal of Lonicera maackii and
other understory shrubs and tree saplings from a 30 x 15 m area with a chain saw and hand clippers. In Sep-
tember 2011, frequency data were determined through a 20 x 12 m test cemetery macroplot with thirty (lxl
m ) quadrats randomly placed after Lonicera maackii removal. Likewise, frequency data were gathered
through a reference macroplot in an adjacent L. maackii thicket using the same parameters (Thompson &
Poindexter 2011).
Species richness in the 30 cemetery test quadrats contained 51 different species with nine additional taxa
rec °rded outside the quadrats for a total of 60 taxa within the test macroplot. In order of decreasing frequency,
13X3 with 50% or greater frequency across the quadrats, were Phytolacca americana, Oxalis stricta, Solanum
Jhanthum, Erechtites hieraciifolius, Persicaria longiseta, and Ailanthus altissima (Thompson & Poindexter
Twenty-one species were documented in the 30 quadrats of the reference Lonicerc
ML. maackii and L. japonica had 50% or greater frequency (Thompson & Poindexter 2011).
A field trip in October 2011 after the September 2011 inventory within the cemetery macroplot revealed
additional presence of Ageratina altissima. Clematis virginiana, and Symphyotrichum lateriflorum for a total
63 ‘axa. In March 2012, the cemetery macroplot was dominated by a thick cover of Stellaria media with in-
termixed Lamium purpureum, Cardamine hirsuta, Galium aparine, and Taraxacum officinale in order of relative
abundance with several volunteer and resprouted Lonicera maackii seedlings and a few Ailanthus altissima,
Celastrus orbiculatus, and L. japonica sprouts. During the monthly surveys in March through June 2012, 32
more species were discovered within the cemetery macroplot for an overall 95volunteering taxa. These new
additions consisted of Ambrosia trifida var. trifida, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Aralia spinosa, Arctium minus, Car-
damine hirsuta, Carex swanii, Cerastium glomeratum, Cirsium discolor, C. vulgare, Cory dalis flam, Daucus carota,
Dichanthelium acuminatum var. fasciculatum, Erigeron philadelphicus, Galium aparine, Holcus lanatusjuglans
nigra, Juncus effusus ssp. solutus.J. tenuis, Lactuca serriola, Leersia virginica, Lepidium virginicum, Morus rubra,
Packera glabella, Poapratensis ssp. pratensis. Ranunculus abortivus, Rumex obtusifolius, Sanicula canadensis var.
canadensis, Schedonorus arundinaceus, Solidago altissuma var. altissima, Torilis arvensis, Ulmus rubra, and Ver-
bascum thapsus.
These 95 species within the cemetery test macroplot comprised a noteworthy 32.65% of the total DHKspe-
cies richness after additional collections from October 2011 and monthly collections during March-June 2012
Among these individuals, 10 of the colonizing herbaceous species were found only in the cemetery macroplot
and nowhere else: Acalypha rhomboidea, Ageratina altissima, Chamaesyce maculata, Cirsium discolor, Comme-
lina diffusa, Conoclinum coelestinum, Eclipta prostrata, Eupatorium serotinum, Packera glabella, and Passiflora
incamata. Most of the 60 species prior to the October 2011 collection were also observed during the 2012 trips.
A majority of the herbaceous species colonizing the cemetery macroplot are annuals and biennials from
seeds and fruit propagules in the existing seed bank and from light, wind-carried diaspores of the seed rain
(e.g., members of the Asteraceae). Most of these early successional annuals are not expected to persist as sec-
ondary succession continues in time with the presence of Lonicera maackii (Thompson & Poindexter 2011).
The plot sampling data from September 2011 revealed that a high density of Lonicera maackii was signifi-
and tree seedlings. Much greater species richness was evident in the cleared cemetery macroplot. The cemetery
macroplot is being reinvaded by L. maackii and as predicted, it will result in a corresponding decrease in spe-
cies richness and species diversity and comprise another thicket in a relatively short period of time without
significant control measures (Thompson & Poindexter 2011).
2. Southern and Western Aspects .— The forested southern slope aspect from the summit down to foot slope
is primarily composed of Coyler shaley silty clay loam soil, while the western slope aspect adjoining the sum-
mit inclining to foot slope is comprised mostly of Whitley silty clay loam (Fig. 2). The canopy composition on
the drier southern and western slopes consists of Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest comparable to that at the
knob summit with the addition of the interplanted Pinus echinata, P. strobus, and P. taeda, a few more native and
exotic shrubs, and several more herbaceous species.
Most pines are mature canopy trees with some recruitment of Eastern White Pine seedlings and saplings
evident, but no regeneration from Shortleaf Pine and Loblolly Pine. A few Pinus virginiana scattered throughout
the southern and western slopes have sparse regeneration along with Juniperus virginiana var. virginiana. The
supervised the plantings (C.L. Gentry, pers. comm. 2012). Most pines were planted on the southern, western,
and northern middle slopes to lower slopes. Representative pine tree ages were confirmed by eight core sam-
ples on the southern aspect from four Pinus strobus and four P. taeda. The sample cores of the largest Pim* 5
strobus of the southern aspect ranged from 47-49 yr old (41.5-55.0 cm DBH). Similarly, cores from the four
largest Pinus taeda were 48-49 yr old (44.9-49.5 cm DBH) .Juniperus virginiana var. virginiana is the most im-
portant coniferous indicator species among the oaks and hickories on the more open southwestern aspects
The largest Quercus falcata have DBHs of 103.3 and 105.8 cm. Quercus imbricaria is also an important addi-
tional species of the southern and western slopes with the two largest 66.7 and 77.0 cm DBH. Other characte-
ristic trees are Acer rubrum var. rubrum, Diospyros virginiana, Fraxinus americana, Nyssa sylvatica, Prunus sero-
tina var. serotina, Robinia pseudoacacia, and Sassafras albidum. Lonicera maackii is less prevalent on the drier
md other shrubs
Thompson et al., Vascular flora of Dead Horse Knob 641
of varying abundances are Amelanchier arborea, Comus florida, Frangula caroliniana. Ilex opaca, Rhus copalli-
num var. latifolia, R. glabra, Rosa multijlora, Rubus pensilvanicus, Vaccinium stamineum, and Viburnum rafines-
quianum. Symphoricarpos orbiculatus is the most widespread native shrub. Important woody vines include
Campsis radicans, Lonicera japonica, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Smilaxbona-nox, S. glauca, and the ubiquitous
Toxicodendron radicans var. negundo.
Characteristic native herbs on the southern and western slopes down to the foot slopes adjoining the
fence line and the grassland pasture are Agrostis perennans, Andropogon virginicus var. virginicus, Carex leaven-
worthii, C. swanii, C. texensis, C. umbellata, Chimaphila maculata, Danthonia spicata, Dichanthelium acuminatum
var. fasciculatum, Elymus virginicus var. virginicus, Juncus tenuis, Panicum anceps. Paronychia fastigiata, Penste-
monbrevisepalus, Phytolacca americana, Potentilla simplex, Sisyrinchium angustifolium, and Symphyotrichum
dumosum var. dumosum. Tipularia discolor, the only orchid species present, and Polygonatum biflorum var. biflo-
rrn are scarce at the western-trending middle slope.
3. Northern and Eastern Aspects . — The soil at the upper northern slope from the knob summit habitat is
mostly Colyer shaley silt loam and on the lower slope to foot slope is Whitley silt loam soil. The eastern aspect
is comprised of Coyler shaley silt loam that adjoins the summit and intergrades into the Whitley silt loam soils
(Fig. 2). The canopy vegetation of the northern and eastern aspect slopes also consists of Dry-Mesic Oak-
Hickory Forest interspersed with mixed pine plantings, as in the case of the southern and western-trending
aspects (Fig. 2). Pine regeneration here is basically non-existent. A significant, marked difference between the
mesie northern and eastern slope aspects is the presence of greater species richness of the herbaceous and
woody plants than the southern and western slopes, although mature canopy trees tend to be smaller-sized.
The higher native and exotic species richness of the northern and eastern topographic aspects is related to
greater canopy shade, more available soil moisture, and deeper soils.
At DHK, slope aspect differences result in greater vegetation diversity and richness on the northern and
eastern aspects but larger trees on the southern and western aspects. These data are congruent with recent
slope aspect data from an Appalachian watershed study in West Virginia by Desta et el. (2004). More pro-
nounced cattle grazing and trampling on the northern and eastern aspects have also influenced the presence of
more abundant exotic herbs and shrubs than on the southern and western aspects with lesser livestock impact.
Major canopy trees are mainly those mentioned above for the Oak-Hickory knob crest and southern and
western aspects. The largest trees of this area are Acer rubrum var. rubrum (74.1 cm DBH), Prunus serotina (87.4
cm), and Robinia pseudoacacia (91.2 cm). Other mature trees include Acer negundo var. negundo, A. saccharum,
Adanthus altissima, Aralia spinosa, Celtis occidentalis, Fraxinus pennsylvanica, Morus rubra, Ulmus americana
var. americana, and 17. rubra. A few Quercus montana are located on the northern mid-slope and Liquidambar
Xyraciflua is present on the eastern lower slope.
Naturalized woody shrubs on the northern and eastern slopes are Elaeagnus umbellata var. parvijlora, Li-
SWrum obtusifolium var. obtusifolium, Lonicera maackii, and Rosa multiflora, with the invasive woody vines,
Ce ^ astrus orbiculatus, Euonymusfortunei, and Lonicerajaponica. A marked difference is the lesser abundance of
Lonicem maackii due to browsing and trampling by livestock on the fenced northern half of the knob. Charac-
tef istic native shrubs include Rubus pensilvanicus, Sambucus canadensis, and Symphoricarpos orbiculatus. Toxi-
codendron radicans var. negundo is the predominant native woody vine with fewer Campsis radicans, Clematis
n&niana, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Smilax rotundifolia, and Vitis vulpina. A few clumps of Phoradendron
€Ucar PWi ssp. leucarpum are found in three Prunus serotina var. serotina trees and a single Gleditsia triacanthos
00 the northern upper slope.
and ^ herbaceous ls »y er on the mesic northern and eastern aspects predictably has a high species richness
■md species diversity. Carex amphibola, C. blanda, and C. grisea are important sedges on the rich leaf mold soil
^kyer. Asplenium platyneuron is scarce on the northern and northeast-trending mid-slopes. Other charac-
' eiistic ^tive herbs of various abundance are Bidens bipinnata, Dichanthelium clandestinum, Elymus villosus,
rigeron annuus, Galium aparine. Paronychia canadensis, Phytolacca americana, Pilea pumila, Sanicula canaden-
cana densis, and Symphyotrichum lateriflorum var. lateriflorum. Invasive exotic herbs forming a signifi-
cant seasonal groundcover include vast amounts of Commelina communis, Microstegium vimineum, Persicaria
longiseta, and Stellaria media.
4. Western Foot Slope Seep.— A small, seasonal seep habitat exists at a convex western foot slope near the
area of the old clay pits formerly used for brick-making by Berea College (Fig. 2). The clay soil of the seep is
comprised of eroded shaley Whitley silt loam. The few woody species at the seep edge include Acer negundo var.
negundo, Aralia spinosa. Clematis virginiana, Fraxinus pennsylvanica, Rubus pensilvanicus, and Sambucus ca-
nadensis. The seasonal wetland habitat supports several graminoids, i.e., Cyperaceae Juncaceae, and Poaceae.
Indicator wetland sedges and rushes are Carex annectans, C.frankii, C. lurida, C. tribuloides var. tribuloides, C.
vulpinoidea, Cyperus strigosus, and Juncus effusus ssp. solutus. Wetland grasses include Agrostis gigantea, Eck-
nochloa muricata var. muricata, Leersia virginica, and Phalaris arundinacea. Other wetland plants include Am-
longiseta, P. pennsylvanica, and P. punctata.
Culturally-Derived Ruderal Communities
Two anthropogenic-derived communities are directly and indirectly influenced by activities of Berea College
farm workers and disturbances caused by their livestock. In the case of the Berea College Farm agricultural
enterprise, farm workers typically sow pasture and grain crops, mow pastureland, harvest hay and ensilage,
and maintain Black Angus cattle and Kiko Spanish Cross goats, not to mention other undocumented historic
events. These human and animal activities have resulted in significant influences on the composition of the
native flora and vegetation below the junction bordering the Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest. Moreover, a sig-
nificant impact on species richness and species diversity of native herbaceous plants in the Culturally-Derived
Community is the consequence of the naturalized herbaceous plants now classified as invasive plant pests by
the KY-EPPC (2012).
1 . Southern Foot Slope Pasture and Feedlot. — A culturally-derived or ruderal habitat is present within a 0.17
ha triangular-shaped area lying between the circular southern lower slope and foot slope and a barbed wire
fence border. Whitley silt loam is the predominant soil here (Fig. 2). This ruderal area serves as year-around
livestock pasture and as a winter and spring feedlot. Tractor track paths from hay distribution and nearby crop
cultivation create bare ground, which also influences plant colonization. Cattle continually create bare ground
from disturbances through grazing, feeding on hay, manure deposition, and heavy ground trampling through-
out the year.
Plant coverage is highly correlated with the seasonal patterns and respective phenology of the plant spe-
cies and the highest species richness at DHK exists in this ruderal habitat. The surface ground area ranges from
a mosaic of scattered bare to sparsely-vegetated to fully vegetated during the late summer and fall growing
season, which have the greatest growth of weedy herbs. The floristic composition and coverage are dominated
by a rich assemblage of many native and naturalized annual and perennial ruderal weedy species with very few
woody taxa.
Important families with the largest number of exotic species from the southern foot slope pasture and
feedlot, in descending order by number of species, are the Poaceae, Asteraceae, Brassicaceae, Fabaceae, Caryo-
phyllaceae, and Polygonaceae. Naturalized grasses in the livestock-disturbed pasture and feedlot habitat
include Anthoxanthum odoratum, Dactylis glomerata, Digitaria ischaemum, D. sanguinalis, Echinochloa crus-gaB
var. crus-galli, Eleusine indica, Eragrostis cilianensis, Holcus lanatus, Poa annua, P. pratensis ssp. pratensis, Sche-
donorus arundinaceus, Setariafaberi, S. pumila ssp. pumila, and Sorghum halepense, among other taxa .Juncus
tenuis and Plantago rugelii are important native perennials of cattle paths and tractor tracks. Exotic dicots fluc-
tuating in seasonal abundance include Barbarea vulgaris, Cerastiumfontanum var. vulgare, Cichorium intybus,
Kummerowia striata, Plantago lanceolata, Persicaria longiseta, P. maculata, Ranunculus bulbosus, Rumex obtusifi-
lius, Sonchus asper, Stellaria media. Trifolium campestre, T. dubium, T. pratense, T. repens, Veronica arvensis, V pfi'
sica ssp. persica, and Vida sativa ssp. nigra. Coarse rank-scented dicot weeds typical of feedlots and barnyards
are Abutilon theophrasti. Ambrosia artemisiifolia, Amaranthus hybridus, A. spinosus, Anthemis cotula, Chenope-
dium album. Datura stramonium, Dysphania ambrosioides, Matricaria discoidea. Sisymbrium officinale. Solans
643
ptychanthum, and Xanthium strumarium. Consistent with the information provided here, Daehler (1998) found
that over-represented families among agricultural weeds tended to be mostly herbaceous annuals represented
within the Asteraceae, Fabaceae, and Poaceae. Typically, these three families are characterized by rapid repro-
duction, abiotically dispersed diaspores, and adaptation to disturbed habitats.
2. Perimeter Foot Slope Grassland Pasture.— The open grassy pasture habitat is a narrow band between the
fenced boundary and the circular eastern, northern, and western foot slope borders. Whitley silt loam is the
predominant soil series (Fig. 2). Many of the notable weedy exotic and native annuals present in the southern
pasture and feedlot are also established here. Herbaceous perennials constitute the major plant species of this
grassy Uvestock grazing land with several grasses and legumes planted by Berea College Farm workers. The
perimeter grassy pasture is predominately a thick cover of the introduced and now invasive Tall Fescue, Sche-
donorus arundinaceus. Other graminoids naturalized through agricultural sowing are Dactylis glomerata,
Phalaris arundinacea, Phleum pratense ssp. pratense, and Poa pratensis ssp. pratensis. Perennials interspersed
among Tall Fescue include other graminoids, Paspalum laeve var. laeve, Setaria parviflora, Tridensflavus, and
the perennial forbs, Plantago lanceolata, P. rugelii, Rumex crispus ssp. crispus, Solidago altissima var. altissima,
Symphyotrichum dumosum var. dumosum, S. pilosum var. pilosum, Taraxacum officinale, Trifolium pratense, T.
repens, Verbena urticifolia, Vemonia gigantea, and Viola sororia var. sororia.
ANNOTATED PLANT LIST
An asterisk (*) before a scientific name signifies a naturalized exotic taxon. A double asterisk (**) before a sci-
entific name designates a Kentucky invasive pest plant listed by the Kentucky Invasive Exotic Plant Pest Coun-
cil (KY-EPPC 2012). A superscript circle (°) denotes a Madison County distribution record.
Nomenclature and taxonomic concepts for plant families and respective taxa follow Weakley (2011), with
the exceptions of Phoradendron leucarpum ssp. 1 eucarpum, which follows a recent nomenclatural correction
(Abbott and Thompson 2011), and Penstemon brevisepalus (D. Estes, in litt.). Families are organized within the
categories: MONILOPHYTES, GYMNOSPERMS, and ANGIOSPERMS, with angiosperms separated into
MONOCOTS and “DICOTS ” the latter a non-monophyletic assemblage that includes eudicots and the Laura-
ceae, a member of the paraphyletic basal grade of “primitive angiosperms.”
Scientific names are followed by a common name, a relative abundance value, habitat designation, and
voucher collection number(s), which concludes each taxon entry. Relative abundance is defined as follows: R
(Rare) — 1-4 plants or colonies, very difficult to find in one or two locations; S (Scarce) — 5-10 plants or colo-
mes > difficult to find; I (Infrequent) — 11-30 plants or colonies, scattered; O (Occasional)— 31-100 plants or
greater than 1000 plants or colonies, a diagnostic indicator or dominant species.
The four Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest Community habitats are abbreviated as: KS=Knob Summit (in-
dudes cemetery macroplot); N-E=Northern and Eastern Aspects, S-W=Southem and Western Aspects; and
w S=Western Foot Slope Seep. The two Culturally-Derived Ruderal Community habitats are condensed as:
GP =Perimeter Foot Slope Grassland Pasture and PF=Southern Foot Slope Pasture and Feedlot. All habitats
are llsted alphabetically by abbreviation. Voucher specimen® are in an italicized year-number (e.g., 10-828;
H-610) format.
MONILOPHYTES
Red Cedar.
648
altered plant habitats of Dead Horse Knob documents a heavily invaded modern landscape and provides a
reference baseline for future comparative studies and data for potential land management decisions. The gen-
eral trends supported by our data include:
1. The DHK has a high species richness for such a small site. The largest families in terms of taxa are the
Poaceae, Asteraceae, Cyperaceae, Fabaceae, and Brassicaceae. Although the order of the families varies from
site to site, this same trend is supported by other floristic surveys of anthropogenically-influenced areas in
southern Madison County (e.g., Wade & Thompson 1990; Thompson & Fleming 2004; Thompson 2005;
Thompson 2008). Directly correlated to this species richness trend, most exotics found in this study (116;
39.9% of the total flora) are members of the Asteraceae, Brassicaceae, Fabaceae, and Poaceae.
2. Fifty-two of the exotic taxa (17.9% of the total number of species) are also Kentucky-listed invasive
plant pests. Woody Old World invasive taxa are the most influential in the Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Commu-
nity, and invasive Eurasian herbaceous taxa are most important in the Culturally-Derived Communities.
3. The Asian shrub, Lonicera maackii, has the most detrimental impact overall on the native forest flora
and vegetation and natural secondary succession. Although species composition and species richness of native
forest herbs, shrubs, and trees are also affected by other woody invasives such as Ailanthus altissima, Celastrus
orbiculatus, Eleaegnus umbellatus, E uonymus fortunei, Ligustrum obtusifulium var. obtusifolium, Lonicera japoni-
ca, and Rosa multiflora, the omnipresent Lonicera maackii will continue to dominate the shrubby understory
over time through seed recruitment, succession adaptations, shade tolerance, and allelopathy without repeated
anthropogenic control and management measures.
4. Ninety-five (32.65% ) or nearly one-third of the total DHK flora have volunteered or colonized the 20x
12 m cemetery macroplot after Lonicera maackii removal in 2011. Most are annuals and biennials derived from
seeds and fruit propagules within the existing seed bank within the macroplot and from light wind-transport-
ed diaspores through seed rain from the immediate environs.
5. The major plant community, Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest, can be delineated into four habitats and
exhibits heterogeneity in species richness and relative abundance of the existing flora, related to topography,
slope aspect, and historic land usage. Higher-insolated southern and western aspects habitats are drier, hotter,
and sunnier. These areas exhibit less diversity, though some species are restricted to these conditions. Habitats
on the mesic, shaded, northern and eastern slope aspects display greater species richness mainly as a result of
a more growth conducive environment.
6. In addition to the human-mediated introduction of invasive exotics, historic and ongoing anthropo-
genic influences on vegetation structure include clearing the land (whether for a cemetery, brick-making, farm-
ing, or timber-harvest), planting pines, and introduction of cattle and goats. Livestock disturbances from
grazing, browsing, and trampling on all four directional aspects of the knob continues to impact species com-
position of native herbs and woody plants in the Dry-Mesic Oak-Hickory Forest, as well as in the non-forested
7. Culturally-Derived or Ruderal Communities are created and maintained through anthropogenic dis-
turbances, primarily related to livestock trampling and grazing and agricultural farming practices. These two
habitats support the highest ruderal weedy flora and are dominated by exotic and native annuals and perenni-
als, especially within the Poaceae, Fabaceae, and Asteraceae.
8. Woody and herbaceous invasive plant colonizers at Dead Horse Knob are expected to continue to se-
verely influence litter decomposition, disturb soil nutrient cycles, disrupt nitrogen-fixation, compete for re-
sources, replace native flora and vegetation, change patterns of seedling germination, reproduction, and regen-
eration, and alter overall natural secondary plant succession. What this means for the native vegetation at the
knob will only be known with certainty in the decades to come, but without active control of the exotics it
certainly seems likely that the invasives will continue to increase in abundance, out competing the natives and
reducing overall species diversity and species richness. This current study provides a reference baseline for
future comparative work.
Thompson et at., Vascular flora of Dead Horse Knob
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We convey our appreciation to Shannon Wilson, Berea College, for historic information on Rucker’s Knob,
Claude Gentry, Berea College, for personal knowledge of DHK pine plantations, Melanie Bentley, Eastern Ken-
tucky University, for the two figures, and Michael W. Palmer, Oklahoma State University, and Paul F. Thread-
gill, Maryville College, for their constructive reviews of our manuscript. We especially express our gratitude
to Edward WJ. FitzGerald, Jr., Lexington, Kentucky, for his encouragement toward this plant study of Rucker’s
Knob and to Edward T. Pullins, Richmond, Kentucky, for sharing his ancestral history.
REFERENCES
Abbott, J.R. and R.L Thompson. 2011. New combinations in Phoradendron leucarpum (Viscaceae). J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas
5:139-141.
Boyce, R.P. 2006. Building a college: an architectural history of Berea College. Berea College Printing Services, Berea, KY.
Braun, E.L. 1950. Deciduous forests of eastern North America. Hafner Press, New York, NY.
Burroughs, W.G. 1926. Geography of the Kentucky Knobs. Kentucky Geol. Surv. Ser. 6:1-21 1. Frankfort, KY.
Campbell, G. 1946. New Albany Shale. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 57:829-908.
Campbell, J. and M. Medley. 2006. Illustrated atlas of vascular plants in Kentucky: a first approximation. July 2006 draft.
Bound manuscript distributed by authors, Lexington, KY.
Campbell, J. and M. Medley. 201 2. The atlas of vascular plants in Kentucky. Draft of 201 2, with provisional listing of authors.
(https://www.bluegrasswoodland.com). Six PDFs through [https://www.onlinefilefolder.com, accessed 23 May
2012 ].
Curk, R.C. andTJ. Weckman. 2008. Annotated catalog and atlas of Kentucky woody plants. Castanea: Occasional Papers
in Eastern Botany No. 3:1 -1 13.
Daehler, CC. 1998. The taxonomic distribution of invasive plants: ecological insights and comparison to agricultural
weeds. Biol. Conservat. 84:1 67-1 80.
Davis, MA. and K. Thompson. 2000. Eight ways to be a colonizer; two ways to be an invader: a proposed nomenclature
scheme for invasion ecology. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Am. 81:226-230.
ter*, F, JJ. Colbert, J.S. Rentch, and K.W. Gottschalk. 2004. Aspect induced differences in vegetation, soil, and microcli-
matic characteristics of an Appalachian watershed. Castanea 64:92-1 08.
Evans, M. 1991 . Kentucky ecological communities. Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission, Frankfort, KY.
Eedoers, J.M. 1983. The vegetation and its relationships with selected soil and site factors of The Spencer-Morton Pre-
serve, Powell County, Kentucky. M.S. thesis, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY.
Fenneman, N.M. 1 938. Physiography of the eastern United States. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, NY.
Foerste, AF. 1906. The Silurian, Devonian, and Irvine Formations of east-central Kentucky, with an account of their clays
and limestones. Bull. Kentucky Geol. Surv. 5:283-284.
Gu *on. HA and A. Cronquist. 1991 . Manual of vascular plants of northeastern United States and adjacent Canada, 2nd
ed-The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY.
Gsossman, J. AND D. Pittillo. 1962. Shrubby and herbaceous flora of the Berea College Forest. Trans. Kentucky Acad. Sci.
2361-73.
***- R L 2005. Plant life of Kentucky: an illustrated guide to the vascular flora. University Press of Kentucky, Lexington,
**** ^and R.L Thompson. 1986. A beech-hemlock stand in the Knobstone Escarpment of Madison County, Kentucky.
"Frans. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 47:1 01 -1 05.
KtWuaY kerne Pest Punt Council (KY-EPPC). 2012. Kentucky Exotic Plant Pest Council invasive exotic plant list, [http://
www.se-eppc.org/ky/list.htm, accessed 24 May 201 2J.
State Nature Preserves Commission (KSNPC). 2010. Rare and extirpated biota of Kentucky. J. Kentucky Acad. Sci.
«:115-132.
W.H. McNab, W.E. Russell and M-L. Smith. 1995. Ecological units of the
3 and booklet of map unit table— map scale 3,500,000 scale). United
, Forest Service, Atlanta, GA
• Potential natural vegetation of the conterminous United States (map and accompanying manual).
American Geographical Society, Special Publication No. 36. New York, NY.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
sity of Louisville, Louisville, KY.
Midwest Climate Center. 2011. Midwestern Regional Climate Center. Climate of the Midwest. Kentucky: Berea College,
Madison County: Station: 150619 [http://mcc.sws.uiuc.edu/climate_ mwdimate_data_summeries.htm, accessed 22
Muller, R.N. and W.C. McComb. 1 986. Upland forests in the Knobs Region of Kentucky. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 1 1 3:268-280.
Newell, W.L. 1981. Contributions to the geology of Kentucky: Physiography. In: R.C. McDowell (ed.). 1981. The geology of
Kentucky— a text to accompany the geologic map of Kentucky. United States Geological Survey Professional Paper
1 1 51 -H, Washington, D.C. [http://pubs.usgs.gov/pp/p1 1 51 h/physiography.html, accessed 22 Apr 201 2].
Newton, J.H., H.P. McDonald, D.G. Preston, AJ. Richardson, and R.P. Sims. 1973. Soil survey of Madison County, Kentucky.
United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, and Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station,
Quarterman, E. and R.L. Powell. 1978. Potential ecological/geological natural landmarks on the Interior Low Plateaus.
United States Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C.
Reichard, S. and C.W. Hamilton. 1 997. Predicting invasion of woody plants introduced into North America. Conservat. Biol.
11:195-203.
Reichard, S. and P. White. 2001 . Horticulture as a pathway of invasive plant introductions in the United States. BioScience
Soil Survey Staff. 2012. National Resource Conservation Service, United States Department of Agriculture. Dead Horse
Knob, Madison County, Kentucky. Web Soil Survey. [http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/app/WebSoilSurvey.aspx,
accessed 23 May 201 2].
Thompson, R.L. 2005. Floristic survey of Indian Fort Amphitheater, Berea College Forest, Madison County, Kentucky. J.
Kentucky Acad. Sci. 66:35-39.
Thompson, R.L 2007. The vascular flora of the Hancock Biological Station, Murray State University, Calloway County,
Kentucky. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 1:609-630.
Thompson, R.L. 2008. The vascular plants of the Berea College Forest in Madison, Jackson, and Rockcastle counties, Ken-
tucky. Castanea 73:188-209.
Thompson, R.L and CA Fleming. 2004. Vascular flora of five reservoirs in the Berea College Forest, Madison and Jackson
Counties, Kentucky. J. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 65:1 1 6-1 31 .
Thompson, R.L and R.L. Jones. 201 0. Vascular flora of the Old Mulkey Meeting House State Historic Site, Monroe County,
Kentucky. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 4:391-409.
Thompson, R.L and D.B. Poindexter. 2006. Vascular flora of the Elk and Bison Prairie, Land Between The Lakes National
Recreation Area, Trigg County, Kentucky. Castanea 71 :1 05-1 23.
Thompson, R.L. and D.B. Poindexter. 201 1 . Species richness after Lonicera maackii removal from an old cemetery macroplot
on Dead Horse Knob, Madison County, Kentucky. Phytoneuron 201 1-50:1—15.
Thompson, R.L, K. Rivers Thompson, EA Fleming, R.D. Cooks, J.R. Price, M.N. Naseman, and AJ. Oles. 2008. Eastern mistletoe
( Phoradendron leucarpum, Viscaceae) in the city of Berea, Kentucky: a high incidence of infestation and eight new
host species for Kentucky. J. Kentucky Acad. Sci. 693-10.
Trewartha, G.T and LH. Horn. 1980. An introduction to climate, 5th ed. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, NY.
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service (USDA, NRCS). 2012 The PLANTS Database.
National Plant Data Team, Greensboro, NC 27401-4901 USA. [http://plants.usda.gov, accessed 24 May 2012]
Wade, G. L. and R. L. Thompson. 1990. Establishment of native plant species from forest topsoil seed banks on a borrow
area in Kentucky. In: J. Skousen, J. Sencindiver, and D. Samuels, eds. Proceedings of the Mining and Reclamation
Conference and Exhibition, Vol. II, 23-26 April 1 990, Morgantown, WV. Pp. 45 1 -460.
Weakley, A.S. 2011. Flora of the southern and mid-Atlantic states, working draft of 15 May 2011. University of North
Carolina Herbarium, North Carolina Botanical Garden, Chapel Hill, N.C. [http:// www. herbarium.unc.edu/flora.htia
accessed 24 May 2012]
Weir, G.W. 1967. Geologic quadrangle map of the Berea Quadrangle east-central Kentucky. Map GQ-900. (Map s« te
1:24,000). United States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
Weir, G.W., K.Y. Lee, and P.E. Cassity. 1971. Geologic map of the Bighill Quadrangle east- central Kentucky. Map GO 649 '
(Map scale 1:24,000). United States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.
651
Wharton, M.E. 1945. Floristics and vegetation of the Devonian-Mississippian black-shale region of Kentucky. Ph.D. dis-
sertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Ml.
Woods, AJ., J.M. Omernik, W.H. Martin, GJ. Pond, W.M. Andrews, S.M. Call, JA Comstock, and D.D. Taylor. 2002. Ecoregions
of Kentucky (color poster with map, descriptive text, summary tables, and photographs). (Map scale 1:1,000,000).
United States Geological Survey, Reston, VA.
652
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute ofTei
BOOK NOTICES
Michael H. Graham, Joan Parker, and Paul K. Dayton (eds). 2011. The Essential Naturalist. (ISBN-13: 978-0-
226-305790-7, pbk.). The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois 60637, U.S.A. (Orders: www.
press.uchicago.edu). $39.00, 552 pp., 4 halftones, 18 line drawings, 39 tables, 6" x 9".
From the Publisher: “Like nearly every area of scholarly inquiry today, the biological sciences are broken into
increasingly narrow fields and subfields, its practitioners divided into ecologists, evolutionary biologists, tax-
onomists, paleontologists, and much more. But all these splintered pieces have their origins in the larger field
of natural history — and in this era where climate change and relentless population growth are irrevocably al-
tering the world around us, perhaps it’s time to step back and take a new, fresh look at the larger picture.
“The Essential Naturalist offers exactly that: a wide-ranging, eclectic collection of writings from more than
eight centuries of observations of the natural world, from Leeuwenhoek to E.O. Wilson, from von Humboldt to
Rachel Carson. Featuring commentaries by practicing scientists that offer personal accounts of the importance
an overview of the field’s long history and as an inspirational starting point for new explorations, for trained
scientists and amateur enthusiasts alike.”
Just reading the Table of Contents will make you want to have this book in your personal library. The Essential
Naturalist is broken into five broad subject areas: 1) Inspiration, 2) Exploration, 3) Initiation, 4) Intuition, and
5) Unification. Robert T. Paine, University of Washington, Seattle, writes in his introduction “A Foundation
Built by Giants” that “the attraction of humans to nature is clear and ubiquitous.” Paine goes on to define Natu-
ral History as the systematic study of natural organisms through observations. I like this definition. For sure,
one cannot underestimate the power of personal observation in science. It is the foundation and most powerful
tool of any naturalist! — Barney Lipscomb, Botanical Research Institute of Texas, 1700 University Dr., Fort Worth,
Texas 76107-3400, USA.
VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE YAZOO-MISSISSIPPI DELTA, LOESS BLUFFS,
AND NORTH CENTRAL PLATEAU IN GRENADA COUNTY, MISSISSIPPI
Michael Wayne Morris
Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences
Troy University
Troy, Alabama 36082, USA.
John R. MacDonald
Mississippi Entomological Museum
Mississippi State University
Mississippi State, Mississippi 39762, USA.
INTRODUCTION
Located in north central Mississippi about 160 km north of Jackson, MS, and about 160 km south of Memphis,
TN, Grenada County includes parts of three physiographic regions (Fig. 1): the nearly flat alluvial plain in the
western part of the county known as the Yazoo-Mississippi Delta (or Delta); the Loess Bluffs, a long north-
south line of hills arising abruptly at the eastern edge of the Delta; and the North Central Plateau, an ancient,
eroded plateau in the eastern part of the county (Lowe 1921). The Yalobusha River, a major tributary of the
Yazoo River, forms a floodplain as it flows from east to west through each physiographic region. In addition, in
order to prevent flooding and erosion and for recreational purposes, the Yalobusha River was dammed in the
Central of the county to create Grenada Lake. It should be noted that the Yazoo-Mississippi Delta is not the
^ delta of the Mississippi River, which is located approximately 560 km farther south (Carter et al. 1990).
Three different forest regions of the Deciduous Forest Formation (Braun 1950) are present in Grenada
°uuty, largely corresponding with the physiographic regions within the area. The Delta is a part of the Mis-
^Ppi Alluvial Plain of the Southeastern Evergreen Forest Region. Although mapped in this region, much of
elta not used for agricultural purposes is covered with bottomland deciduous hardwood forests, marshes,
®uffs are located in the Mississippi Embayment Section of the Western Mesophytic Forest Region and are
facterized by nutrient-rich hardwood forests in deep ravines and on bluffs and by providing a cool, moist
micr oclim a te that supports vascular plant species characteristic of the Appalachian Mountains and more
nort hem latitudes, as well as regional endemic and calciphilic species. The North Central Plateau is included
, Gu lf Slope Section of the Oak-Pine Forest Region. Plant communities here are indicative of much of the
r Gulf Coastal Plain of the southeastern United States and range from acidic, well-drained oak-pine woods
0Calize d bog and spring branch habitats supporting plants with both northem and southern affinities.
Concerning the topography of Grenada County, low points of approximately 39.4 m (130 ft) above sea
654
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
level are located in the Yazoo-Mississippi Delta; a hill in the
North Central Plateau of the southeastern part of the study area
rises approximately 163.6 m (540 ft) above sea level. The two
extremes of elevation give a total relief of 124.2 m (410 ft).
Soils of the Delta Region are primarily of the Alligator-
Forestdale association (Thomas & Bowen 1967). These soils
are silty or clayey and generally poorly drained. The silty soils
were washed down from the nearby Loess Bluffs and deposited
in this area by the Yalobusha River and large streams and
creeks. The clayey soils formed in alluvium of the Mississippi
River. Soil reaction is usually moderately acid to circumneutral.
The Loess Bluffs are in a nearly level to very steep area
where the silty soils are derived from loess. The mantle of loess
is about 9.1 m (30 ft) thick at its extreme western edge in Grena-
da County, but it thins progressively toward the east (Thomas
& Bowen 1967). Soil associations of the Loess Bluff Region are
Memphis, Memphis-Guin, Memphis-Loring, and Providence-
Loring-Ruston, which are silty, sandy, or gravelly, well-drained
soils that are generally circumneutral to moderately acid.
The main soil associations of the North Central Plateau are
_Ruston-Cuthbert-Providence, Tippah-Boswell-Dulac, andRus-
Fw. 1. Location of Grenada County, Mississippi. ton-Providence (Thomas & Bowen 1967). These are sandy,
silty, or clayey soils that usually have a strongly acid reaction;
they are poorly to well-drained. On some of the ridges, a thin layer of loess remains, but geologic erosion has
removed the loess from the side slopes.
Agriculture plays an important role in the economy of Grenada County. As a result, many of the level
Areas that are not poorly drained have been cleared and are now present as cultivated fields or pastures. The
bottomlands along the Yalobusha River and one of its major tributaries, the Batupan Bogue, are now almost
entirely under cultivation; but they were originally timbered with many species of oaks and hickories among
other hardwoods (Hilgard 1860). Crops grown include cotton, soybeans, com, rice, wheat, and other grains.
The lumber industry contributes to the economy of Grenada County. Pine monocultures frequently re-
place upland oak-hickory or pine-oak-hickory forests in areas that have been clearcut in the eastern part of the
county. This practice generally reduces overall biodiversity and sets up conditions for uncontrolled plant dis-
eases and increased erosion, and also creates corridors for the spread of invasive plant species.
Since the settlement of the area, the formation of Grenada Lake, and because of agricultural practices and
the lumber industry, much of the natural vegetation has been drastically altered. However, areas of minimal
disturbance where native species are the predominant flora still remain in the county, especially sites that art
either poorly drained or too steep to be subject to mass deforestation.
One of the first vegetational surveys conducted in northern Mississippi only included areas north or
south of Grenada County (Harper 1913). Since that time, very little intensive field work has been car-ried out
within and adjacent to Grenada County. Therefore, prior to our studies, the flora was poorly known. The sec-
ond author conducted a floristic survey of Camp McCain, a military training area within Grenada County that
the first author did not have permission to inventory.
MATERIALS AND
Collecting trips were made by the first author at regular ir
the second author from 1993-1996. Voucher specimens o
' METHODS
itervals from March 1986 to November 1987, and by
f each vascular plant species encountered were p«'
Manuals and guides consulted in the determination of species and for current nomenclature include the
following: Clewell (1985), Correll & Johnston (1970), FNA (1993+), Godfrey (1988), Godrey & Wooten (1979,
1981), Radford et al. (1968), Steyermark (1963), Weakley (2011), Wofford (1989), and Wunderlin (1998). Works
on the flora of Mississippi that have some bearing on the vascular plants of Grenada County are: Bryson (1984),
Bryson& Carter (1994), Bryson & Morris (1988, 1992),Brysonetal. (1994),Evans(1978),Gunnetal. (1980)Jones
(1974a, 1974b, 1975a, 1975b, 1976a, 1976b),Jonesetal. (1969), Lowe (1921), Morris (1989), Morris etal. (1993),
Morris (1997), Pullen et al. (1968), and Sorrie & Leonard (1999). Nomenclature primarily follows Weakley
(2011). Standardized abbreviations for authority names are from The International Plant Names Index (2012).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Fieldwork conducted mostly in 1986-1987 (Morris 1987) and in 1993-1996 has resulted in the documenta-
tion of 1,129 species of vascular plants. Two additional infraspecific taxa were also documented for a total 1,131
taxa. The major families are: Poaceae, 140 species; Asteraceae, 132 species; Cyperaceae, 107 species; and
Fabaceae, 83 species. Many of the most noteworthy taxa, including the first documented Mississippi popula-
tions of Equisetum arvense L., Dryopteris xaustralis (Wherry) Small, and Cyperus lancastriensis Porter in A.
Gray, were previously reported from Grenada County by the author (Morris 1988, Morris & Bryson 1986). The
additional collections of Aristida ramosissima Engelm. ex A. Gray and Lepidium densijlorum Schrad. made by
the second author from Grenada County record these species as new to Mississippi. Forty-six taxa considered
rare or uncommon to critically imperiled in Mississippi and tracked by the Mississippi Natural Heritage Pro-
gram (2006a) were located during the course of field surveys (Table 1). Eight of these species, Equisetum ar-
vense, Dryopteris xaustralis, Osmorhiza longistylis, Panax quinquefolius, Pachysandra procumbens, Platanthera
cristata, Schisandra glabra, and Chelone glabra, are illustrated (Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9). In addition, nine vascu-
lar plant species on the Mississippi Natural Heritage Program Special Plants Watch List (2006b), Antennaria
solitaria, Comandra umbellata, Dasistoma macrophyllum, Rhynchosia latifolia, Carex albicans var. albicans, Carex
meadii, Carex oklahomensis, Lilium superbum, and M elanthium (= Veratrum) virginicum, all of which have S3S4
rank-ings, were documented in Grenada County. Based on this study, it was determined that approximately
18 4% of the flora is not native to the area.
A systematic list of the vascular flora of Grenada County, Mississippi has never been presented. Thus, fol-
lowing is a list of native and naturalized vascular plants of this area based on collections by the authors (Morris
1987). It is arranged alphabetically by family and species under the major taxonomic divisions. Herbarium
specimens based on this study are primarily housed in IBE, and specimens were also deposited in DSC, MICH,
MlSSA, SWSL, ctb (personal herbarium of Charles T. Bryson), mwm (personal herbarium of Michael Wayne
Morris), jrm (personal herbarium of John R. MacDonald), and other herbaria. Information on relative abun-
dance, habitats, and the physiographic regionfe) in which each taxon occurs is also included. Relative abun-
dance terms are ranked from highest to lowest as follows: Abundant, Common, Frequent, Occasional, Infre-
<l»ent, Uncommon, and Rare. An asterisk (*) indicates the species is most common in a particular region.
Physiographic regions are indicated as follows: YMD = Yazoo-Mississippi Delta; LB = Loess Bluffs; NCP =
North Central Plateau; LB/YMD & LB/NCP = transition areas; and “Throughout” = throughout county. “In-
troduced” means the species is likely not native to the area. Regarding collection numbers, MWM = Morris,
ai »dJRM = MacDonald.
LYCOPHYTES
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
659
Morrisand MacDonald, Flora of Yazoo-Mississippi Delta, Loess Bluffs, and North Central Plateau
, LB/NCP.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
666
al Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
671
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
678
Verbena urticifolia L Frequent; woodland borders, fields, marshes, Ampelopsis cordata Michx. Frequent; low woods, thickets, and
and waste places; throughout. MWM 21 21, 2976; JRM 7273 along creeks and streams; throughout (rare in NCP).MWM 1062
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Sidney McDaniel (IBE and MISSA) and the late J.R. Watson, Mississippi State University, and Charles
T. Bryson (SWSL) for reviewing earlier versions of this manuscript. Rare plant illustrations were provided by
Sidney McDaniel. We are also grateful to Richard Carter (VSC), Robert Krai (VDB), and the late W.H. Wagner,
Jr., (MICH), for verifications and certain identifications cited herein. Publication costs were supported by a
North Georgia College & State University Faculty Development Grant. Technical support from Julie Barbaree
and Glenn Cohen in the Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences, Troy University, is appreciat-
ed. Much appreciation is extended to the formal reviewers and to Barney Lipscomb for their thorough editing.
Travel expenses for M.W. Morris were supported in part by a Mississippi Wildlife Heritage Fund 1987 Re-
search Grant and by the following institutions: the Crosby Arboretum, the Institute for Botanical Exploration,
and the Department of Biological Sciences at Mississippi State University. Travel expenses for J. R. MacDonald
were supported by the Mississippi Natural Heritage Program of the Mississippi Department of Wildlife, Fish-
eries, and Parks.
REFERENCES
Bryson, C.T. and J.R. Carter. 1 994. Notes on Carex, Cyperus, and Kyllinga (Cyperaceae) in Mississippi with records of eight
species previously unreported to the state. Sida 16355-361.
Bryson, C.T. and M.W. Morris. 1 988. Noteworthy range extensions for Juglans cinerea (Juglandaceae) and Eleocharis eryth-
ropoda (Cyperaceae) in Mississippi. Sida 13:262-263.
Bryson, C.T. and M.W. Morris. 1 992. Range extension for Aralia racemosa (Araliaceae) in Mississippi. Sida 1 5:1 55-1 57.
Bryson, C.T., J.R. MacDonald, and R. Warren. 1994. Notes on Carex (Cyperaceae), with C. godfreyi new to Alabama and
communis and C. scoparia new to Mississippi. Sida 16355-361.
Carter, R., M.W. Morris, and C.T. Bryson. 1 990. Some records of rare or otherwise interesting vascular |
Region of Mississippi. Castanea 55:40-55.
Clewell, A.F. 1 985. Guide to the vascular plants of the Florida panhandle. Florida Si
Correll, D.S. AND M.C. Johnston. 1970. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas. Texas Research Foundation, R'
Evans, A.M. 1978. Mississippi flora: a guide to ferns and fern allies. Sida 7:282-297.
Morris and MacDonald, Flora of Yazoo-Mississippi Delta, Loess Bluffs, «
679
Goofrey, R.K. 1 988. Trees, shrubs, and woody vines of northern Florida and adjacent Georgia and Alabama. The Univer-
sity of Georgia Press, Athens.
Goofrey, R.K. AND J.W. Wooten. 1 979. Aquatic and wetland plants of southeastern United States. Monocotyledons. Vol. 1 .
The University of Georgia Press, Athens.
Godfrey, R.K. and J.W. Wooten. 1981. Aquatic and wetland plants of southeastern United States. Dicotyledons. Vol. 2. The
University of Georgia Press, Athens.
Gunn, CR..T.M. Pullen, EA Stadelbacker, J.M. Chandler, and J. Barnes. 1 980. Vascular flora of Washington County, Mississippi,
and environs. USDA Science and Education Administration, New Orleans, Louisiana.
Harper, R.M. 1 91 3. A botanical cross-section of northern Mississippi. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 40:377-399.
Jones, S.B. 1 974a. Mississippi flora. I. Monocotyledon families with aquatic and wetland species. Gulf Res. Rep. 4:357-379.
Jones, S.B. 1974b. Mississippi flora. II. Distribution and identification of the Onagraceae. Castanea 39:370-379.
Jones, S.B. 1975a. Mississippi flora. III. Distribution and identification of the Brassicaceae. Castanea 40:238-252.
Jones, S.B. 1 975b. Mississippi flora. IV. Dicotyledon families with aquatic or wetland species. Gulf Res. Rep. 5:7-22.
Jones, S.B. 1 976a. Mississippi flora. V. The mint family. Castanea 41 :41 -58.
Jones, S.B. 1 976b. Mississippi flora VI. Miscellaneous families. Castanea 41:1 89-2 1 2.
Jones, S.B., T.M. Pullen, and J.R. Watson. 1 969. The Pteridophytes of Mississippi. Sida 3:359-364.
Lowe, E.N. 1921 . Plants of Mississippi: A list of flowering plants and ferns. Mississippi St. Geol. Surv. Bull. No. 1 7.
Mississippi Natural Heritage Program. 2006a. Special plants tracking list. Museum of Natural Science, Mississippi Dept, of
Wildlife, Fisheries, and Parks. Jackson, MS.
Mississippi Natural Heritage Program. 2006b. Spe
llife, Fisheries, and Parks. Jackson, MS.
Morris, M.W. 1987. The vascular flora of Grenada County, Mississippi. M.S. Thesis, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Mississippi
State University, Mississippi State.
Morris, M.W. 1988. Noteworthy vascular plants from Grenada County, Mississippi. Sida 13:177-186.
Morris, M.W. 1989. Spiranthes (Orchidaceae) in Mississippi. Selbyana 11:39-48.
Morris, M.W. 1997. Contributions to the flora and ecology of the northern Longleaf Pine Belt in Rankin County, Missis-
sippi. Sida 17:615-626.
Morris, M.W. and C.T. Bryson. 1 986. Carexswanii in Mississippi. Castanea 51 :226-227.
Morris, M.W., C.T. Bryson, and R.W. Warren. 1993. Rare vascular plants and associate plant communities from the Sand
Creek Chalk Bluffs, Oktibbeha County, Mississippi. Castanea 58:250-259.
Pullen, T.M., S.B. Jones, and J.R. Watson. 1 968. Additions to the flora of Mississippi. Castanea 33:326-334.
Pweord, A.E., H.E. Ahles, and C.R. Bell. 1 968. Manual of the vascular flora of the Carolinas.The University of North Carolina
Press, Chapel Hill.
SoRRie, BA and S.W. Leonard. 1 999. Noteworthy records of Mississippi vascular plants. Sida 1 8:889-908.
Steyermark, JA 1963. Flora of Missouri. The Iowa State University Press, Ames.
The International Punt Names Index. 2012. Published on the Internet http://ipni.org [accessed 31 July 201 2].
Thomas, A.E. and C.D. Bowen. 1 967. Soil survey of Grenada County, Mississippi. United States Department of Agriculture in
Cooperation with the Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station.
Weakley, A.S. 2011. Flora of the southern and mid-Atlantic states. Working draft of 15 May 2011. University of North
Carolina Herbarium, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
Wofford, B.E. 1 989. Guide to the vascular plants of the Blue Ridge. The University of Georgia Press, Athens.
Wunderun, R.P. 1 998. Guide to the vascular plants of Florida. University Press of Florida, Gainesville.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6
BOOK NOTICE
Gisella S. Cruz GARdA. 2012. Ethnobotanical Study of Wild Food Plants Used by Rice Farmers in North-
east Thailand. (ISBN-13: 978-94-6173-275-0, pbk.). Thesis, Wageningen University, Wageningen, The
Netherlands. (Orders: no order information available). $No price given, 215 pp., h/w figures, graphs,
tables, 6Vi” x9%".
From the Abstract: “A theoretical model was developed and field work was conducted in Kalasin, Northeast
Thailand. The empirical analysis comprised three principle analytically and methodologically coherent re-
search components: (a) botanical (species level), (b) ecological (ecosystem and sub-system) and (c) anthropo-
logical (household level). This was reflected in the use of research methodologies drawn from (ethno)botany,
ecology and anthropology, respectively.
Results showed a total of 87 elicited wild food plant species comprising trees, terrestrial and aquatic
herbs, climbers, shrubs, bamboos and a rattan growing in anthropogenic ecosystems including rice fields
home gardens, secondary woods, upland fields, swamps and roadsides. Most species can be found in different
places and more than two thirds of the species have extra uses besides food.
A total of 42 wild food plant species were reported in 102 sampling sites corresponding to seven sub-sys-
tems associated to lowland rice production, including shelters, hillocks, ponds, and their margins, tree rows,
dikes and field margins.
This study highlighted the importance of diversity at species, sub-system and ecosystem level, and con-
firmed the theoretical model on seasonal and spatial complementarity of anthropogenic ecosystems and sub-
systems for provisioning and gathering wild food plants. It was concluded that this complementarity is crucial
for household food security and dietary diversity, and has major societal implications for agricultural pro-
grams, food policies, biodiversity conservation initiatives and poverty alleviation strategies in the region.
Summaries in English and Dutch.
Key Words: Wild food plant, ethnobotany, domestication, anthropogenic ecosystem, rice ecosystem,
home garden, gathering, abundance, diversity, seasonality, ecosystem complementarity, multi-functionality,
poverty, vulnerability, rice farmers, Thailand, Southeast Asia.”
CHECKLIST OF THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF
WESTMORELAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
Cynthia M. Morton
Section of Botany
Carnegie Museum of Natural History
4400 Forbes Avenue
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213, U.SA.
mortonc@carnegiemuseums.org
Section of Botany
Carnegie Museum of Natural History
4400 Forbes Avenue
ABSTRACT
INTRODUCTION
Even though Pennsylvania lacks checkUsts for most of its counties, the vascular flora known thus far is quite
diverse. Rhoads and Klein (1993) reported 3318 taxa of vascular plants for the state, including 2076 native and
1242 introduced. Approximately 27 of Pennsylvania’s 67 counties have floras completed, but some are theses
and surveys and therefore unavailable to the public. The exact number of genera and species in the flora of
Westmoreland County was not previously known because a checklist had never been widely or recently pub-
lis hed. Such checklists provide baseline information that can be used to monitor environmental changes and
guide conservation decisions.
Site Description
Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania, is located in the western-central part of the state (Fig. 1). It is bordered
V Butler County to the northwest, Armstrong and Indiana counties to the north, and Cambria County to the
northeast, Somerset County to the southeast, Fayette County to the south, and Washington County to the
southwest and Allegheny County to the west. The county contains approximately 2683 sq km (1036 sq mi).
Elevations in the county range from a maximum of 908 m (2980 ft) along the Laurel Ridge to a low of 222 m
(727 ft) along the Monongahela River. Latitude ranges from 40.04035 to 40.68044°N and longitude ranges
from 78.98418 to 79.90527°W.
Westmoreland County receives a total annual precipitation of approximately 119 cm (47 in). Average
seasonal snowfall is 112 cm (44 in) annually. The average date of the last frost in the spring is usually around
% 12th and the first frost of the season approximately September 12th. The length of the growing season,
from the last killing frost in spring to the first killing frost in autumn, is between 113-203 (mean 160) days
CUSDA1968).
682
Morton and Speedy, Flora of Westmoreland County
The Western Allegheny Plateau ecoregion is mostly forested. The region’s land uses include some logging,
areas of livestock and dairy farming, and some cropland with hay, corn, and small grains. There are public for-
est lands throughout. Surface and underground coal mining is extensive, and has caused the sedimentation
and acidification of many surface waters.
The eastern third of Westmoreland County delineated as Chestnut Ridge and the west-facing slopes of
Laurel Ridge, has been classified as the Central Appalachians Level III Terrestrial Ecoregion. This terrestrial
ecoregion extends from central Pennsylvania through Maryland, West Virginia, Virginia, Kentucky, and into
northern Tennessee. It is higher, cooler, steeper, more rugged, and more densely forested than the Western Al-
legheny Plateau to the west. This ecoregion also has a humid continental climate of warm to hot summers and
cold winters.
The forest type in this region is a mostly mixed mesophytic forest. This forest was at one time dominated
by the American chestnut but is now composed of chestnut oak, red maple, white oak, black oak, beech, yel-
low-poplar, sugar maple, ash, basswood, buckeye, and hemlock. The many perennial, moderate- to high-gra-
dient streams have bedrock and boulder substrates. Some waterfalls will be found. This ecoregion also lacks
lakes, and a few reservoirs occur. The terrain is rugged, and is characterized by high hills and low mountains,
steep, narrow ridges, narrow winding valleys, and deep coves. It was also unglaciated in the last Ice Age, and is
now a highly dissected, rugged plateau composed of sandstone, shale, conglomerate, and coal from the Penn-
sylvanian period. Maximum elevations and local relief are higher than in the Western Allegheny Plateau.
Mostly forestland uses prevail, along with some small areas of pasture, livestock, or dairy operations.
Surface and underground bituminous coal mines are common and have reshaped ridges and hollows, and have
caused siltation and acidification of many streams (Commission for Environmental Cooperation 2011).
The soils of Westmoreland County consist of seven main series: Westmoreland-Guernsey-Clarksburg
association, Gilpin-Wharton-Cavode association, Gilpin-Dekalb-Cavode association, Calvin association,
Weikert association, Philo-Monongahela-Atkins association, and Upshur-Gilpin-Clarksburg association
(USDA1968).
Rounded hills that have long, smooth, convex slopes, and gently sloping to nearly level benches and fans
characterize the Westmoreland-Guernsey-Clarksburg association. These soils are over interbedded sand-
stone, shale and limestone. This association occurs mainly in the west-central part of the county and makes up
about 9 percent of the county. These soils range from moderately deep to deep, and are somewhat poorly to
well-drained. This association is well suited to farming although the seasonal high water table of some soils
and the moderate depth to the bedrock in other areas create Umitations. In areas where coal or natural gas has
been removed, the level of the water table may have changed.
Gilpin-Wharton-Cavode association is characterized by broad, sloping hilltops and narrow valleys
carved out by streams that form a branching pattern. This area is mainly in the northern and central parts of
^ county and covers about 19 percent of the county. The soil ranges from shallow to moderately deep and are
P^rly to well-drained. The gentle and moderate slopes of this association are used for agriculture however
s 'rip mining and natural gas removal is common in this association.
The Gilpin-Dekalb-Cavode association occurs mainly on Chestnut Ridge and Laurel Hill in the eastern
Pan of the county. The soils range from moderately deep to deep and are somewhat poorly to well-drained.
that occur on ridges are underlain by acid, gray shale and sandstone. This association occupies about 14
percent of the county and consists of woodland that is used by private and State agencies for wildlife propaga-
Ori the uppermosTparts of the Chestnut Ridge and Laurel Hill occurs the Calvin association. This asso-
ciation is in the eastern part of the county. It consists of moderately deep soils that are well-drained. This as-
itaalio " occupies about 2 percent of the county. Most of this association is woodland or fanned.
The Weikert association occurs as escarpments cut by Loyalhanna Creek and the Kiskiminetas, Conem-
“Sh- Allegheny, Youghiogheny, and Monongahela rivers. The largest areas occur where the streams have cut
*"* >1* Chestnut Ridge and Laurel Hill. This association consists of shallow, well-drained rocky soils on
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
escarpments along streams. Rock types include sandstone, shale, siltstone, and limestone. It occupies about
two percent of the county. This association is wooded in areas where the soil is deep enough to support trees.
The Philo-Monongahela-Atkins association occurs along the larger streams of the county. Most of the as-
sociation soils are deep and are moderately to poorly drained. Frequent flooding and a seasonal high water ta-
ble are limitations that affect development. This association covers about 15 percent of the county. Most of the
association is woodland and the rest is used for pasture or cropland.
The Upshur-Gilpin-Clarksburg association occurs in the northwestern part of the county. Most of the
association soils are moderately deep to deep and are moderately to well-drained. These solids are over red and
brown clay shale, siltstone and sandstone. This association covers about 5 percent of the county. Much of the
association is occupied by woodland and the rest is used for pasture or cropland.
Major rivers and creeks that surround Westmoreland County are Kiskiminetas and Conemaugh rivers to
the north, the Allegheny, Youghiogheny and Monongahela rivers to the west and Jacobs Creek to the south.
Westmoreland County contains eight major watersheds. These major watersheds are grouped into two
subbasin categories: the Lower Allegheny Subbasin, and the Monongahela Subbasin.
The Lower Allegheny Subbasin has a total drainage area of 7,599 sq km (2,394 sq mi). It includes the low-
ermost portion of the Allegheny River from Clinton to Pittsburgh, including the entire Kiskiminetas-Conem-
augh River system. The subbasin encompasses much of Allegheny, Indiana, Cambria, Somerset and Westmo-
reland counties with portions of Butler and Armstrong counties. The Lower Allegheny Subbasin contains the
Conemaugh River-Blacklick Creek Watershed, the Kiskiminetas River Watershed, the Lower Allegheny River
Watershed, and the Loyalhanna Creek Watershed.
The Kiskiminetas River Watershed has a total drainage area of 425 sq km (164 sq mi) and its major water-
ways include Kiskiminetas River and Beaver Run.
The Conemaugh River-Blacklick Creek Watershed has a total drainage area of 1,813 sq km (700 sq mi)
and its major waterways include Blacklick Creek, Two Lick Creek and the middle portion of the Conemaugh
River.
The Lower Allegheny River watershed drains a total area of 839 sq km (324 sq mi). Its major waterways
include the lowest portion of the Allegheny River and Deer Creek. This watershed drains the northwestern
portion of Westmoreland County.
The Loyalhanna Creek Watershed has a total drainage area of 958 sq km (370 sq mi). Its major waterways
include Loyalhanna Creek, Blacklegs Creek and the lower portion of the Conemaugh River.
The Monongahela Subbasin has a total drainage area of 7,089 sq km (2,737 sq mi). It includes the Pennsyl-
vania portion of the Monongahela River, from West Virginia and Maryland to Pittsburgh. This subbasin en-
compasses almost all of Fayette County, much of Greene, Washington, Westmoreland and Somerset counties
and a small portion Allegheny County. The Monongahela Subbasin contains the Middle Monongahela River
Watershed, Turtle Creek Watershed, and the Upper and Lower Youghiogheny River Watersheds.
The Middle Monongahela River watershed has a total drainage area of 1,318 sq km (509 sq mi) and its
major streams include the middle portion of the Monongahela River, Pigeon Creek and Redstone Creek.
Turtle Creek watershed has a total drainage area of 523 sq km (202 sq mi) and its major stream is Turtle
Creek.
The Upper Youghiogheny River has a total drainage area of 995 sq km (384 sq mi) and its major streams
include the Indian Creek, Laurel Hill Creek and the upper portion of the Youghiogheny River. The Lower
Youghiogheny River watershed has a total drainage area of 1,238 sq km (478 sq mi) and its major streams in-
clude Sewickley Creek, Jacobs Creek and the lower portion of the Youghiogheny River.
Watershed conditions need to be evaluated to detect if biodiversity is increasing or decreasing. These
comparisons will be extremely important in mining areas because they will reflect the interactions of many
the other indicators, and these comparisons are measurable effects for management decisions (Pennsylvania
DEP Watershed Notebook 2006).
Morton and Speedy, Flora of Westmoreland County
685
an tribes to live in Western Pennsylvania were known as the Alligewe. They v
nape, better known as the Delawares. It was mostly the Delawares who lived
The first Native A
queredby the Lei
and had the most contacts with the white settlers in this area.
Access into western Pennsylvania in 1755 was either up the Juniata River and then by water down to the
Kiskiminetas River to the Allegheny River or by Braddock’s Road. In 1758 a new road was built and it was
known as Forbes Road. This road cut from Bedford through what is now Somerset, Westmoreland and Allegh-
occasional white trader or frontiersman.
The first settlers were mostly young men who came from the eastern counties of Lancaster, York and
Northampton or were from Virginia or Cumberland Valley and were mainly of German or Scotch-Irish decent.
In August of 1763, the Battle of Bushy Run was fought near present day Jeannette, Pennsylvania, relieving
Fort Pitt and setting in play the historical forces that would shape Westmoreland County. An Act of Assembly
approved by Governor Richard Penn, on February 26, 1773, formed Westmoreland County.
One of the first early industries was run by Philip Freeman, who owned a tract of 1600 acres, and operated
a gristmill in 1785 and later a saw mill and iron furnace. During this period farmers who raised more grain
than they needed manufactured whiskey. By making whiskey from their grain they reduced a large quantity of
grain into a smaller bulk while it still retained its value. From 1818 to 1840 roads and turnpikes were a thriving
business. The arrival of these new roads also brought new industry such as the Rumbaugh brickyard. Rum-
baugh brickyard was owned and operated by John Rumbaugh and a person traveling from Mammoth to Calu-
met could see large evacuation sites on the northern side of the road. This brickyard was active from around the
last of the 19 th and the first of the 20 th centuries.
The demand for lumber by the growth of towns and railroads and the abundance of trees in Westmore-
land County brought about the lumber industry. Byers and Allen of Pittsburgh built a large sawmill in Ugonier
in 1902, and it was considered at that time the largest mill in the world. The lumber industry reached its peak
of production in the early years of 1900, after which it became exhausted. During the years between the 1870s
and the late 1920s, there was a great period of activity and prosperity in the southern part of Westmoreland
Country and in Fayette County. It hummed with the mining of coal and the manufacture of coke. The Latrobe
Steel Company is another large industry founded in 1913. Latrobe Steel Company was the first company on the
North American continent to use electric furnaces exclusively for the melting and manufacture of manganese
steel casting.
The first locomotive to enter Westmoreland County arrived in 1852 upon which trains began to run regu-
H- In the latter part of the nineteenth and first part of the twentieth century streetcars were a common means
of transportation. The peak of this system was from about 1908 through World War I. During the 1930s when
Public works were needed, the Pennsylvania Turnpike was proposed. By 1940 it was finished and opened for
travel from Cumberland County in central Pennsylvania to Westmoreland County.
Today Westmoreland County has world-class manufacturers of specialty steel, turbomachinery, tools
^machinery. Over 7,500 small businesses provide a tremendous range of products and services. In the midst
of growth and developing industry, the county retains a strong tr
ton areas. Rich in recreational and conservation areas, Westm
state parks, country clubs, state game lands, state forests, and nature preserves.
The county is the eighth largest county in Pennsylvania encompassing some 2,655 sq km (1,025 sq mi)
a «d has a population of 368,983. It is comprised of 21 townships, 37 boroughs and seven cities; within these
incorporated municipalities are numerous unincorporated towns and villages.
1 County, has a dozens of county and
Ma i° r Collectors
Collecting in Westmoreland County for the Carnegie Museum Herbarium began in the early 1800s, and has
continued to the present. Most of the coUectors have been members of the Botanical Society of Western Penn-
sylvai «a and the staff of the Section of Botany at Carnegie Museum.
Botanists who have made significant contributions to the knowledge of the Westmoreland County are
Frederick H. Utech, Otto E. Jennings, Loree Speedy, Leroy K. Henry and CharlesW. DeMoise.
METHODS
This checklist was compiled by searching the herbaria of the Carnegie Museum of Natural History (CM). Her-
barium collection information was obtained from the Morris Arboretum (MOAR) for ten samples. Other her-
baria that were examined for specimens include the Philadelphia Herbarium (PH) at the Academy of Natural
Sciences. Most of the collections were made during the 1910s and the 1990s, and underrepresented areas of the
county were targeted during the last three years. Several specimens date back as far as 1862 and 1869. The
majority of the specimens are deposited at the Carnegie Museum of Natural History (CM). Three floristic
Westmoreland publications were examined for specimens, Demoise and Duman (1951), Pearth (1975), and
Utech (1999). Rhoads and Block (2000) was the primary source for plant identification. For generic and species
names we have followed the Synthesis of North American Flora (Kartesz 1999). Authorities are abbreviated for
the majority of taxa according to Brummitt and Powell (1992).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
This list includes the names of all native and naturalized species known to occur in Westmoreland County. It
includes a total of 142 families, 599 genera, 1418 species, and 1452 total taxa. The five families with the largest
number of species are Asteraceae, Cyperaceae, Fabaceae, Poaceae, and Rosaceae. Carex, Quercus, Rubus, Sym-
phyotrichum and Viola are the largest genera. This checklist recognizes 1347 species of Angiosperms, 17 spe-
cies of Gymnosperms, and 54 species of Pteridophy tes. There are 346 non-native species that have been intro-
duced mainly from Europe and Eurasia. Seventy-six species have global or state ranking.
Of the 76 plants that have global or state ranking, three have a global ranking of G3 or vulnerable status.
The remaining plants are either a G4 or G5 status, indicating an apparently secure or secure condition globally.
temate leaves palmately divided into 3 to 5 parted segments, 15 cm long, silvery-green abaxially and pubescent
above and below. The basal lobes of some of the larger leaves are divided again and make the blade appear
5-lobed. The flowers are in terminal racemes. The 4 purplish-blue petals are dimorphic with the upper two
petals expanded at the base and forming a spur. The lateral petals are reflexed in the apical half with long white
hairs. The stamens are approximately 30 in number with yellow pollen. The 5 sepals are irregular. The species
can be confused with Delphinium tricorne; however D. tricorne is a smaller plant and flowers much earlier than
D. exaltatum. May to early June. By July, when D. exaltatum is beginning to flower, D. tricorne already has set
fruit. Most of the collections are from rich shaded woods and on rocky limestone bluffs. This species is quite
conspicuous and may be subject to casual picking or may be dug for gardens.
Poa paludigena also has a global ranking of G3 or vulnerable status. Little known about Poa paludigena
range. It may easily be overlooked or misidentified due to its close resemblance to related species. It is a wetland
species found in bogs, swamps, wet woods, wet meadows, and along streams. It has no rhizomes, only fibrous
roots, and the weak and slender stem often falls over. It normally grows to a height of 2-6 dm tall. The leaves
are narrow 1-2 mm wide and 10 cm long. The inflorescence has only 2 panicle branches per node, the spikelets
borne at the middle to end of the branches. The distinguishing characteristics are within the flowers, spikelets
with cobweb-like hairs at their bases situated above the middle of the paired branches, when it blooms in late
May and into June. Identification often requires microscopic evaluation to distinguish it from its close relatives.
With a status of G3 or vulnerable status, is Scutellaria saxatilis (Rock Skullcap). These plants are slender
and decumbent with glabrous or eglandular stems. The leaves are glabrous, petioled, ovate-shaped and round-
prominent protuberance on the upper corolla. The flowers are in terminal few-flowered racemes and have
bracts underneath the calyx. This species can be confused with Scutellaria ovata, but this species has much
longer leaves and is not decumbent.
687
There are 9 taxa in the Westmoreland County flora that are listed by the Pennsylvania Department of
Agriculture (2007) as noxious weeds. It is therefore illegal to propagate, sell or transport the following taxa in
the commonwealth: Carduus nutans (Musk thistle), Cirsium arvense (Canada thistle), Cirsium vulgare (Bull
thistle), Datura stramonium (Jimson weed), Ly thrum salicaria (Purple loosestrife), Polygonum perfoliation (Mile-
a-minute), Pueraria lobata (kudzuvine), Rosa multiflora (Multiflora rose) and Sorghum halepense (Johnson
grass).
Other species considered serious invasives in Pennsylvania’s native ecosystems are: Acer platanoides
(Norway maple), Aegopodium podagraria (goutweed), Ailanihus altissima (tree-of-heaven), Alliaria petiolata
(garlic mustard), Berberis thunbergii (Japanese barberry), Bromus tectorum (Cheatgrass), Celastrus orbiculatus
(Oriental bittersweet), Elaeagnus umbellata (autumn olive), Euonymus alatus (Winged Euonoymus), Fallopia
japtmica (Japanese knotweed), Hesperis matronalis (Dame’s rocket), Ligustrum vulgare (Common privet),
Lomcemjaponica (Japanese honeysuckle), Lonicera maackii (Amur honeysuckle), Lonicera morrowii (Morrow’s
honeysuckle), Lonicera tatarica (tartarian honeysuckle), M icrostegium vimineum (Japanese stilt grass), Myrio-
phyllum spicatum (Eurasian water-milfoil), Omithogallum umbellatum (Star-of Bethlehem), Pastinaca sativa
(wild parsnip), Phalaris arundinacea (reed canary grass), Phragmites australis (Common reed), Rhamnus cathar-
tfcus (common buckthorn), Rubus phoenicolasium (Wineberry), Spiraeajaponica (Japanese spiraea), and Vibur-
num opulus var. opulus (Guelder rose) (DCNR 2004).
While this checklist is probably not all-inclusive of every species in Westmoreland County, it is the most
ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF THE SPECIES OF WESTMORELAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
Taxa are listed according to the following format: taxon name, authors), {(year) collector and number) global:
state ranking [Synonyms] and non-native source. We follow the state (S) and global (G) ranking systems devel-
oped by The Nature Conservancy (1996 version). The global numbers are designated from 1 (critically imper-
iled) to 5 (secure). Other notations include SH, which denotes historical occurrence. Synonyms are included
for names not in common usage in the state or regional manuals. Nonnative status and country of origin is
from Rhoads and Block (2007). In cases where there was more than one specimen present in the collection,
Kcent collections of current collectors for the western Pennsylvania region were cited.
Families, genera, and specific and infraspecific taxa are arranged alphabetically within vascular plant
groups Angiosperms, Gymnosperms and Pteridophytes.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Our thanks go to the Wild Resource Conservation Fund of the Pennsylvania Department of Conservation and
Natural Resources for partial funding of the field work. We would also like to thank the reviewers for such fa-
vorable comments. We are also thankful to Amanda Juretic for data entry. For field work assistance, we thank
Mark Bowers, Dick Byers, Janice Davis, Kim Metheny, James Nusser, Tom Pearson, James Speedy, Tim Vechter,
and Delia White. Landowners who provided permission to explore their property include Tom and Kim
Metzgar, the Shapira family, Lewis Stout, Brian Zwergel, the Municipality of Murrysville and the Westmore-
land County Department of Parks and Recreation. The assistance of Tom Metzgar in targeting underexplored
areas was invaluable.
We would also like to thank Dorothy E. Pearth and Frederick H. Utech, both former Curators of Botany at
the Carnegie Museum of Natural History, for their contributions to the checklist of Westmoreland County.
Dorothy E. Pearth obtained a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Pittsburgh. She began her ca-
reer at the Carnegie Museum of Natural History as a secretary in the 1940s under Dr. M. Graham Netting. A
few years later she transferred to the Botany Section and became Assistant Curator of Botany in 1951 from
which she retired in 1978 as Associate Curator of Botany Emeritus. Among her publications are Additions to the
Flowering Plants of Western Pennsylvania (those not included in the Jennings’ Flora of 1953) and The Flora of
Westmoreland County Pennsylvania. This latter publication is a type-written document that was photocopied
and forwarded to selected locations and therefore did not have a wide circulation.
Frederick H. Utech obtained a Ph.D. degree from Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, in 1973.
He started at the Carnegie Museum of Natural History as an Associate Curator in 1976 and was appointed
Curator for the Section of Botany in 1988. From 1999 until his retirement in 2011, he was a Principal Research
Scientist at the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation at Carnegie Mellon University. Among his publica-
tions is the Checklist of the Vascular Plants ofPowdermill Nature Reserve, Westmoreland County , Pennsylvania. Vt.
Utech collected extensively in Westmoreland County for 20 years; within the herbarium there are 9,298 speci-
mens from him for this area.
REFERENCES
teuMMiTT, R.K. and C.E. Powell. 1 992. Authors of plant names. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Demoise, C.W. and M. Duman. 1951. Checklist of the vascular flora of Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania. Pyrularia 1
Department of Conservation and Natural Resources (DCNR). 2006. Invasive Plants of Pennsylvania, http://www.dcni
pa.us/forestry/plants/invasiveplants/index.htm
Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. 2011. Pennsylvania noxious weed control list, http://www.pacode.com/secure/
data/007/chapterl 10/chapl 10toc.html
Pennsylvania DEP Watershed Notebook. 2006 http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/ deputate/ watermgt/WC
Pennsylvania Natural Heritage Program (PNHP). 201 1. Species of special concern lists - plants. http://www.naturalheritage.
state.pa.us/
Kartesz, J.T. 1 999. A synonomized checklist and atlas with biological attributes for the vascular flora of the United States,
Canada and Greenland. First ed. In: Kartesz, J.T. and C.A. Meacham. Synthesis of the North American flora. Version 1 .0.
North Carolina Botanical Garden, Chapel Hill.
Pearth, D.L. 1975. Ferns and flowering plants of Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania. Powdermill Nature Reserve Re-
search Report 34:1 -1 1 5.
Rhoads, A.F. and W.M. Klein, Jr. 1 993. The vascular flora of Pennsylvania: annotated checklist and atlas. American Philo-
sophical Society, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Rhoads, A.F. andTA Block. 2000. The plants of Pennsylvania. University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
USDA. 1968. Soil survey of Westmoreland County Pennsylvania. USDA Soil Conservation Service. US Government Print-
ing Office, Washington, D.C.
sylvania. Section of Botany, Carnegie Museum of Natural History, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
Uikh, F.H. 1999. Checklist of the vascular plants of Powdermill Nature Reserve, Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania.
Carnegie Mus. Nat. Hist. Special Publ. No. 20:1-78
Wiken, E., FJ. Nava, and G. Grifftth. 201 1 . North American terrestrial ecoregions-level III. Commission for Environmental
Cooperation, Montreal, Canada.
706
BOOK NOTICE
Nayely Marti'nez-MelEndez, Ruben MartInez-Camilo, Miguel Angel PErez-Farrera, and Jorge Martinez-MelEn-
dez. 2011. Las eplfitas de la Reserva El Triunfo, Chiapas. Guia ilustrada de las especies mas nota-
bles. (ISBN-13: 978-607-7510-94-9, hbk.). Universidad de Ciencias y Artes de Chiapas, l a Avenida Sur
Poniente numero 1460, C.P. 29000, Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas, Mexico. (Orders: www.unicach.mx).
$49.95, 208 pp., Spanish language, color throughout, 6.125" x 8.5".
From the Publisher: “La Presente obra es resultado de un enorme esfuerzo de investigation botanica continua,
por casi diez anos, en una de las areas naturales mas importantes de Mexico, la Reserva de la Biosfera El Tri-
unfo. La gran diversidad floristica de Chiapas, particularmente la de la Reserva y la necesidad de tener libros
ilustrados que facilitaron el reconocimiento de este gremio ecologico tan importante, fueron los argumentos
principales que dieron origen a esta guia. Actualmente, diversas publicaciones han resuelto parte de esta nece-
sidad al cubrir grupos taxonomicos especificos, por ejemplo: Las eplfitas de Veracruz (Hietz y Hietz-Seifert,
1995), Guia ilustrada de la Bromeliaceae de la portion mexicana de la Peninsula de Yucatan (Ramirez, 2004),
Orquldeas de Mexico (Hagsater, 2005), Orquldeas y bromelias del Parque Nacional Canon del Sumidero
(Miceli et. al., 2009) y las mas reciente, Guia de Orquldeas de Chiapas (Beutelspacher, 2011).
“Las epifitas de la Reserva El Triunfo, Chiapas es un producto y una aportacion mas de un proyecto ambi-
cioso como es el Inventario florlstico de la Reserva de la Biosfera El Triunfo, el cual se initio desde el ano 1997
por personal del Herbario Eizi Matuda de la Universidad de Ciencias y Artes de Chiapas. Esta investigacibn ha
originado tambien productos tales como, listados florlsticos, descripciones de especies nuevas, estudios pobla-
cionales, entre otros. Esta guia que ilustra y describe 126 especies de eplfitas esti dirigida al publico en general,
a la comunidad cientlfica, a estudiantes, turistas; y a todas las personas dedicadas al manejo de este recurso
forestal no maderable. Finalmente, se espera que esta obra incentive la observation, el aprecio y la conserva-
tion tanto de las eplfitas, como su habitat, en esta majestuosa Reserva de la Biosfera El Triunfo.”
From the Publisher [Translation]: “This book is the result of a huge botanical research effort continuing, for al-
most ten years, in one of the most important natural areas of Mexico, the Biosphere Reserve El Triunfo. The
great floristic diversity of Chiapas, particularly the Reserve, and the need for picture books that facilitated the
recognition of this important ecological guild, were the main arguments that led to this guide. Currently, vari-
ous publications have solved part of this need for specific taxonomic groups, e.g. Epiphytes of Veracruz (Hietz
and Hietz-Seifert, 1995), Illustrated Guide to the Bromeliaceae of the Mexican Portion of the Yucatan Peninsula
(Ramirez, 2004), Orchids of Mexico (Hagsater, 2005), Orchids and Bromeliads of the Sumidero Canyon National
Park (Miceli et. al., 2009), and the most recent, Guide to Orchids of Chiapas (Beutelspacher, 2011).
“ Epiphytes of El Triunfo Reserve, Chiapas is a product and an additional contribution of an ambitious proj-
ect such as “Floristic Inventory of the Biosphere Reserve El Triunfo,” which was launched in 1997 by staff at
Eizi Matuda Herbarium at the University of Science and Arts of Chiapas. This research has also led to products
such as floristic listings, descriptions of new species, and population studies, among others. This guide illus-
trates and describes 126 species of epiphytes and is directed to the general public, the scientific community,
students, tourists, and all persons engaged in the management of non-timber forest. Finally, it is hoped that
this work encourages observation, appreciation, and conservation of both epiphytes and their habitat in this
majestic Biosphere Reserve El Triunfo.”
0:706.2012
NEW PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OCCURRENCES FOR BELLIS PERENNIS,
HIBISCUS MOSCHEUTOS, LAMIUM MACULATUM, AND ROBIN1A HISPIDA
Jerry G. Chmielewski
David Krayesky
Slippery Rock University
Department of Biology
Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania 16057, U.SA
Slippery Rock University
Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania 16057, U.SA.
ABSTRACT
RESUMEN
Beilis perennis L., the English daisy, is an invasive (Anonymous 1), low growing, perennial herb in the
Asteraceae that is distributed throughout much of eastern North America and parts of western North America
to Alaska (Britton & Brown 1913; Magee & Ahles 1999; USDA, NRCS 2011). The species was introduced from
its native range of Europe and part of northern Africa and the far eastern regions of the Middle East (Bailey
1949; Magee & Ahles 1999; Euro+Med 2006-2011) and is now naturalized in parts of North America (Britton
& Brown 1913; Femald 1950). In Pennsylvania the species appears to be more common throughout the eastern
part of the state than the western part of the state though typically considered to be sparsely scattered and only
locally common wherever it occurs (Wherry et al. 1979; Rhoads & Klein 1993; Morton et al. 2007; Morton &
Speedy 2008). Despite some recent evidence to the contrary (Morton & Speedy 2007, 2011) for the Pennsylva-
nia counties of Washington and Indiana respectively, the species is probably more common than the published
reports would suggest. Essentially all of the populations we have encountered occur in lawns associated with
high sunlight, a habitat not routinely surveyed for botanical specimens, though not uncommon for escaped
cultivars (Bailey 1949). In some cases entire lawns are infiltrated. The species is deemed weedy and/or invasive
* the U.S. though technically not in any specific county (Anonymous 1; Uva et al. 1997; Whitson et al. 1996).
The species forms a low dense tufted mat and stands no more than about 15 cm in height, though typical-
7-10 cm. The elliptical to obovate to orbicular leaves are basal, arranged in rosettes, hairy, and with a winged
Petiole. The flowering heads are solitary with yellow disk and white- to rose-colored ray flowers. The latter are
numerous (Britton & Brown 1913; Femald 1950; Gleason & Cronquist 1963; Rhoads & Block 2000). The flow-
ing heads are nyctinastic, closing from dusk to possibly mid-morning on a daily basis. Flowers also remain
dos ed throughout overcast days. In both of these cases the populations are rendered more inconspicuous.
Several natural populations have been observed in Butler County, Pennsylvania over the past several
Tsus, including one in the lawn next to Patterson Hall on the main campus of Slippery Rock University. Like-
*•*«■*«. Inst Texas 6(2): 7
708
al of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
wise, several populations have been observed along Route 8 from Harrisville to Butler, including the grassy
median between the sidewalk and roadway in Harrisville proper, in both of the town’s cemeteries, in the lawn
of the Old Stone House Museum property, a historic 1822 wayside inn owned by the Pennsylvania Historical
and Museum Commission though administered by Slippery Rock University, and at residences bordering and
in the vicinity of the Jennings Environmental Education Center.
Voucher specimen: PENNSYLVANIA. Butler Co.: Harrisville, across the street from Gun World, open, grassy median, 14 Jun 2011J.
Chmielewski 3218 (SLRO).
Malvaceae which is native to North America [though listed as natu
(1999)1 and occurs from Florida to New Mexico and Utah in the south, northeastward to Massachusetts,
southwestern Ontario, and Wisconsin, though not Colorado and Arkansas (Britton & Brown 1913; Fernald
1950; USDA, NRCS 2011). The species is not easily confused with others. Though treated as synonyms today,
H. palustris L. and H. moscheutos were in the past separated on the basis of flower color, the pubescence of style
branches or lack thereof, and the occurrence or lack of a crimson center (Britton & Brown 1913; Bailey 1949;
Fernald 1950; Magee & Ahles 1999). Individuals of H. moscheutos are multi-stemmed, erect, and to 2+ m in
height. Our specimens were typically less than 1.5 m in height. The large leaves were pubescent on their under-
side and generally shallowly lobed below. The large pink flowers (10+ cm in width) which occurred at the
Moraine State Park site lacked the distinctive crimson center that was historically considered characteristic of
the species and in that regard are more typical of the palustris (Connecticut Botanical Society 2011) morphot-
ype. The Route 8 population had flowers that were whitish with a conspicuous crimson center.
These represent the first two collections of H. moscheutos from Butler County. Previous accounts of the
species from western Pennsylvania included two sites from northeastern Erie County, one site from northeast-
ern Allegheny County, and one site from southeastern Fayette County (Rhoads & Klein 1993; USDA, NRCS
2011). The Fayette County site is not currently included in the flora of Pennsylvania website (Pennsylvania
Flora Project 2011), nor cited by Morton and Speedy (2008).
Inasmuch as this obligate wetland species occurs in shallow waters associated with ditches, marshes, and
swamps occasionally in the southeastern (Berks, Bucks, Chester, Dauphin, Delaware, Lancaster, Lehigh,
Northampton, and Philadelphia Counties) and western parts of the state (Wherry et al. 1979; Rhoads & Block
2000), its true significance at the Moraine State Park site rests in the fact that the population consists of hun-
dreds, if not thousands of individual plants and has displaced other native shallow water or shoreline species.
The species dominates the shoreline to 5+ m inland around the periphery of the unnamed cove from the termi-
nus of Big Run Road to the Big Run Arm of Lake Arthur. Further, where the cove abuts US 422 the population
extends up the elevated gravel berm to the edge of the roadway. The Route 8 population numbers only a single
individual with greater than a dozen shoots. Last year=s shoots were fewer in number. The specimen occurs on
one of the lower tiers of a man-made retention pond at the edge of a paved parking lot in association with Coro-
nilla \aria L, Dipsacus jullonum L„ Solidago altissima L., and Symphyotrichum pilosum (Willd.) Nesom. Wheth-
er the occurrence of the population represents natural colonization or is a consequence of seeding is unknown.
Regardless, it has persisted for the last three seasons.
Locally the species is used as a landscape accent and is sold at many nurseries and garden centers affili-
ated with box stores. Its proclivity to set seed, formation of large colonies and concurrent displacement of
other shoreline species, and use as a horticultural plant may result in further spread. The species clearly has the
potential tt *
d of Big Run Road, shoreline and into shallov
7 m, 25 Aug 2009, J. Chmielewski 3209 (SLRO); Butki
f, 19 Sep 2010 J. Chmielewski 3210 (SLRO).
Lamium maculatum L., the spotted henbit (dead-nettle), is an herbaceous perennial in the Lamiaceae that
was introduced from Eurasia though has escaped cultivation to roadsides, cultivated fields, and waste ground
709
from South Carolina and Tennessee north to Ontario, Quebec, and Newfoundland in the east and Idaho, Ore-
gon, Washington, and Alaska in the west (Femald 1950; USDA, NCRS 2011). The occurrence of the species in
western Pennsylvania (Rhoads & Klein 1993), including Fayette county (Morton & Speedy 2008), is appar-
ently a more recent event than was its occurrence in the eastern and central parts of the state (Wherry et al.
1979). Despite the fact that Crawford County has been botanized since the early 1800s Morton et al. (2007) did
not report on the occurrence of the species. This would suggest that introduction and establishment are recent
The species is easily recognized by the whitish stripe along the midrib of the petiolate, ovoid to deltoid
leaves with crenate-dentate margins, as well as the large 2+ cm long pinkish corolla and single toothed lateral
lobe. The creeping stems are slender, somewhat hairy, branched and ascending to 60 cm, though commonly
less (Britton & Brown 1913; Femald 1950; Rhoads & Block 2000).
This most northwestern population in Pennsylvania sparsely covered an area several meters in diameter
between the edge of a woodlot and roadside and consisted of over 50 erect shoots at various stages of floral de-
velopment. Based on size alone the population must have persisted for at least a decade despite the impacts of
m E of Forest Drive, W of the Pymat
1,J. Chmielewski 3217 1
ti-branched, e
Robinia hispida L., the bristly loc
woods, thickets, and slopes of the more hilly-mountainous regions of Georgia, North Carolina, Tennessee, and
Virginia (Britton & Brown 1913; Bailey 1949; Femald 1950). The species is commonly cultivated north of its
home range and is considered to be aggressively invasive in Michigan, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and
Washington (Wherry et al. 1979; Rhoads & Klein 1993; Rhoads & Block 2000; USDA, NRCS 2011). In the
lower 48 states the species is only absent from Arizona, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, North Dakota, South Dakota,
and Wyoming (USDA, NRCS 2011). The species has been introduced to both Nova Scotia (Zinck 1998) and
Ontario (Newmaster et al. 1998) in Canada. On numerous occasions the species has escaped cultivation and
spreads locally by suckers (Britton & Brown 1913; Femald 1950). The species is deemed invasive in 614 coun-
ties collectively within Michigan, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Washington (Anonymous 2)
Growing to a height of about 3 m, its most distinctive feature, and that which separates it from other spe-
cies in the genus is the conspicuous bristly, glandular brown hairs which cover the branches, peduncles, peti-
oles, and rachises. The compound leaves bear 3-6 pairs of rounded leaflets. The 2.5-3 cm long rose-pink col-
ored flowers occur in showy racemes of 3-10 flowers from May-June (Bailey 1949; Femald 1950; Rhoads &
Block 2000)
The species was previously reported from several counties in eastern and more or less central Pennsylva-
nia as well as Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver Washington, and Westmoreland counties in southwestern Penn-
sylvania and Erie and Warren counties in the northwestern portion of the state (Wherry et al. 1979; Rhoads &
v populations from Butler and Crawford c
lively adjoin the southwestern and northwestern county groupings mentioned above.
le of Mercer Pike, between forest edge and
We thank Steve Grund, Rebecca Swadek, ai
anonymous reviewer for helpful <
REFERENCES
A**ous 1. Invasive plant atlas of the United States - Beilis perennis. (http : //»™w.invasiveplantatlas.org/subie C t
html?sub=51 78). Accessed 29 May 201 2.
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
'MOUS 2. Invasive plant atlas of the United States - Robinia hispida. (http://www.invasiveplantatlas.org/subject
nl?sub=1 1 577). Accessed 29 May 201 2.
, L.H. 1 949. Manual of cultivated plants most commonly grown in the continental United States and Canada. The
Britton, N.L. and A. Brown. 1913. An illustrated flora of the northern United States and Canada. Genet
Ltd., Toronto, Ontario.
Connecticut Botanical Society. 201 1 . (http://www.ct-botanical-society.org/). Accessed 1 February 201 1 .
Euro+Med (2006-201 1 ): Euro+Med PlantBase - the information resource for Euro-Mediterra
ww2.bgbm.org/EuroPlusMed/). Accessed 4 November 201 1 .
Fernald, M.L. 1 950. Gray's manual of botany. 8 th ed. American Book Company, New York.
Gleason, H.A. and A. Cronquist. 1963. Manual of vascular plants of the northeastern United States and adjacent Canada.
D.van Nostrand company, inc., Princeton.
Magee, D.W. and H.E. Ahles. 1 999. Flora of the Northeast: a manual of the vascular flora of New England and adjacent New
York. University of Massachusetts Press, Amherst.
MORTON, C.M. and L. SPEEDY. 2007. Checklist of the vascular plants of Washington County, Pennsylvania. J. Bot. Res.
Inst. Texas 1:1229-1249.
Morton, C.M. and L. Speedy. 2008. Checklist of the vascular plants of Fayette County, Pennsylvania. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas
2:1449-1474.
Morton, C.M. and L Speedy. 2011. Checklist of the vascular plants of Indiana County, Pennsylvania. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas
5:871-888.
Morton, C.M., L Speedy, and J.K. Bissell. 2007. Checklist of the vascular plants of Crawford County, Pennsylvania. J. Bot Res.
Inst. Texas 1:631-653.
Newmaster, S.G., A. Lehela, P.W.C. Uhug, S.McMurray, and MJ. Oldman. 1998. Ontario plant list. Ontario Ministry of Natural
Resources, Ontario Forest Research Institute, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, Forest Research Information Paper Number
Pennsylvania Flora Project. 201 1 . Hibiscus moscheutos L. (http://www.paflora.org/sp-page.php?submitted=true&criteria=
hibiscus+moscheutos). Accessed 2 February 201 1 .
Rhoads, A.F. and TA Block. 2000. The plants of Pennsylvania: An illustrated manual. University of Pennsylvania Press,
Philadelphia.
Rhoads, A.F. and W.M. Klein, Jr. 1 993. The vascular flora of Pennsylvania: an annotated checklist and atlas. American Philo-
USDA, NRCS. 2011. The PLANTS database. National Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA. (http://plants.usda.gov/). Ac-
cessed 1 February 201 1 .
Uva, R.H., J.C. Neal, and J.M. Ditomaso. 1 997. Weeds of the Northeast. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York.
Wherry, E.T., J.M. Fogg, Jr., and H.E. Wahl 1979. Atlas of the flora of Pennsylvania. Morris Arboretum of the University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
Whitson, T.D., R. Parker, S.A. Dewey, LC. Burrill, and D.W. Cudney. 2005. Weeds of the West. 5 th ed. Western Society of Weed
Sciences in cooperation with Cooperative Extension Service, University of Wyoming, Laramie.
Zinck, M. 1 998. Roland's flora of Nova Scotia. 2 volumes. Nimbus Publishing.
THE FLORISTIC AND COMMUNITY ECOLOGY OF SEASONALLY WET
LIMESTONE GLADE SEEPS OF TENNESSEE AND KENTUCKY
Kimberly Norton Taylor 1 and Dwayne Estes
Austin Peay State University
Department of Biology
and Center of Excellence for Field Biology
Clarksville, Tennessee 37044, U.SA.
knorton@brit.org, estesl@apsu.edu
ABSTRACT
bifida (% IV 20.3), Sporobolus vaginiflorus (
’ 11.94), Hypericum
3.89), Juncus filipendulus (% IV 3.89), and Carex c
INTRODUCTION
The limestone cedar glade complex is one of the most botanically unique ecosystems in the southeastern
United States, supporting a distinct array of vascular plants including many rare and endemic taxa (Somers et
al 1986). The cedar glade complex is composed of a matrix of woodland vegetation, dominated by Juniperus
Virginia na, with areas of thin soil supporting herbaceous vegetation interspersed throughout (Quarterman
1989). While the cedar-woodland is an important component of the complex, the term “cedar glade” refers
specifically to the open herb-dominated areas (Baskin & Baskin 2004). These openings are characterized by
thin soil and an abundance of exposed Lebanon, Ridley, or Ste. Genevieve/ St. Louis limestones (Harper 1926;
Quarterman 1950; Noger 1988).
Impermeable limestone bedrock near the surface, combined with increased winter and spring precipita-
tion, lead to saturated conditions throughout most of the winter and early spring. A decrease in rainfall and
increase in temperature from late spring through summer have a drying effect on the thin soil, resulting in
Nought-like conditions (Harper 1926; Quarterman 1989; Baskin & Baskin 2003). The unique assemblage of
plants within the cedar glade community is directly influenced by this shift in moisture extremes (Harper
!926; Quarterman 1989).
11 **■ fes. Inst Texas 6(2): 711 - 724. 2012
712
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Spring saturation is highly variable within the cedar glade system. Lateral seepage from adjoining lime-
stone strata surfaces at lower slope positions and pools overtop the limestone bedrock (NatureServe 2011).
Spring saturation across the glades is therefore not uniform, resulting in glade seeps with varying degrees and
length of inundation. The increased saturation within seepage areas restricts the assemblage of species that can
survive, and thus a unique flora is expected within these communities.
The vascular flora and community associations within the drier phases of the cedar glades have been
well-documented with several classification systems applied to glade vegetation (Picklesimer 1927, Baskin &
Baskin 1996; Freeman 1933; Quarterman 1950; Somers et al. 1986; Rollins 1997). The presence of a unique
seep community is suggested by Freeman (1933), Quarterman (1950), and Rollins (1997), who identify cedar
glade community types dominated by species typical of wetter conditions (Baskin et al. 2007). NatureServe
(2011) also identifies three cedar glade associations characterized by seasonal saturation (Table 1). The Lime-
stone Seep Glade association (CEGL004169) of Tennessee, Alabama, and Georgia and the similar Kentucky
Glade Seep (CEGL004669) are described as zonal components of limestone cedar glades characterized by
seasonal seepage. The Limestone Glade Streamside Meadow association (CEGL 004292) is also characterized
by seasonal saturation, but the source of saturation is overflow from proximal ephemeral streams. Dominant
taxa, including many of the same taxa as those noted by Freeman (1933), Quarterman (1950), and Rollins
(1997), are listed for each NatureServe association but the complete floristic composition within these associa-
With sufficient length of saturation, the limestone glade seeps are expected to support primarily hydro-
phytic vegetation. The purpose of this study is to determine the vascular plant species composition and abun-
dance within seasonally wet limestone glade seeps, and to evaluate the glade seeps in relation to current wet-
land delineation requirements.
METHODS
To identify potential study sites, cedar glades with seeps, wet swales, or ephemeral streams were visited in
Bedford, Davidson, Decatur, Giles, Lincoln, Marshall, Maury, Meigs, Rutherford, and Wilson counties in Ten-
nessee; Colbert, Franklin, and Lawrence counties in Alabama; and Simpson County, Kentucky. In addition to
our own reconnaissance, we also consulted with staff from the Tennessee Natural Heritage Program, Drs. Jerry
and Carol Baskin (University of Kentucky), Milo Pyne (NatureServe), Deborah White (Kentucky Nature Pre-
serves Commission), and Dr. David Webb (Tennessee Valley Authority) to identify other high-quality exam-
ples of wet glades. Glades with evidence of extreme or continuing disturbance such as tire marks, livestock
activity, or large amounts of debris as well as glades adjacent to roads or with other evidence of altered hydrol-
ogy were excluded. Some high-quality sites located on private property were also excluded because we could
not be sure that the study sites would not be disturbed during the duration of the study period.
Of the approximately 30 sites visited, nine of the highest-quality sites were selected for study, including
seven sites in central Tennessee and two sites in south-central Kentucky (Fig. 1). An additional dry glade was
included in south-central Kentucky (site 3) for comparison purposes. All sites were located in state parks, state
forests, or on state natural areas. With the exception of site 3, at least a portion of the area of aU sites was covered
by a glade seep. Additionally, sites 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 also had a dry glade component. Most sites included the
entire open region with the cedar-woodland edge serving as the site boundary. In cases of large open glades, an
artificial boundary was selected and marked with GPS coordinates to include all seep portions of the glade and
at least an equal amount of the adjacent dry glade.
Each site was visited one or more times during each of the following sampling periods: May 8-26, 2009;
August 12-24, 2009; September 25-October 14, 2009; March 8-April 15, 2010; and May 18-31, 2010. The start
of the May 2010 sampling period was postponed from early May to mid May due to torrential flooding in the
region. The boundary of each site and the boundary of the glade seep portion within the site were mapped us-
ing ArcMap 9.2 (ESRI 2009). There was a clear differentiation in vegetation between dry and saturated areas at
most sites. The line representing this shift in vegetative cover combined with the presence of persistent standing
714
715
Flatrock Glade State
10 Overbridge Glade
Davidson Co.,TN
Ste. Genevieve/ St. Louis
Limestones, undivided 1
Ste. Genevieve/ St. Louis
Limestones, undivided
Ste. Genevieve/ St. Louis
Limestones, undivided
Lebanon Limestone 2
Lebanon Limestont
Ridley Limestone 2
Floristic Study.— A total of 114 species and infraspecific taxa were documented from the nine limestone
glade seeps, representing 91 genera and 43 families (Appendix 1). The 114 seep taxa were distributed among 2
pteridophytes, 1 gymnosperm, and 111 angiosperms divided into 38 monocots and 73 dicots (Table 31 Of
these, 20 taxa werefound exclusively in the limestone glade seep habitatand were absent from the surrounding
dry glade. Poaceae and Asteraceae were the largest families with 18 and 12 taxa, respectively, followed by Cy-
). The largest genus was Carex with 4
a followed by Hyperi
result-
peraceae (8), Euphorbiaceae (8), and Fabaceac ~ ~ _
mm and Dichanthelium each with 3 taxa. Seven non-native taxa were documented, representing 6 P® rce ^ ^
the total flora. Three of these are listed as invasive in Tennessee, Kentucky, or both (Kentucky Exotic Pest Plant
Council 2008; Tennessee Exotic Pest Plant Council 2009). Of the 107 native taxa, 63 had an intraneous is n
button with 11 of these endemic to cedar glades. A total of 37 taxa had extraneous distributions with 21 extra-
neous to the west, 11 to the north, and 5 to the south. Seven additional ti
ingin 24.6 percent of the seep flora having western affinities.
Vegetation Study .— The limestone glade seep community was don
curred in 55% of the quadrats sampled, with a percent relative cover of
20 3 (Table 4). Spcrobolm mgimfloms (% IV 11.94), Hypericum sphaerccarpum (% 1V A "'“ m aff '
0b IV 4.71), Clinopodium arkansamm/glabellum. (% IV 4.15), Schoenolirioft croceum (% IV 3.89), Juitctw^ltprn-
*1 us (% IV 3.89), and Carex crowd (% IV 3.84) were also impor.au. components of the
dl y glade transects were dominated by Men guttingeri (% IV B.m SpomM^ wgmtjloms %IV
dia teres (% IV 7.58), Hypericum sphaerocarpiun (% IV 7.29), Mmuurtia panda (% IV 7.06), and Pediomelum sub-
ocaulc (% IV 6.26).
txa were disjunct from the
linated by Eleocharis bifida, which
discussion
Roristics and Vegetation . — The unique nature of the glade seep flora can be seen by the presence of 14rar
endemic taxa, and 7 disjunct taxa. Of the 14 rare taxa documented, Schoenohnon croceum, Carex craw
716
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
thin limestone glade seeps.
(number quadrats taxon occurs in/total number of quadrats) x 100; Relative Cover- (total cover for taxon/total cover for all taxa) x 100; Mean %IV- (sum %IVs
from all sites)/number of sites.
Taylor and Estes, Limestone glade seeps of Tennessee and Kentucky
717
butleri, and Juncus filipendulus are characteristic members of the glade seeps (Kentucky Rare Plant Database
2006; Crabtree 2008). Schoenolirion croceum is restricted to four study sites in Tennessee but is typically locally
dominant. Carex crawei and Juncus filipendulus are often dominant in these communities as well, occurring at
all but two sites, lsoetes butleri was less abundant, occurring at only two sites, but it was restricted to the glade
seeps. The federally endangered Dalea foliosa, found at only one site, did not occur in the wettest portions of
glades but was found in close proximity. Due to the time of sampling and major flooding during spring 2010,
this study may not have captured the full diversity of winter annuals or early spring ephemerals, including
Leavenworthia spp. Gratiola quartermaniae, and I. butleri.
The unique flora of the cedar glades has interested botanists for many years, dating back to the botanical
surveys conducted by Gattinger in the mid- to late 19 th century (Gattinger 1901). As a result, these areas have
been well studied and the vegetation and community structure characterized extensively. Our results on the
dominant dry glade taxa agree closely with those described in previous vegetation studies (Freeman 1933;
Quarterman 1950, 1989; Somers et al. 1986; Rollins 1997). In particular, the abundance of Dalea gattingeri (%
IV 23.26, freq. 96.7%) and Sporobolus vaginiflorus (% IV 19.60, freq. 66.7%) was consistent with prior studies
(Freeman 1933; Quarterman 1950, 1989; Somers etal. 1986; Rollins 1997).
Sporobolus vaginiflorus, a summer annual, which germinates in early spring, had a high % IV in both dry
and seep transects (Baskin & Baskin 1973). This suggests it is capable of tolerating a wide range of hydrological
conditions. Conversely, the taxa which are primarily restricted to glade seeps require the additional moisture
communities: Eleocharis bifida, Allium aff. stellatum, Clinopodium glabellum/arkansanum, Schoenolirion cro-
ceum, Juncus filipendulus, Carex crawei, C. granularis, Gratiola quartermaniae, Leucospora multifida, and lsoetes
butleri. All of them, with the exception of Allium aff. stellatum, are spring dominants and many disappear by
early summer. Though the glade seeps lose much of their floristic uniqueness during summer, the presence of
A. aff. stellatum and the persistence of dead E. bifida culms aids in identification of the community during the
The characteristic seep taxa identified by this study are consistent with prior studies. Several of them
were identified as important components of glades sampled by Rollins (1997) including Eleocharis bifida ( =E .
compressa ), Carex crawei, and Clinopodium glabellum ( =Calamintha glabella). Baskin et al. (2007) note that some
glades may be wet enough to support several “moisture-loving plants” including E. bifida, lsoetes butleri, C.
crawei, and Schoenolirion croceum. Quarterman (1950) identified glade regions with spring seep taxa including
lsoetes butleri and S. croceum. lsoetes butleri was also noted by Freeman (1933).
All species listed in the NatureServe (2011) Kentucky Glade Seep and Limestone Seep Glade associations
were documented during our study. Several of our characteristic seep taxa are also listed as dominants within
the NatureServe (2011) associations, including Eleocharis bifida, Carex crawei, Isoites butleri, Schoenolirion
croceum, and Allium aff. stellatum (identified there as Allium cemuum). Additional taxa we found to be charac-
teristic of the glade seeps should be included in the NatureServe Limestone Seep Glade association, including
Juncus filipendulus and Gratiola quartermaniae.
All species in the Limestone Glade Streamside Meadow association, with the exception of Ludwigia micro-
carpa, were documented as well, though none of the taxa was abundant at any site (NatureServe 2011). There-
fore, it appears the sites we studied are more characteristic of the Limestone Seep Glade and Kentucky Glade
Seep associations and do not represent the Streamside Meadow association. Additional study of Streamside
Meadow communities and how the vegetation compares to the seep community is needed.
Wetland Assessment.— The stress on vegetation resulting from saturated conditions is reflected in the in-
creas e in importance of hydrophytic vegetation within glade seeps. National wetland indicator status codes are
assigned to species known to occur in saturated conditions, indicating how frequently these taxa are encoun-
tered in wetlands (Uchvar & Kartesz 2009). In our analysis of the glade seep flora, 42 percent of the taxa, in-
cluding all of the characteristic taxa noted previously except the summer dominant Allium aff. stellatum, had a
designated wetland indicator status code representing hydrophytic vegetation (FAC, FACW, or OBL). The
718
prevalence of vegetation recognized as hydrophytic suggests the persistence of water in the glade seep com-
munities is enough to have a controlling influence over the vegetation.
USDA wetland delineation protocols use species abundance and wetland indicator status codes to deter-
mine if the vegetation of a site is hydrophytic or not (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2010). When these same
protocols are used to assess the 9 glade seep communities studied here, 8 of the 9 GS sites satisfy the require-
ments. Glade 137 appeared “wetter” than a typical dry glade, but lacked most of the taxa determined to be
characteristic of the glade seep. Saturation in this site may be more intermittent and thus not have a substantial
effect on the vegetation.
In addition to the presence of hydrophytic vegetation the analyses of soils and hydrology are also neces-
sary for a site to receive wetland status. Physical signs of hydrology that may satisfy the requirement were re-
corded and photographed throughout the study, including the presence of standing water, aquatic fauna (Fig.
2), water marks, sediment deposits, algal mats, and drift deposits (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2010). The
very nature of the cedar glade system, with thin soils and near-surface bedrock, makes traditional soil analysis
difficult. Limestone seep communities in Texas which are dominated by hydrophytic vegetation (Jue 2010)
exhibit some characteristics of hydric soils, but Llado (2010) noted that “hydric properties may be impossible
to observe year-round due to the nature of the community.” Jue (2010) suggests these Texas “Muhly Seeps” be
designated as a new wetland type, “seasonally unstable ephemeral wetlands.”
We argue that designation of limestone glade seeps as ephemeral wetlands would be correct. If water ex-
erts a controlling influence over the community, the vegetation will indicate this. This suggests that these 8
sites may meet the standards for wetland delineation protocols, and the glade seep community in general may
represent a previously unrecognized wetland community type.
Conservation Status .— The glade seep community is limited in geographic range to within the cedar glade
complex (Baskin & Baskin 2003). Reconnaissance field work during the site selection process led to the iden-
tification of less than 30 examples of seasonally wet sites, with most of these on public land and the rest on
private lands in various states of disturbance. Cedar glades have often been viewed as waste areas and have
been used to dump trash, as pasture land, and as a source for limestone paving stones and gravel (Harper 1926).
All-terrain vehicle use is also high with wet communities being especially vulnerable to this threat. Develop-
ment of cedar glade lands poses arguably the greatest threat to these communities with the expansion of Nash-
ville and the surrounding urban area. Recognizing glade seeps as a seasonal wetland may hold important im-
APPENDIX 1. ANNOTATED CHECKLIST
Taxa are arranged alphabetically by family and species within the three major groups of vascular plants (Pteri-
dophytes, Gymnosperms, and Angiosperms). Nomenclature follows Chester et al. (2009). Statement of abun-
dance follows Murrell and Wofford (1987). Collection numbers indicate vouchers deposited at APSC. Taxa not
collected due to rarity are indicated by a caret ( A ).
The following is a guide to the format and abbreviations associated with each taxon in the checklist.
Taxon Authority (Common Name)— site numbers where found [habitat code]; statement of abundance; US-
AGE wetland indicator status codes; geographic affinity; (Collector, collection number).
Symbols preceding taxon:
* Cedar glade endemic/near endemic
t Taxon listed as rare at state (Kentucky or Tennessee) or federal level
Site numbers:
1 Flatrock Glade Nature Preserve Glade 1, Simpson Co., KY
2 Flatrock Glade Nature Preserve Glade 2, Simpson Co., KY
3 Flatrock Glade Nature Preserve Glade 3, Simpson Co., KY
4 Couchville Cedar Glade State Natural Area, Davidson Co., TN
5 Cedars of Lebanon State Natural Area Glade S46, Wilson Co., TN
720
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
6 Cedars of Lebanon State Forest Glade 139, Wilson Co., TN
7 Cedars of Lebanon State Forest Glade 137, Wilson Co., TN
8 Cedars of Lebanon State Forest Glade 138, Wilson Co., TN
9 Sunnybell Glade State Natural Area, Rutherford Co., TN
10 Overbridge Cedar Glade State Natural Area, Rutherford Co., TN
Habitat codes:
BV Border Vegetation
Statement of abundance:
V Very rare
O Occasional
DG Dry Glade
GS Glade Seep
RRare S Scarce I Infrequent
F Frequent C Common
Geographical affinities:
INT lntraneous
EAST Eastern Extraneous
SOUTH Southern Extran
NON Non-native
(Bearded Flat Sedge)-2,3,5,9 [DG, G!
I — 1.23,10 [GS]; I; OBL;
Allium canadense L (Meadow Garlic)— 3,4,10 [DG, GS]; S; FACU;
t Allium aff. stellatum Ker-Gawl.— 4,5,6,7,8,10 [DG, GS]; Q Nl; D-
Nothoscordum bivalve (L) Britt (False Garlic)— 3, 4,6,7,8,9 [DG, GS];
t Carexcrawei Dewey (Crawe's Sedge)— 1 ,2,4, 5, 6, 7, 9,1 0 [BV, DG, GS];
F; OBL WEST; (Norton 414).
Carex glaucodea Tuck. ex. Olney (Blue Sedge)— 13 [DG, GS]; R; FAC;
INT; (Norton 419).
Liparisliliifolia (L) Rich, ex Lindl (LilyleavedTway Blade)— 1 [BVGSl
R; FACU; NORTH; (Norton 185).
(Great Plains Ladies'-Tress-
es)— 1, 5 [GS]; R; FACU; WEST; (Norton 214).
Spiranthes lacera (Raf.) Raf. var. gracilis (Bigelow) Luer (Northern
Slender Ladies'-Tresses)-! [BV,GS]; R; FAC; INT; (Norton 1307).
Bluestem) — 10 [DG, GS]; S; FAC;
Torr. (Sideoats Grama)-7 [DG.
Brome) — 1 [DG, GS]; ft Nl;
tj (SW.) Gould & C.A. Clark (Tapered Ro-
:e Grass) — 1 ,5,6 [DG, GS]; I; FAC; INT; (Norton 402).
d (Open-Flower Rosette
F; FAQ INT; (I
722
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
y Pagoda Plant)— 4 [DG, GS]; R;
mint)— 6,7,9,10 [DG, GS]; O; FACW; D-WEST;
[DG, GS]; O; FACW;
NORTH; (Norton 177).
GS]; C; FACU; INT; (Norton 9).
10 [DG, GS]; O; Nl;
Scullcap) — 1 ,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 [BV,
l (Blue Waxweed)— 1,3,7,10 [DG, GS]; C
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors acknowledge Roger McCoy and Todd Crabtree (Tennessee Natural Heritage Program), Jerry and
Carol Baskin (University of Kentucky), Milo Pyne (NatureServe), Deborah White (Kentucky Nature Preserves
Commission), and David Webb (Tennessee Valley Authority) for their assistance in site identification; The
Tennessee State Parks and Forestry and Kentucky State Natural Areas for permits; Carol Baskauf and Floyd
Scott for their assistance and encouragement; and the Austin Peay State University Biological Sciences Depart-
ment and Center for Excellence in Field Biology for funding. We also thank Theo Witsell and Roger McCoy for
their helpful suggestions to improve the manuscript and Jerry Baskin and one anonymous reviewer for helpful
suggestions.
REFERENCES
Baskin, J.M. and C.C. Baskin. 1973. Observations on the ecology of Sporobolus vaginiflorus in cedar glades. Castanea
38:25-35.
Baskin, J.M., D.H. Webb, and C.C Baskin. 1 995. A floristic plant ecology study of the limestone glades of northern Alabama.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 122:226-242.
723
n the vegetation of a cedar glade
s phytogeo-
Baskin, J.M. and C.C. Baskin. 1 996. Bessey Picklesimer's little-known quant
in the Central Basin of Tennessee. Castanea 6:25-37.
Baskin, J.M. and C.C. Baskin. 2003. The vascular flora of cedar glades of the southeastern United States a
graphical relationships. J.Torrey Bot. Soc. 130:101-1 18.
Baskin, J.M. and C.C. Baskin. 2004. History of the use of ‘cedar glades" and other descriptive terms for vegetation on rocky
limestone soils in the Central Basin of Tennessee. Bot. Rev. 70:403-424.
Baskin, J.M., E. Quakterman and C.C. Baskin. 2007. Flow diagrams for plant succession in the middle Tennessee cedar glades.
J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 2:1 1 31-1 140.
Bailey, A.W. and C.E. Poulton. 1968. Plant communities and environmental relationships in a portion of the Tillamook
bum, northwestern Oregon. Ecology 49:1-13.
Catung, P.M. and V.R. Brownell. 1999. Alvars of the Great Lakes Region. In: R.C. Anderson, J.S. Fralish, and J.M. Baskin, eds.
Savannas, Barrens, and rock outcrop plant communities of North America. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
UK. Pp. 375-391.
Chester, E.W., B.E. Wofford, D. Estes, and C. Bailey. 2009. A fifth checklist of Tennessee vascular plants. Botanical Research
Institute of Texas Press, Fort Worth, Texas.
Crabtree, T. (ed.). 2008. Tennessee Natural Heritage Program rare plant list. Tennessee Division of Natural Areas. Tennes-
see Department of Environment and Conservation, Nashville.
Daubenmire, R.K. 1959. A canopy-coverage method of vegetation analysis. Northw. Sci. 43:43-64.
ESRI (Environmental Systems Resource Institute). 2009. ArcMap 9.2. ESRI Inc., Redlands, California.
Estes, D. and R.L Small. 2007. Two new species of Gratiola (Plantaginaceae) from Eastern North America and an updated
circumscription for Gratiola neglecta. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 1 :149-1 70.
Flora of North America Editorial Committee, eds. 1993+. Flora of North America North of Mexico. 16+ vols. New York and
Freeman, C.P.1
Greene, D.C. and WJ. Wolfe. 2000. Superfund GIS - 1:250,000 Geology of Tennessee. U.S. Geological Survey, Nashville,
Tennessee.
Harper, R.M. 1 926. The cedar glades of middle Tennessee. Ecology 7:48-54 plus 1 plate.
Harper, R.M. 1939. Granite outcrop vegetation in Alabama. Torreya 39:153-159.
H*L S.R. 2003. Botanical survey of dolomite prairie remnants, natural plant communities, and threatened and endan-
gered plants at the Interstate 55 (FAI 55) - Arsenal Road interchange project, Channahon, Will, County, Illinois. Center
for Biodiversity Technical Report 2003 (37). Prepared for Bureau of Design and Environment, Illinois Department of
Transportation, Springfield, by the Illinois Natural History Survey, Campaign, Submitted 31 Dec 2003.
Hou£,G. 1987. Vascular plants of Arabia Mountain, Georgia. Bull.Torrey Bot. Club 1 14:412-418.
Jones, R.L. 2005. Plant life of Kentucky: an illustrated guide to the vascular flora. The University Press of Kentucky, Lex-
n North Central Tex
is Christian Uni-
JuE - M L 2011. Vegetative analysis of Muhly hillslope seeps ir
versity. Fort Worth, Texas.
***** *T. 2003. A synonymized checklist and atlas with biological attributes for the vascular flora of the United States,
Canada, and Greenland. Second Edition. In: Kartesz, J.T. Synthesis of the North American flora. Version 2.0.
Ke *tucky Rare Plant Database. 2006. Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission, http://eppcapp.ky.gov/nprareplants/
index .aspx, Accessed May 2010.
Kemtucky Exonc Pest Plant Council. 2008. http://www.se-eppc.org/ky/lists.htm. Accessed May 201 0.
i-KHVAR. R.w. AND J.T. Kartesz. 2009. North American digital flora: National Wetland Plant List, version 2.4.0 httpsV/wet-
la nd_plants.usace army mil U S Army Corps of Engineers, Engineer Research and Development Center, Cold Regions
^search and Engineering Laboratory, Hanover, NH, and BONAP, Chapel Hill, NC.
**** LE. 2011. Soil moisture dynamics of Muhly seeps in a hillslope hollow during low flow and storm conditions.
Aster's Thesis. Texas Christian University, Fort Worth, Texas.
^Vaugh, R. i 943 The vegetation of the granitic flat-rocks of the southeastern United States. Ecol. Monogr. 1 3:1 1 9-166.
HatureServe. 201 1 . Natureserve Explorer: an online encyclopedia of life [web application]. Version 7.1 . NatureServe, Ar-
lm 9ton, Virginia. Available http://www.natureserve.org/explorer. Accessed: January 30, 201 2).
724
Noger, M.C. (compiler). 1 988. Geologic map of Kentucky: sesquicentennial edition of the Kentucky Geological Survey: U.S.
Geological Survey and the Kentucky Geological Survey, scale 1:500,000.
Perkins, B.E. 1981. Vegetation of sandstone outcrops of the Cumberland Plateau. Master’s Thesis. University of Tennes-
see, Knoxville, Tennessee.
Picklesimer, B.C. 1927. A quantitative study of the plant succession of the cedar glades of middle Tennessee. Master’s
Thesis. George Peabody College for Teachers, Nashville, Tennessee.
Quarterman, E. 1 950. Major plant communities of Tennessee cedar glades. Ecology 31 :234-254.
Quarterman, E. 1 989. Structure and dynamics of the limestone cedar glade communities inTennessee. J. Tennessee Acad.
Sci. 64:1 55-1 58.
Reed Jr., P.B. (compiler). 1 997. Revision of the National List of plant species that occur in wetlands. In Cooperation with the
National and Regional Interagency Review Panels: U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, US.
Environmental Protection Agency, and Natural Resources Conservation Service. Department of Interior, U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Washington, DC, USA.
Rollins, S.C. 1 997. Calcareous glade communities in the Central Basin of Tennessee. Master's Thesis, Univ. North Carolina,
Chapel Hill.
Smith, S.G. 2001. Taxonomic innovations in North American Eleocharis (Cyperaceae). Novon 1 1:241-257.
Somers P., LR. Smith, P.B. Hamel, and E.L. Bridges. 1 986. Preliminary analysis of plant communities and seasonal changes in
cedar glades in middle Tennessee. A.S.B. Bull 33:178-192.
Tennessee Exotic Pest Plant Council. 2009. http://www.tneppc.org/invasive_plants. Accesed May 2010.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2010. Interim regional supplement to the Corps of Engineers wetland delineation manual:
Eastern Mountains and Piedmont Region, ed. J.S. Wakeley, R.W. Lichvar, C.V. Noble, and J.F. Berkowitz. ERDC/ELTR-
10-9. U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, MS.
THE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE NORTH CENTRAL TEXAS
WALNUT FORMATION
Rebecca K. Swadek
Texas Christian University
Tony L. Burgess
Texas Christian University
Botanical Research Institute of Texas
1 700 University Drive
Fort Worth, Texas 76 107-3400, U.S.A.
TCU Box 298830
Fort Worth, Texas 76 129, U.S.A
t.burgess@tcu.edu
ABSTRACT
INTRODUCTION
In Texas, few floras have been published, and these traditionally have been defined by political boundaries
such as Neill’s flora of Madison County, Texas (Neill & Wilson 2000). Correll and Johnston’s Manual of the
Vascular Plants of Texas (1970) is the only statewide flora, published 42 years ago. Floras completed in Texas are
seldom published in peer-reviewed journals, and many languish as theses hidden in university libraries. These
are often merely checklists of species encountered during the survey, lacking detailed ecological data. While
checklists are critical baselines, more useful insights are possible with associated ecological information.
Cuyler (1931) and Tharp (1939) both stated that geology is often a strong determinant for vegetation.
Kruckeberg (2004) provides an impeccable argument for the importance of geology and landform on plant
communities. Yet, floras and herbarium specimens rarely include geological data— information often valuable
for understanding rare and endemic species. This study has a geological context inspired by these works and
the endemic Dalea reverchonii (Comanche Peak prairie clover).
Dalea reverchonii (Fabaceae), endemic to North Central Texas, was first collected on Comanche Peak m
Hood County, 1876 by Julien Reverchon. Originally described as Petalostemum reverchonii, it was not found
“gain until the early 1980s (Mahler 1984). Subsequent collections revealed that D. reverchonii is almost re-
nted to rocky glades and barrens of the Walnut Formation (O’Kennon pers. comm.). This contradicts Poole
Jii
726
et al. (2007), who stated D. reverchanii is observed only on Goodland Limestone. There is one exception: at the
type locality on the butte of Comanche Peak, the only population found south of the Brazos River, D. revercho-
nii grows on Edwards Limestone; thus it is not strictly endemic to the Walnut Formation. There may be other
undiscovered populations south of the Brazos River and on other formations.
While much of North Central Texas geology is limestone or chalk, the extensive glades of the Walnut
Formation are structurally and floristically unique to the region. Over a century ago William Bray, an early
Texas plant ecologist, stated, “before the flora of Texas suffers further radical changes, the schools of the state
ought to cooperate in securing a complete and authentic list of species represented by carefully collected and
well-preserved specimens” (Bray 1906). Since then, Texas has witnessed accelerated urban development, yet
we still lack basic knowledge of the state’s natural history. This vascular flora of the North Central Texas Wal-
nut Formation combines the goals of securing vouchered specimens and generating an ecologically relevant
circumscription of a floristic area.
This project had three objectives: 1) Collect, identify, and archive specimens of the vascular plants found
on the northern portion of the Walnut Formation as mapped by the Geologic Atlas of Texas (McGowen et al.
1987, 1991); 2) List all species and delineate their preferred habitats, including major plant associations with
relevant geological, pedological, and hydrological data; and 3) Analyze the flora for rare, endemic, invading,
and disjunct taxa.
Geographical Context
Names among different treatments designating physiographic regions, vegetation areas, and ecoregions dif-
fer; thus the area covered by this flora has been included in different geographic contexts which are reviewed
Four currently recognized ecoregions dominate North Central Texas north of the Brazos River: running
west to east, the West Cross Timbers, Fort Worth or Grand Prairie, East Cross Timbers, and Blackland Prairie
(Fig. 1). In his monograph on Texas vegetation east of the 98 th parallel, Tharp (1926) did not distinguish the
better-known Blackland Prairie, which begins near Dallas, from the Grand Prairie; however. Hill (1901) de-
scribed key differences between the two prairies. The Grand Prairie is much flatter and has more angular
scarps than the gentle rolling plains of the Blackland Prairie. Shallower soils and bedrock of erosion-resistant
limestone strata alternating with softer sediments distinguish the Grand Prairie, which is recognized by the
name “hard lime rock region,” where limestone-topped cuestas and mesas are part of the landscape (Hill 1901).
The Blackland Prairie is underlain by chalk and shale, which weather deeply to form characteristic black, cal-
careous, heavy clay soils (Diggs et al. 1999). The Blackland Prairie is a true tallgrass prairie dominated by An-
dropogon gerardii, Panicum virgatum, Schizachyrium scoparium, Sorghastrum nutans, and Tripsacum dactyloides,
with wildflowers and occasional mottes. Only the Austin Chalk Formation is capable of forming escarpments
in the Blackland Prairie region (Diggs et al. 1999, Hill 1901). The fertile, rich, deep clays, combined with new
plowing technologies, allowed cotton farming to proliferate in the Blackland Prairie during the late 1800s,
destroying much of the native tallgrass prairie (Diggs et al. 1999).
Hill, a geologist with a keen eye for landforms, defined the Grand Prairie physiographic subprovince as a
“northern continuation of the Edwards Plateau” (1901). This subprovince extends from the Red River to the
Colorado River, bounded on the east by the Eastern Cross Timbers and, farther south, by the Balcones Fault
zone. “The northern and irregular western borders of the Grand Prairie terminate in the low inward-facing
escarpment . . . which overlooks the valley of the Western Cross Timbers” (Hill 1901). This escarpment in-
cludes many of the Walnut Formation outcrops north of the Brazos River. Hill recognized two subdivisions of
the main body of the Texas Grand Prairie: Fort Worth Type Prairie and I ampasas Cut Plain.
The Lampasas Cut Plain was described as “plains more scarped and disse cted into numerous low buttes
and mesas” (Hill 1901), starting south of the Trinity River in Parker County along the western edge of the
Grand Prairie and increasing in width south of the Brazos River. This includes most of the Walnut outcrops in
Parker and Johnson counties.
Hill’s Fort Worth Type Prairies extend north and east of the Lampasas Cut Plain to the Red River. Hill
727
728
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
described two subdivisions of Fort Worth Type Prairies north of the Brazos River, aligned approximately par-
allel between the two Cross Timbers. The Gainesville Prairie is to the east, and the ‘true’ Fort Worth Prairie is
on the west in Tarrant, Denton, Wise, and Cooke counties. Thus, within the area of this flora, the northern
Walnut outcrops are within Hill’s Fort Worth Prairie, while the southern are included within the northward
attenuation of Hill’s Lampasas Cut Plain.
Dyksterhuis defined the Fort Worth Prairie as “the northern portion of the physiographic unit known as
the Grand Prairie” (1946), and mapped it to cover all of Hill’s province north of the Brazos River Valley, includ-
ing areas of Parker, Hood, and Johnson counties that Hill considered Lampasas Cut Plain. Diggs et al. (1999)
subdivided the Grand Prairie vegetational region into the Fort Worth Prairie north of the Brazos, as Dykster-
huis had, with the Lampasas Cut Plain to the south. In these maps, the area of this flora lies in the western edge
of the Fort Worth Prairie.
Names are different in the Ecoregions of Texas map (Griffiths et al. 2004), which shows two hierarchical
classification levels. At Level III, Texas Blackland Prairies are distinguished from Cross Timbers. Within the
Cross Timbers Ecoregion, Level IV ecoregions are Eastern Cross Timbers, Western Cross Timbers, Grand
Prairie, and Limestone Cut Plain. The Grand Prairie Ecoregion is between the East and West Cross timbers,
extending from the Red River south to the Brazos Valley, corresponding to the Fort Worth Prairie as defined by
Dyksterhuis (1946). Using the Environmental Protections Agency Level IV map, the area of this flora is along
the western boundary of the Grand Prairie, with outliers in the nearby Western Cross Timbers.
The Fort Worth Prairie is described as a grassland historically devoid of trees except in waterways (Diggs
et al. 1999; Dyksterhuis 1946). Dyksterhuis (1946), sampling between 1939 and 1944, found that Nassella leu-
cotricha had the greatest coverage. Other common perennial grasses were Aristida spp., Bothriochloa laguroi-
des, Bouteloua curtipendula, Buchloe dactyloides, Schizachyrium scoparium, and Sporobolus compositus. Among
these, only Schizachyrium scoparium is considered typical of tallgrass prairie, and Dyksterhuis proposed that
its relative abundance was negatively correlated with grazing disturbance (1946). Dyksterhuis emphasized
that “the abundance of annuals is regarded as a most significant feature” of the Fort Worth Prairie, comprising
about 20% of the vegetation (1946). Common annuals included cool season species such as Bromus japonicus,
Hordeum pusillum, and Plantago spp., together with such warm season species as Gutierrezia dracunculoides
and Sporobolus vaginiflorus. In the Grand Prairie Ecoregion description, Sorghastrum nutans and Andropogon
gerardii are included as representative grasses (Griffiths et al. 2004), though Dyksterhuis (1946) indicated they
were seldom dominant except in “relict” sites protected from grazing.
The upland soils of the Fort Worth Prairie differ from typical prairie soils. They are mapped as calcareous
mollisols, inceptisols, and entisols (Ressel 1981). Immature soils overlie the limestone and clayey parent mate-
rial, showing weakly developed horizons with h i gh concentrations of calcium carbonate, clay, and organic
matter (Dyksterhuis 1946). The xeric aspects of the Fort Worth Prairie are due to the structure of shallow cal-
careous soils, which retain limited moisture. Hill (1887) hypothesized that they have too much lime to support
tree growth. The shallow soils and hard limestone make tilling impossible, and thus have encouraged cattle
grazing as the primary land use (Diggs et al. 1999; Dyksterhuis 1946; Hill 1901). Today grazing pressure and
fire suppression have had the greatest impact on the Fort Worth Prairie, promoting weedy species introduced
for forage and species that can withstand grazing, and encouraging invasive woody species that were not pres-
ent 60 years ago (Diggs et al. 1999; Dyksterhuis 1946).
The Western Cross Timbers border the western edge of the Fort Worth Prairie. Often the boundary oc-
curs where the Walnut Formation abuts deep, non-calcareous, sandy soils derived from Paluxy and Antlers
Formations. The Western Cross Timbers are strips of woodlands and savannas, intermixed with occasional
prairie openings (Francaviglia 2000; Harris 2008; Kendall 1845; Tharp 1939). The arenaceous and siliceous,
mildly acidic alfisols of the Western Cross Timbers create a matrix with adequate water storage, which tree
roots can penetrate deeply (Dyksterhuis 1948; Harris 2008; Hill 1887; Sims and Risser 2000). Quercus stellata
(post oak) and Quercus marilandica (blackjack oak) are the dominant trees, interspersed with elms, hackber-
ries, and greenbriars (Dyksterhuis 1948; Harris 2008; Hill 1887; Kendall 1845; Tharp 1939). Washington Ir-
ving (1985) described these woodlands as “forests of cast iron” due their hardiness and density. The adapta-
Swadekand Burgess, Flora of the North Central Texas Walnut
729
tions of post and blackjack oaks to moderate drought allow them to expand further westward than most other
trees of the Eastern deciduous forest (Tharp 1939).
As noted above, the northern boundary of the Lampasas Cut Plain has differed tremendously over the last
century (Diggs et al. 1999; Gould 1960; Griffith et al. 2004; Hill 1901). In the Lampasas Cut Plain, Hill de-
scribed the most representative portion of the Walnut Formation, the Walnut Prairie; where the strata are more
extensively exposed (Griffith et al. 2004; Hill 1901; McGowen et al. 1987). In this region, Walnut geology sup-
ports prairies on valley floors instead of more xeric uplands as in the Fort Worth Prairie. Kendall (1845) also
noted a difference in the landscape as he crossed north of the Brazos River during his expedition. In the Lam-
pasas Cut Plain, the Edwards Limestone outcrops more frequently as hard, resistant caps on the mesas and
buttes. Southward, the Lampasas Cut Plain and Edwards Limestone are less dissected, forming the beginning
of the Edwards Plateau.
Geology of the Walnut Formation
The Walnut Formation, underlying the western edge of the Fort Worth Prairie and parts of the Lampasas Cut
Plain, is exposed in at least 18 counties in Texas, mostly south of the Brazos River (Sellards et al. 1932; United
States Geological Survey 2010). Mapped as Walnut Clay, it is part of the Lower Cretaceous Fredericksburg
Group, which formed during the Comanchean period 103 million years ago (McGowen et al. 1987, 1991). The
Walnut Formation is largely composed of limestone and less consolidated strata variously termed marl, calcar-
thinning inland north and west (Sellers et al. 1932; Scott et al. 2003). The Walnut Formation is thicker and
more exposed farther south, eventually thinning again at the base of the Edwards Plateau (McGowen et al.
1987, 1991).
By nomenclatural convention, the Walnut Formation overlies the Paluxy Sandstone south of Decatur,
Texas; whereas north, the Antlers Formation is beneath. The Glen Rose Formation defines the separation be-
tween the Paluxy and Twin Mountains Formations; however, the Glen Rose Formation is absent north of De-
catur, forcing the combination of Paluxy and Twin Mountains into the Antlers Sands (McGowan et al. 1987;
McGowen et al. 1991). For the remainder of Texas, the Glen Rose Limestone is the underlying formation in-
stead of the Paluxy and Antlers sandstones (Fig. 2). This has been described as an unconformity because “the
Paluxy was deposited in a regressive sea, which readvanced over the land, depositing the Walnut Formation”
(Sellards etal. 1932).
The Goodland Limestone overlies the Walnut Formation in Parker and Tarrant counties and is undiffer-
entiated from the Walnut on geologic maps in Wise and Montague counties, making outcrops harder to locate.
Goodland Limestone can be distinguished from Walnut Limestone by its nodular fabric, paler whitish color,
and decreased abundance of Texigryphaea fossils. In Hood, Johnson, and Somervell counties, nearer the Brazos
River, the Goodland thi™ the Walnut expands, and Comanche Peak and Edwards limestones are exposed as
the overlying formations. The boundary between Goodland and Walnut Formations is not clearly defined. The
lower Marys Creek Member of the Goodland Formation in Tarrant County has been traced southward to
match the upper marl interval of the Walnut Formation beneath the Comanche Peak Formation, leading to the
Proposal that north of the Parker-Hood County line the Marys Creek Marl be considered part of the Goodland
Formation; whereas to the south it is within the Walnut (Scott et al. 2003). The Walnut Formation is also
known in Oklahoma, where it is associated with Goodland Limestone (Hill 1901), and in West Texas, where it
is largely associated with the Edwards and Comanche Peak formations, as on Double Mountain in Stonewall
County (Eifler 1993).
Hill (1901) described the Walnut Formation as clay and nonchalky limestones making up the base of the
Fredericksburg Division, consisting of “alternations of calcareous laminated clays, weathering yellow on oxi-
dation, semicrystalline limestone flags, and shell agglomerate. ... In places they weather into rich black soils
and make extensive agricultural belts” (Hill 1901). In the area of this flora, many Walnut Limestone strata are
ca sily recognizable as coquinites or shell agglomerates dominated by fossil Texigryphaea, which are relict
aorm beds. Fresh exposures are blue in color and weather cream to yellow and olive in flaggy layers. Marls
730
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
between limestone layers vary in thickness and are easily penetrated by roots. The base of the Walnut consists
of calcareous clays intercalated with cemented limestone (Hill 1901). The Goodland, Comanche Peak, and
Edwards formations are paler and chalkier than the yellows and browns of the Walnut Formation, helping to
distinguish them visually (Hill 1901).
The Walnut Formation developed through marine sedimentation in the Lower Cretaceous when the Gulf
of Mexico spread inland, covering Texas. The Lower Cretaceous formations tend to be some of the largest re-
gional formations, extending from mountainous boundaries in Oklahoma to Mexico. Deposited along belts
through marine influence, the harder limestones alternate with clay and overlie sands, creating dip and cut
plains as well as low escarpments carved by erosion (Hill 1901). To the east, younger geological layers are en-
countered on top of the Walnut, dipping eastward. These layers are eroded into gentle east-facing slopes, until
a resistant limestone layer is exposed. Here a steep, west-facing slope is formed by rapid erosion of a less resis-
tant layer below the harder cap, creating a cuesta topography with gentle plains sloping east and steep west-
facing escarpments. The limestone layers make erosion resistant shelves connected by erodible slope-forming
marl layers (Diggs et al. 1999; Dyksterhuis 1946; Hill 1901).
The Walnut Formation is unique in the contrasting lithification of its strata, which creates the diversity of
modern habitats. There are deep clays, hard limestone glades, and shallow barrens soils derived from marls
and fossil shell fragments. Seeps are also abundant on barrens and slopes, and they often interact with the un-
derlying sands. Slope seeps frequently occur where water flows through fractured limestone and meets less
permeable clay or less weathered massive limestone layers, creating a perched water table, causing water to
flow laterally, and emerge as a seep where the stratum is exposed (Burgess and Busbey 2010, Llado 2011) (Fig-
2). Quaternary alluvial deposits over Paluxy Sandstone make up the bulk of soil parent materials in river val-
leys adjacent to upland Walnut exposures (Eifler 1993; McGowen et al. 1987; McGowen et al. 1991).
Swadek and Burgess, Flora of the North Central Texas Walnut
Site Description
The Red, Trinity, and Brazos rivers are the principle waterways, excluding lakes, that cross through the Walnut
Formation. The Brazos is the southern boundary for the study site and the Red River the northern boundary.
Several tributaries and headwater streams of the Trinity River run through the northern part of the Walnut
exposures within the study area. For this research, the targeted area of the Walnut Formation lies between ap-
proximately 32.25° and 34°N and -97.25° and -98° W within the study area. The Walnut Formation extends
much farther west and south beyond the borders of the study site (Fig. 1).
The area and elevation range of the Walnut Formation is difficult to calculate, as these data are not typical
in geologic maps, and have not been found in any geological literature. Based on estimates, the area equates to
around 390 sq km (McGowen et al. 1987). The elevation of collected vouchers ranges from a low of about 225
m in Tarrant County to a high of 435 m in Parker County.
Tarrant County receives an average of 86 cm of rainfall per year decreasing to the west and increasing to
the east. The first freeze occurs around November 17 each year and the last freeze around March 15 (Alvarez &
Plocheck 2011), yielding an average growing season of 249 days (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminis-
tration 2012). The climate is described as humid subtropical with hot summers, having annually wide tem-
perature variations and mild winters (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 2012). The rainfall
and temperature patterns during the duration of this study, yielded lower than normal rainfall, 51 to 56 cm,
and 2011 was one of the hottest summers on record based on data from the KNFW weather station in south-
west Fort Worth (National Climatic Data Center 2012).
METHODS
Vascular plants were collected on the Walnut Formation north of the Brazos River from January 2010 to June
2012, both on the formation and on slopes below Walnut outcrops, where colluvial deposits of marl and co-
quinite cover Paluxy and Antlers sands. Here the calcareous sediments interact with the sand, extending the
range of the prairie limestone flora downslope into the Western Cross Timbers.
Maps from The Geologic Atlas of Texas identified approximate boundaries of the Walnut Formation. Mc-
Gowen et al. (1987) covers the area north of the Brazos River in Parker, Tarrant, Johnson, and Hood counties.
McGowen et al. (1991) covers Wise and Montague counties directly north; however, the Goodland and Walnut
formations are undivided on this map. Tarrant, Parker, Wise, Johnson, and Hood counties contained the study
sites, as no significant outcrops were known from Montague County.
Walnut Formation outcrops were verified using geologic maps and the presence of distinctive massive
limestone strata with abundant Texigryphaea. First, potential sites were located using geologic maps, then
publicly accessible areas were located. Since public parks spanned a broad north-south gradient, fewer private
lands were surveyed. GIS maps were created showing the Walnut Formation overlaid with county streets to
target stretches of road with high percentages of Walnut Outcrops.
Voucher herbarium specimens were collected using the “meander search” method (Hartman & Nelson
2008), in triplicate - when possible. If only one plant was present, a photographic voucher was taken to help
Preserve the population. Specimens were identified using Skinners & Mahler’s Illustrated Flora of North Central
Texas (Diggs et al. 1999), which is the basis for nomenclature. Flora of North America and recent publications
were also used (Estes & Small 2007; Kiger 2004; Nesom 2006; Smith et al. 2003) for identifications of species
uamed or discovered in the area since 1999. Identifications were confirmed with herbarium specimens at the
Botanical Research Institute of Texas (BRIT). Experts consulted include Bob O’Kennon, Barney Lipscomb, and
Amanda Neill (BRIT). Specimen data include the date, soil type, habitat description, associated plants, species
abundance, images of the plant and its habitat, locality, and GPS coordinates. References to protocol include
Davis (1961), Diggs et al. (1999), Jennings et al. (2009), and Neill and Wilson (2000). Data and field images were
imported into Atrium (BRIT Digital Herbarium 2012), an online biodiversity information system for public
access. Specimens were archived in the BRIT Herbarium. Duplicates were shared with TEX/LL and TAES. The
F mt Worth Nature Center and Refuge received the duplicates of specimens collected there, instead of TAES.
732
There were 835 collections from the North Central Texas Walnut Formation made by the authors. The
BRIT Herbarium was consulted for other collections not included in the 835; thus all specimens cited are de-
posited at BRIT. The authors did not personally verify the exposed geologic stratum for all specimens collected
by other botanists unless they were from specific sites or collecting events. Legacy collections, from BRIT, were
included due to their presence on the Walnut Formation based on GPS coordinates and associated plant spe-
cies. If Goodland Limestone was mapped within 200 m of the plants GPS location, the stratum the specimen
was found upon was questionable and the collection omitted from the checklist.
A full checklist of the flora was created, and the flora was analyzed for rare or endemic taxa, invasive or
potentially invasive species, and disjunct taxa. Releve plots were completed for plant communities common to
the Walnut Formation. Sites were subjectively selected based on local knowledge of representative sites and
availability. Random site selection was avoided, as the objective was to define homogenous and repetitive plant
communities in similar topographic, geological, and pedological contexts. This was done to confirm plant as-
sociations within and across geological formations, and to facilitate future comparisons (Jennings et al. 2004).
Plots ranged in size and edges were avoided to reduce variability and to ensure the similarity of communities.
Data collected for each plot includes GPS location, exposed geologic stratum, soil, hydrologic regime, slope,
aspect, topographic position, percent cover and height class for each plant species present, and percent cover
of non-vascular species and abiotic factors.
Plant communities were described as in Jennings et al. (2009). Associations are named using dominant
and diagnostic taxa for each community. Taxa found within the same stratum are indicated by a hyphen, in
different strata by a slash, and parenthetic notations indicate lower constancy or confidence. The order of spe-
cies names indicates decreasing dominance (Jennings e t al. 2009). No formal quantitative analysis on the
releve data was done; these associations are based largely on observation and constancy of dominant and diag-
nostic species. The authors believe many of the following communities are widespread enough to warrant
tentative recognition in the Association Records database (NatureServe 2012b).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Results of the study are included in the following sections: Major vegetational habitats, Comparison with the
Walnut Formation South of the Brazos River; Unique Sites; Floristic Comparisons; Range Extensions, Invad-
ers, Endemic Taxa; and Summary of Taxa.
MAJOR VEGETATIONAL HABITATS
While plant communities may not be mappable units as defined by the Ecological Society of America Vegeta-
tion Classification Panel (2011), these provisionally named associations are patterns that were consistently
encountered throughout the North Central Texas Walnut Formation and could be studied further for consid-
Plant communities aligned almost perfectly with geological and pedological boundaries. Soil depth and
type were best indicated by vegetation structure and cover. As soil depth decreased, there was a strong correla-
tion with light intensity as the canopy cover decreased (Fig. 3). The exception is weathered limestone with
pockets of soil accumulation in deep crevices, allowing trees to take root and create a shady canopy as in a
limestone scrub woodland.
While the Fort Worth Prairie was a mixed grass prairie in the 1940s, fire suppression and overgrazing
converted it to a savannah (Fuhlendorf & Engle 2004; Mayer & Khalyani 2011). Shorter grasses dominate with
decreasing soil depth. There are surges of annuals in the spring and fall coinciding with seasonal rains. Within
the herb stratum, perennial forbs, annuals, and succulents dominate the spring, while herbaceous perennial
bunchgrasses dominate the fall.
Due to the structural similarity of these habitats with limestone cedar glades in Alabama, Kentucky, and
Tennessee, we follow the habitat designations described by Baskin and Baskin (1996, 2003) and Quarterman
(1950a, 1950b, 1989). Glades are open areas of exposed Walnut Limestone with 0 to 5 cm soil. Here soil forms
primarily in limestone cracks yielding patchy vegetation, typically less than 50 percent cover; though some
734
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
form the erosion-resistant scarps or glade habitats. Our terminology differs from limestone cedar glade habi-
tats in the southern Appalachians in that we use the term “Walnut Limestone Glade,” though this is somewhat
a misnomer because walnut trees do not dominate them as cedars do in the southeast; rather the Walnut Lime-
stone is the geological stratum of the these habitats, the formation name having no relation to the dominant
plants.
Glades ai
n the Walnut Formation. Glades ai
und 0 to 5 cm deep. Texigryphae;
7; Ressel 1981). In
isive and are characteristic landscape feature;
areas of exposed limestone outcrops and rocky areas with soils a
shell fragments usually dominate surfaces. The most common soils in Hood, Parker, and
clayey upland paralithic entisols in the Maloterre Series (Colburn 1978; Greenwade et al. 1
Wise County, the Maloterre Series is not mapped and glades are shown to be associated v
Venus Series, both mollisols (Ressel 1989), which, following field investigations, do not appear to be present on
glades. The soils associated with glades in Wise County are very gravelly, shallow, undeveloped soils over
limestone. They have no mollic epipedon and are likely entisols.
Glades are frequently found on ridge tops at the LBJ National Grasslands. Elsewhere glades are found next
hillslopes. During storm events, impermeable limestone provides little to no infiltration of runoff, creating
what is arguably infiltration excess (Hortonian) overland flow, thus preventing or slowing soil development
Thus, glades are free of trees, except for occasional mottes, and shallow soils are incapable of retaining
much water, thus plants are often succulent or extremely shallow rooted. Deep-rooted perennials establish
their roots in limestone cracks; some probably extend roots to the marl, which has greater water holding poten-
tial. Glades are dominated by gravel or open soil, usually with less than 50 percent herbaceous coverage. The
glades are a distinct habitat of specialized, often endemic plants. Few plants are weedy or characteristic of ru-
glade seeps where the s
) Lime-
Aristida purpurea v
5 well dra
cognata, Erioneuron pilosum, and Tridens muticus. Limnodea arkansa
cool season annual grasses, while Sporobolus ozarkanus is the dominant warm season annual grass. Other
common components of dry glades include perennial herbaceous dicots such as Dalea reverchonii, D. tenuis,
Grindelia lanceolata, Lesquerella engelmannii. Paronychia virginica, Sida abutifolia, scattered succulents includ-
ing Coryphantha sulcata, Escobaria missouriensis, E. vivipara, Opuntia phaeacantha, and Talinum calcaricum.
Bouteloua curtipendula, Prunus rivularis, and Schizachyrium scoparium can be found in deep limestone
crevices or on glade edges where the hillslope begins. As the glade thins, at the edge of the hillslope, the vegeta-
tion thickens. The species listed above are present in greater densities and Asclepias asperula, Artemisia ludovi-
ciana, Bouteloua curtipendula, and Liatris mucronata may become dominant.
Dalea rexerchonii— Talinum calcaricum— Minuartia michauxii Limestone Glade Herbaceous Vegeta-
tion Association. — In less disturbed sites, this association occurs where soil has been thinned by erosion on
the upslope side of a limestone expanse, or where shallow soil has started to accumulate on the downslope side
of a glade. This interesting glade association is not locally extensive, but it is widespread among glades and may
be more appropriately called a sub-association; however, when present the association is distinctive and recog-
nizable on extremely shallow, clayey soils bordering expanses of bare limestone. Nostoc commune, Sedum nut-
tallianum, and Sporobolus ozarkanus are very common in these associations.
Glades are often surrounded by barrens or areas of locally thin soils, at least 5-25 cm deep, with small patches
of exposed bedrock, rock fragments, and cryptogamic crusts. Barrens may also be on benches where there is
more topographic relief; often they are interspersed with seeps. Dominated by bunch grasses, Schizachyrium
and Burgess, Flora of the North Central Texas Walnut
735
wetter sites), Aristida purpurea, Bouteloua pectinata, B. hirsuta, and
i this habitat; Opuntia phaeacantha, Yucca pallida, various herbaceous
perennials, and cool-season and warm-season annuals are also present. Barrens have deeper soils incapable of
supporting larger woody species; solitary trees are uncommon, but mottes of Forestiera pubescens, Juniperus
spp, Quercus fusiformis, Rhus spp., and Ulmus crassifolia are common and provide a habitat for vines and scio-
Opuntia phaeacantha tends to prefer drier upland barrens. Schizachyrium scoparium and Yucca pallida tend
to occur on sloping, well-drained sites with good drainage and deeply weathered limestone or marl at the sur-
face.
Opuntia phaeacantha— Gaillardia pulchella — Liatris m ucronata — (Tridens mu ticus) Herbaceous Veg-
etation Association. — Found on upland barrens with little to no slope, the association is quite common in
shallow soil over limestone. Soils are usually paralithic entisols of the Maloterre Series or shallow, dark molli-
sols of the Aledo or Bolar Series. Opuntia phaeacantha and Gaillardia pulchella are common indicators occur-
ring with various bunch grasses. Liatris mucronata and Tridens muticus are also both common components but
vary in dominance. Typical perennial bunch grasses include Aristida purpurea, Bouteloua rigidiseta, Nassella
leucotricha, and Panicum oligosanthes. Nassella leucotricha was not found in great abundance in 2010 and 2011,
but following two of the hottest and driest summers on record, N. leucotricha was a more dominant member of
this barrens community than Tridens muticus. Dominant annuals include Bifora americana, Limnodea arkan-
sana, Monarda citriodora, Plantago spp., Tetraneuris linearifolia, and Thelespermafilifolium. Bromusjaponicus is
a successful invader of this habitat, outcompeting native grasses with exceptional success in wetter years, be-
coming the dominant species.
Association. — Found on mid to low slopes typically in marls, where the soil appears to be more clayey than
typical Walnut loams, the soil is often mapped as Brackett, a paralithic inceptisol with an ochric epipedon;
though in many cases it is probably parent material from the marl layer. Here, Aristida purpurea var. nealleyi,
Bouteloua hirsuta, B. pectinata, Sporobolus compositus, and Yucca pallida dominate. This association is also typi-
cal on heavily weathered shelves just above the contact between the Walnut Formation and the underlying
Paluxy or Antlers sands. Asclepias asperula, Dalea hallii, Glandularia bipinnatifida, Hedyotis nigricans, Liatris
aestivalis, L. mucronata, Marshallia caespitosa, and Pediomelum linearifolium are common plants found in this
association. Schizachyrium scoparium may be common, but is inconsistent. While still considered barrens,
these communities frequendy border seepy areas or woodlands dominated by Quercus buckleyi or Fraxinus
Muhly Seep (Hillslope and Limestone Glade Seeps):
Seeps are frequently found on hillslopes where water flows through fractured limestone, encounters an imper-
vious shale layer, begins flowing horizontally, and seeps out on hillsides where the slope flattens for a few me-
ters. Slopes are frequently dominated by Muhlenbergia reverchonii; Dyksterhuis (1946) called them Muhly
Benches. Limestone Glade Seeps are often at the bottom edge of hillslope seeps, where water flowing downslope
encounters impervious limestone and accumulates on a flat glade until it percolates through cracks or evapo-
rates in summer heat. While saturated in the spring, these benches become arguably the most arid sites in the
summer (Dyksterhuis 1946). The regime of alternative vernal saturation and serotinal desiccation is similar to
hyperseasonal savannas described by Sarmiento (1984); thus the term ‘hyperseasonal vernal seeps,’ seems ap-
propriate. Red oxidized root channels can be found in most seep soils, indicating seasonally hydric conditions.
Seeps are the primary location for riparian vegetation on the Walnut Formation. Many of these seeps feed
P^rrg hillslope seeps with limestone glade seeps, the dominant species are generally the same.
baceous Vegetation Association. — In Tarrant, Parker, and Hood counties, Muhly seeps are associated with
toe Aledo-Brackett-Maloterre Soil Association, and the Venus Series in Wise County. Following their name-
736
sake, M uhlenbergia reverchonii is usually a component of Muhly Seeps. Sedges such as Eleocharis occulta, E.
montevidensis, and Carex microdonta may be co-dominant. Allium spp., Isoetes butleri, and Iva angustifolia are
also common seep components. Carex microdonta is typical on hillslope seeps but not on limestone glade seeps.
Tridens albescens can be found on limestone glade seeps where water pools long enough to grow algal mats that
form flaking calcareous crusts when dry; thus T. albescens appears to tolerate prolonged flooding better than
Muhlenbergia reverchonii. The density of M. reverchonii is reduced where there is disturbance. Jue (2011) also
noticed this on Duck Creek Limestone where M. reverchonii was absent from seeps near social trails or road-
sides.
Eleocharis montevidensis is typical in seeps with deeper soil or standing water, whereas E. i
glade seeps or drier edges, but these species often exist together. Isoetes butleri is a common
seeps that, when present, is dominant, though with its short growing season and reproductive material hidden
I. butleri is often overlooked as a seep component. Rhynchospora nivea may be locally dominant
lillslope seeps in the Paluxy or Antlers sandstones just downslope from contact with the Walnut Forma-
, in calcareous sandy clay loam.
Limestone scrub woodlands are generally found near ridge tops of north-facing slopes, often on Walnut For-
mation outcrops where soil is locally thin and detritus forms a significant duff layer. Tree roots are often an-
chored in large limestone cracks.
Quercus buckleyi — Ulmus crassifolia — Celtis laevigata — Cercis canadensis — Fraxinus texensis Scrub
Woodland Association. — Common trees include Quercus buckleyi, Ulmus crassifolia, Celtis laevigata, Cercis
canadensis, and Fraxinus texensis. At some sites Quercus sinuata var. breviloba is present. Quercus fusiformis is
also frequently present, though rarely dominant. Shrubs include Ungnadia speciosa, Forestierapubescens, Rhus
trilobata, and Comus drummondii. Vines such as Smilax bona-nox, F unastrum crispum, Vitis spp., and Ibervillea
lindheimeri are typical in these habitats. Carex planostachys is commonly the only bit of green plant mixed in
with duff on the forest floor, except around forest edges where barrens are dominated by Opuntia phaeacantha,
Yucca pallida, or Schizachyrium scoparium. The Ecological Society of America Vegetation Classification Panel
(2011) has listed many similar associations in the Edwards Plateau Region of Texas and the Arbuckle Moun-
tains of Oklahoma on mesa tops underlain by limestone, though the vegetation panel has not yet accepted
many of these associations.
Headwater streams of the Trinity River are found throughout the Walnut Formation. Their hydrologic regimes
are ephemeral to intermittent, with vernal flows and late-summer drought, which may be interrupted by short,
high-flow episodes. These streams seem similar to uppermost Great Plains Prairie streams described by Dodds
et al. (2004). The ridgetop starts are usually characterized by a prairie motte with a hillslope seep immediately
downslope. The mottes are typically in a slight depression that collects runoff, resulting in a variable species
assemblage including Ambrosia ludoviciana, Andropogon gerardii, Celtis laevigata, Diospyros virginiana, Gledit-
sia triacanthos, Prunus rivularis, and Quercus fusiformis. The motte abruptly stops downslope at the top of a
headcut incision lined with seeps. Various grasses and Carex microdonta dominate the upper edge of the seep.
As described above, the middle of a headwater hillslope seep is usually dominated by M uhlenbergia reverchonii
and Eleocharis occulta. Seeps in eroding headwater stream slopes may also have Panicum virgatum, Sorghastrum
nutans, and Lythrum calif omicum. The headwater stream channel at the footslope of seeps is characterized by
seasonally hydrophytic species such as Juncus texanus and Eleocharis montevidensis. The soil is often gravelly
tently defined stream channel meanders along the floor. Small depressions hold water during late winter and
spring, developing mats of filamentous algae and charophytes. Vegetation is usually herbaceous, though iso-
lated clumps of shrubs and trees may occur. The side slope and width of the incision vary with bedrock,
gravel to clay. Harder limestone strata create abrupt pouroffs where ^plunging stream erodes softer rock
Swadek and Burgess, Flora of the North Central Texas Walnut
737
beneath. Plants found here include Ambrosia artemisiifolia. Aster ericoides, Eleocharis montevidensis, Helenium
elegans, Isoetes butleri, Iva angustifolia, Juncus interior, Juncus texanus, and Muhlenbergia reverchonii. These open
riparian habitats have a phenology adapted to hyperseasonal hydrology. Vernal saturation seems to prevent
establishment of most cool-season annuals, though they are common on adjacent barrens. Spring dominants
are perennial wetland species adapted to survive summer drought as rhizomes or small tubers, such as with
Juncus texanus, Eleocharis occulta, and E. montevidensis. As seep flow declines during the onset of summer, the
soil moisture regime shifts from hydric to mesic, and warm-season annuals, such as Iva angustifolia and Ambro-
sia artemisiifolia, establish on open ground. Late cool-season annuals may also establish, such as Helenium el-
egans, Phalaris caroliniana, and Fuirena simplex. Within the open riparian herbaceous vegetation there may be
isolated clumps of Cephalanthus occidentals and other shrubs or stunted trees, indicating access to subsurface
Headwater streams eventually reach downslope sites with deeper sediment or weathered sandstone. This
transition is evident by an abrupt change to xeroriparian gallery forest or woodland. Xeroriparian areas on
the Walnut Formation are small canyons that get increasingly deeper as the channel erodes Paluxy or Antlers
sands. Stream channels usually are filled with alluvium, and surface flow is ephemeral or intermittent. The
shallower canyons are characterized by Celtis laevigata, Fraxinus texensis, Juniperus virginiana, and Ulmus
crassifolia. Here, when canyon walls are only a few meters high, the midstory has Comus drummondii, Prunus
mexicana, Rhus glabra, Rhus trilobata, Sideroxylon lanuginosum, and Smilax bona-nox, and the understory has
Andropogon gerardii, Elymus virginicus, Nasella leucotricha, Schizachyrium scoparium, and Sorghastrum nutans.
As the canyon deepens, the walls may be more than 4 m tall, and the gallery canopy is dominated by Fraxinus
texensis, Juniperus virginiana, Quercus buckleyi, and Ulmus americana. The midstory has Cercis canadensis, Fran-
gula caroliniana, Smilax tamnoides, Toxicodendron radicans, Viburnum nffidulum, and Vitis spp. The understory
may include Carex planostachys and Pellaea atropurpurea, which root in alluvium and colluvium on the walls.
Mixed Grass Hillslope:
Mixed grass prairies are found on lower hillslopes and footslopes where the soil is deeper. Three of the “big
four” tall grasses ( Andropogon gerardii, Schizachyrium scoparium, and Sorghastrum nutans) are generally pres-
ent, and Panicum virgatum is sometimes found on wetter sites. Often Schizachyrium scoparium is dominant,
together with shorter grasses, especially Bouteloua spp., diverse forbs, small shrubs, and scattered trees. These
footslopes are often Sunev Soils, mollisols that are deeper because the underlying geology is sand instead of
limestone (Ressel 1981).
Roadsides and Lawns:
Roadsides and lawns provide a typical weedy flora. Common species include Ambrosia trifida, Bothriochloa
ixhaemum var. songarica, Bromus catharticus, B.japonicus, Cynodon dactylon, Ipomoea cordatotriloba, Lamium
‘•mplexicaule, M edicago spp., Sherardia arvensis. Sisymbrium officinale, and Sorghum halepense. Old home sites
support persisting cultivated species such as Iris germanica, Muscari neglecta, Nandina domestica, and Rosmari-
"w officinalis.
COMPARISON WITH THE WALNUT FORMATION SOUTH OF THE BRAZOS RIVER
F «r the most part, similar habitats were observed north and south of the Brazos River. Though it is not within
^ scope of this paper to present a full comparison, a few trips were made to a Walnut Limestone site near
Ffico, Texas, and vouchers were collected. The most obvious difference in the flora of the southern Walnut
Formation was the addition of many species that are more common in the Edwards Plateau region, for example
Melampodium leucanthum and Thelesperma simplicifolium. Though uncommon, both of these species have been
found elsewhere in North Central Texas, but were not collected on the northern Walnut Formation during this
study.
Lyday’s (1989) descriptions of plant associations of the Edwards, Walnut, and Glen Rose formations in
County, on the Edwards Plateau ca. 340 km south of Fort Worth, was used for a simple comparison of the
nort hern and southern portions of the Walnut Formation. Hays County appears to have a very different species
738
composition than the site outside of Hico, which is 266 km north of Hays County. Lyday (1989) found Yucca
rupicola, Rhus virens, Garry a ovata,Juglans major, Berberis trifoliolata, and Opuntia engelmannii on the Walnut
Formation in Hays County; these species were not documented on the northern portion of the Walnut Forma-
tion during this project, but some species may be present elsewhere locally. Notably, Lyday did not encounter
Quercus fusiformis or Ulmus crassifolia, two dominants on the North Central Texas Walnut Formation, though
he found them on adjacent formations, and found Juniperus ashei and Quercus buckleyi to be the dominant
woody species on the Walnut Formation in Hays County. Much of this difference is likely derived from the
different topographical context the Walnut Formation inhabits, valleys versus ridgetops, in the Lampasas Cut
Plain and Edwards Plateau.
UNIQUE SITES
The major disturbances on the Walnut Formation are suburban development, cattle grazing, and quarrying.
Most development is concentrated near Weatherford and Decatur, but urban sprawl continues north and west
of Fort Worth. Most soils of the Walnut are too shallow to support crops, but ranching is common. The en-
demic Dalea reverchonii is not found where cattle graze (O’Kennon pers. comm.); thus it is found mostly on
quarry sites or roadsides. These sites often have been scraped, creating an anthropogenic serai glade-like habi-
tat, which is perfect for D. reverchonii. Quarried sites have a unique flora not typical of glades. These anthropo-
genic glade habitats have the same shallow soil, less than 5 cm deep, except open bedrock is usually covered
with gravelly soil. The disturbance is evident by mounds of soil dividing glade habitats, as at the Utley Prop-
erty in Weatherford, by a large portion of dug out ground that is about two feet lower than the adjacent land-
scape, with intermittent pools of water, as at the New Highland Property in Parker County.
Unit 70 of the LBJ National Grasslands supports a woodland on the gentle slope of the cuesta where water
flowing off of the cuestas deposits soil giving it some alluvial properties. This depositional site contains Carya
illinoinensis and Maclura pomifera, which were not found in any other habitat on the Walnut Formation.
The only accessible ephemeral stream directly on Walnut Limestone was found 0.66 km west-northwest
of the intersection of Highway 287 and Highway 114 in Rhome. The stream runs underneath Highway 114 and
provides a unique flora north and south of Highway 114. The site had one of the most diverse glade complexes;
unfortunately a McDonald’s and Loves gas station now sit on Goodland Limestone just upslope on the south
side of the road. This construction altered the hydrology, and soil was dumped on the glade downslope with silt
barriers between the soil and the ephemeral stream downslope from the glade, inhibiting the natural erosion
processes that keep glades from forming soil. This site supported D. reverchonii, Gratiola quartermaniae, Isoetes
butleri, and Talinum calcaricum — all rarely collected in North Central Texas. This was the only site with Brim
minor, Callitriche heterophylla, Cardiospermum halicacabum, Justicia americana, and Xanthium strumarium;
though these can probably be found at other sites.
The New Highland Site, west-northwest of the intersection of New Highland and Highland Road near
Springtown, is a quarry site on Walnut Limestone. Water accumulated here, forming a shallow pool or trough
about 18 cm deep (on May 25, 2011) where the Walnut Limestone has been quarried about 3 m deep. The pool
supported typical Walnut Seep vegetation, as well as some unique taxa not found at other sites, for example
Eleocharis palustris. The dominant species found in the pool were Eleocharis montevidensis, E. occulta, Iva an-
gustifolia, and Tridens albescens.
At a few sites, Quercus stellata (post oak) was found in alfisols on the Walnut Formation. Alfisols are
mildly acidic sandy clays that are less fertile than mollisols. Their presence over limestone indicates that cal-
careous topsoil has leached over considerable time resulting in an ochric epipedon and an accumulation of clay
nearer bedrock. Quercus stellata is generally only found on sandier soils in the East and West Cross Timbers.
FLORISTIC COMPARISONS
Unique floristic connections were found with Apacherian Savannas, formerly called desert grasslands, of
Southwestern North America (Burgess 1995), and with Cedar Glades of the Southeast United States (Norton
2010). Though not an ecotone, the Walnut Formation exhibits distinct characteristics of Cedar Glades and
739
Apacherian Savannas, both structurally and floristically. Both the Apacherian Savannas and Cedar Glades
contain edaphic communities that are strongly determined by soil and geology (Quarterman 1950a; Baskin &
Baskin 2003; McAuliffe 1994).
A dry glade community found on limestone mesatops at LBJ National Grasslands, and occasionally on the
upslope side of glade seeps where soil is well drained, consists of short grasses in shallow soil over limestone.
This community resembles parts of the Apacherian Savannas in the Southwestern United States and Mexico,
and contains Coryphantha sulcata, Escobaria vivipara, Opuntia phaeacantha, Panicum hallii, Panicum obtusum,
Tridens muticus, and related species in Bouteloua and Erioneuron.
Cedar Glades of the Southeastern United States also have a great similarity structurally and floristically to
the Walnut Glades. Cedar Glades are on limestone or dolomite from the Ordovician, Silurian, or Mississippi
eras (Baskin & Baskin 2003). They are in lowland basins often surrounded and separated by rolling hills (Baskin
& Baskin 2003; Norton 2010; Quarterman 1950a). Soils are lacking to very shallow and are deeper in crevices
where the rock has cracked vertically (Quarterman 1950b). Annual grasses, perennial herbaceous dicots,
mosses, Nostoc commune, and various lichens dominate limestone cedar glades (Baskin & Baskin 2003). Junipe-
rus virginiana is the dominant shrubby vegetation surrounding the glades (Norton 2010; Quarterman 1950b).
The Walnut Glades and glade-like habitats west of the Mississippi River are not considered true Cedar
Glades because they differ floristically (Norton 2010). Both habitats are hyperseasonal, with plants adapted to
an extreme wet and extreme dry season (Norton 2010), thus having very different floristic aspects during the
year. Dormancy mechanisms allow plants to persist through both saturation and drought (Quarterman
1950a). As with Cedar Glades, Walnut Glades all have a slightly different species composition due to geo-
graphical and structural variations (Baskin & Baskin 1996). Many species on Walnut Glades are also found on
Cedar Glades, such as Croton monanthogynus, Panicum acuminatum, Gratiola quartermaniae, Hedyotis nigri-
cans, Heliotropium tenellum, lsoetes butleri, Juncus filipendulus, Nostoc commune, Nothoscordum bivalve, Oeno-
thera macrocarpa, Talinum calcaricum, and Sporobolus vaginiflorus si. Related species include Manfreda Virgin-
ia in Cedar Glades versus Yucca pallida on the Walnut Formation, Opuntia humifusa versus O. phaeacantha,
Dalea gattengeri versus D. reverchonii and D. tenuis, Eleocharis bifida versus E. occulta and E. montevidensis,
Minuartia patula versus M. michauxii, and Sedum pulchellum versus S. nuttallianum (Jones 2005; Quarterman
1950b; Norton 2010; Baskin & Baskin 2003).
George (1987) did a brief comparison between eastern Cedar Glades and the Weches Formation in East
Texas. The Weches is a limestone that is floristically isolated because it is surrounded by sand and arenicolous
species. The Weches Formation receives annual precipitation similar to that of limestone cedar glades in the
Southeastern United States. George (1987) found shared species between the Weches formation and limestone
cedar glades, the most notable being Leavenworthia texana and Sedum pulchellum. Leavenworthia texana, the
only species of the genus in Texas, is endemic to deep East Texas; however, its relatives are dominant on Lime-
stone cedar glades, mapped by Baskin and Baskin (2003). Sedum pulchellum is more widespread but is not
found farther west than East Texas. It appears that the Weches Formation and the Ozark glades could serve as
a bridging habitat between eastern limestone cedar glades and Walnut Limestone glades.
RANGE EXTENSIONS, INVADERS, AND ENDEMIC TAXA
A species was denoted as exotic and invasive using the Texas Invasives database (Texas Invasives 2012). The
barsh dry conditions of glades and barrens discourage invasives, though they are common on roadsides, in old
Pastures, and in disturbed seeps and barrens. In barrens and roadsides, Bromus catharticus, Bromusjaponicus,
Bromus tectorum, and Bothriochloa ischaemum var. songarica are common competitors with the native prairie
passes; among these Bromus japonicus was the most problematic on the barrens. Sorghum halepense was found
at two sites in seeps, at the Utley Prairie, and at intermittent streams near the roadside in Rhome where water
was plentiful; however it was a dominant on roadsides. Arundo donax was found at one site (New Highland) in
3 very disturbed quarry near a deer blind. Carduus nutans ssp. macrocephalus was found as a roadside weed at
only one site in Weatherford and has since been removed by the property owner. Ligustrum quihoui was com-
mon on barrens at the Fort Worth Nature Center and Refuge in the understory replacing Forestiera pubescens
and Rhus trilobata but uncommon elsewhere on the Walnut Formation. Nandina domestica was found only at
740 Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
the Fort Worth Nature Center and Refuge in a riparian canyon and at an old home site. Vitex agnus-castus was
found only at the Eagle Mountain Lake Park, with other persisting homestead plants such as Lantana camara
and Jasminumjloridum.
Two seep dwellers were found new to North Central Texas during this study. Gratiola quartermaniae is
endemic to rock outcrops in Tennessee, Alabama, and Central Texas (Estes & Small 2007), but was found com-
monly in limestone glade seeps in North Central Texas (Taylor & O’Kennon, in prep). Isoetes melanopoda is the
only species of the genus listed in North Central Texas (Diggs et al. 1999), but scanning electron microscopy of
spores revealed that I. butleri is actually prevalent in North Central Texas. Isoetes butleri was known previously
only from the Edwards Plateau in Texas and elsewhere in the United States is locally common on limestone
(Taylor et al. 2012). Talinum calcaricum, now Phemeranthns calcaricus, but referred to as Talinum calcaricum in
this paper for nomenclatural consistency, previously thought to be endemic to limestone cedar glades in Ala-
bama, Kentucky, and Tennessee, was found new to Texas during this study (Swadek 2012).
Texas and Oklahoma regional endemics found on the Walnut Formation are Asclepias linearis, Carex
perdentata, Dalea hallii, D. reverchonii, D. tenuis, Fraxinus texensis, Ibervillea lindheimeri, Juncus texanus, Uatris
aestivalis, Lupinus texensis, Oenothera coryi, Pediomelum cyphocalyx, P. hypogaeum var. scaposa, Pediomelum l at-
estipulatum, Pediomelum reverchonii, Silphium albiflorum, Tradescantia humilis, and Yucca pallida (Diggs et al.
1999). Muhlenbergia reverchonii is not listed as endemic in literature but is only known from limestone seeps in
Texas and Oklahoma (Barkworth et al. 2007); it is not clear whether the distribution of M. reverchonii might be
more widespread. Eleocharis occulta (Smith et al. 2003) and Liatris aestivalis (Nesom & O’Kennon 2001) were
also collected on the Walnut Formation and are endemic to the region. A distinction between strict nativity to
Texas was ignored, as the Walnut Formation extends into southern Oklahoma, and political boundaries do not
correspond with regional vegetation.
Dalea reverchonii is endemic to North Central Texas with a very limited range, only found in Hood,
Parker, and Wise counties on glades and barrens of the Walnut Formation, the exception being the type loca-
tion in Edwards Limestone on the butte of Comanche Peak in Hood County. It is listed as imperiled by Nature
Serve (2012a) and of conservation concern (Diggs et al. 1999).
According to NatureServe (2012a), D. reverchonii has been extirpated from the top of Comanche Peak and
it grows in “grasslands or openings in post oak woodlands on shallow calcareous clay to sandy clay soils over
limestone. Often among sparse vegetation in barren, exposed sites.” This is inaccurate. Multiple status reports
(Mahler 1984; McLemore & O’Kennon 2003; O’Kennon 2010) indicate that D. reverchonii occurs atop Coman-
che Peak; however, these status reports have not been formally published. Voucher specimens of D. reverchonii
atop Comanche Peak exist at BRIT (O’Kennon 23370; 18793 Texas: Hood County), and two type specimens are
at the Missouri Botanical Garden (Reversion 1273 Texas: Hood County) found on “rocks. Top of the Comanche
Peak” in June of 1882; the isotype is at BRIT.
The type population on Comanche Peak, visited in May 2011, is on Edwards Limestone and is the only
known occurrence of Dalea reverchonii not on Walnut Limestone. This population of D. reverchonii is found on
the sloping ridgetop edge of the Comanche Peak butte on a glade of Edwards Limestone just above the contact
Dalea reverchonii is restricted to glade and barren habitats, able to thrive with its taproot wedged deep in
limestone cracks. Most commonly, it is found in glade habitats with no soil, or shallow soil, which is covered by
gravel from Walnut Limestone, but it is not found in post oak wood openings, contradictory to NatureServe
(2012a). It is often associated with Nostoc commune, a nitrogen fixing cyanobacterium, and various crypto-
gamic crusts, together with Aristida purpurea var. nealleyi, Minuartia michauxii, Talinum calcaricum, Plantago
helleri, and Tetraneuris linearifolia.
As previously stated, Dalea reverchonii appears to thrive in sites that have been quarried, leaving behind
suitable anthropogenic glades. Free from cattle grazing, these old quarries are habitat for D. reverchonii.
Though a rare species in North Central Texas due to its restricted range, existing populations tend to support
many individuals. Dalea reverchonii can occur under episodic disturbance on Walnut Limestone, even surviv-
ing an asphalt application.
Table 1. Distributional summary of the North Central Tei
SUMMARY OF TAXA
The flora consists of 467 infraspecific taxa, 452 species in 286 genera and 79 families. There are 61 introduced
species. The richest five plant families are Asteraceae (74 taxa), Poaceae (73), Fabaceae (34), Euphorbiaceae
(18), and Cyperaceae (17) (Table 1). Fifteen habitat types were recognized on the Walnut Formation. Few spe-
cies are ubiquitous across multiple habitats; most species are locally adapted to one particular habitat within
the Walnut Formation.
APPLICATIONS AND FURTHER RESEARCH
Floristic Studies
The Walnut Flora, as any other, is never truly static. Additional collections from different habitat types would
be valuable additions. The proposed vegetation associations are provisional and should be verified with more
quantitative analysis of plot data, in conjunction with soil profile descriptions.
As the southern portion of the Walnut Formation was not thoroughly sampled, a focused study of the area
is essential for understanding the Walnut Formation landscape. This would be especially valuable as Hill
(1901) described the part of the Walnut Formation found in the Lampasas Cut Plain as the Walnut Prairie, and
the most representative portion of the Walnut Formation.
As mentioned, some Walnut Formation vegetation does not appear to align with other Grand Prairie or
Fort Worth Prairie limestone formations and better understanding of this ecoregion would emerge from an
in-depth comparison of the Comanche Peak, Denton, Duck Creek, Edwards, Fort Worth, Glen Rose, Good-
land, Kiamichi, Main Street, and Weno Formations.
Muhly Seeps as Wetlands
Jue (2011) and Llado (2011) studied Muhly Seeps on the Fort Worth Prairie on Duck Creek Limestone. Their
objective was to see if the vegetation, soils, and hydrology would classify Muhly Seeps as wetlands using United
States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 404 permitting criteria. Unfortunately their studies were performed
in a drought year, so neither the vegetation nor hydrology aligned closely enough with USACE requirements
for wetland status. These requirements state that given a 280-day growing season, soils must be saturated for
12.5% of the growing season meaning 35 days of saturation are required to meet the hydrology criterion
(United States Army Corps of Engineers 1987). While Llado andjue’s study site did not yield these results, a
few seeps near Rhome, Texas and at the Eidson Property near the Fort Worth Nature Center and Refuge
showed hydric soil properties of gleyed color and a hydrogen sulfide odor through June in dryer years. More
Muhly Seep sites should be monitored for possible wetland status of these unique habitats.
Cedar Invasion
The increasing presence of Juniperus spp. (cedars) in North Central Texas provides an interesting potential for
study. Frequently quite invasive in grasslands, cedars were not mentioned at all in historic North Central
Texas literature (Hill 1901, Bray 1906, Dyksterhuis 1946). It is well understood in the region that Juniperus spp.
have extended their ranges in response to fire suppression, allowingjuniperus to overtake many landscapes in
under 65 years. Eventually habitat expansion of the three species of Juniperus in North Central Texas (J. viigin-
‘ ana J- ashei, and J. pinchotii) may make Walnut Glades more comparable to eastern Cedar Glades.
742
Comparisons with Eastern Limestone Cedar Glades
Cedar Glades and similar outcrops in Texas could be compared using similar sampling methods as described
in Norton (2010) and George (1987). Nostoc commune, an important nitrogen fixing cyanobacterium in Cedar
Glades, is also quite abundant in Walnut Limestone glades. When comparing these different habitats, the non-
id, as it is a major component of habitats (Quarterman 1950b) and cryp-
s (Dunne 1989).
Landscape Design Applications
Williams (2008) and Kinder (2009) used the Fort Worth Prairie, including Walnut Limestone barrens, as a
model for green roof design in North Central Texas through biomimicry of natural systems. Shallow limestone
barrens, like those of the Fort Worth prairie, are ideal study sites for green roof research because of the plants’
ability to survive in soils less than 15 cm deep. Soil depth is important when taking into account the amount of
weight a roof can hold. Williams’ (2008) and Kinder’s (2009) research proposes using native plants and soil—
for bacteria, fungi, and the seed bank in the soil — to construct green spaces in urban areas; thus an improved
knowledge of the ecology of the Fort Worth Prairie will be a valuable basis for appropriate designs.
Biomimicry has also been proposed for design and implementation of rain gardens or bioswales, along
with other storm water management and water-purifying features. In Texas, rain gardens need to survive with-
out year-round water; they must be adapted to seasonal rains and very hot, dry summers. Hyperseasonal seeps
and headwater stream riparian vegetation, as described in this investigation, could serve as a native habitat
design template.
CONCLUSIONS
The Walnut Formation provides the context for unique habitats and plant communities in North Central
Texas. Stratigraphy and landform have large influences on plant communities. Hard limestone strata alternate
with softer, clayey sediments, eroding into landscapes forming characteristic glades, barrens, and seeps. The
plant communities of these habitats combine elements of prairie and Edwards Plateau vegetation with endem-
ic and disjunct species, indicating a long history of accumulation and adaptation in the unstable climate of the
Southern Plains. The vegetation is clearly associated with the Fort Worth Prairie Ecoregion, yet unique within
most distinctive. Hyperseasonal vernal seeps and headwater stream habitats are not typical wetlands, nor are
they truly prairie grassland. These riparian communities can be found in other parts of the Fort Worth Prairie,
yet they seem especially prominent in Walnut Formation landscapes. Connections with the adjacent Western
Cross Timbers are evident, with Quercus stellata woodlands on ridgetop alfisols, xeroriparian canyons leading
into Cross Timbers riparian forest, and footslope calcareous sandy soils where Prairie and Cross Timbers spe-
cies mix in diverse combinations. Thus the Walnut Formation supports considerable local biodiversity.
Two species new to North Central Texas: Gratiola quartermaniae (Taylor & O’Kennon in prep.) and
lsoetes butleri (Taylor et al. 2012) were discovered during this project. Talinum calcaricum was found new to
Texas (Swadek 2012).
The need to further explore the ecology of North Central Texas is becoming more apparent and neces-
sary. As the Metroplex expands, the population grows, and climate change continues, the connection to place
and natural history will become more important to quality of life. Using a geological context for a floristic
survey offers insights that would be less evident in county-based floras.
ANNOTATED CHECKLIST
Vascular plant families are alphabetically arranged within major groups. Angiosperm families are subdivided
into Magnoliopsida (Dicots) and Liliopsida (Monocots). Taxa are listed alphabetically within their respective
families by genus, species, and subspecific epithet. Authorities are given for all taxa and common names follow
the scientific names. Common names and authorities follow Diggs et al. (1999); if a common name is lacking,
one was not indicated in Diggs et al. (1999). For species discovered following 1999, nomenclature follows their
i 226 B; !
750
Palmer, and Monique Reed for their knowledge and advice. Extra special thanks go to Jesse Heredia for his
artistic abilities. This project would not have been a success without the generosity of the LBJ National Grass-
lands and Fort Worth Nature Center and Refuge Staff and numerous landowners who allowed access to their
property. The first author would like to thank Tony Burgess, above all, for his guidance, support, and friend-
ship. This manuscript and my love for the prairie, are dedicated to him.
Alvarez, E.C. and R. Plocheck. 2010. Texas Almanac 2010-201 1 .Texas A&M University Press Consortium, College Station.
Barkworth, M.E., L.K. Anderson, K.M. Capels, S. Long, and M.B. Piep. 2007. Grass manual on the web. http://herbarium.usu.
i (accessed March 16, 2011).
C.C. Baskin. 1 996. Bessey Bicklesimer's little-known quantitative study on the vegetation of a
al basin of Tennessee. Castanea 61:25-37.
Baskin, J.M. and C.C Baskin. 2003. The vascular flora of cedar glades of the southeastern United States and its phytogeo-
graphical relationships. J. Torrey Bot. Soc. 1 30:1 01 -1 1 8.
Bray, W.L. 1906. Distribution and adaptation of the vegetation of Texas. Univ. Texas Bull. 82.
BRIT Digital Herbarium. 201 2. Atrium Biodiversity Information System for the Botanical Research Institute of Texas, http://
atrium.brit.org. Accessed June 1, 2012.
Burgess, T.L 1 995. The dilemma of coexisting growth forms. In: The desert grassland. The University of Arizona Press,
Burgess, T.L. and A. Busbey. 201 0. Fieldtrip 4: From seafloor to prairie to rooftop. Texas Christian University, Fort Worth.
Colburn, W.C. 1978. Soil survey of Hood and Somervell counties, Texas. United States Department of Agriculture Soil
Conservation Service in cooperation with Texas Agricultural Experiment Station.
Correll, D.S. and M.C. Johnston. 1970. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas. Texas Research Foundation, Renner.
Cuyler, R.H. 1931. Vegetation as an indicator of geological formations. Bull. Amer. Assoc. PI. Geogr. 1 6:67-98.
Diggs, G.M. Jr., B.L. Lipscomb, and RJ. O'Kennon. 1 999. Shinners & Mahler's illustrated flora of North Central Texas. Sida, Bot.
I. Matthews. 2004. Life on the edge: the ecology of Great Plains prair
Dodds, W.K., K. Gido, M.R. Whiles, K.M.
streams. BioScience 54:205-216.
Dunne, J. 1989. Cryptogamic soil crusts in arid ecosystems. Rangelands 1 1:180-182.
Dyksterhuis, EJ. 1946. The vegetation of the Fort Worth Prairie. Ecol. Monogr. 16:1-29.
Dyksterhuis, EJ. 1948. The vegetation of the Western Cross Timbers. Ecol. Monogr.1 8:325-376.
Ecological Society of America Vegetation Classification Panel 2011. VegBank. Ecological Society of America. httpV/vegbank.
org/vegbank/index.jsp (accessed April 2, 2011).
Eifler, G.K. Jr., J.C. Frye, A.B. Leonard, T.F. Hentz, and V.E. Barnes. 1 993. Geologic atlas of Texas, Lubbock Sheet (Halbert Pleas-
ant Bybee Memorial Edition). In: V.E. Barnes, ed. Geologic Atlas of Texas. Bureau of Economic Geology, University of
Texas at Austin, Austin. 1 :250,000.
Estes, D. and R.L Small. 2007. Two new species of Gratiola (Plantaginaceae) from Eastern North America and an updated
J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 1:149-170.
jral and cultural hist
Fuhlendorf, S.D. and D.M. Engle. 2004. Application of the fire-grazing interaction to restore a shifting mosaic on tallgrass
prairie. J. App. Ecol. 41 :604-614.
George, RJ. 1987. The herbaceous flora of three Weches Outcrops in Eastern Texas. Master's Thesis. Stephen F. Austin
State University, Nacogdoches, Texas.
Gould, F.W., G.O. Hoffman, and C A Rechenthin. 1 960. Vegetational areas of Texas. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 1 070.
Greenwade, J.D., J.D. Kelley, and H.W. Hyde. 1 977. Soil survey of Parker County, Texas. United States Department of Agricul-
ture Soil Conservation Service in cooperation with Texas Agricultural Experiment Station.
Griffith, G.E., S.A. Bryce, J.M. Omernik, J.A. Comstock, A.C. Rogers, B. Harrison, S.L Hatch, and D. Bezanson. 2004. Ecoregions of
Texas, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, Oregon. 1 :2, 500,000.
Harris, S.M. 2008. The Western Cross Timbers; scenario of the past, outcome for the future. Master's Thesis. Texas Chris-
tian University, Fort Worth.
Swadekand Burgess, Flora of the North Central Texas Walnut
751
5. Geological Survey. Annual Report 21 .
>hn Francis McDermott). Red River ed.
Hartman, R.L. and 8.E. Nelson. 2008. General information for floristics proposals. Rocky Mount
http://www.rmh.uwyo.edu/ research/FloristicBoilerPlate_Sep2008.doc (accessed Januai
Hill, R.T. 1 887. The topography and geology of the Cross Timbers and surrounding region:
Sci., 3d ser. 33:(Artide 34).
Hill, R.T. 1 901 . Geography and geology of the Black and Grand Prairies, Texas. U.
United States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C
Irving, W. 1985. A tour on the prairies (Edited with an Introductory Essay by J<
University of Oklahoma Press, Norman. Original edition, 1835.
Jennings, M.D., D. Faber-Langendoen, R. Peet, O. Loucks, D. Glenn-Lewin, A Damman, M. Barbour, R. Pfister, D. Grossman, D. Roberts,
D. Tart, M. Walker, S. Talbot, J. Walker, G. Hartshorn, G. Waggoner, M. Abrams, A. Hill, and M. Rejmanek. 2004. Guidelines
for describing associations and alliances of the U.S. National Vegetation Classification. Version 4.0. The Ecological
Society of America Vegetation Classification Panel.
Jennings, M.D., D. Faber-Langenoen, O.L Loucks, R.K. Peet, and D. Roberts. 2009. Standards for associations and alliances of the
U.S. National Vegetation Classification. Ecol. Monogr. 79:173-199.
Jones, R.L. 2005. Plant life of Kentucky: an illustrated guide to the vascular flora. The University Press of Kentucky, Lex-
1 . VegetativE
sofMuhly Hill
n expedition a
ape Seeps ir
h Central Texas. Master's Thesis. Texas Chri:
ing roofs in North Central Texas. Master's
ypes on plants. University of Washington
Kendall, G.W. 1845. Narrative c
Kiger, R.W. 2004. Phemeranthus. In: Flora of North America Editorial Coi
North of Mexico. 1 2+ vols. New York and Oxford. Vol. 4.
Kinder, J.W. 2009. Appropriate design elements and native plant selection
Thesis. Texas Christian University, Fort Worth.
Kruckeberg, A.R. 2004. Geology and plant life: the effects of landforms and i
Press, Seattle.
Llado, LE 2011. Soil moisture dynamics of Muhly Seeps in a hillslope hollow during low flow and storm conditions.
Master's Thesis. Texas Christian University, Fort Worth.
Lyday, G.M. 1989. Plant associations of the Edwards, Walnut, and Glen Rose formations in Hays County, Texas. Master's
Thesis. Southwest Texas State University, San Marcos.
Mahler, W.F. 1984. Status report [on Dalea reverchoniil. Report prepared for U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, Albuquerque.
Unpublished. Botanical Research Institute of Texas, Fort Worth.
Mayer, A.L. and A.H. Khalyani. 2011. Grass trumps trees with fire. Science 334(6053):1 88-1 89.
McAuliffe, J.R. 1 994. Landscape evolution, soil formation, and ecological patterns and processes in Sonoran Desert
bajadas. Ecol. Monogr. 64:1 11-148.
McGowen, J.H., C.V. Proctor, Jr., W.T. Haenggi, D.F. Reaser, and V.E. Barnes. 1987. Geologic atlas of Texas, Dallas Sheet (Gayle
Scott Memorial Edition). In: V. E. Barnes, ed. Geologic Atlas of Texas. Bureau of Economic Geology, University of Texas
at Austin, Austin. 1:250,000.
McGowen, J.H., T.F. Hentz, D.E. Owen, M.K. Pieper, CA Shelby, and V.E. Barnes. 1 991 . Geologic Atlas of Texas, Sherman Sheet
(Walter Scott Adkins Memorial Edition). In Geologic Atlas of Texas, edited by V.E. Barnes. Bureau of Economic Geology,
University of Texas at Austin, Austin. 1:250,000.
McLemore, C. and R J. O'Kennon. 2003. Dalea reverchonii (S. Watson) Shinners status survey. Report prepared for The Nature
Conservancy's Texas Conservation Data Center. Unpublished data. Botanical Research Institute ofTexas, Fort Worth.
National Climatic Data Center. 2012. Monthly summaries of GHCN-Daily, KNFW Station, http://www.ncdc.noaa.gov/cdo-
web/ (accessed June 14, 2012).
NatureServe. 201 2a. Comprehensive Report Species— Dalea reverchonii. http://www.natureserve.org/explorer/servlet/
NatureServe?sourceTemplate=tabular_report.wmt&loadTemplate=species_RptComprehensive.wmt&selectedRe
port=RptComprehensive.wmt&summaryView=tabular_report.wmt&elKey=140386&paging=home&save=true&st
artlndex=1&nextStartlndex=1&reset=false&offPageSelectedEIKey=140386&offPageSelectedEfType=species&offP
ageYesNo=true&post_processes=&radiobutton=radiobutton&selectedlndexes=140386 (accessed May 14, 2012).
NatureServe. 201 2b. NatureServe Explorer: Ecological communities & systems. ‘ " ' “ '
org/explorer/servlet/NatureServe?init=Ecol (accessed August 28, 2012).
atureServe. httpV/www.natureserve.
;. Sida 19:1083-1121.
752
Nesom, G.L. AND RJ. O'Kennon. 2001. Two new species of Liatris series Punctatae (Asteraceae: Eupatorieae) centered in
North Central Texas. Sida 19:767-787.
Nesom, G.L 2006. Liatris. In: Flora of North America Editorial Committee, eds. 1993+. Flora of North America North of
Mexico. 1 2+ vols. New York and Oxford. Vol. 21 .
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. 2012. Dallas/Fort Worth Climate Overview, http://www.srh.noaa.gov/
fwd/?n=dnarrative (accessed June 13, 2012).
Norton, K.R. 2010. A floristic ecology study of seasonally wet Cedar Glades of Tennessee and Kentucky. Master’s Thesis.
Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, Tennessee.
O'Kennon, RJ. 2010. Status assessment of Dalea reverchonii (Fabaceae) (Comanche Peak Prairie Clover) in Texas 2009.
Unpublished data. Botanical Research Institute of Texas.
Poole, J.M., W.R. Carr, D.M. Price, and J.R. Singhurst. 2007. Rare plants of Texas.Texas A & M University Press, College Station.
Quarterman, E. 1 950a. Ecology of Cedar Glades. I. Distribution of glade flora in Tennessee. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77:1-9.
Quarterman, E. 1950b. Major plant communities of Tennessee Cedar Glades. Ecology 31:234-254.
Quarterman, E. 1 989. Structure and dynamics of the limestone cedar glade communities in Tennessee. J.Tennessee Acad.
Sci. 64:1 55-1 58.
Ressel, D.D., 1981. Soil survey of Tarrant County, Texas. United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Ser-
vice in cooperation with Texas Agricultural Experiment Station.
Ressel, D.D. 1989. Soil survey of Wise County, Texas. United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service
in cooperation with Texas Agricultural Experiment Station.
Sarmiento, G. 1 984. The ecology of neotropical Savannas. Translated by O. Solbrig. Harvard University Press, Cambridge,
Scott, R.W., D.G. Benson, R.W. Morin, B.L Shaffer, and F.E. Oboh-Ikuenobe. 2003. Integrated Albian-Lower Cenomanian chro-
nostratigraphy standard, Trinity River Section, Texas. In Cretaceous Stratigraphy and Paleoecology, Texas and Mexico:
Perkins Memorial Volume, GCSSEPM Foundation Special Publications in Geology No. 1, edited by R. W. Scott. Gulf
Coast Section, Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Foundation, Houston, TX.
Sellards, E.H., W.S. Adkins, and F.B. Plummer. 1 932. The geology of Texas, Volume 1 : Stratigraphy. Univ. Texas Bull. 3232.
Sims, P.L. and P.G. Risser. 2000. Grasslands. In: North American terrestrial vegetation, 2nd edition. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, UK.
Smith, G.S., JJ. Bruhi, M. S. Gonzalez-Elizondo, and FJ. Menapace. 2003. Eleocharis. In: Flora of North America Editorial Com-
mittee, eds. 1 993+. Flora of North America North of Mexico. 1 2+ vols. New York and Oxford. Vol. 23.
Swadek, R.K. 201 2. Phemeranthus calcaricus (Montiaceae) new to Texas. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 6:303-307.
Taylor, K.N., RJ. O'Kennon, andT.F. Rehman. 201 2.The distribution of Isoetes butleri inTexas. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 6:000-000.
Taylor, K.N. and RJ. O'Kennon. Habitat and distribution of Gratiola quartermaniae in Texas. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas (in prep).
Texas Invasives. 2012. Invasives database. Texas Invasive Plant & Pest Council, http://www.texasinvasives.org/invasives_
database/ (accessed June 13, 2012).
Tharp, B.C. 1926. Structure ofTexas vegetation east of the 98th meridian. Univ. Texas Bull. 2606.
Tharp. B.C. 1 939. The Vegetation ofTexas. Texas Academy of Science. Anson Jones Press, Houston, Texas.
United States Geological Survey. 2010. Walnut Clay. USGS. http://tin.er.usgs.gov/geology/state/sgmc-unit.php7unit
TXKwa%3B0 (accessed October 1, 2010).
United States Army Corps of Engineers. 1 987. Corps of Engineers wetlands delineation manual, US Army Corps of Engineers.
Technical Report Y-87-1, US Army Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS, U.S.
Willams, D.A. 2008. Appropriate design elements and soil selection for green roofs in North Central Texas. Master's The-
sis. Texas Christian University, Fort Worth.
EXPANDED DISTRIBUTION OF ISOETES BUTLERI (ISOETACEAE) IN TEXAS
Kimberly Norton Taylor, Robert J. 0'Kennon,Tiana Franklin Rehman
Botanical Research Institute of Texas
1700 University Drive, Fort Worth, Texas 76107-3400, USA,
knorton@brit.org, okennon@brit.org, trehman@brit.org
RESUMEN
1 125 poblaciones de Isoites butleri de 11 condados adic
Oklahoma (Baskin & Baskin 1978), Georgia (Boom & Evans 1979), Illinois (Mohlenbrock 1955), and Texas
(Lott et al. 1982). The species is most abundant in the cedar glades of the Tennessee Central Basin and the
Ozark region of Missouri and Arkansas where it typically grows in seasonally saturated soil over exposed
limestone bedrock (Taylor & Schwegman 1992).
Baskin and Baskin (1978) note that 1. butleri is only known from “calcareous glades” in the southeastern
United States. While various authors indicate that it is also found on sandstone (Taylor et al. 1975; Lott et al.
1982), it has been suggested that “the sandstone substrate may be cemented together by a calcareous matrix
which, in effect, creates the normal pH conditions” (Lott et al. 1982). The relatively recent documentation of I.
butleri in the Edwards Plateau of Texas represents a disjunction of about 450 km (Lott et al. 1982). Hansen
(2010) discovered populations in Bell and Coryell counties approximately 100 km to the northeast of Llano Co.
in the Lampasas Cut Plain.
Holmes et al. (2005) discovered populations of I. butleri in glauconite glade pools of the Weches Forma-
tion in San Augustine and Sabine counties in eastern Texas. These locations represent a disjunction of 250 km
to the south of locations in Miller Co., Arkansas and over 300 km to the east of locations in Bell Co. The Wech-
es formation comprises a narrow strip approximately 650 km long from northeast to south-central Texas.
In June 2003, 0’Kennon and Caren McLemore collected a specimen that they identified as I. melanopoda
(18645, BRIT) from a Walnut Limestone seep in the Lyndon B. Johnson National Grasslands in Wise Co., Tex-
as. Upon examination of this specimen and additional collections from the same location ( Norton & 0’Kennon
1394, BRIT; Rehman, O’Kennon, Norton, Barfield 371, BRIT), the authors determined that it is actually I. butleri
(Taylor et al. 1993). This population represents the first known location for I. butleri in north central Texas,
over 240 km north of Hansen’s 2010 collections in the Lampasas Cut Plain.
In May 2010, O’Kennon, Franklin, and Barfield collected Isoites butleri (22362, BRIT) from a Walnut
Limestone seep at the Fort Worth Nature Center and Refuge in Tarrant Co., Texas. Scanning electron micro-
graphs (Fig. 1) showed megaspores averaging approximately 500 pm in diameter and megaspore ornamenta-
tion consistent with that described by Taylor et al. (1975). The limestone substrate at both the Wise and Tarrant
Co. sites is consistent with previous indications that the species is calciphilous (Baskin & Baskin 1978; Taylor
& Taylor 1981; Lott et al. 1982; Taylor & Schwegman 1992).
In the spring of 2012, the authors conducted an extensive search in north central Texas around Fort
754
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Worth. Areas where limestone outcrops formed “glades” reminiscent of those found in the Central Basin of
Tennessee were searched for I. butleri. Satellite imagery and geologic maps were used to identify other possible
locations for exploration. Over 125 new locales were confirmed for I. butleri. These collections represent 11
new county records, including Bosque, Cooke, Denton, Erath, Hood, Johnson, Montague, Parker, Somervell,
Tarrant, and Wise counties (Fig. 2). At least one voucher specimen from each county was collected and depos-
ited in the BRIT herbarium. High resolution images of each specimen are available online at http://atrium.brit.
°rg/.
All sites are underlain by Cretaceous limestone with the majority being Walnut Limestone, Grayson Marl,
Goodland/Comanche Peak Limestone, and Duck Creek Limestone. The majority of the sites (109 of 125) were
found on seasonally saturated seeps underlain by Walnut Limestone. This hard, fossil rich limestone has a
tendency to outcrop, producing glades. These glades often form at lower topographic positions as the eroding
soil uncovers the hard limestone bedrock below. Seepage from upslope often forms pools over the impenetra-
ble bedrock. Isoites butleri was found in shallow soil ranging from less than 2 cm at the bottom of the slope to
approximately 15 cm up slope.
Isoites butleri is most abundant in areas with little competing vegetation, and can often form a dense
monoculture. Most sites were estimated to have between 100 and 1000 plants. Transects at the Acton Nature
Center in Hood Co., and at the Rough Creek Lodge on the Somervell - Erath Co. line each resulted in an esti-
mate of well over 100,000 individuals. Sites ranged in size from a few square meters to 2.5 ha. Associated spe-
cies include Eleocharis occulta S.G. Sm. Juncus filipendulus Buckl., Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coville, Spiranthes mag-
nicamporum Sheviak, Gratiola quartermaniae D. Estes, Nothoscordum bivalve (L.) Britton, Allium canadense var.
fraseri Ownbey, and Muhlenbt
Plants become evident in early March and above ground sporophylls begin to yellow by mid-May and
disappear almost completely by mid-June, which is consistent with previous observations (Baskin & Baskin
1978; Taylor & Schwegman 1992). All plants collected were dioecious, with gynoecious and androecious indi-
viduals growing adjacent to one another. Gynoecious plants are easily distinguished by the presence of mega-
spores which develop in mid-April. The evidence of dioecy in these north central Texas individuals is consis-
tent with much of the published literature (Engelmann 1878; Taylor & Schwegman 1992; Turner et al 2005).
756
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
Boom (1982) however, suggests that genetically based dioecy does not exist for the species and cites a specimen
“in which both types of sporangia were on the same plant (e.g.. Krai 52572, VDB).” Upon thorough examination
of this specimen, all plants appeared to have only one form of sporangia. Megaspores were present in the roots
of some plants bearing microsporangia, but megasporangia were absent and the spores were likely found in the
soil. It is our opinion that I. butleri is indeed dioecious, but further examination of this issue is warranted.
Isoetes butleri is much more widespread in Texas than previously known. The cryptic nature of this spe-
cies has likely contributed to its misidentification and the paucity of herbarium collections. At first glance,
above ground parts appear to resemble culms of the associate species Eleocharis occulta. Until recently, much
of the limestone glade habitat which is abundant on the western edge of the Grand Prairie and into the Western
Cross Timbers remained relatively unexplored botanically. This is evident by the recent discovery or range
expansion of several species characteristic of glades in the region, including Gratiola quartermaniae, Phemeran-
thus calycinus (Engelm.) Kiger, Minuartia michauxii (Fenzl) Farw., and Dalea reverchonii (S. Wats.) Shinners.
We believe that additional exploration of the Grand Prairie, Lampasas Cut Plain, and Edwards Plateau regions
of Texas would likely reveal the presence of additional glade taxa in addition to more locations for I. butleri. In
particular, regions with exposed limestone bedrock and seasonal saturation should be searched.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Suzanne Tuttle and Michelle Villafranca from the Fort Worth Nature Center and Refuge for their
assistance and collection permits; Austin Sewell from the LBJ National Grasslands for collection permits and
for his assistance in locating sites; Camelia Maier and PhD student Pallavi Upadhyay for use of the SEM lab at
Texas Woman’s University; Caren Marcom (McLemore), Keri Barfield, and Becca Swadek for their work in the
field; and all of the land owners who allowed us to collect on their property. We thank Walter C. Holmes, Jerry
Baskin, and one anonymous reviewer for helpful reviews.
REFERENCES
Baskin, J.M. and C.C. Baskin. 1978. Geographical distribution of Isoetes butleri in the southeastern United States. Amer.
Fern J. 68:7-8.
Boom, B.M. and A.M. Evans. 1 979. Isoetes butleri in Georgia. Amer. Fern J. 69:62.
Boom, B.M. 1982. Synopsis of Isoetes in the southeastern United States. Castanea 47:38-59.
Engelmann, G. and G.D. Butler. 1 878. The species of Isoetes of the Indian Territory. Bot. Gaz. 3:1 -2.
Hansen, L.L. 201 0. Annotated checklist of the vascular plants of Fort Hood, Texas. J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 4:523-558.
Holmes, W.C, A.E. Rushing, and J.R. Singhurst. 2005. Taxonomy and identification of Isoetes (Isoetaceae) in Texas based on
Taylor et al., Distribution of Isoetes butleri in Texas
757
Lott, EJ., B.M. Boom, and F. Chiang. 1 982. Isoetes butleri (Isoetaceae) in Texas. Sida 9:264-266.
Mohlenbrock, R.H. 1 955. The pteridophytes of Jackson County, Illinois, I. Amer. Fern J. 45:143-150.
Taylor, RJ. and C.E. Taylor. 1981. Plants new to Arkansas, Oklahoma and Texas. Sida 9:25-28.
Taylor, W.C. and J.E. Schwegman. 1 992. Isoetes butleri in Illinois. Amer. Fern J. 82:82-83.
Taylor, W.C., N.T. Luebke, D.M. Britton, RJ. Hickey, and D.F. Brunton. 1993. Isoetaceae. In: Flora of North America Editorial
Committee, eds. 1 993+. Flora of North America North of Mexico. 1 6+ vols. New York and Oxford. Vol. 2, pp. 64-75.
Taylor, W C, R.H. Mohlenbrock, and J A. Murphy. 1 975. The spores and taxonomy of Isoetes butleri and /. melanopoda. Amer.
Fern J. 65:33-38.
Turner, N.A., W.C. Taylor, S. Masi, and M.E. Stupen. 2005. Confirming dioecy in Isoetes butleri. Amer. Fern J. 95:85-87.
758
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
BOOK NOTICE
Donald Pigott. 2012. Lime-Trees and Basswoods. A Biological Monograph of the Genus Mia. (ISBN-13:
978-0-521-84054-5, hbk.). Cambridge University Press, The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU,
United Kingdom. (Orders: www.cambridge.org). $130.00, 405 pp., 314 b/w illustrations, 8W x 11".
From the Publisher: “Lime trees (Tilia spp.) are widely distributed and locally important members of northern
temperate broad-leaved forests. In marked contrast to the largely uniform morphology of the genus its taxo-
nomic treatment has become increasingly confused and controversial, with over one hundred species and
numerous subspecies described. Using extensive data from field studies of natural populations around the
world, this book clarifies the situation, proposing a revised taxonomy of 23 species and 14 subspecies. Detailed
descriptions are provided for all recognized taxa and are accompanied by illustrations. Data from herbaria and
cultivated trees are used to extend the analyses where appropriate and type specimens are included to stabilize
nomenclature. Lime tree ecology is also considered, with an exploration of experimental and analytical data
on regeneration, growth and reproduction in relation to climate and soils. Additional material includes a glos-
sary of botanical terms and appendices of herbarium codes and relevant physical concepts.”
Each taxonomic entry is treated systematically with a variety of descriptive information: Synonymy (if any),
Nomenclature, Type Information, Description and Figure, Chromosome Number, Variation and Hybrids,
Hybridization, Geographical Distribution, Ecology and Plant Communities. Keys are also provided.
Table of Contents:
1. Introduction: the Tiliaceae and genus Tilia
2. General morphology of Tilia
3. Cellular anatomy
4. A brief history of taxonomy of the genus
5. Taxonomic revision: concepts and methods of description
6. Chromosome numbers, molecular biology and hybridization
7. Geographic and ecological data
8. European and west Asian taxa
9. East Asian taxa 1: sections Endochrysea, Henryana and Anastraea
10. East Asian taxa 2: section Astrophilyra
12. Geological history of the genus
13. Physiological ecology of Tilia
14. Floral and reproductive ecology of Tilia
15. Association of Tilia with human activity
16. Propagation and cultivation
Appendix A. Herbarium codes
Appendix B. A brief explanation of physical and chemical terms and concepts used in the ecological sections
References
General Index.
A FLORISTIC INVENTORY OF VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE
MEDICINE BOW NATIONAL FOREST AND VICINITY,
SOUTHEASTERN WYOMING, U.S.A.
1272 Bishop Hill Rd.
Charlottesville, Virginia 22902, U
lauraelizabethlukas@gmail.cc
B.E. Nelson
Rocky Mountain Herbarium
Department of Botany, Dept 3 165
University of Wyoming
1000E. University Ave.
Laramie, Wyoming 82071, U.SA.
Ronald L. Hartman
Rocky Mountain Herbarium
Department of Botany, Dept 3165
University of Wyoming
1000E. University Ave.
Laramie, Wyoming 82071, U.SA.
ABSTRACT
ory expands the floristic coverage of the Medicine Bow Mountains (Medicine Bow National Forest proper) located in southeast
rering 2,150 sq km (830 sq mi) and ranging in elevation from 2,400-3,650 m (7,900-12,013 ft), was surveyed
tented by other workers): 88 families, 376 genera, 835 (201) species, 910 (212) unique
1 taxa. Alchemilla filicaulis ssp. filicaulis and Carex arcta are species new to Wyoming
te de Wyoming. El bosque, que
INTRODUCTION
The Medicine Bow Mountains (Medicine Bow Nati
have had a long history of botanical research. Mo;
1 Forest proper, herein referred to as the Medicine Bows)
levant is the floristic work beginning with Aven Nelson
and his students in the 1890s. Likewise there have been a long series of ecological studies by faculty and stu-
dents of the University of Wyoming (J F. Reed, W.K. Smith, D.H. Knight), the U.S. Forest Service (R. Mussel-
man), and visiting scientists (W.D. Billings, R.F. Daubenmire, L.C. Bliss, H.A. Mooney). For more than 50
years, the University of Wyoming’s S.H. Knight Science Camp hosted hundreds of students enrolled in summer
courses in biological and geological sciences. The camp was closed in the early 1980s. Most of the activities
mentioned above occurred along the “Wyoming Highway 130 corridor” from near Centennial to the area on
Libby Flats and the summit of Medicine Bow Peak (Fig. 1). B.E. Nelson did a Master’s degree on the Medicine
Bow Mountains and summarized collection data from throughout the range (Nelson 1974), later publishing
results in a book (Nelson 1978, 1984). The first book edition had intense use by students at the Science Camp.
This botanical inventory is part of the larger effort by the Rocky Mountain Herbarium (RM) to map in
relatively fine detail the geographic distributions of species based on vouchered specimens and to produce a
flora of the greater Rocky Mountain region (Hartman 1992; Hartman & Nelson 2011). To that end, 74 (52 by
MS students) major floristic inventories have been conducted during the past 33 years in Arizona, Colorado,
Idaho, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Oregon, South Dakota, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming.
Over 650,000 new collections have been obtained by the graduate students, staff, and research associates of the
RM. These specimens form the core of the RM Plant Specimen Database (730,000 specimen records, 35,000
specimen images, and 4,000 field images (Hartman et al. 2009)).
Study area . — The area encompasses 2,150 sq km (830 sq mi) mostly in the Medicine Bow National Forest
in southeastern Wyoming (Fig. 1). It represents the northern half of the mountain range that extends north
from Cameron Pass in Colorado. At its widest point, the range is 51 km (32 mi) across. The Colorado portion,
not included in the study, consists of Roosevelt and Routt National Forests and state lands.
The Medicine Bows cover 218,535 ha (540,000 acres), 210,036 ha (519,000 acres) of which are managed
by the Forest Service. It lies within the coordinates: N41.0OO 0 to N41.584 0 and W105.9763 0 to W106.6307 0 .
Protected areas are the Savage Run Wilderness in the west central part that covers 6,040 ha (14,927 acres), the
Lukas et al„ Flora of Medicine Bow Mountains, Wyoming
Platte River Wilderness in the southwestern comer, 9,206 ha (22,749 acres), and the roadless area around Rock
Creek Trail in the northeastern portion, 7,098 ha (17,540 acres) (Marston & Clarendon 1988).
The range is divided between Albany and Carbon counties (Fig. 1). The eastern boundary of the Forest
lies about 30 miles west of Laramie whereas the western edge is about 10 miles east of Saratoga. Included in the
area are two districts (Brush Creek and Laramie) of the Forest and some small parcels of adjacent Bureau of
Land Management and state lands (Fig. 2, symbols beyond Forest boundary).
Wyoming Highway 130 runs east-west through the north central portion of the mountains while Wyo-
ming Highway 230 travels southeast of Sheep Mountain into Colorado, reentering Wyoming just west of the
range, and then northwest through Saratoga. Interstate 80 continues through Laramie and then northwest
through Rawlins. Thus, it adjoins the range along the northeastern flank.
Topography . — The Wyoming Medicine Bows are surrounded by the Laramie Plains to the east, the Hanna
Basin to the north, and the Saratoga Basin to the west. These peripheral areas range in elevation from 1,829-
2,438 m (6,000-8,000 ft); 2,400 to 3,650 m (7,900-12,013 ft) for Forest proper. The Snowy Range (“Snowies”)
runs northeast to southwest through the north central part of the Forest from 3,230-3,660 m (10,600-12,013
ft). They tower above the surrounding landscape, reaching 3,650 m (12,013 ft) on Medicine Bow Peak. Isolated
at the forest’s northwestern corner is Kennaday Peak (3,295 m; 10,810 ft). Much of rest of the Medicine Bows is a
plateau, at an elevation of about 2,743 m (9,000 ft), with river canyons and other drainages dissecting the range.
The primary rivers are the Laramie on the east, the Medicine Bow on the north, and the North Platte on the
west. Numerous glacial potholes dot the surface of the mountains’ northern half and glacial erratics lay strewn
on the periphery. Isolated Sheep Mountain protrudes from the southeastern flank of the Medicine Bows.
Climate . — Wyoming has a semiarid climate. Periods of drought (precipitation less than 75 percent of
normal for three months or longer) lasting ten years or more are common (Curtis & Grimes 2004). The basins
surrounding the Medicine Bows receive 25-36 cm (10-14 in) of precipitation annually (Wyoming State Cli-
mate Office 2010). Precipitation increases with elevation, so the foothills receive 53-78 cm (21-32 in) of pre-
cipitation annually, while the highest elevations, around 3,353 m (11,000 ft) and above, receive up to 1.27 m (50
in) (Marston & Clarendon 1988).
The timing of wet and dry seasons also shifts with elevation. In the basins, most precipitation falls from
late April to mid-July, while November to February is relatively dry (Wyoming State Climate Office 2010; Cur-
tis & Grimes 2004). The high mountains receive most of their precipitation between October and May in the
form of snow, with a peak from December to February, while the dry season is late summer to early fall (GLEES
2009).
Thunderstorms are common in the summer, particularly in July, and are most intense at lower elevations
(Marston & Clarendon 1988). Hail is frequent at their onset but lasts only a few minutes. Between 1970 and
2000, 50 to 60 percent of wildfires were sparked by lightning strikes and spread by the strong winds that ac-
company these storms (Curtis & Grimes 2004).
Wyoming is the ninth coldest of the 50 states with an annual average temperature of 8.1° C (45.6° F) (Cur-
tis & Grimes 2004). The highest mean temperatures in the basins surrounding the Medicine Bows are in early
July and range from 16.1 to 18.9° C (61 to 66° F), while the maximum temperature during the summer is 32.2°
C (90° F) and the minimum is 7.8° C (46° F). Growing seasons are short, averaging 90 frost free days from June
to September (Marston & Clarendon 1988). Temperatures also fluctuate rapidly during the growing season.
The coldest month in the lowlands is January with a mean temperature of -6.7 to -5.6° C (20 to 22° F), a maxi-
mum normal of -0.55 to 0.55° C (31 to 33° F), and a minimum normal of -10.6 to -13.3° C (8 to 13° F) (Wyoming
State Climate Office 2010).
The annual average temperature at montane elevations in the Medicine Bows ranges from -1.1 to 4.4° C
(30 to 40° F). The growing season is very short with an average of 61-80 frost free days in the foothills, 41-60
in the mountains, and just a few days in the alpine zone. At 11,000 ft (3,353 m), the temperature can be as low
as -45.6° C (-50° F) in winter, but the mean hovers around freezing (Marston & Clarendon 1988; Heidel &
Jones 2006).
762
Wyoming is the windiest of the 50 states, and the Medicine Bows are in a particularly blustery spot. This
is because there are no land masses to stop the prevailing west winds from attaining great speeds by the time
they reach the area (Marston & Clarendon 1988). The wind tends to be strongest in the afternoons. In the
winter, winds range from 48-64 km per hour (30-40 mi per hour) with gusts of 80-97 km per hour (50-60
mi per hour) and even 161 km per hour (100 mi per hour) (Marston & Clarendon 1988).
Especially strong winds may accompany summer storms. Microbursts are powerful downward surges of
wind that can level areas of the forest. Tornadoes rarely occur in and around the Medicine Bows with only 37
reports from 1950 to 2003 (Curtis & Grimes 2004).
Geology and Geomorphology .— The Medicine Bow Mountains have a core consisting of Precambrian
rocks that were pushed up during the Laramide Orogeny, 80 to 50 million years ago. During this time, the
Earth’s crust was pushed from west to east, shifting Precambrian basement rocks against younger sedimentary
strata (Miller et al. 1992). These Cretaceous strata are now exposed on the eastern flank (Munn and Ameson
1998). The foothills and basins surrounding the range are remnants of Oligocene, Miocene, and Pliocene de-
posits from inland seas (Hausel 1993; Steam et al. 1979).
Lukas et al., Flora of Medicine Bow Mountains, Wyoming
763
A five mile wide shear zone, the Cheyenne belt, cuts from northeast to southwest through the center of the
range, crossing Wyoming 130 near the eastern border of the Medicine Bows (Knight 1990; Hausel 1993). This
shear zone was created 1.7 to 1.8 billion years ago when the Earth’s crust was displaced thousands of feet, ele-
vating the southern plate and lowering the northern plate (Knight 1990; Sims et al. 2001).
The rocks south of the Cheyenne Belt are younger schist and gneiss (1.8 to 1.7 billion years old),
Granite (1.4 billion years old), and mafic complexes (1.8 billion years old). Those north of this belt are Archean
granite and gneiss (older than 2.5 billion years) overlain by quartzite and schist (2.5 to 1.7 billion years old;
Hausel 1993; Marston & Clarendon 1988; Sims et al. 2001). The Snowy Range is a six-mile-long chunk of
Medicine Peak Quartzite (2.4 to 2 billion years old), an extremely durable metamorphosed sandstone depos-
ited by a Precambrian ocean or river (Hausel 1993; Houston 1968). This 6,000 foot thick formation rises over
the surrounding landscape as it is more resistant to weathering (Knight 1990; Houston 1968). The Nash Fork
formation, exposed across the central part of the range, is made of black slate, phyllites, stromatolites, metado-
lomite, and gabbro (Knight 1990; Hausel 1993; Houston et al. 1968).
During the Pleistocene, the northern half of the range was glaciated at least three times, during the Pre
Bull Lake, Bull Lake, and Pinedale episodes (Pierce et al. 1976; Stearn et al. 1979). These glaciers scoured the
range, carving out small valleys as well as Lake Marie, Lookout Lake, and leaving many ponds in the north-
western part of the range. The glaciers emptied into Centennial Valley depositing cobbles and boulders. Many
areas have a discontinuous mantle of glacial deposits (Houston 1968).
METHODS
The procedures largely follow practices employed by graduate students and staff at the Rocky Mountain Her-
barium for inventories in the region (Hartman 1992; Hartman & Nelson 2011). The primary objective was to
collect the diversity of vascular plants throughout the growing season. L.E. Lukas, B.E. Nelson, and R.L.
Hartman collected during the field seasons of 2007 (2 June to 15 September), 2008 (9 June to 6 September), and
2009 (7 June to 26 August).
Collection sites were selected for the most part using a stratified methodology. Furthermore the goal was
to achieve relative even distribution of sites across the landscape. We also focused on unusual habitats such as
carbonate soil, fens, and rocky outcrops. Sites where different community types intersected were frequented
thus leading to the sampling of a greater diversity in plant species. Although a site generally was not revisited,
adjacent ones were collected during different months to cover the range of phenology. Places where rare plants
had previously been documented were often visited. This led to the development of a search image for these
species and the associated habitat.
Plants were collected when in flower or fruit. In cases where they could be readily identified, vegetative
samples were taken (e.g., Salix and Populus). Relevant data on location (including GPS reading) and habitat
were recorded. At the end of the collecting route, the plastic bags of specimens were placed on ice in a cooler to
prevent wilting. The following day the specimens were pressed and dried for a minimum of 48 hours.
Subsequently, the specimens were bundled and transported to the RM where they were frozen for periods
of three days. This procedure killed any insects that may have survived the drying process. During the subse-
quent academic year, the specimens were identified using Dorn’s 2001 edition of Vascular Plants of Wyoming,
the Flora of North America (1993+), and other relevant literature. Regardless, the nomenclature in the checklist
follows that in the Rocky Mountain Herbarium Database (Hartman et al. 2009). All taxa were checked against
specimens verified by specialists. The species determination and other relevant data were entered into the RM
Want Specimen Database (Hartman et al. 2009). Labels were then generated. The original set of specimens is
deposited at RM. A representative set of specimens was presented to the Medicine Bow-Routt National Forest.
The remaining sets of duplicates have been distributed to other herbaria.
764
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
Vegetation Types
The vegetation of the Medicine Bow Mountains has been described by many researchers. Its zonation has been
defined based on plant communities at climax, that is, after succession has reached a stable state (Alexander et
al. 1986; Cook 1996; Daubenmire 1943; Jones & Ogle 2000), Other investigators describe vegetation zones
based on the current state (Peet 1981; Walford et al. 2001). This latter approach is followed in the subsequent
discussion. First the plant communities are divided into broad physiognomic and zonal categories. Within
each, the communities are discussed. As described below the discussions consist of a combination of literature
According to Dillon et al. (2005) forests cover 79 pert
prises 50 percent and subalpine fir/spruce 21 percen
conifer woodlands and end in alpine krummholz.
Subalpine fir/spruce forest.— These forests are the most frequent subalpine type throughout the Rocky
Mountains. In the Medicine Bows they occur from 2,740-3,350 m (9,000-11,000 ft) and are the highest forest
type, becoming ribbon communities or krummholz near and at timberline. Abies bifolia and Picea engelmannii
are codominant, but the latter species is generally larger and older. Also there are a higher percentage of young
individuals of A. bifolia in the understory, possibly due to vegetative reproduction and higher drought tolerance
in seedlings compared with P. engelmannii (Alexander et al. 1986; Knapp & Smith 1982).
Understory vegetation generally is sparse, except at the highest elevations where the forest becomes dis-
persed. In forests with a dense canopy the understory is dominated by Carex geyeri and Vaccinium scoparium.
Individuals of Pirns contorta are often present as are clones of Populus tremuloides. Other common associates in
more open areas are Arnica cordifolia, Erigeron glacialis, Erythronium grandiflorum, Fragaria vi rginiana, Hiera-
cium tristejuniperus communis, Ligusticum porteri, Noccaeafendleri, Orthilia secunda, Osmorhiza depauperala,
Pedicularis bracteosa , P. racemosa, Poa reflexa , P. wheeleri, Ribes lacustre, Rosa sayi, and Trisetum spicatum.
Disturbance is somewhat less common in these forests than in lodgepole communities that occur at lower
elevations. Stand-replacing fires may occur in the subalpine forest every 25 to 700 years. Blowdowns that can
level large swathes of forest occasionally occur and may lead to bark beetle infestations (Peet 1981).
Lodgepole pine forest.— These forests cover much of the montane throughout the Rocky Mountains, where
they are restricted to dry uplands (Jones & Ogle 2000). In the Medicine Bows, Pirns contorta is found at eleva-
tions from 2,440—3,050 m (8,000—10,000 ft). The canopy is usually closed and the understory sparse, domi-
nated by Carex geyeri, C. rossiijuniperus communis or Vaccinium scoparium. Arceuthobium americanum is a
common parasite on branches of P. contorta. Other associates in more open areas are Antennaria rosea, Arnica
cordifolia , Berberis repens. Campanula rotundifolia, Orthilia secunda, Poa wheeleri, Rosa sayi, Shepherdia ca-
nadensis, Solidago simplex, and Trisetum spicatum.
Lodgepole pine forests occur on many soil types, but especially ones that are acidic, well-drained, and
granitic. They are able to occupy more arid conditions than subalpine fir and Engelmann spruce because they
have a higher water-use efficiency (Knapp & Smith 1981).
Lodgepole pine trees often live less than 250 years (Dillon et al. 2005). Fire is more frequent in this com-
munity compared to the subalpine fir/spruce forest. Serotinous reproduction of P contorta is more common
below 2,773 m (9,100 ft). After fires, seed dispersal in proximity to one or more individuals may produce
“doghair” stands (Porter 1962).
Pinus contorta forests in the southern Rocky Mountains are currently experiencing a major bark beede
outbreak. In 2007, most of the trees were green, despite pitch tubes through their bark. By 2009, vast swathes
of the forest, especially on the western side of the range, were composed of only dead trees with orange needles.
Aspen forest— These woodlands represent the only forest type in the Medicine Bows that consists largely
;. Aspen can survive in part because of their photosynthetic bark which fixes carbon even at
Pearson & Lawrence 1958; Strain & Johnston 1963). Populus tremuloides forests
of deciduous ti
Lukas etal.,1
grow at elevations From 1,980-2,890 m (6,500-9,500 ft). Small patches occur in the foothills along cold air
drainages, at the interface between Precambrian granite and sedimentary rocks, along margins of coniferous
forests, scattered throughout the mountains on north aspects, and lining stream margins.
The aspen understory is often diverse and lush. The composition remains similar regardless of elevation.
It includes Elymus glaucus, E. trachycaulus, Juniperus communis, and Rosa sayi. Other associates are Amelanchier
alnifolia, Arnica cordifolia, Berberis repens, Carexgeyeri, Galium boreale, Heradeum maximum, Ligusticum por-
teri, Lupinus argenteus varieties, Osmorhiza depauperata, Poa pmtensis, P. reflexa, Pninus virginiana, Symphori-
carpos species, Thalictrumfendleri, Vida americana var. americana, and Viola nuttallii.
Many aspen forests are fire dependent. Their clonal nature, due to extensive horizontal root systems, al-
lows the trees to regenerate following a fire. With time, these forests may be replaced by conifers or become
grassy areas (Alexander et al. 1986).
Douglas fir/limber pine woodland. — These woodlands occur on warm, dry sites with shallow, rocky soils
derived from sedimentary strata. Thus they may be found along the western, southeastern, and northeastern
margins of the range, generally below 2,590 m (8, 500 ft). At low elevations these woodlands are restricted to
north aspects.
Pseudotsuga menziesii/Pinus flexilis woodlands have a mostly closed canopy. This proved to be the most
difficult forest to walk through as the understory is very dense and dominated by Juniperus communis. Aspen
mon associates are Antennaria rosea. Arnica cordifolia, Artemisia tridentata var. vaseyana, Berberis repens, Carex
geyeri, Elymus spicatus, Eremogone congesta, Koeleria macrantha, Leucopoa kingii, Poa interior, Prunus virgin-
iana, Purshia tridentata, Ribes cereum, Sedum lanceolatum, and Symphoricarpos species.
Ponderosa pine woodland. — These woodlands are rare in the Medicine Bows. They exist primarily on the
southern and western slopes of Sheep Mountain and on the southwestern flank in the Bennet Creek area. They
occur at elevations from 2,480-2,590 m (8,150-8,500 ft) in deep, well-drained, gravelly, granite-derived soils
(Wirsing 1973). At their upper margins, these woodlands grade into Douglas fir/limber pine forests.
Pinus ponderosa woodlands have a grassy or shrubby understory and an open canopy. The shrubs Arte-
misia tridentata var. vaseyana, Juniperus communis, and Purshia tridentata are common, as are the subshrubs or
herbs Anemone patens, Antennaria microphila, A. rosea, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, Berberis repens, Carexgeyeri, C.
rossii, Drymocallis fissa, Eremogone fendleri, Lupinus argenteus varieties, and Penstemon virens.
Shrublands
Shrublands cover 10 percent of the landscape (Dillon et al. 2005). They occur in basins and plains on the pe-
riphery of the range as well as throughout the mountains where edaphic factors are not favorable for the estab-
lishment of forests.
Sagebrush steppe— This community type is widespread in southeastern Wyoming. The shrubs may be
sparse to dense with a canopy to three feet in height. Herbaceous taxa are usually interspersed and ground
cover may include a crust of mosses, lichens, and algae. In the Medicine Bows, Artemisia nova and A. tridentata
subspecies vaseyana dominate, the latter being at higher, cooler, more mesic sites (Barker & McKell 1983).
The understory is dominated by grasses such as Achnatherum nelsonii, Elymus cinereus, E. spicatus, Festu-
ca idahoensis, Koeleria macrantha, and Hesperostipa comata. Common herbs include Balsamorhiza sagittata,
Lupinus species, Oxytropis lagopus, O. lambertii, and Poa wheeled. Common shrubs are Chrysothamnus viscidi-
florus, Ericameria nauseosa varieties, Purshia tridentata, Ribes cereum, Rosa sayi, and Symphoricarpos species.
Juniperus scopulorum may occur as scattered individuals, especially in rocky places.
Grasslands and Forblands
Dry alpine meadow. — -In the Medicine Bows, alpine vegetation starts around 3,350 m (11,000 ft) in elevation,
but this may vary with aspect. The alpine climate is harsh with cold temperatures, windy conditions, and a
short growing season. Although precipitation occurs almost daily, it is usually light and evaporation and also
evapotranspiration by plants is high (Billings 1988). In response to such harsh conditions, alpine vegetation
consists primarily of low perennial herbs and shrubs with proportionally high below ground biomass.
766
Common plants in dry alpine meadows of the Snowy Range are Antennaria corymbosa, Aquilegia coerulea,
Artemisia scopulorum, Cerastium arvense, Draba aurea, D. crassifolia , Elymus scribneri, Erigeron pinnatisectus,
Eritrichum nanum, Festuca saximontana, Geum rossii, Hymenoxys grandiflora, Lewisia pygmaea, Luzula spicata,
Mertensia viridis, M inuartia obtusiloba, M. rubella, Oxyria digyna, Packera fendleri. Paronychia pulvinata, Penste-
mon whippleanus, Phlox pulvinata, Poa glauca, Polemonium viscosum, Ribes lacustre, Selaginella densa, Silene
acaulis, Solidago multiradiata, Tonestus pygmaeus. Trifolium dasyphyllum, T. parryi, and Trisetum spicatum. In-
cluded here are fell-fields and scree slopes with a similar representation of species.
Moist to wet alpine meadow . — Such meadows occur around glacial ponds, along snowmelt streams, down-
hill from persistent snow banks, and in depressions. These areas are often on leeward slopes. The soil is either
wet or moist throughout most of the growing season. Cryoturbation, which causes patterned ground, and
solufication in moist soils damage plant roots and expose bare ground for colonization (Knight 1994).
Moist to wet alpine meadows may be dominated by woody plants, graminoids, or forbs. Common associ-
ates are Agoseris glauca var. dasycephala, Arnica mollis, Bistorta vivipara, Carex macloviana, C. nova var. nova, C.
phaeocephala, C. scopulorum, Chamerion angustifolium, Erigeron glacialis, E. grandiflorus, E. melanocephalus ,
Gaultheria humifusajuncus drummondii, Kalmia microphylla, Packera dimorphophylla, Pedicularis groenlandica ,
Phleum alpinum, Saxifraga rhomboidea, Sedum rhodanthum, Stellaria longipes, Trifolium parryi, Trollius albijlo-
rus, and Veronica wormskjoldii. In the wettest areas, Deschampsia cespitosa is prominent. Shrubs include Salix
brachycarpa, S. glauca, and S. planifolia.
Wet montane meadow.— These meadows are found on margins of low-gradient streams and ponds. The
soil is wet to moist throughout the growing season and the organic horizon is well developed (Jones & Ogle
2000). In the subalpine zone, Bistorta bistortoides, Deschampsia cespitosa, Phleum alpinum, and Ranunculus alis-
mifolius are predominant. Other common wet meadow dwellers are Caltha leptosepala, Epilobium species,
Geum macrophyllumjuncus arcticus, Pedicularis groenlandica, Trollius albiflorus, and Zigadenus elegans.
Dry montane meadow . — There are many dry parks and smaller meadows on the margins of coniferous
forests. It is not always known how they are able to persist for long periods of time. Explanations for the exclu-
sion of trees include dry, fine-textured soils, high competition from the roots of herbs and graminoids, micro-
climates that are too cold, or soil that is too shallow such as along ridge tops blown free of snow (Jackson 1957;
Festuca idahoensis and Poa secunda varieties, and P. cusickii are often dominant at higher elevations. Other
common species are Carex foenea, Elymus smithii, E. trachycaulus, Eremogone fendleri, Erigeron compositus, Fra-
sera speciosa, Koeleria macrantha, Leucopoa kingii, Lewisia pygmaea, Oxytropis campestris, Packera cana, Phlox
pulvinata, and Potentilla diversifolia.
Northern mixedgrass prairie.— This is the common vegetation type in the Laramie Plains. In some places
it extends into the foothills where one would normally expect to find sagebrush steppe. This is usually due to
the presence of high winds or shallow soil. Here the soil may be fine and derived from sedimentary strata (Sims
et al. 2001). Dominants include grasses Bouteloua gracilis, Hesperostipa comata, Koeleria macrantha, Elymus ci-
nereus, E. smithii, Festuca idahoensis, Leucopoa kingii, Poafendlerianassp. longiligula, and P. secunda ssp. secun-
da. Cushion plants such as Eremogone congesta and Paronychia sessiliflora are dominant in the windiest spots.
Common forbs include: Allium textile, Antennaria microcephala, Artemisia frigida. Astragalus flexuosus, A. spat-
ulata, Castilleja angustifolia, Cryptantha virgata, Drymocallis fissa, Erigeron eatonii, Eriogonum flavum, Erysi-
mum capitatum var. purshii. Heterotheca villosa, Linum lewisii, Oxytropus lambertii, Packera cana, Penstemon vi-
rens. Phlox hoodii, Senecio integerrimus var. exaltatus, and Sphaeralcea coccinea.
Wetlands
Riparian conifer forest . — Numerous creeks and rivers flow through the various forest types providing habitat
for this distinct community. Regardless, Picea engelmannii is often the dominant overstory species. Patches of
Picea pungens, Populus angustifolia along creeks in the non-forested lowland and P. tremuloides may also be
found here. Riparian conifer forests cover the elevational range from 2,400 to over 3,050 m (7,900 to over
10,000 ft).
767
Common species encountered along forested riparian areas are Abuts incana, Androsace species, Caltha
Glyceria species, Luzula parviflora, M ertensia ciliata, Mimulus guttatus, Mitella pentandra, Platanthera species.
Primula pauciflora, Saxifraga odontoloma, Senecio triangularis, and Streptopus amplexifolius.
Riparian shrubland. — This community occurs from the foothills to the alpine. The canopy ranges from
two to five feet in height. Herbaceous species grow interspersed with the shrubs. The soil is moist, acidic, and
generally mineral (Jones & Ogle 2000).
Most riparian shrublands are dominated by a variety of Salix species. Salix boothii is common in valley
bottoms and is bordered by either sagebrush steppe, aspen woodlands, or conifer forest. Salix geyeriana and S.
planifolia occurs in mid to high elevations along streams, seeps, and depressions. Other common species grow-
ing in riparian shrublands are Alnus incana, Betula glandulosa, Caltha leptosepala, Carex aquatilis, C. utriculata,
Deschampsia cespitosa, Geum macrophyllumjuncus arcticus, Mertensia ciliata, Pedicularis groenlandica , Swertia
perennis, and Symphyotrichum foliaceum varieties.
Fen, — Peatlands are wetlands with cool, anaerobic soils that allow the accumulation of a thick horizon of
partially decayed organic matter. This organic layer is called peat, which varies in depth (Heidel & Jones 2006).
Fens are minerotrophic peatlands, that is, ones fed by groundwater or surface water. Fens are important be-
cause they are home to restricted species that represented over 10 percent of the species of conservation con-
cern in Wyoming (Heidel & Laursen 2003). Ten such species occur in fens in the Medicine Bows, nine of which
are generally boreal in distribution (Heidel & Jones 2006). Of these ten species, Carex leptcdea, C. limosa, C.
paupercula, and Salix Candida are the most frequent and at times are dominant.
Fens are common in parts of the montane zone of the Medicine Bows. They are mostly associated with
low-gradient streams (Heidel & Jones 2006). Fens are dominated by graminoids, shrubs, and various moss
species (Heidel & Jones 2006). Common taxa are Betula glandulosa, Carex aquatilis, C. canescens, C. capillaris,
C.jonesii, C. paupercula, C. utriculata, Conioselinum scopulorum, Eleocharis quinqueflora, Epilobium species,
Gentianopsis detonsa, Oxypolis fendleri, Pedicularis groenlandica, Salix planifolia, Sedum rhodanthum, and Viola
macloskeyi.
Pond. — Most of the ponds and small lakes are located toward the northern end of the range in Carbon
County. These were formed by glaciers during the Pleistocene. Other ponds occur in moist to wet meadows
throughout the Medicine Bows.
The ponds are generally surrounded by an outer band of C. aquatilis and an inner band of Carex utriculata.
Other common aquatic and semi-aquatic taxa are Callitriche hermaphroditica, C. palustris, Carex limosa, C.
paupercula, Eleocharis palustris, E. quinqueflora, Glyceria species, Hippuris vulgaris , Lemna trisulca, Myriophyl-
lum verticillatum, Nuphar polysepala, Potamogeton epihydrus, P. pusillus, P. richardsonii, Ranunculus flammula,
and Sparganium angustifolium.
Disturbed
Clear-cut/burn. — Areas of lodgepole pine forests that have been clear-cut are common, as are various montane
habitats that are open due to wildfires. Either of these disturbance types are colonized by a similar assemblage
of plants. Especially common are Achillea millefolium and Antennaria rosea. Other components include Agrostis
scabra, Boechera stricta, Bromus inermis. Campanula rotundifolia, Carduus nutans, Ceanothus velutinus, Collomia
linearis, Dactylis glomerata, Elymus elymoides var. brevifolius, Festuca saximontana, Gayophytum diffusum, Lupi-
nus argenteus varieties, Matricaria discoidea, Pachera fendleri, Poa arida, P. interior, Potentilla gracilis var. pul
cherrima, Rosa sayi, Spergularia rubra, and Trisetum spicatum.
Roadside.— Margins of roads and similarly disturbed areas provide habitat for many weedy species. In-
cluded are exotics such as Agropyron cristatum var. desertorum, Bromus inermis, Capsella bursa-pastoris, Dacty-
lis glomerata, Melilotus officinalis, Phleum pratense, Spergularia rubra, Taraxacum erythrospermum, T. officinale,
Tragopogon dubius. Trifolium hybridum, T. repens, T. pratense and natives such as Achillea millefolium, Anaphalis
nargaritacea, Antennaria parvifolia, Boechera stricta. Campanula rotundifolia, Castilleja linariifolia, Chamerion
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
angustifolium varieties, Elymus elymoides var. brevifolius, E. trachycaulus var. trachycaulus, Eremogone congesta,
Erigeron subtrinervis , Gayophytum diffusum, Matricaria discoidea, Oxytropis lambertii, and Solidago simplex.
Species Newly Documented In Wyoming
the northwestern portion of the Medicine Bows ( Hartman 70269, 70331, 70338). This area is dotted with glacial
pot-hole ponds and streams, the habitat in which all specimens were growing. The nearest populations occur
in Idaho and Montana. The identity of all specimens was verified by Andrew Hipp of the Morton Arboretum.
Alchemillafilicaulis ssp. filicaulis was documented for the first time in Wyoming. This species is native to
Europe and possibly Greenland and eastern Canada. It may have been introduced to North America by early
European colonizers who used it as an herbal remedy. It is likely that the Wyoming populations were origi-
nally planted, as they were found in the Keystone area, within half a mile of buildings. Forest Service ecologist
Kathy Roche first discovered the plants. Laura Lukas and Elena Kosovich ( Lukas 2671 \ Kosovich s.n.) subse-
quently collected specimens from separate populations, and the specimens’ identity was verified by John Mc-
Neill of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
Taxa of Conservation Concern
Twenty-two taxa of special concern were found at 51 sites during this survey. According to the Wyoming Natu-
ral Diversity Database (Heidel 2007), these are taxa with either an SI (critically imperiled) or an S2 (imperiled)
status in Wyoming. An update (Heidel 2012) subsequent to the completion of the project indicates that five
taxa have been removed from this list (indicated in this enumeration by an open diamond; 0). Many of these
taxa are globally secure but rare in portions of their range. Astragalus leptaleus, Carex nelsonii , Chionophila
jamesii, Cymopterus alpinus, Erigeron elatior, Packera pseudaurea var. Jlavula, Paronychia pulvinata, Penstemon
cyathophorus, and Tonestus pygmaeus appear restricted to the Rocky Mountain region. Comments on species
of special concern found in this study follow. Included are an additional 27 taxa documented by other workers.
All are indicated by a closed diamond (♦) in the annotated checklist. Distribution data were derived in part
from Kartesz, The Biota of North America Program (2011).
also known from eastern North America. It was growing in an alpine fellfield. Voucher: Lukas 8371.
Astragalus leptaleus A Gray is restricted to Colorado, Idaho, Montana, and Wyoming. It was found along
Laramie River near of Woods Landing. Voucher: Nelson 74948
Besseya alpina (A. Gray) Rydb. is restricted to Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming. This species was
growing in an alpine boulder field. Voucher: Hartman 86342.
0 Carex leptalea Wahlenb. is scattered throughout North America, Mexico, and the West Indies. It was col-
lected in a fen on Sheep Mountain. Voucher: Hartman 86120a.
0 Carex limosa L, occurs throughout northern North America and Eurasia. It was growing among ponds.
Voucher: Lukas 7560.
Carex nelsonii Mack, is restricted to the mountains of Colorado, Montana, Utah, and Wyoming. This plant
occurred near an alpine pond. Voucher: Lukas 7464b.
Carex occidentals L.H. Bailey occurs from the northern Great Plains to the Southwest and Texas. It was found
in sagebrush steppe and on the edge of an aspen forest and moist meadow. Vouchers: Lukas 3625, 4854.
Chionophila jamesii Benth. is endemic to the mountains of Colorado, New Mexico, and Wyoming. It oc-
curred occasionally in dry and moist alpine meadows. Vouchers: Hartman 86311, Lukas 1852, 1906,
6245, 7732, 10639.
Cymopterus alpinus A. Gray is confined to the southern Rocky Mountains. It was growing on rock outcrops
in openings in conifer forests. Vouchers: Hartman 85293, Lukas 5856.
Erigeron elatior ( A. Gray) Greene is restricted to Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming. It was growing
in moist montane meadows and shrublands near open conifer forests. Vouchers: Lukas 2217, 7243, 7274.
Lukas etal.,F
Erigeron pinnatisectus (A. Gray) A. Nelson is restricted to Colorado, New Mexico, and Wyoming. It was com-
mon in dry alpine boulder slopes and meadows. Vouchers: Hartman 86330, Lukas 1896, 1940, 7718, 7805,
8327, 10626.
Ipomopsis tenuituba (Rydb.) V.E. Grant ssp. tenuituba occurs from Colorado and Wyoming west to Califor-
nia. It was growing in dry montane parks and foothill sagebrush steppe. Vouchers: Lukas 7135, 10306,
10725.
OJuncus filiformis L. is a circumboreal species restricted to Arizona, Colorado, Utah, and Wyoming. It was
growing on a sunny montane creek bank. Voucher: Lukas 3805.
Packera pseudaurea (Rydb.) W.A. Weber & A. Ldve var. flavula (Greene) D. K. Track & T. M. Barkley is re-
stricted to Colorado, Idaho, New Mexico, and Wyoming. It was found in a meadoow along the Laramie
River near of Woods Unding. Voucher: Nelson 74934
Paronychia pulvinata A. Gray is restricted to Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming at high elevations.
It was growing in rocky alpine areas. Vouchers: Hartman 86348, Lukas 1959.
brush steppe. Voucher: Lukas 5513.
Pyrrocoma crocea (A. Gray) Greene var. crocea is restricted to Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming.
It was growing in dry lodgepole pine forest edges and dry parks. Vouchers: Lufeas 6900, 7122, 7836.
Salix Candida Fluegge ex Willd. occurs throughout northern North America south through the Rockies to
Colorado. It is restricted to calcareous soils and was collected in a fen on Sheep Mountain. Voucher:
Hartman 86121.
Senecio bigelovii A. Gray var. hallii A. Gray is restricted to the mountains of Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico,
and southern Wyoming. It was found in a variety of moist, montane habitats such as aspen groves and
meadows. Vouchers: Lukas 1816, 2369, 2721, 2849, 3793, 4496.
OSparganium natans L. is a circumboreal species that dips south in the West. It was found in a montane
stream and pond. Vouchers: Hartman 86213, Lukas 7943.
Tonestus pygmaeus (Torr. & A. Gray) A. Nelson is restricted to the mountains of Colorado, Montana, New
Mexico, and Wyoming. It was growing in dry, rocky alpine situations. Vouchers: Hartman 86347, Lukas
8331, 10628.
OVibumum edule (Miehx.) Raf. ranges across northern North America and south to Colorado and California.
These plants were collected from a montane shady creek-side and a rocky slope in a lodgepole pine for-
est. Vouchers: Lukas 2346, 3942.
Exotic and Invasive Species
Exotic and often invasive species may dramatically impact species diversity and composition. Approximately
6.1 percent of the taxa found during this inventory were of exotic origin (Kartesz, The Biota of North America
Program 201 1) and 59 percent of these are classified as invasives. Seven of the 25 noxious weeds listed by the
Wyoming Weed and Pest Council (2011) were documented. They were Cardaria draba , Carduus nutans, Cirsi-
um fltvense, Cynoglossum officinale, Efymus repens, Leucanthemum vulgare, and Linaria vulgaris. In the annotat-
ed checklist they are indicated by a dot (•). Of the seven noxious weed species found, only Cardaria draba and
Cynoglossum officinale were growing exclusively in heavily disturbed sites. The other taxa, in addition to being
found along roadsides and in clear-cuts or bums, were found in meadows with little or no evidence of recent
human activity.
Summary of Taxa
A total of 910 unique or terminal taxa were collected, represented by 9,837 specimens taken from 168 sites
(Figure 2). Below is a summary of the plants encountered during the study. Values in parentheses are taxa col-
lected by others workers and housed at RM. These appear in the checklist with associated collector and collec-
is restricted to Colorado and Wyoming. It was found in rocky foothill sage-
hon number, county, elevation, and habitat if available.
770
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
List by taxonomic category
Families 88
Species 835(201)
Hybrids 2(1)
Infraspecies 73(10)
Unique taxa 910(212)
Unique taxa combined 1122
list by special category
Exotic taxa 51(18)
Percent exotic taxa 6.1
WY Noxious weeds 7(3)
Species of conservation concern 22(27)
State records 2
Unique taxa recorded by Nelson 1974 781
List of unique taxa by major plant group
Fern Allies 6(3)
Ferns 5(9)
Gymnosperms 10
Angiosperms 889(190)
During his 1974 study, B.E. Nelson recorded 781 unique taxa, 93 percent of which were also found during this
inventory.
CONCLUSIONS
This inventory expanded the floristic coverage of the Medicine Bow Mountains in Wyoming with 9,837 new
collections representing 910 unique taxa and two unnamed hybrids. In addition, 212 taxa were added from
other collections at RM. We found that the flora of the Medicine Bow Mountains has relatively few exotics and
invasive species. It also contained a respectable number of species of conservation concern. Two new species
for Wyoming were documented: Alchemillafilicaulis ssp. filicaulis and Carex arcta. The former is native to Eu-
rope and possibly parts of Greenland, and eastern Canada. Its occurrence in the Medicine Bows most likely is
due to deliberate plantings.These populations are currently small but should be monitored in case they become
invasive. Carex arcta is distributed across northern North America, and has been recorded as far south as Ida-
ho, Montana, and the mountains of California.
ANNOTATED CHECKLIST
The checklist is organized alphabetically by family and species. Nomenclature follows the RM Plant Specimen
Database (Hartman et al. 2009). Below is a key to the abbreviations for vegetation types and status of individu-
al taxa. The format of each listing is as follows: Taxon Authority (number of vouchers collected) county; eleva-
tion; vegetation type. Taxa collected by workers unrelated to this inventory are denoted by the collector’s name
and number, county, elevation, and vegetation type (initials omitted for R.L. Hartman and B.E. Nelson).
County abbreviations:
A Albany
Riparian conifer forest
Habitat type:
asf Aspen forest
ccb Clear-cut/burn
dam Dry alpine meadow
dlw Douglas fir/limber pine woodland
dmm Dry montane meadow
Lodgepole pine forest
Moist to wet alpine meadow
Northern mixedgrass prairie
Pond/aquatic
Ponderosa pine woodland
Riparian shrubland
Sagebrush steppe
Subalpine fir/spruce forest
Symbols preceding t:
Noxious weed in Wyoming
Species of conservation cona
New record for Wyoming
Putative hybrid
(1)C;
786
Chadde, S.W., J.S. Shelly, RJ. Bursik, R.K. Moseley, A.G. Evenden, M. Mantas, F. Rabe, and B. Heidel. 1998. Peatlands on national
forests of the Northern Rocky Mountains: ecology and conservation. USDA Forest Serv. Gen.Tech. Rep. RMRS-GTR-1 1 .
Cook, J.E. 1 996. Implications of modern successional theory for habitat typing: a review. Forest Sci. 42:67.
Curtis, J. and K. Grimes. 2004. Wyoming Climate Atlas. Univ. of Wyoming, Laramie.
Daubenmire, R.F. 1 943. Vegetational zonation in the Rocky Mountains. Bot. Rev. 9:325-393.
Dillon, G.K., D.H. Knight, and C.B. Meyer. 2005. Historic range of variability for upland vegetation in the Medicine Bow
National Forest, Wyoming. USDA Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RMRS-GTR-1 39.
Dorn, R.D. 2001 . Vascular plants of Wyoming, 3 rd ed. Mountain West Publ., Cheyenne.
Flora of North America Editorial Committee, eds. 1993+. Flora of North America North of Mexico. Oxford Univ. Press, New
GLEES (Glacier Lakes Ecosystem Experiment Site). 2009. USDA Forest Serv.
Location/Glees/ GLEES.shtml#monitor.
Hartman, R.L. 1992. The Rocky Mountain Herbarium, associated floristic inver
.: http://www.fs.fed. us/rm/landscapes/
ntory, and the flora of the Rocky Mountains
n for floristics proposals. [The Boiler Plate] URL: http://www.rmh.
Hartman, R.L, B.E. Nelson, and B.S. Legler. 2009. Rocky Mountain plant database. URL: http://www.rmh. uwyo.edu.
Hausel, W.D. 1993. Guide to the Geology, Mining Districts, and Ghost Towns of the Medicine Bow Mountains and Snowy
Range Scenic Byway. Circular 32. Geological Survey of Wyoming, Laramie.
Heidel, B. 2007. Wyoming plant species of concern. Wyoming Natural Diversity Database, Laramie. URL: http-y/uwadm-
Heidel, B. 201 2. 201 2 Wyoming plant species of concern list. URL: http://www.uwyo.edu/wyndd.
Heidel, B. and G. Jones. 2006. Botanical and ecological characteristics of fens in the Medicine Bow Mountains, Medicine
Bow National Forest: Albany and Carbon counties, Wyoming. USDA Forest Serv. Agreement 02-CS-1 10206000-033
Heidel, B. and S. Laursen. 2003. Botanical and ecological inventory of peatland sites on the Medicine Bow National Forest.
USDA Forest Serv. Agreement 02-CS-1 1021400-01 2.
Houston, R.S. 1 968. A regional study of rocks of Precambrian age in the part of the Medicone Bow Mountains lying in
eastern Wyoming. Memoir 1 . Geol. Surv. of Wyoming, Laramie.
Jackson, W.N. 1 957. Some soil characteristics of several grassland-timber transitions in the Big Horn Mountains and the
Laramie Plains. M.S. thesis. Univ. of Wyoming, Laramie.
Jones, G. and S. Ogle. 2000. Characterization abstracts for vegetation types on the Bighorn, Medicine Bow, and Shoshone
National Forests. USDA Forest Serv. Region 2. Wyoming Nat. Diversity Database, Laramie.
Kartesz, J.T.The Biota of North America Program (BONAP). 2011. North American Plant Atlas. URL httpy/www.bonap.
org./MapSwitchboard.html/
Knapp, A.K. and W.K. Smith. 1981. Water relations and succession in subalpine conifers in southeastern Wyoming. Bot. Gaz.
142:502-511.
Knapp, A.K. and W.K. Smith. 1982. Factors influencing understory s
engelmannii ) and subalpine fir (Abies lasiocarpa) in southeast Wyoming. Canad. J. Bot. 60:2753-2761.
Knight, D.H. 1 994. Mountains and plains: the ecology of Wyoming landscapes. Yale Univ. Press, New Haven.
Knight, S.H. 1 990. Illustrated geologic history of the Medicine Bow Mountains and adjacent areas, Wyoming. Memoir 4.
Geol. Surv. of Wyoming, Laramie.
Marston, R.A. and D.T. Clarendon. 1 988. Land systems inventory of the Medicine Bow Mountains and Sierra Madre, Medi-
cine Bow National Forest, Wyoming. USDA Forest Res. Pap. MBNF-88-01.
Miller, D.M.,T.H. Nilsen, and W.L. Biiobeau. 1992. Chapter 6: late Cretaceous to early Eocene geologic evolution of the U.
S. Cordillera. In: B.C. Burchfiel, P.W. Lipman, and M.L Zoback, eds. The Cordilleran Orogen: Coterminous U. S.:The
Geology of North America, Volume G-3, Decade of North American Geology. Geological Society of America, Boulder.
Munn, LC. and C.S. Arneson. 1998. Soils of Wyoming: a digital statewide map at 1:500,00-scale. Agric. Exp. Sta. Report
B-1069.1
Nelson, B.E. 1 974. Vascular plants of the Medicine Bow Mountains, Wyoming. M.S. thesis. Univ. of Wyoming, Laramie.
Nelson, B.E. 1 978. Vascular Plants of the Medicine Bow Mountains, Wyoming. Published by the author.
Nelson, B.E. 1984. Vascular Plants of the Medicine Bow Range. Jelm Mountain Press, Laramie.
Pearson, LC. and D.B. Lawrence. 1958. Photosynthesis in aspen bark. Amer. J. Bot. 45:383-387.
Lukas et al.. Flora of Medicine I
787
Peet, R.K. 1 981 . Forest vegetation of the Colorado Front Range: composition and dynamics. Vegetation 45:3.
Pierce, K.L, J.D. Obradovich, and I. Friedman. 1976. Obsidian hydration dating and correlation of Bull Lake and Pinedale
glaciations near West Yellowstone, Montana. Geol. Soc. of Amer. Bull. 87:703-710.
Porter, C.L. 1962. A flora of Wyoming, Pt. I. Introduction; geography, topography, and climate; major floristic elements;
vegetation zones; families of vascular plants of Wyoming; Pteridophyta; Gymnospermae. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 402.
Sims, P.K., C.A. Finn, and V.L. Rystrom. 2001 . Preliminary Precambrian basement map showing geologic — geophysical
domains, Wyoming. USGS Open-File Report 01-199.
Stearn C.W., R.L. Carroll, andT.H. Clark. 1 979. Chapter 1 6: the cordillera in the Cenozoic. In: C.W. Steam and T.H. Clark, eds.
Geological Evolution of North America, 3 rd edition. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
Strain, B.R. and P.L. Johnson. 1 963. Corticular photosynthesis and growth in Populus tremuloides. Ecology 44:581-584.
Walford, G., G. Jones, W. Fertig, S. Mellman-Brown, and K.E. Houston. 2001 . Riparian and wetland plant community types of
the Shoshone National Forest. USDA Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RMRS-GTR-85.
Wirsing, J.M. 1 973. Forest vegetation in southeastern Wyoming. M.S. thesis. Washington State Univ., Pullman.
Wyoming Weed and Pest Council. 201 1 . Wyoming Weed and Pest Control Act Designated List URL httpV/www.wyoweed.
org/statelist.html.
Wyoming State Cumate Office. 2010. Wyoming Water Resources Data System, Univ. of Wyoming. Dept, of Civil and Archit.
Engin., Laramie. URL: http://www.wrds.uwyo.edu/soc/climate_office.
ANNOUNCEMENTS
2012 Delzie Demaree Travel Award Recipients
The 24th Annual Delzie Demaree Travel Award was presented at the 57th Annual Systematics Symposium
(13-14 Oct. 2012) at the Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis. One student was presented the Travel Award:
Elizabeth Georgian, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
The 2012 Travel Award was underwritten by 1) Delzie Demaree Travel Award Endowment, and 2) Mem-
bers of the Delzie Demaree Travel Award Committee.
Anyone interested in making a contribution to Delzie Demaree Endowment Fund, which supports the
travel award, may make contributions by VISA or MasterCard or by a check, payable to Botanical Research
Institute of Texas, to Barney Lipscomb, 1700 University Drive, Fort Worth, TX 76107-3400, U.S.A. 1-817-332-
7432; Email: barney@brit.org. Thank you.
The 2013 Applications for the Delzie Demaree Travel Award
Applications for the 2013 Delzie Demaree Travel Award should include a letter from the applicant telling how
symposium attendance will benefit his/her graduate work and letter of recommendation sent by the major
professor. Please send letters of application to: Dr. Donna M.E. Ware, P.O. Box 8795, Herbarium, Biology De-
partment, The College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185-8795, U.S.A. 1-757-221-2799; Email:
ddmware@wm.edu. Applications may be sent to: Barney Lipscomb, 1700 University Drive, Fort Worth, TX
76107-3400, U.S.A. 1-817-332-7432; Email: baraey@brit.org. The period for receiving applications will end
three weeks prior to the date of the symposium if a sufficient number of applications are in hand at that time.
Anyone wishing to apply after that date should inquire whether applications are still being accepted before ap-
plying. The Systematics Symposium dates for 2013 are 11-12 October 2013.
The Delzie Demaree Travel Award was established in 1988 honoring Delzie Demaree who attended 35
out of a possible 36 symposia before he died in 1987. Delzie Demaree was a frontier botanist, explorer, discov-
erer, and teacher. His teaching career as a botanist began in Arkansas at Hendrix College in 1922. He also
taught botany at the University of Arkansas, Navajo Indian School, Yale School of Forestry, Arkansas A&M,
and Arkansas State University at Jonesboro where he retired as professor emeritus in 1953. One of the things
he enjoyed most as a botanist was assisting students with their field botany research.
it Texas 6(2): 788. 2012
790
793
794
Journal of the Botanical Research Institute of Texas 6(2)
y, "(A h Gray) P. Lesica, comb, nov.— 6(1 ):26
Taxaceae— 6(2):587
Taxus globosa — 6(2):587
Texas— 6(1 ):299, 303; 6(2):567, 725, 753
A.S. Chanderbali, gen. nov.— 6(2):552
A.S. Chanderbali, sp. nov.-6{2):552
Trichilia— 6(2):561
Umbelliferae — 6(1):29
Verbenaceae— 6(2):403
50 New Names and New Combinations:
Volume 6 (2012)
New & Upcoming Titles from
JHL
1753 00380 9453
Manual of Montana Vascular Plants
June 30, 2012
Montana is the fourth largest state in the United States. It
includes portions of the Northern Great Plains and the Rocky
Mountains. The vegetation of Montana is diverse, due primarily
[ to the size of the state and its great topographic relief which
provide strong variation in environmental factors. Montana has
a relatively large flora for a northern continental region due
to being at the intersection of the Cordilleran, Great Plains
and Boreal floristic provinces. This book is a comprehensive
[ field guide to the more than 2,500 species of Montana’s
vascular plants. It contains descriptions as well as habitat and
: distribution information based on specimens housed at the
state’s two major herbaria. Portraits or illustrations of diagnostic
structures are provided for nearly one-third of the species.
Lesica, P, with contributions by M. Lavin and RE Stickney. Illustrations by Debbie McNiel, Rich
Adams, Claire Emery. 2012. Manual of Montana Vascular Plants. (ISBN-13: 978-1-889878-39-3,
pbk.). Botanical Research Institute of Texas Press, 1700 University Dr., Fort Worth, Texas 76107-
3400, U.S.A. (Orders: orders@brit.org, 817-332-4441 ext. 232, fax 817-332-4112, http://www.
brit.org/brit-press/books/montana). $50.00, 6.5 H x9.5" (pbk), 779 pp., 2000 + maps + 128 plates.
$6.00 shipping ($3.00 each additional copy). Outside the U.S.A. contact orders@brit.org, Texas
residents add 8.25% to subtotal including postage.
Flora of Virginia (Pre-order)
Expected Publication Date: December 2012
Foundation of the Flora of Virginia Project Inc. and Botanical
Research Institute of Texas Press are collaborating to publish
the Flora of Virginia.
The Flora of Virginia, with publication targeted for December
2012, will describe approximately 3,200 taxa in 200 families
and feature 1,400 captioned, scaled, and botanically accurate
illustrations. Introductory material will include essays on the
natural history and vegetation of Virginia and a historical
account of botanical exploration in the state, as well as a
key to the vascular plant families represented in the Flora. A
glossary, bibliography, and comprehensive index will also be
provided.
Weakley, A.S., Ludwig, J.C., and Townsend, J.F 2012. Flora of Virginia. (ISBN-13: 978-1-889878-
38-6, hbk.). Botanical Research Institute of Texas Press, 1700 University Dr., Fort Worth, Texas
76107-3400, U.S.A. (Orders: orders@brit.org, 817-332-4441 ext. 232, fax 817-332-4112, http://
wvw.brit.org/brit-press/books/virginia). $79.99, 7.5"xl0.5" (hbk), 1500+pp., 1400 b/w figures.
$6.50 shipping ($3.00 each additional copy), Outside the U.S.A. contact orders@brit.org, Texas
residents add 8.25% to subtotal including postage.
PRESS For more information on these titles, please visit us at www
v.brit. org/brit-press/books